OE Cpe ae afr MEF i ae eet tee Atel > ” Pe es t v 7 = = 7
Se ART TAA OE A AOD LT tel p tS mY a they MP " ; needa we va a r - . ne
TT na Bn ee Ee ee ee I eh cm te ; }- : . : ; ‘ - ‘ + ‘ ae
ae aad tS Et te te mr rat hee , ol " an . ty : == : * : zs we .
en lets Me ee ee eh ede alg Nat ; ; . . . = |
a a es HOU Na led
Laren lt ng nie wcrc . 7 | = | ramen poebew
ite htt Ny ¥ ‘ “mY : oN “4 ; . . . mene canee . 2
. oe ; ~ ay
Sco ar
Ce ee kn ates chodediad ;
oe tak 2, deem ehaieedl oie

Pr ee
RPO IA a
bey tee “

rise

~~

ie:

he .

too

rr ee

Aer,

a

»%

&
>t

sf
*’

PSR i
s E3

OS ee

of + ere
Maines ®

aged veoh

pa ed ; . ere wt py ; : Se Te Ope.

> migra. ~

3 ter, 0, gt ook

LIBRARY

OF THE

Museum of Comparative Zoology

ety ~'J

Le

“4
‘

Spor e+ es

—

ae

, tay AND PROCEEDINGS. =

AND

“REPORT a

. OF THE

OAL SOCET of SOUTH AUSTHALIA

a _ (INCORPORATED).

4

a ee

i ot, xe KIL: ee

i [Wits EicHTexn PLates AND Forty-two FIGURES IN THE TExtT. ] coe
x Ris;
by j , = %
i. : se
a ra

th . :
RED G Bont,

PRICE, NINE SHILLINGS.

'

Ba F a relaine: :
iW. ©. RIGBY, 74, KING WILLIAM STREET.
DECEMBER, 1908.

" Cheapside, London.” -

34 ry

TEM ater & PY ‘
Pears ‘ ee. |

(01d

‘ei

TRANSACTIONS AND PROCEEDINGS

RE PO RT
ROYAL SOCIETY of SOUTH AUSTRALI

rs. Se ee Ee

[With E1G¢HTEEN PLATES AND Forty-two FIGURES IN THE TEXT. ]

-

EDITED BY WALTER HOWCHIN, FE.GS.

PRICE, NINE SHILLINGS.

Adelaide :
W. ©. RIGBY, 74, KING WILLIAM STREET.
DECEMBER, 1908.

Parcels for transmission to the Royal Society of South Australia

from Europe and America should be addressed “per W. C.

Rigby, care Messrs. Thos. Meadows & Co., 34, Milk Street,
Cheapside, London.”

Rapal Society of South Australia

(INCORPORATED).

Patron:
HIS EXCELLENCY SIR GEORGE R. LEHUNTE, K.C.M.G.

— ag —
OFFICERS FOR 1408-4.

Presioent :
JOSEPH: C. VERCO, M.D. FRC:

Vice=Presidents:
PROF. E. H. RENNIE, M.A., D.Sc., F.C.S.
REV. THOMAS BLACKBURN, B.A.

tbon. Treasurer:
WALTER RUTT, C.E.

bon. Secretary and Sealholder:
G. G. MAYO, CE.

Members of Council:
W. HOWCHIN, F.G.S. (Editor and Representative Governor)
W. B. POOLE. .
R. S. ROGERS, M.A., M.D.
SAMUEL DIXON.
W. H. SELWAY.
E. ASHBY.
Fluditor :
J: S>LhOXD, FE AsSoAs

Cuee i Est Ne ES

se

Page.

Brage, Prof. W. H., and Dr. J. P. V. Mapsen: An Experi-
mental Investigation of the Nature of the y Rays. No. 1.

Rogers, Dr. R. S.: Description of a New Species of Orchid

Mapsen, Dr. J. P. V.: The Ionization Remaining in Gases
after Bore from the Influence of the Ionizing Agent

Brace, Prof. W. H., and Dr. J. P. V. Mapsen: An Experi-
mental Investigation of the Nature of the y Rays. No. u.

Turner, Dr. A. J.: New Australian his aR of the
Families Noctuide and Pyralidz ..:

Lower, O. B.: New Australian Lepidoptera. ‘No. xxv. ...

WooLNovuGH, Dr. W. G.: Notes on the Geology of the Mount
Lofty Ranges, Chiefly the Portion East of the Onka-
paringa River. Plates i. and ii.

Baker, W. H.: Notes on Some Species of the Tsopod Family
Sphxromidee, from the South Australian Coast. Plates
a TO 2G. Pee = any

Mapsen, Dr. J. P. V.: Secondary y Radiation |

VERCO, Dr. J. C.: Notes on South Australian Marine Mol-
lusea, with Descriptions of New Species. Part vill.
Plates xi. to xiii. ae

Lea, A. M.: Descriptions of Australian Curculionide, with
Notes on previously-described Species. Part vi.

Mawen, J. H.: A Contribution to the Botany of South
Australia

Biers, A. : Description of a hitherto Undescribed Species of

Shark from Investigator Strait :

————— A Synopsis of the Fishes of South Australia.
Pariys:

A Synopsis of the Fishes of South Australia.
Part: i. :

Beage, Prof. W. H.:- On a Want of Symmetry shown by
Secondary X-Rays. (Abstract.) ..

Brace, Piof. W. H., and J. L. Guasson: On a Want of
Symmetry shown by Secondary X-Rays ...

Lower, O. B.: Descriptions of New yi cas Hesperiadz

—__—— New Australian Tortricina

Cuapman, Prof. R. W.: The Strength of South Australian

Timbers... sé
Verco, Dr. J. C.: Notes on 1 South Australian Marine Mol-
lusca, with Descriptions of New Tec Part ix.

Plates xiv. to xviil.

Brackpurn, Rev. T.: Further Notes on | Australian Coleop-
tera, with Descriptions of New Genera and aig
Mo, XXxXvili. ‘ 2, i Ns. er a ,

ABSTRACT OF PROCEEDINGS ...

ANNUAL REPORT :

BALANCE-SHEET

EnpowMeEnt FunD

Donations To THE LIBRARY.

List or Fettows, Erc. ar

APPENDICES.

Annual Report, etc., of Field Naturalists’ Section ...

Twentieth Annual Report of the Native Fauna and Flora
Protection Committee of the Field Naturalists’ Section

Annual Report, etc., of the Malacological Section .

i ents: ete., of the Microscopical Section ...

naex 56 ~e. iavk See aoate ara ms

1
ll

12

= Pepe aie. Baar TF eG ae bow
ES ORES a a eS TO NOLeee
it bagkiort®s tee arose 199 11 Bats Aenmetiesis df
| RED, RO Uke IGT Ost BT. eae
Si Hoek weeetdeh: aad
a warn be RAREQAMS oF oh he tl bag.

' 7 ay
/ At at adi ty) (ise a1) \f RS ave
wh) Fi) Tess epee a: 1)

Sept si) O70)

J . tate 5) } s.
Ou gael: idtestey with & ek

Es 0) OS EE Ai) Ses. oN
é "Tis h2 t Pais J ie (tea ave re. a. ad
i) per Ay ; { pel ee A asi: ; 7

1) sve 3: vite”
Viti) b Aaipey “. Toh ee ree ar! ATO rey / , .

Zara h ; f ; Th Foor Te) é ee theye poe I hte) |
<e)
rat eae . 7 @.
£33 (LobtepLkets i PE MANTOD! rose
a Lig fate aie 4 Lyre Sey | 5 | Cate ee mais
ie) thy eth) pire re +s) Ts PB e447 oa
‘ Nn Ge

a ia) i) it Masi yi 3 } A'S th

tha } aes
Koad ae itn
i ti meked wt ;5 Sh yt) Ae
, 2 airy f (7 4 t( et ; ve } Veer
Yoh cs ine

Sh OP ety ota) t ye tt te ‘
i pit ‘miideaw hs? ise
Sah 1+iWeO. wetaalt Cah Poul oe ee
ake cM " etda ny} Te ae 2) fe vial
platter Aides ta yee $6 i:
ay ;
» f (c)°s ie y i | A '
Py i : Pad | By atts ie + o MAU LLY \'? <j

RIE) Pe, te > ey
her suLaitey) , Kies } Thy 't F eee
' ‘ -

>
4

se r

yi Pe en ea be a, aM

AN EXPERIMENTAL INVESTIGATION OF THE NATURE
OF THE y RAYS.—NO. 1.

By W. H. Brace, M.A., F.R.S., Elder Professor of Mathe-
matics and Physics in the University of Adelaide, and
J. P. V. Manpsen, D.Sc., Lecturer on Electrical En-
gineering.

[Received January 2, 1908; read May 5, 1908.1]

In papers recently published in the ‘Proceedings of the
Royal Society of South Australia” (May and June, 1907)
and in the “Philosophical Magazine” (October, 1907) an at-
tempt was made to show that the ether-pulse theory of y and
X-rays might prove to be incorrect after all, and that most
of the known properties of these rays could be explained
more simply and directly on the supposition that they were
material and consisted of neutral pairs. The arguments
were based on comparison of known phenomena with deduc-
tions from each of the two opposing hypotheses. At that
time there did not seem to be any opportunity of appeal to
a decisive experiment.

The object of this paper is to give a preliminary account
of an investigation which appears to us to give a final answer
as regards the 7 rays, and to show that they are material in
nature.

Secondary radiation, which is excited in an atom by
a passing wave or pulse, must be distributed symmetrically
with regard to a plane passing through the atom perpendicu-
lar to the direction of motion of the pulse. If we speak of
the primary pulse as going forwards, the secondary radia-
tion is just as likely to go backwards as forwards. This is
a well-recognized principle. For example, J. J. Thomson
divides the secondary radiation, due to 7 rays, into two equal
parts, which he supposes to move away symmetrically in
opposite directions, and, for convenience of calculation, paral-
lel to the direction of the primary rays (Cond. of Electricity
through Gases, p. 406). Supposing, therefore, a pencil of
y rays to pass normally through a plate so thin that its
absorption may be neglected, the secondary radiation should
be exactly the same on the two sides of the plate—in amount,
in quality, and in distribution; and it ought not to be pos-
sible to discover, by any comparison of the secondary radia-
tions on the two sides, which is the face of entry and which
of emergence.

A

2

Consider now the ionization-chamber represented in fig.
1. The two ends are closed by
plates, of which A and A’ are
alike; so also are B and B’. The
substance of A and A’ is different
to that of B and B’. The nature
of the side walls is immaterial. A
pencil of y rays passes along the
axis of the chamber, which is re-
presented by a dotted line. The
ionization current. within the
chamber is measured as usual by
inserting a high potential electrode | Fig. i
connected to an electroscope.

When the plates 4 and B are inverted, there is a change
in the amount of the current; so also when A’ and B’ are
inverted. By an extension of the principle already stated, it
ought not to be possible, on the ether-pulse theory, to dis-
cover which way the rays are going, up or down in the fig-
ure, by comparing the consequence of inverting A and B
with that of inverting 4’ and B’.

As a matter of fact, the direction can be discovered with
ease; the more easily the greater the difference between the
atomic weights of A and B.

For example, in one experiment of ours the chamber
was of cylindrical form, 3 inches

1
1
i
‘
|

A
6)

high and 10 inches diameter. 7

The plates used were of alumin-

ium and lead. The thickness of ;

each plate was a little less than | cf =
2mm. Inversion of the top plates Ad Po SS “ante

<---> _——_—::-*

A and B made a _ difference in p———
favour of Al of less than 1 per
cent., 2.e., the current was slightly
larger when Al was next the
chamber. On the other hand,
inversion of the kottom plates
made a difference of 44 per cent. in favour of Pb, 2¢., the
current was 44 per cent. larger when the Pb was on top.
The details are shown in the figure. Allowance was made
for all radiation other than that which proceeded down the
conical opening in the lead block.

It may be well to point out that this effect cannot be
ascribed to any complication due to secondary or tertiary
rays. No doubt the radiation in the chamber is very com-
plex; but the fact is immaterial. Provided that the cham-
ber is symmetrical in the first place, then the secondaries

3

must be symmetrical also if the ether-pulse theory is cor-
rect, and therefore the tertiaries and so on. Nor is it neces-
sary to consider whether the secondary radiations are B rays
or scattered y rays. Also, it must be remembered that the
secondary radiations which enter the chamber have their
origin almost entirely in a very few millimetres of material
bordering on the chamber. Therefore, the y rays are in
almost exactly the same condition, both as to quality and as
to quantity, when they excite secondary radiations from the
top plate as they enter the chamber, and secondary radia-
tions from the bottom plate as they leave.

The details of the experiment may be varied greatly ; but
in all the cases we have tried the want of symmetry is obvious.
Jn fig. 3 are shown the details of one other case, in which
carbon and lead were the materials used, and the form of the

(/) Curent untl plate Bomieed au. alent = S98.

(2) " Sih | A akect 02 eevrordadt -5-- 3. = SLL
(3) Qe cult) but base PQ hauged Gcavtrn = SOF
Fig. 3.

chamber was different. It seems unnecessary to give more,
because, in the first place, the experiments are easy to re-
peat; and in the second place, the complete quantitative
analysis of the figures depends on several factors, the influ-
ence of which is imperfectly understood, such as the previous
screening of the rays, the form of the pea ber: and the re-
spective parts played by the original y rays, cathode rays, and
secondary y rays, if any such exist. The experiments, as they
stand, show how far away is that symmetry which the ether-
pulse ‘theory demands. It seems to us that there is no escape
from the conclusion that the y rays are not ether pulses.

Let us, therefore, proceed to consider the hypothesis that
the y rays are material. In the paper already mentioned, it
was argued that they might well consist of neutral pairs,
liable to be broken up on encountering atoms or parts of

A2

4

atoms; and that the secondary cathode radiations might be
the negative particles thus set free. Let us suppose, provi-
sionally, that the particles, when set free, move at first in
the direction of the y stream, but are subsequently
scattered in the usual manner of B rays. [It is_ here
that the absence of symmetry arises. On the pulse
theory the particles should go equally backwards and
forwards; indeed, if they were ejected by atomic explosions,
the result of energy accumulated from passing pulses, as sug-
gested by J. J. Thomson in the case of X-rays, they would
move equally in all directions. |

Wigger gives a table (Jahrbuch der Radioaktivitaét, Bd.
il., p. 431) showing that the y rays
are absorbed according to a density A BC D
law pretty strictly, except for small
thicknesses of substances of large P
atomic weight. ee lll

Assume this law to hold good, and

also assume for the present that the ab- A’ BCD
sorption of 8 rays follows the density Pp
law. The latter is only roughly true, of ___|__
course ; but we may deal with quanti-
ties in a broad fashion first, and make
the proper amendments afterwards. Fig. 4.
We can now compare the quan-
tities of cathode radiation which should emerge from
the far sides of two plates of different densities p and p’. Let
these be represented by AD and A’'D' in the figure, and
let BC and B'C" be corresponding strata of equal weight:
in fact, let AB/A'’B’=BC{B'C' =CD/(CD =p (ae
the plates be crossed by equal pencils of y rays, as shown in
the figure. A certain quantity of y radiation is absorbed in
crossing BC’. In the language of our present hypothesis we
should say that a certain number of y particles are stripped
of their positives, and the negative remainders go on. An
equal number of negatives are set free in B’'C’ because the
two strata are of equal weight. Of those set free in BC
only a certain number emerge from the face D, because of
the absorption of the plate CD. Since CD and C’'D’ are
of equal weight, a similar absorption occurs in the case of
the particles set free in B’C’. Thus the same number emerge
from each plate. Integrating for all effective strata, the
whole cathode radiations emerging from the two plates are
equal.

We thus find that if the absorption of 8B and y rays both
followed the density law, the secondary cathode radiation on
the far side of a plate—we may call it the ‘““emergence”’ radia-

5

tion—would be the same for all materials. There should be
no such relation between the amount of the radiation and the
atomic weight of the plate, as various observers have shown
to be true for the secondary cathode radiation of ‘incidence,’
a relation which is closely parallel to that found in the case
of 8 rays.

Experiment is in agreement with this theory, for it shows
that no such relation exists in respect to the emergence radia-
tions; in marked contrast to what happens in the case of
the radiations from the front sides of plates of various mate-
rials, the incidence radiations.

It is true that the emergence radiations are not all equal,
but this is to be expected, because (1) the amount of second-
ary cathode radiation depends, as Kleeman has shown, on the
previous screening of the y rays; (2) the B rays are not ab-
sorbed strictly according to a density law; (3) the y rays
also depart from this law. We have made no serious attempt
as yet to disentangle the effects of these various disturbing
factors. In fact, the task promises to be long and intricate,
for it will be necessary to find out how much of the ioniza-
tion in the chamber is due to each class of rays; to discover
the law of distribution of the radiations in space, so that the
form of the chamber may be allowed for, if necessary; to
find out the nature of the departures from the density law
of those 8 and y rays which are in question; and so on.
Nevertheless, the results are satisfactory, so far as we have
gone. The amount of emergence radiation is found to depend
on the previous screening of the rays. In one case the in-
version of a C, Pb pair of plates from C, Pb to Pb, C, altered
the current in the ratio 1:1:11 when the rays had been pre-
viously screened by Pb; but in the ratio 1 :°96 when the screen
was changed to C. Again, when the rays had previously pass-
ed through an iron screen, the inversion Pb Fe to Fe
Pb changed the current in the proportion 1:1°12, but when
a lead screen was substituted for an iron one the change was
1:1°04. In illustration of the effect of the second disturb-
ing factor mentioned above, we have found that, other things
being equal, the substances of small atomic weight give the
most secondary radiation, in a general way; and it may be
no coincidence that in some cases we have found Sn and Fe
to give surprisingly small amounts. This is in agreement
with what is to be expected, for it is clear, on consideration
of the argument already given, that the greater the B ray
absorption of a substance in proportion to its density, the less
“emergence” radiation should issue from it. Some observers
have found Sn and Fe to possess exceptional absorbing pow-
ers. We do not wish, however, to lay any stress upon these

6

last observations, some of which we may not have interpreted
correctly ; but we mention them in order to show that the ine-
qualities that are found to exist between the emergence radia-
tions of various substances promise to be reducible to order
as soon as the difficulties of interpretation have been sur-
mounted.

Let us now consider the cathode radiations on the front
sides of the plates. Of the cathode particles set free in BU
and moving at first in the direction of the y rays, a certain
proportion, say p, is returned by what is beyond. These move
towards the face A, and a certain number of them succeed
in reaching it and emerging therefrom. In the case of the
other plate the proportion returned is p’. The absorption in
B'A' is the same as in BA, because the weights are the
same. Comparing the two plates, stratum by stratum, we
find that the “incidence” radiation of one plate is to the ‘nci-
dence radiation of the other plate as p to p’. Now p and
p' are the well-known constants of the B rays. :

When a stream of y rays is allowed to fall upon a plate
the cathode radiation which issues from the place of inci-
dence must be divisible into two parts. One consists of scat-
tered B particles derived from the stream of such particles
which was travelling with the y rays before incidence, and
which was formed during the previous transit of the screens
employed, solid, liquid, or gaseous. This part is scattered
to an extent which depends on the atomic weight of the plate,
according to the usual law of B particles. The other part, is
originated in the plate itself in the manner just described,
and the amount of it is also regulated according to the B ray
law. When, therefore, observers have measured the second-
ary radiation, due to y rays, and have found a law corre-
sponding to that for B rays, the reason of the correspondence
has been that they really were measuring the secondary radia-
tion due to B rays. Properly speaking, the secondary radia-
tion, produced by y rays, or, rather, from y rays, is propor-
tional to the density of the substance traversed (cf. Wigger’s
table), and this is only another form of the law of absorption
of yy rays.

The relative importance of the two parts of the incidence
radiation just mentioned must depend on the circumstances
of the experiment.) The researches of Kleeman (Phil. Mag.,
Nov., 1907) show very well how the second part, which is
influenced by previous screening, modifies the effect of the

(1) In a recent letter addressed by one of us to ‘‘Nature,”’ too
great a preponderance was assigned to the first part under all
circumstances.

7

first part, which is not so influenced, but which follows the
law of B rays strictly.

It is easy to show, by comparing corresponding strata
at the front and back of one plate, that the incidence radia-
tion should be somewhat less than p times the transmitted
radiation. Somewhat less, because the cathode radiation,
which is turned back, is scattered and softened in the process.

To sum up:—On the ether-pulse theory we ought to find
perfect symmetry in the secondary radiations from the two
sides of a plate. But experiment shows nothing of the kind.

On the material or neutral-pair theory, the “incidence’’
radiations should follow the 8 ray law. This is known to
be the case. The emergence radiations should not follow the
B ray law, and experiment shows that they do not. If the
density law held for both 6 and y rays, and if the y rays
were homogeneous, the emergence radiations should all be
equal. As already explained, experiment shows that the ob-
served inequalities give promise of ready explanation, on the
ground that no one of these suppositions is quite true.

It is, perhaps, better not to extend the preliminary ac-
count of these experiments by any lengthy discussion of the .
issues arising from them. Many points that invite considera-
tion have been discussed already in the papers first referred
to. Moreover our own further experiments are incomplete,
and their full interpretation is not yet certain. We will,
therefore, confine ourselves to one or two questions which seem
of special interest. The X-rays resemble the y rays so closely.
that it is practically inconceivable that the two radiations
should be essentially different. The secondary cathode radia-
tions, which are set free when X-rays impinge on any mate-
rial, must therefore have been part of the X-ray stream, and
must start their independent existence by moving on in the
line of the X-ray motion. Their velocity is much smaller than
that of the secondary cathode rays due to y rays, and they
are much more readily scattered. It may still remain an open
question whether or no the X-ray stream contains ether pulses.
Perhaps their existence must be supposed in order to explain
the velocity experiment of Marx, and the diffraction experi-
ment of Haga and Windt. Possibly they are also required
in order to explain Barkla’s polarization experiments; but
we do not think that the experiment described by Barkla in
“Nature” (October 31, 1907) is in any way decisive.

It seems proper to consider a possibility that the nega-
tive particle, when it moves on in the original line of motion
of the pair from which it came, retains also its original velo-
city. It is a striking fact that the cathode particle, due to
the y rays, has the same speed, very nearly, as the B particle

8

issuing from the original radioactive material. And it looks
quite unlike a coincidence that similar comparisons can be
made in the case of the X-rays. The secondary cathode radia-
tions due to these rays have velocities which, at the least, are
of the same order as the velocities of the cathode particles in
the X-ray bulb. If we examine the table given by Innes
(Proc. Roy. Soc., Aug. 2, 1907, p. 461), and if we may be
allowed to adopt an interpretation differing somewhat from
the author’s, but more natural, it seems to us, in view of the
conclusions of this paper, we find that the velocities of the
electrons emitted by all the metals are practically the same,
zinc being an exception, because it is unable to break up the
hardest rays. We find that the velocities range from about
6x 10° to 75x 10° for soft rays, and 6x10° to 8x10° for
hard rays. Remembering that bundles of X-rays are very
heterogeneous, the natural conclusion seems to be that the
softest rays give the slowest speeds, and that the velocity of
the secondary rays increases with the hardness of the X-rays
from which they are derived.'?) Now the hardness of the rays
grows with the speed of the cathode particles in the bulb.
Is it then possible that the cathode particle is first set in
motion by the electromotive force in the bulb, strikes the
anticathode, and picks up a positive there, becomes neutral,
and is now called an X-ray, is subsequently stripped of the
positive, and becomes a secondary cathode particle, the iden-
tity of the negative remaining the same throughout, and its
speed invariable, or nearly so? The difficulty comes in when
we try to consider the part played by the mass of the positive.
Probably it becomes necessary to consider it as small compared
to the mass of the negative. In many ways such a supposi-
tion would fit in very well. We should then understand why
the positive is so hard to isolate: also a radioactive atom, in
ejecting a y particle would not lose appreciably in weight.
Lilienfeld believes he has found the positive electron to be less
massive than the negative. (Deutsch. Phys. Gesell. Verh., 9, 7,
April 15, 1907.)

And, again, may not the 8 and y forms be interchange-
able at times? A y particle, which had been stripped of its
positive, and become a secondary cathode, or 8 ray, would be
lost to measurement as a y ray; and we should thus have an
explanation of how the y rays are “absorbed,” and why the
absorption follows an exponential law. And in the same way,
if a B particle picked up a positive, it would disappear from
view as a B particle, it would be “absorbed.”

eee

(2) By independent experiment, Bestelmeyer (Ann. d. Phys.,
xxii., p. 429, 1907) and Cooksey (Amer. Jour. of Science, Oct.,
1907) arrive at the same conclusion.

9

Although we have made a few experiments with mag-
netic fields, we have not yet come to any conclusions as to
whether or no there are y pairs which have become loosened
in the attachment of positive to negative, forming a softer and
more ionizing radiation. Their existence might be suspected
since there is an analogous effect in the case of X-rays; and
probably they would be found more at the back of the pene-
trated plate than in front of it.

A few further experimental illustrations are shown dia-
grammatically in Figs. 5-7, with the explanations attached.

ee SAC

——— fl

ee oOrs eae 0 aaa WERE & gts for 63 0 :

——— es P| b-----—-—-----4 So
Fig. 5

The upper figure shows the general arrangement. The lower
figures are diagrammatic, and show the currents for different ar-
rangements of the Pb and Al at the bottom of the chamber, and
at the top, with the exception of the plate through which the
y rays enter. Inverting the top plates makes little difference
where the upper of the two plates at the bottom is Al, but an
appreciable difference when it is Pb, because in the latter case
a good deal of secondary radiation is thrown upwards by the
Pb, and there is a tertiary from the top plate.

The same, when the conical opening is completely filled by
a Pb stopper :—

12°6 12°6 si ear 18°3

The differences show the effects of those rays only which do

not pass through the Pb stopper :—

27°7 28-7 39°9 44-7

nt ies WhoiDa. asiuei These show the effect of
Tae RPS (Co al inverting that portion
only of the top plate
Jhe sane, unth Pb shpp=r where the y rays enter.
oe ie Three Pb plates=-*55 cm.,

Al plate =-16 cm

Wheel “4-2

Fig. 6.

10

10 Crt :

s——=s ae a Ss === === Ss a
seni pest eg! ial
' '

cane pe eee meee — === a === ===

Fig. 7.

The upper figure shows the general arrangement. The wall
of the cylindrical vessel was of brass; a Pb or an Al lining could
be inserted as shown. The lower figures are diagrammatic, and
show the currents for different arrangements of Pb and Al at
top, bottom, and sides. Inversion of the plates, through which
the y rays pass into the chamber, makes little difference; but
there is a great alteration if the material is changed on which
the y rays fall, or the emergence radiation from the top plate.
The base is of less importance than in fig. 5; but the sides of
more importance. This should clearly be so, for geometrical rea-

sons.

When the conical opening was filled by a Pb stopper, the
currents were all reduced considerably, but retained the same
proportions pretty nearly.

On the other hand, when a small pencil of 8 rays was ad-
mitted through a hole in the centre of the top plate, a change
of the material of the bottom became more effective, and of the
sides less effective than before; but this difference became smaller
when thin Al sheets were so placed as to scatter the B rays on
their entry into the chamber. .

In conclusion, we should like to add that Wigger was the
first, so far as we know, to show clearly that the secondary
radiation of Al, on the far side of the plate, might be greater
than that of Pb. A comparison of the emergence radiations of
different metals was made by Dawes (Phys. Rev., xx., p. 182),
who showed that they did not follow the law of the incidence
radiations. The same effect was indicated in the experiments
of Eve (Phil. Mag., Dec., 1904). We have little doubt that
the interesting experiment of Mackenzie (Phil. Mag., July,
1907) is to be explained on the lines indicated in this paper.
In fact, it is clear that this is the case in a broad sense; but
it is difficult to give a complete explanation until the laws
are so completely worked out that they can be applied to the
interpretation of experiments, which are really very compli-
cated, although at first sight they may seem to be simple.

11

DESCRIPTION OF A NEW SPECIES OF ORCHID.
By R. 8. Rocsers, M.A., M.D.
[Read November 5, 1907.]

Prasophyllum occidentale, sp. nov.

Plant.—A somewhat dwarfed species, varying from 5 to
8 in. in height; the fistula in the sheath placed high up,
sometimes immediately below the spike. Leaf-lamina greatly
exceeding the spike, extending in my smallest specimen 4}
in. beyond the fistula, and in my tallest 6 in. beyond this
point. The spike not crowded, consisting of from ten to
fourteen green flowers.

Flowers.—Uateral sepals about 3 lines long, slightly bi.
dentate, united except in their distal fourth. Dorsal sepal
somewhat shorter (23 lines), erect, acuminate, concave. Late-
ral petals-narrow-lanceolate, very slightly shorter than dorsal
sepal.

Labellum. silo, about 2 lines. iene reflexed about the
middle, tip acuminate ; membranous portion fairly wide and
shightly crenulated, callous part continues a short distance
beyond the bend; does not protrude bibs the free fees we
sepals.

Column.—Middle lobe quadrangular. Lateral appen-
dages about same height as rostellum; unequally lobed, the
smaller one being given off about middle of appendage. Stig-
matic plate speckled in my specimens.

‘I found this orchid growing close to the shore at Streaky
Bay on September 26, 1907. Only four specimens were col-
lected, and three of these were seeding, so that it should be
looked for at. the beginning of the month. -

It bears a superficial resemblance to the Western Aus-
tralian form, P. macrostachyum, from which, however, it may
be distinguished by its relatively long and narrow petals, by
the extent to which its lateral sepals cohere, and by the
great length of its leaf- lamina.

There is no recorded member of the genus in this State
with which it is likely to be confused, unless it be P. fuscum.
In this species the lateral sepals are free, whereas in the new
form they are connate, a feature which at once makes the
diagnosis easy. 7

THE IONIZATION REMAINING IN GASES AFTER REMOVAL
FROM THE INFLUENCE OF THE IONIZING AGENT.

By J. P. V. Mapsen, D.Sc., B.E.
(Read April 7, 1908.]

INTRODUCTION.

Jn a paper by Professor Bragg and Mr. Kleeman,” a
theory of initial recombination was advanced to explain the
cause of the lack of saturation in gases exposed to the action
of the @ particles of radium. The effect was found to be
due to the immediate action between a parent molecule and
the electron which was ejected from it as a result of the
ionizing influence of the a particle. It was shown that it was
easy to reconcile with this theory the result of an experiment
described by Professor Rutherford,'?) which suggested that it
is easier to obtain the saturation current in a gas when the
gas is quickly removed from the influence of the ionizing agent
before testing. Rutherford’s experiment would, of course,
indicate that the process of initial recombination would be
completed in a very short time after a molecule had been
ionized. However, as explained in a later paper by Professor
Bragg,‘5) it was not essential to the theory of initial recom-
bination that the process should be completed within any set
time, in which case many important considerations would
result.

The author undertook the repetition of Rutherford’s ex-
periment, and the non-success of some preliminary attempts
led to the further suggestion that for a certain length of time
it was conceivable that the positive and negative ions might
remain in a state of incomplete combination, their final re-
combination being precipitated by some change of conditions.
The existence of such partially combined pairs of ions would
help to explain much of the mechanism of phosphorescence,
and would appear to have some connection with the clusters
described by J. B. B. Burke,4) which were the product of
ionization, and gave rise under some conditions to phosphor-
escent glow, contained energy, and yet were not electrified.

(1) Trans. Roy. Soc., S.A., vol. xxix., 1905.
(2) Phil. Mag., vol. 47, p. 158.

(3) Phil. Mag., May, 1906.

(4) Phil. Mag., vol. i., p. 342, 1901.

13

Again, in some experiments described by C. D. Child ©
upon the arc through mercury vapour, clusters very similar
in nature to those described by Burke are met with, and their
behaviour was only explained on the hypothesis that recom-
binations between positive and negative ions were not always
complete or stable, and that the clusters so formed were,
under suitable conditions, readily broken up, giving rise to
ionization.

It may not be out of place at this point to remark that
the nucleus of such clusters might possibly be formed either
by the partial recombination of a positive and a negative
ion which have each had time to become attached to neutral
molecules of the gas or by the immediate partial recombina-
tion of a parent molecule and the electron ejected from it by
the process of ionization.

Just as this paper was near completion the results of an
investigation by Von Erich Barkow ‘® came to hand, in which
the existence of neutral pairs of ions, evidently produced in
the former manner, offers a ready explanation of the effects
observed.

It was, however, more with the idea of finding out whether
a cluster is formed in the latter way that the work of this
present paper was carried out. When two oppositely charged
ions, approaching each other, are at. a distance apart “7” (in
the present case “r” is of the order of the molecular free pathy)
the particles ein revolve in closed orbits around each other,
if the kinetic energy due to their relative motion is less than
2
(e being the charge on an ion). An electrical field will
tend to disturb this motion, and it is one of the purposes of
the present paper to decide whether some such state of semi-
combination can persist for an appreciable time, and a separ-
ation of the ion be eventually effected by an electrical field,
or by a field conjointly with other causes.

Returning to the experiment described by Rutherford,
little detail information is given in regard to the apparatus
used. It is stated that instead of measuring the current with
the uranium oxide covering one electrode, the air which had
passed over the uranium was forced between two concentric
cylinders between which the electromotive force was acting.
It seemed probable that the apparatus described by him
earlier in the same paper (p. 144) had been used, in which
air, after passing through cotton wool and over the uranium
surface, was forced through a wire gauze, and then between

(5) Phys. Rev., vol. xxii., pp. 221-231, April, 1906.
(6) Annalen der Physik, p. 317, No. 7, 1907.

14

two cylinders of 2°8 and 1°6 cms. diameter respectively, a
potential difference of 32 volts between the cylinders being
found sufficient to completely remove all the ions from the
gas. The distance of the gauze from the central electrode and
the size of gauze used are not definitely stated. It will be

To Elechrorneter
Sulphur

Insulation

To Earth

aarp
[Uranium
U 2) eee

Rig. a:

shown in the present paper that the form of the saturation
curve obtained in such an apparatus depends largely upon
these two latter factors, as well as upon the potential differ-
ence between the cylinders, and also their size.

In attacking the question of the ionization in gases after
their removal from the action of the ionizing agent, two direct

15

methods suggest themselves. In the first place; ionized gas
may, as in Rutherford’s experiment, be blown into a chamber
in which the ions are to be collected by an electric field. In
this case care must be taken to enable the ions to be passed
rapidly into a uniform electric field, so as not to subject them
at first to a weaker field. . |

To pass the ionized gas through a fine gauze as Ruther-
ford did would appear the most convenient method to adopt
in such a case, although, as will be shown later, it by ne
means, in all cases, approaches the ideal condition.

In the second method, the ionizing agent may be allowed
to act upon the gas which is enclosed in a suitable ionization
chamber, and then either the chamber or, what is usually
more convenient, the ionizing agent may be removed before
the electromotive force is applied between the electrodes.

Both these methods have been used in the present in-
vestigation.

Since the shape of the ionization curve obtained in the
presence of the ionizing agent is found ‘) to depend upon the
effects of both general and initial recombination, it is import-
ant, no matter which of the above methods is used, in com-
paring the saturation curves with and without the presence
of the ionizing agent, to eliminate the effects of general re-
combination. Also, diffusion of the ions to conducting sur-
faces would produce many of the effects which one might ex-
pect to be shown by clusters which could be separated by a
sufficiently intense field.

§ bel
Tue ACTION OF GAUZES.

The first experiments were carried out with an apparatus
as shown in fig. 1. Air was used in these experiments, and
after passing through a plug of cotton wool was drawn by a
water-pump, with suitable pressure regulator, at a speed of
10 cms. per second, over the surface of uranium oxide. Thence
it passed through a gauze and between two cylindrical
electrodes of 2 cms. and 4 cms. diameter respectively. The
outer electrode was connected to a set of small accumulators,
the other terminal of the cells being connected to earth. The
central electrode was 10 cms. in length, and was supported in
a sulphur plug, which in turn was protected by an earthed
ring. By suitable keys the central electrode could be con-
nected either to the electrometer or to earth. A Thompson
Quadrant Electrometer was used, giving a deflection of 75
scale divisions per volt.

(7) Bragg and Kleeman, Trans. Roy. Soc., S.A., vol, xxix.,

1905.

16

As a similar form of apparatus has been frequently em-
ployed where the introduction of a gauze suggested a ready
means of localizing the field which was to be used for collect-
ing the ions which were blown along a tube—as, for example,
in the experiments of Townsend ) upon diffusion of ions
and (9) in experiments upon the ions which are produced from
flames, etc.—it is of some additional interest to know what
effects may arise from the introduction of such a gauze. A
short account will therefore be given of some preliminary ex-

Tbk tok $i oe Lok TT
Come genders
Bev gil ome dan odie

Vere hs Saar
pea pester | hog
peers
meer ane
ae ba

~
Ss
0D 0G U0 4) 00 0

Figs. 2 and 3.

periments in which the size and nature of the gauze and the
distance between the central electrode and the gauze were
varied.

The curves, fig. 2, show the results of experiments with a
brass gauze having 40 strands to the inch, two sets of wires
being interlaced at right angles to each other, each wire

(2) Phil. Trans. Roy. Soc., excii., A 1900, pp. 129-158.
(9) Langevin and Block, Comptes Rendus, exxxix., 1904, p. 792.

17

being of ‘0065 inches diameter. The curves (A+), (Bt),
(C+), show the relation between the potential difference of
the electrodes, and the corresponding electrometer deflections
per 0°5 minute for distances of 7, 14, and 28 mm. between
the gauze and the flat end of the central cylindrical electrode,
the gauze being positive to the central electrode. The curves
(A —), (B—), (C—), are corresponding curves obtained when
the gauze was negative. Fig. 3 shows similar curves using
a brass guaze with 20 strands to the inch, each wire being
°010 in. in diameter.

TABLE A.
Diameter of Deflection for 400 volts.
Wires, in. Deflection for 50 volts.

Material. Strands per in.

Brass~x_.... 20 ‘010 1:4
Rrassx ... 11 -0185 1°25
rassx ... 14 °015 1°33
rass x |... 40 “007 L7
Iron x ne 14 °013 125
Iron x “at 21 -016 1°34
Galv. Iron x 14 -0135 1:26
Copper || ... 16 "013 1-14
Copper || ... 32 °013 1°5

x Represents crossed wire-mesh gauzes.

|| Represents parallel wire gauzes.

A large number of other gauzes were similarly tested, in-
cluding some which were built in the form of grids, with one
set only of straight wires arranged parallel to each other.
As figs. 2 and 3 are, however, typical, the results obtained
with some of the other gauzes are given in Table A in terms
of the deflections per 0°5 minute at potential differences of
400 and 50 volts respectively between the cylinders with the
central electrode in all cases 28 mm. from the gauze. The
state of the surface of the gauze was found to have little
effect, even when the gauze was wetted, and in the case of
iron allowed to rust slightly.

At intervals during each set of experiments the draught
was stopped and a reading taken of the amount of ionization
which entered the chamber independently of the draught.
No special precautions were taken to dry the air, and on one
or two occasions the amount of ionization produced by the
uranium showed changes which were apparently due to slight
dampness of the uranium surface. This accounted for the
reduction in the amount of ionization which was observed
on such occasions, as the path of the a particles through
the gas would be slightly reduced.

it will be observed in both figs. 2 and 3 that there is no
very close approach to saturation, although the approach is

18

much closer in fig. 3 than in fig. 2, even when large poten-
tial differences are applied between the electrodes. The re-
sults with the gauze positive are in all cases larger than with
the gauze negative. Also, the number of ions reaching the
central electrode in a given time decreases for any given value
of potential difference between the cylinders, as the distance

! jes 2 a re, ee | a RE |
saling 5 tein en adios hs Meal eh ane 1S) in aa
I | ' '
! \ t ,
os To Cells + or-
| t '
eve} oom
ee !
! | ' ‘
‘ 1 ' '
ne aes
CAs Mercury hap
| {
' ; :
Ok. expen (ae | .
7o Earth | dl erempnnee= =~ OTL ara a i
ae 3 — Es : flectrometer.
eet ie a eb nnees
| 7 Weer ©
{ | :
; | ury trap
| ;
uy
Tear |
! : ;
ace
iaae \Nn | ' Al Sulphur
| | ! | ' Fe Top Gauze
Bers 4) | | oo! @ Middle. «
insides th A CORR | Ee oc ee \ | R Bottom .
'
/ 1

between the gauze and the end of the central electrode is in-
creased. When, therefore, even very large potential differ-
ences are maintained between the electrodes, the number of
ions which reach the central electrode in a given time may
give a very false measurement of the number of ions which
actually reach the gauze in that time.

i

It appears from the curves that it is the strength of field
in the immediate neighbourhood of the gauze and not. so
much the actual difference of potential between the inner and
outer cylinders that determines the number of ions received
by the central electrode. As in the experiments so far de-
scribed, this field was by no means uniform, it was decided
to re-design the apparatus so as to provide for this condition.

An apparatus as shown in fig. 4 was constructed, hav-
ing three gauzes set parallel to each other with their planes
at right angles to the axis of the tube. The central gauze,
to which the electrometer was connected, consisted of a brass
gauze with 20 strands to the inch, each wire being ‘01 in. in

diameter, soldered to a thin metal ring and carefully at-
tached to a ring of sulphur.in such a way as to allow the
air to pass only through the gauze. Earthed metal rings, as
shown in the diagram, were found necessary to protect the
sulphur from the direct influence of the high-potential plates.
On each side of this middle gauze were arranged: gauzes which
could be easily replaced, and so that their distance from the
middle gauze could be varied. In the first set of experiments
these gauzes were of brass with 40 strands to the inch, the
distance between the top and middle gauzes being 6°5 mm.,
that between the bottom and middle gauzes 75 mm..

In fig. 5, curve (A —), is shown the effect. of varying -the
potential applied.to the top gauze, always, however, keeping

20

it negative, while maintaining the bottom gauze at a nega-
tive potential of 41 volts. A draught of 10 cms. per second
was maintained as in the earlier experiments. It will be
seen from the curve, that with 50 volts applied to the top
gauze, a much larger current passes to the middle electrode
than when the top gauze is connected to earth; but that fur-
ther increases in the potential of the top gauze cause very
little further increase in the current. Curve (4+), in the
same figure, shows how the current varies when the bottom
gauze is still maintained at a potential of —41 volts, but
with the potential of the top gauze varied through a range
of positive values. With the bottom gauze at —41 volts, and
the top gauze at +500, practically no current passed to the
middle electrode—that is to say, a large number of negative
ions which would otherwise be drawn to the middle elec-
trode are now completely dragged through it. Similar re.
sults occurred when the bottom gauze was maintained at a
positive potential of 41 volts, the greatest diminution in the
current to the middle gauze being observed when the top
gauze was made negative.

To prevent any interaction of the two fields above and
below the middle screen, the gauze was replaced by a screen
consisting of two gauzes, similar to the first, set parallel to
each other and at a distance apart equal to 2 mm. Curves
(B—) and (B+), fig. 5, were then obtained by following out
the procedure described in the previous test, from which the
curves (A —) and (A+) were derived. The same type of re-
sult is obtained, but greatly reduced. Single gauzes with
finer mesh produced much the same effect as the double gauze.

It appears from these results that when the wider single
gauze is used for the central electrode, some of the ions which
it should apparently stop are blown completely through it,
and more the wider the gauze; but that these are collected
by the gauze when the field in the top chamber drives them
with sufficient force against the draught. If, then, the top
gauze be of the same sign as the bottom gauze, any field
in the top chamber greater than about 100 volts per cm.
ensures practically all the ions being caught by the middle
electrode. In subsequent experiments the top chamber was
always so arranged, and the screen of two gauzes was used as
the central electrode.

The strength of field in the lower chamber was varied
and corresponding currents measured. Curves were obtained
for depths of bottom chamber, 75 mm., 11°55 mm., and 23°5
mm., respectively. The capacity was determined by an auxil-
lary condenser in each case, and after correcting the read-

21

ings for the slight alterations in capacity produced by the
change in position of the gauzes, the curves for the different
width chambers were found to practically coincide for all
except very weak fields.

When, therefore, the bottom gauze is negative, we may
conclude that for fields stronger than 50 volts per cm. very
few, if any, positive ions penetrate far into the bottom cham-
ber through the lower gauze; otherwise, effects due
to recombination in that chamber should have been observed
clearly when the depth of the lower chamber was varied.
The smaller values of current, obtained when the bottom
gauze was negative and the top positive, were due to the
action of the field in the top chamber, more particularly its
arrangement in the immediate vicinity of the wires of the
middle gauze.

Of 8. 6. 2432.40 wires pe

lotted line Curves + Crossed Brass Wire Gauzes
B20. » 20Strands per
- 40 - .

In fig. 6 are shown the results obtained with different
gauzes for the bottom electrode, and varying fields applied
to the lower chamber; the field in the top chamber being
maintained, in all experiments, at 100 volts per cm., arranged
in such a direction as to prevent the escape of the ions
through the middle gauze. The depth of the lower chamber
was 11 mm.; the dotted curves are for bottom gauzes of
crossed strands of 50, 40, and 20 meshes to the inch re-
spectively. The full line curves are for bottom gauzes made
of copper-wire ‘016 in. in diameter, set parallel, and equi-

22

distant from each other, and of 8, 16, 24, 32, and 40 wires
to the inch respectively.

The crossed gauzes give results falling very well into line
with those from the paralled wire grid, in which the smaller
the mesh the harder it was to obtain saturation. It is not-
able that with all the intermediate gauzes..an approach is
shown to the same value of. maximum current as the field
strength is increased. With very fine gauzes very intense fields
would seem. necessary to drag all the ions through the gauze,
while with gauzes much broader than about 16 to the inch
ions are apparently readily, drawn from distances considerably
below the gauze.

All the curves given were obtained from results of ex-
periments in which the bottom gauze was positive. When
it is made negative, and the top gauze also negative, very
little difference is found in curves for strong fields : with
weak fields the values obtained with the gauze positive are
as-a-rule slightly higher than with the gauze negative.

Of numerous gauzes tested, the 20 to the inch crossed
brass gauze, with diameter of strand ‘01 in., gave the nearest
approach to an early saturation, and was used in suheaaen
experiments:

Rutherford, in his paper already referred to, has shown
that.gauzes exert a large influence in discharging ions from
gas blown through them ; he finds that the effect depends, ap-
parently, upon the ratio of the space occupied by the air
between the meshes, and the extent of metal in the gauze.
As,.-however, his experiments were performed with a field
acting upon one side of the gauze, it seemed necessary to
repeat the experiments with no field acting on the gauze, as
from the experiments described above it would seem that
under this condition the discharging power of the gauze
should be even greater than as determined by Rutherford.

The experiment was arranged so that gauzes could be
set parallel to and ‘5 cm. below the bottom gauze of the
chamber used in the previous experiments. A field of 300
volts per cm. was applied to the lower side of the electro-
meter gauze and 100 volts per cm. above it, thus preventing
ions from escaping through the electrometer gauze. Read-
ings of the current were taken with and without the gauze
which was to be tested, in position. The ratio of these two
readings was taken as a measure of the discharging power
of the gauze.

In fig. 7 are plotted the results for parallel grids: cor-
responding to Table B. There appears a certain value of

23

the ratio—air to metal surface—below which the discharg-
ing power rises very rapidly. This effect is similar to that
which would result from considering the gauze as a limiting

s
=
ers ==ane
=

TABLE B.

Discharging Powers of Gauzes.

Oe Diam. of Distance Air. : is?
Material. wien Wires, in between Wires, - oii hcl
Pe oie aches, in inches. Metal. :
Copper || 8 ‘016 "127 8-0 Nea |
Copper || 16 ‘016 ‘050 32 13
Copper || ... 24 ‘016 027 Es 175
Copper ||... 32 ‘016 016 10 30
Copper || ... 40 ‘016 010 6 12°0
Copper || 16 ‘013 054 38 125
Copper || ... 32 018 020 14 2°12
races)... 11. °0185 ‘O72 1°0 1°35
prasix ..... lo *0155 *051 10 15
Iron x bette be ‘013 ‘058 13 15
Tron x aa i ‘010 ‘05 2°6 1:45
Iron x age lg ‘013 ‘046 118 18
Iron x gr aU 018 ‘032 1. 2°7
Brassx ... 20 ‘010 ‘04 12 1°65
Bras x... 25 ‘0095 ‘03 11 2°5
Iron x a GN "0245 "0245 6 3°85
Brassx. ... 40 ‘007 ‘018 11 0°45
Copper x ... 120 °0025 037 1:2 49-0

x Represents crossed mesh gauzes.
|| Represents parallel wire grids.

24

case of a set of parallel tubes of small diameter as used by
Townsend in his experiment upon the diffusion of ions.

Comparing these results with those of fig. 6, it is seen
that, taking for comparison the brass gauze of 40 meshes per
inch, each wire, ‘007 in. diameter, and the brass gauze of
20 meshes per inch, each wire ‘010 in. diameter; although
their discharging powers are as 5°45 to 1°65, nevertheless
with a field of 700 volts per cm., applied to their upper sur-
faces, exactly the same number of ions are drawn through
each. Again, twice the number of ions are drawn through
the parallel wire gauze having 24 strands to the inch, as
through the similar wire gauze having 40 strands per inch—
when a field of about 1,060 volts to the cm. is appled in
each case—although their discharging powers are respectively
1°75 and 12.

§ 2.

Returning to the result shown in fig. 5. It has so far
been assumed that the effects observed were due solely to the
intensity and distribution of the field around the wires of the
middle electrode. A question, however, suggests itself as to
whether the whole, or only part, of the diminution in cur-
rent which is observed when the fields on either side of the
middle gauze are in the same direction is due to the with-
drawal of ions from the lower chamber; for when the two
fields are opposed in direction no ions cross the top chamber,
while when the fields are in the same direction, some appa-
rently do cross it.

It seemed conceivable that there still might be something
akin to partialiy combined sets of ions which, although un-
affected by the weaker field of the lower chamber, produced
ionization in the top chamber under the influence, not merely
of an intense field, but as the result of ions moving in an
intense field, through clusters such as have been already sug-
gested. This would also explain the lack of saturation shown
in the curves of fig. 6.

An experiment was performed in an independent appa-
ratus. Two ionization chambers, provided with aluminium
windows, through which Rontgen rays could pass, were bal-
anced electrically against each other. Through the one was
drawn air which had been just previously subjected to the
influence of either radium or uranium, the ionization having
been subsequently removed by a weak field; through the other
chamber a supply of air was drawn at the same speed. No
alteration in the balance could be observed.

Again, a ring of copper-wire was made active by exposure
to thorium emanation, and placed on the upper surface of the

25

middle gauze. Readings were taken—/(a) With the copper
ring active, and air which had previously passed over the
uranium surface drawn through the chamber. (4) With the
ring active, but the uranium removed, and still using the
draught. (cj) With air passed over the uranium surface after
the activity of the ring had disappeared. The results showed
that the amount of ionization produced by the copper ring
in air was the same as in the air which had just pre-
viously passed under the influence of uranium.

Again, had the want of saturation, shown in the curves
of fig. 6, been due to the presence of clusters, or partially com-
bined pairs of ions, an alteration of the shape of these curves
might have been, expected if the number of ions was reduced
withont altering the number of clusters. No alteration in
the shape of the curves could, however, be detected when the
uranium was moved some distance further from the gauze,
or even when the ionization was still further reduced by plac-
ing along the axis of the tube leading to the gauze a
wire maintained at a few volts difference of potential from
its surroundings.

Recently a paper by M. de Broglie () has appeared, in
which tests similar to those just described have been per-
formed upon the gases coming from flames. His results are
in agreement with the foregoing in so far that no clusters
are found when water vapour is not present.

Having found no support to the cluster theory, we must
look to diffusion for an explanation of the curves
in fig. 6. The distortion of the field in the imme-
diate neighbourhotd of the wires of the middle gauze and its
penetration through the wider gauzes have accounted for the
results shown in fig. 5. The came cause, in gradually pre-
venting diffusion of the ions to the lower side of the bottom
gauze, will explain the difference in shape of the ionization
curves obtained with broad- and with narrow-mesh gauzes,
also the approach, in many cases, to the same final value of
current, as the field strength is increased.

One difficulty which arises in the foregoing explanation
is that while the field exerts its influence through the air
spaces of the bottom gauze, if the gauze be positively electri-
fied, negative ions will, of course, be more readily drawn to
the lower surfaces and sides of the wires of the gauze than
if the gauze were uncharged; and positive ions should, appa-
rently, be similarly repelled with a force which depends upon
the strength of the field. Now, it is known “0 that when a

' (a) Le Radium, tome iv., No. 7, July, 1907.
(10) J. J. Thomson, Elements of Electricity and Magnetism.

26

positively charged body of small, size is brought very close
to a body of much larger dimensions similarly charged, the
repulsion which normally exists reduces.in value to zero and
changes to an attraction when the small charged body is
brought within a certain critical: distance of the surface, this
distance depending upon the charges on the small body and
the surface, respectively, and on the curvature of the surfaces.
This seems to offer the explanation of the marked difference
which exists in the shapes of the ionization curves obtained
with broad- and with narrow-mesh gauze, as the field strength
is varied; for in the case considered positive ions are blown
by. the current of air against the lower gauze surface, which
is but weakly electrified “when the field in the chamber above
is weax. As the field in the chamber is increased the fringe,
which passes through the gauze, is strengthened, and the
force which is exerted upon the positive ions by the draught
is not sufficient to bring them to within the critical distance of
the lower surface of the gauze to cause attraction. As the
positive ions in air are larger and more massive than the
negative, it is to be expected, when the lower gauze is nega-
tive, that for a given field in the chamber above, less negative
ions would be received by the electrometer gauze than in the
corresponding case where the bottom gauze is positive. This,
we have seen, does occur when the field is weak. Since, when
a strong enough field is apphed, the same maximum value of
current is obtained, whether the bottom gauze be positive or
negative, and also for a large range of gauzes exposing very
different amounts of surface, the most natural conclusion is
that under such circumstances all the ions,of one sign which
reach the lower surface of the gauze are drawn through the
gauze without loss in number and are then collected by the
central electrode.
§ 3.

It has been shown by Bragg and Kleeman that the lack
of saturation in a mixture of air and ethyl-chloride is con-
siderably greater than for air. Their theory of initial re-
combination explains this difference, and one of the objects
in view at the commencement of the present experiment was
to decide whether such an effect persisted for a time after the
act of ionization by an a particle had been completed.

As the results so far obtained show the difficulty there
exists in eliminating the effects of diffusion when the ions
are blown through gauzes, a comparative test between
the behaviour of such a vapour as ethyl-chloride and air
seemed as much as could at the time be safely derived.

It was arranged to pass a mixture of ethyl-chloride with
a small proportion of air from one gasometer through the

27

gauze chambers which have been described in fig. 4 to a
second gasometer. A gauze was inserted, and enabled the
draught to be carefully adjusted during each observation.
Readings were taken with the lower gauze at potentials of 50
and 600 volts respectively. The depth of the chamber was
11 mm. The mean value of the ratio of the readings with
the fields of 555 volts per cm. and 45 volts per cm. was
found to be the same for the mixture of ethyl-chloride and
air as it was for air only, its value being 1:05. Nitrous
oxide was similarly tested, and gave a similar result. The
velocity of the gas through the chamber was, in these experi-
ments, about 5 cm. per second. The uranium was 5 cm.
below the bottom gauze, so that approximately two seconds
elapsed before the products of ionization from the centre of
the uranium cylinder reached the gauze. Change in velocity
of the draught was found to have no appreciable effect upon
the result. The experiment indicates that air, ethyl-chloride,
and nitrous oxide, although giving distinctly different ioniza-
tion curves when the ionization.is measured in the presence
and during the influence of the ionizing agent, show no
difference in behaviour from each other when the ionization is
collected from them after their removal for a period of two
seconds or more from the influence of the ionizing agent.

§ 4.
It: was now deemed advisable to make use of the second
method of experiment, as mentioned in the introduction.

The general arrangement of the experiment was such
as to allow the a radiation from radium to act for some little
time upon the gas to be experimented upon, this being en-
closed in a suitable ionization-chamber, and both electrodes
meanwhile being connected to earth. A lead screen was
quickly interposed between the radium and the chamber ; the
electrometer electrode was simultaneously disconnected from
earth, and a strong field immediately applied between the
electrodes. The field was left on for a time, sufficient to en-
sure all the ions to reach the electrodes. It was then re-
moved, and the charge, which had been collected on the in-
sulated electrode, was measured by a quadrant electrometer.
The radium bromide was held in a small metal cup placed
at A (fig. 8) some little distance below the floor of the ioni-
zation-chamber B. This chamber. consisted of a brass case
connected to earth; in its floor was cut a circular opening
of 1°2 cm. diameter. The hole was covered by a thin sheet
of mica, F', which rendered the case gas-tight, but was thin
enough to enable the a radiation to penetrate between the

28

Fl

itt
~~ F

ag 3:

electrodes. For introducing gas to the chamber a metal plug
was provided, which could be screwed into the opening be-
low the mica, and while air was being exhausted from the
chamber a small screw, operated from the outside, enabled
a by-pass to be opened between the space on either side of
the mica sheet. The lower electrode, (’, consisted of a brass
gauze insulated from the case, attachment to it being made
from the outside by an insulated wire. The upper electrode,
D, consisted of a brass plate 8 cm. diameter, supported by
a rod passing through sulphur insulation and being connected
to one set of plates of a sliding condenser as in the experi-
ments of Langevin.)

An aluminium semaphore, G, enabled the a rays to be
entirely shut off, when necessary, during the swing of the pen-
dulum without reducing to any great extent the B and y radia-
tion which entered the chamber. A plate of lead, //, about
2 mm. thick, attached to the pendulum, was arranged so as
to swing between the radium and the opening in the ioni-
zation-chamber. In this lead plate was cut a hole 1°5 cm.
square, and the amplitude of swing was such that the a rays

(1) Ann. de Chim. and Phys., 7me ser., tome 28-39, 1903.

29

could pass into the chamber only for a short period during
the motion of the pendulum. The pendulum at the same
time operated a contact A, by means of the pin L,, and this
operation connected the electrode, (’, to a high potential de-
rived from the small accumulator cells, 7, joined in series
with a high resistance, #. Prior to the movement of the
pendulum these cells were connected to earth through the
key, K,. <A second pin, L,, attached to the pendulum, oper-
ated another key in such a way as to complete an auxiliary
circuit which released a second pendulum at a definite in-
stant. This second pendulum, after an interval of 1.25 sec.,
operated a second relay, which connected the electrode, C, to
earth by means of the key, Ay.

The pins, Z, and L,, could be set in any position upon
the pendulum, and by this means the field between the elec-
trodes, ( and JD, could be applied at any definite instant
during the swing of the pendulum, and removed after always
the same lapse of time, viz., 1.25 sec. With the range of
field strength employed, this time was sufficient to allow for
the collection of all the ions which had been produced by the
a particles crossing the chamber.

The distance between the electrodes, ( and D, was ad-
justable. .To make the effects of ordinary recombination small
it was advisable to keep the distance between C and D small,
but as this decreased the volume of gas which could be ion-
ized, it was found necessary to work with a distance between
the electrodes of 1°8 cm.

To perform an experiment, the pendulum, having been
drawn to one side and held by means of a catch, the lead
plate, //, was set so as to screen the chamber from the radium,
the keys, A, K,, K,, being closed, make contact to earth, the
key K,, being left open. The second pendulum was drawn
aside and held in position by a clutch. The condenser was
closed. By means of electromagnets the main pendulum is
released, and at the same time the key K raised. The pin,
L, is set so that the gauze, C, is not electrified until the lead
screen, /7, again shuts off the radium; Z, and L, then strike
their keys respectively at the same instant; C is thus electri-
fied, and the second pendulum set swinging. The first pen-
dulum is caught at the end of its swing. When the second
pendulum has accomplished its swing it causes the key, K,, to
be closed, and the gauze ( is thereby connected to earth.

A constant interval of 4 sec. was now allowed before
opening the condenser, S—this for each reading—and at the
end of that time the electrometer was disconnected from
earth by K, and the key, K, closed. The charge communica-
ted to the electrometer was measured in terms of the first and

30

second swings by the formula deduced by Langevin, i..,
ett ite
O= T+m
meter, and ¢ and e! are the first and, second swings, and m
a factor which in this case had a value of ‘65. Even with
the sliding condenser it was not possible to eliminate small
effects due to rise of potential in the system, D, when the
gauze, C, was electrified.

To make sure that this effect as well as leakage was
eliminated by subtracting readings with the semaphore on
and off a separate experiment was performed. The pin, L,
- was set so that the field was on all the time the chamber was:
exposed to the a radiations. Results of experiments with the
semaphore on and off were subtracted. The curve obtained
showed close agreement with that obtained with the pendu-
lum removed (and the saturation curve obtained in the ordi-
nary manner) and- formed a valuable check upon the relia-
bility of the whole apparatus. |

In this form of experiment ordinary recombination is
not eliminated, and to allow for it we must consider the ar-
rangement of the ions in the chamber, as they cross it under
the influence of the field. As shown by Langevin, if in the
first place the ions be assumed to be uniformly distributed

geotcielt deaf self] itive | shoe (ot boob bd 40 rrr
etait | LT)
bg Lis bool
p pcos] [tt berdfroa| ot es | ean
+: Pe ele el a
yd al dt
SCHEER ECC
é Volts per Cm. 100. 200 ; 309. 400 |

Nig. S.

where 6 is the charge communicated to the electro-

Currenf-

and the velocity of the positive and negative be v cm. per sec.
under unit P.D. (per. cm.), the time taken for an ion to move

across the chamber from electrode to sleeGtodee where L
; V ;

is the distance between electrodes. If time be reckoned
from the instant the field is applied, after an interval of time

fa recombination will have ceased. The number of ions lost ~

31
a
by recombination in crossing the chamber will be a | Ll n? dt

where JW is the density of the ions in the space of myst L,
at a time, ¢, trom the start:
YF 4

Qe N = 2v- t
«| (L — vt) (rm) dt = NL - — log (14)

oO

Hence a curve can be plotted as in fig. 9, showing the rela-
tion between field strength and the number of ions which
reach the electrode starting with a given initial density.

In fig. 9 the full line curve is drawn according to the
formula which has just been deduced, the value of V being
determined in the usual way from a knowledge of the value
of the saturation current, the capacity of the system, and
the dimensions of the ionization chamber. The value of the
V was 5°10° ions per cub. cm. The circles show the results
of experiments upon air, and it will be seen that they fall
very nearly upon the theoretically determined curve, show- —
ing that ordinary recombination is sufficient to account for
the observed effects. However, it is necessary to show that
the effect due to initial recombination was large enough to
be detected had it been present.

Using for comparison currents at field strengths of 390
and 80 volts per cm., it will be seen from the curves given
by Bragg and Kleeman, in their paper upon “Initial Re-
combination,” that between these values of field strength
a very considerable percentage of initial recombination is
‘observable when the ions are collected in the presence of
the ionizing agent; but the exact amount depends upon the
speed of the a particles producing the ionization. By re-
moving the pendulum and obtaining saturation curves in
the ordinary manner with the apparatus used in the fore-
going, it was found that after allowing for the effect of
ordinary recombination there remained between these values
of field strength a rise of about 5 per cent., due to the effects
of initial recombination. This amount was such as could have
been readily detected in the pendulum experiments.

As the time which elapsed between the stopping of the
action of the ionizing agent and applying the field in these
experiments was 1-20th sec., it appears then that no evi-
dence can be obtained from the experiments of the non-com-
pletion of the act of initial recombination in air within a
period of 1-20th sec. after the act of ionization.

32

Similar experiments were next performed upon ethyl-
chloride. The experimental results are shown on the dotted
diagram by (0); again it is seen that ordinary recombination
accounts for the results.

By a separate set of experiments, as previously de-
scribed, it was found that between the values of field strength
390 and 80 volts per cm. a rise of 9 per cent. was to be
expected from the pendulum experiments in the case of ethy]l-
chloride, if the effects of initial recombination had been pre-
sent. This, again, was of such a magnitude that it should
have been readily detected.

In the cases, therefore, of air and ethyl-chloride, which
both show large effects due to jnitial recombination when
the ions are collected by a field during the action of the
lonizing agent, no such effect can be observed when the field
is applied as soon as 1-20th sec. after the act of ionization
is performed; the act of initial recombination being fully
completed within this period.

§ 5.

Having now shown that effects of initial recombination
do vot last an appreciable time, it seemed possible, by
means of the apparatus described in fig. 4, to obtain an in-
dependent verification of the theory of initial recombination.
For since the arrangement of the gauze in that apparatus
made it possible to obtain a measure of the number of ions
which reach the lower gauze in any given time, it was to
be expected, if the ionizing agent were placed, first, above
the lower gauze, and directly in the ionization chamber; and,
secondly, just below that gauze, with a current of gas
carrying the ions into the chamber ; that, after making proper
allowances for the effect of ordinary recombination in the
latter case, the current obtained in the first case should be
much greater than in the second.

For the purpose of obtaining a steady draught, and at
the same time to work under any pressure with different
gases, the apparatus of fig. 4 was slightly modified. The
tubes were placed horizontally, and the gas was circulated
by means of a piston moving in a long cylinder, the ends of
which communicated to corresponding tubes leading from the
ionization chamber. The piston could be moved at a very
uniform speed by means of a suitably geared electro-motor.
The ionizing agent consisted of a small quantity of radium,
enclosed in a lead cell. A V-shaped slit 1:2 cm. deep, with paral-
lel faces °75 mm. apart, restricted the a rays to a fan-shaped
space on emerging from the cell. The cell was placed so that

33

the slit was in a plane perpendicular to the axis of the ioniza-
tion chamber, and a small sliding door cut in what has-been
so far called the lower gauze of the chamber enabled the
cell to be introduced when necessary. The air was carried
across the radium cell and through the ionization chamber
with a velocity of 7 cm. per sec. A thin aluminium sheet,
sufficient to stop all the a particles, could be moved over the
slit when required, and the difference between the readings
without and with this sheet over the slit gave a measure of
the ionization produced by the @ particles.

In a particular experiment with a piece of tinfoil cover-
ing the radium, equivalent to about 1:5 cm. of air at
atmospheric pressure, and working under a pressure of two
atmospheres, the saturation current with the radium in the
lonization chamber corresponded to a deflection of 80 scale
divisions in 10 sec. With the radium 8 mm. from the gauze,
and with a draught of 7 cm. per sec., the current was 53
scale divisions per 10 sec. Thus the loss of ions in the first
“115 sec. after the ionization was produced=34 per cent.
By increasing the pressure and determining the saturation
current with the radium placed directly in the ionization
chamber it was possible to determine the greatest density
of ionization which had been produced in the previous ex-
periment. An increase of pressure equivalent to a shortening
of the range of the a particles by "34 mm. gave a decrease
in current corresponding to 30 scale divisions per second.

The section at the opening of the slit was (08 cm. x 1 cm.,
the capacity of the system 125 cm., and the electrometer
gave a deflection of 340°0 scale divisions per volt. Thus,
4*1 x 10® ions are produced per cub. cm. per second just be-
yond the slit. The greatest density produced, therefore, in
the air as if is blown across the slit is 4°77 x10° ions per
cub. cm. Now, if we suppose all the ionization to be of this
same density, the number of ions which will disappear by
ordinary recombination in the period ‘115 sec. is 36 per
cent. The actual number as found was 34 per cent.; it is,
therefore, seen that to account for the 34 per cent.
difference in ionization which has occurred after ‘115 sec., if
we are to suppose it due entirely to ordinary recombination,
a value equal to that of the maximum density must be
assumed for the whole of the ionization. Now it is clear,
not only from the geometry of the beam of radiation which
is used, but also from the fact that the ionization proceeding
from a small heap of radium bromide decreases with the dis-
tance from the radium, that the density of ionization in the
beam must reach values very much smaller than the maxi-

34

mum. Since the loss due to recombination depends
upon. the square of the density, the experiment described
indicates the existence (in addition to general) of a process
of initial recombination, which is completed within a very
short period after the act of ionization.

SUMMARY.

Experiments upon ionized gas blown through gauzes are
in agreement with the theory of Bragg and Kleeman, that
there exists an initial recombination between a molecule
ionized by a rays and the ejected electron or electrons.

Two methods of experiments described show no trace of
such effect when the gas is examined 1-10th—1-20th of a
second after the act of ionization.

Initial recombination is thus to be considered initial in
respect to time. .

The action of gauzes, electrified or unelectrified,
upon ionized gases blown through them is to be explained
by the aid of the theory of diffusion.

An arrangement of gauzes as herein described allows of
the removal by an electric field of all the ions of one sign
from a very defined region in a tube along which the ions are
carried by a current of gas.

The ionization produced in air by Réntgen rays or
by a wire made active by exposure to thorium emanation
is the same in air which has just previously passed under
the influence of uranium radiation as in air not so treated.

In conclusion, I wish to express my indebtedness and
sincere thanks to Professor Bragg for suggesting these ex-
periments, and for much advice and help during their

progress.
University of Adelaide, 1907.

AN EXPERIMENTAL INVESTIGATION OF THE NATURE
OF Y RaAYS.—NoO. 2.

By W. H. Braae, M.A., F.R.S., Elder Professor of Mathe-
matics and Physics in the University of Adelaide; and J.
P. V. Mapsen, D.Sc., Lecturer on Electrical Engineering.

[Read May 4, 1908: a preliminary summary was given on
, April 7.]

In a previous paper (Trans. Roy. Soc. of S.A., 1908, p. 1)
we have given a preliminary account of an investigation of
the properties of the secondary radiation due to y rays, and
discussed the evidence thus afforded as to the nature of the
rays. The first section of the present paper contains an ac-
count of further experiments, and the second a list of the pro-
perties of the secondary radiation, derived in part from the
work of other observers, and in part from our own. In the
third we have tried to show that the properties are readily
explained if the y rays are supposed to be material, but are
not easily to be reconciled with the ether-pulse hypothesis.

ae

In the former paper we showed that on the neutral-pair
hypothesis the connection between the amount of secondary B
radiation emitted from the front side of a plate struck by y
rays and the atomic weight of the material of the plate should
be approximately the same as for the B rays. It is, of course,
known that this is actually the case. Also, we showed that
the 8 radiation emitted from the other side of the plate, the
side from which the y rays emerge, should be the same for all
substances, provided three things were true, viz. : —

(1) The y rays were homogeneous ;

(2) The y rays were absorbed according to a simple den-
sity law ;

(3) The 8B rays were also absorbed according to such a
law.

If these laws did not hold, and to the extent to which they
did not hold, the “emergence” radiation would not be the
same for all substances.

The experimental evidence which we submitted showed
that the emergence radiation was not connected with the
atomic weight of the material by the same law as that whica
held for the incidence radiation and for 8 rays: that it was

B2

36

much more nearly the same for all substances, and that
such differences as existed (¢.g., carbon generally gave more
than lead) appeared to be proper, in view of the conditions
stated above. As the results we had obtained seemed to be
sufficient to give a criterion between the material and the
ether-pulse theories, we thought it right to publish the details
of the work as far as we had carried it.

We have now made a more thorough investigation of the
nature and amount of emergence radiation. We believe that
we are in a position to connect together all the effects atten-
dant on the absorption of the y rays, and the consequent pro-
duction of B rays, to a first approximation at least. Included
in these effects are some which have come to light during this
work, the neutral-pair theory having led us to their discovery.

It is not a very easy thing to obtain an exact measure of
the emergence radiation. When a stream of y rays is shot
into an ionization-chamber through a plate forming one of
the chamber walls, a very large proportion of the ionization
produced is actually due to the emergence rays of the plate.
But if the plate is taken away, the place of these rays is sup-
plied, to a varying extent, by secondary rays, made in the
air or emergent from the last substance traversed by the rays.
A normal stream of y rays always contains f rays; if these
are stopped by a screen, fresh 8 rays emerge from the other
side of the screen. It is impossible, therefore, to measure the
emergence rays by subtracting the value of the current when
the above-mentioned plate is not in position from the value |
when it forms part of the chamber wall. Such an operation
might conceivably show a negative emergence radiation.

It is, in fact, necessary to remove the 8 rays from the
stream of y rays by some means which is more effective than
a screen. A powerful magnetic field can considerably purify
the y-ray stream for a short distance along the path. Owing
to the action of the air, 8 rays will reappear again in mea-
surable amount after the rays have traversed a few centi-
metres ; nevertheless, we have found the method to be fairly
satisfactory so far, and will doubtless be able to improve it
when better information is available for the calculation of
the remaining errors. The method has already been employed
by G. Kucera (Bulletin International de l’Académie des Scien-
ces de Bohéme, 1905), but it was finally abandoned. be-
cause the magnetic lines of induction penetrated the ioniza-
tion-chamber, and affected the paths of the secondary B rays,
and therefore the magnitude of the current.’ We therefore
placed a thick iron screen (2°5 cm.) between the magnet and
the chamber; the y rays passed through a hole in the iron.

37

Reflector « Al foil

2S ES oP lige ah eee

To Battery

This quite satisfied the purpose for which it was intended, and
we were therefore provided with the means of testing the effects
of a y stream fairly free from B rays. We used a magnetic
field of about 2,500 units. The details and dimensions of the
apparatus are shown in fig. 1. The radium was placed at
the bottom of a conical hole made in a massive lead block.
Plugs of various materials and different thicknesses were
turned to fit exactly in the hole. The screens were brought
to the position p,p by means of a sliding frame, which passed
through an opening in the side wall of the ionization-chamber.
This was done to avoid the necessity of opening up the cham-
ber, an operation which often makes readings unsteady for a
short time. The electrode consisted of two concentric circles
of thick copper-wire, connected by short crosspieces, as shown.
The chamber itself was kept at 400 volts. The radium was a
fine specimen, which Dr. Herman Lawrence, of Melbourne,
was so very kind as to lend us. It was contained, when we
received it, in a small brass vessel covered with mica, over
which a little wax had been run. Being very anxious to avoid
any trace of emanation escaping into our apparatus, and at
the same time to run no risk of injuring the specimen, we
covered it still further with asbestos, placed the whole in a
thin brass vessel, just big enough to hold it, and soldered down
the lid. Thus the radium was at all times sufficiently screened

38

to cut out most of the normal B rays, and, indeed, some of
the soft y rays as well. The Dolezalek electrometer was fitted
with a fine quartz fibre: one volt moved the scale-image
through four metres. The zero was fairly steady, and conse-
cutive readings generally agreed to three per cent.; the diffe-
rences were by no means wholly due to the electrometer. As
appears to be usual in the measurement of such small cur-
rents, we were somewhat troubled by unaccountable distur-
bances, but on most days these were not enough to interfere
with the general results.

Having set up the apparatus in this way, we proceeded
first to compare the incidence and emergence radiation of
various substances. This was done by the measurement of
the current under three different arrangements : —

(a) When those parts of the top and bottom walls of the
chamber through which the y rays passed were made
of the thinnest Al foil (p,p and q,q, in the figure) ;

(6) When a plate of the substance, of proper thickness,
was so placed at. p,p that the rays passed through it
into the chamber ;

(c) When a plate of the same substance was made to
form part of the top wall, at qg,q, so that the y rays
struck it after crossing the chamber.

We took }—a as a measurement of the emergence radiation,
c—a@ as a measurement of the incident. Some results which
we obtained in this way are contained in the following
table, in which the numbers refer to the movement of the
scale in 30 seconds, 10=1 mm. :—

TABLE.
Comparison of emergence and incidence radiations.
Soft y rays. Hard y rays.
Incidence. Emergence. Incidence. aieranae
C 170 2280 44 etl 1150
Al 280 1810 120 795
S 340 1575 154 685
Fe 487 1350 163 560
Cu 558 — 202 523
Zn 618 1160 224 485
Sn 1051 1170 333 303
Pb 1723 2001 497 470

The figures here given show the very large want of symmetry
between the radiations on the two sides of a plate. Our pre-
vious experiments proved the existence of this want of sym-
metry ; but it is now shown more clearly and satisfactorily.

The results still require correction before they can be
considered accurate. It will be clear that b —a, the emergence

39

radiation, is too small in all cases, because the screen, when
placed on the bottom of the chamber, stops a certain amount
of 6 radiation, which is made in the air just underneath the
plate, and is out of reach of the magnet, as well as some fast
8B radiation which comes from lower down, and is strong
enough to escape from the magnetic field. This is reckoned
in a, but not in J; so that on this account all the emergence
radiations are too small by a certain constant amount. We
have not yet succeeded in determining this constant with any
accuracy. We believe it to be mainly due to the fast B rays,
which emerge with hard y rays from the upper surfaces of
the magnet poles, of the lead block, and of the plug. It can-
not be much less when the plug ‘is removed, and must there-
fore be of more relative importance to the results for hard rays
than for soft, since the total observed effects are smaller in
the former case. - Its magnitude is, perhaps, indicated with
some accuracy by the fact that when a lead plug of 3 cm.
thickness was used tle emergence radiation of tellurium
seemed to be nearly zero: the substance had stopped almost
as much as it generated. It can easily be seen from what fol-
lows that tellurium should probably have less emergence radia-
tion than any other substance, yet it ought to approach half
the value for carbon; and this would imply that the value of
the constant was about 300 for the hard rays, and perhaps
rather mcre for the soft. On the other hand, c—a, the inci-
dence radiation, is too large, because the plate that is placed
on top of the chamber at q,g not only gives rise to the inci-
dence radiation to be measured, but also turns back to a
greater or less extent the 8 rays striking it from below. This
effect increases with the atomic weight, and must be of some
importance in the case or Sn and Pb. As it is clear that
these corrections will increase the want of symmetry, already
obvious enough, and as we are hardly in a position as yet to
make the corrections with accuracy, and as we hope to dimi-
nish our experimental errors in the future, we have for the
present left these figures uncorrected.

In the first of these papers we showed that the incidence
radiation should be somewhat less than p times the emergence
radiation where p is the reflection constant of the substance
in question for B rays. The above table does indeed show that
the ratio of the -two ‘radiations increases with the atomic
weight, and therefore with p; but the quantitative comparison
appears poor. But it is to be remembered that (1) corrections
yet to be made will alter the figures somewhat, making, for
example, the emergence radiation of Pb greater, and the
incidence radiation smaller; (2) the quantity p is somewhat
indefinite. It is true that McClelland has made careful mea-

40

surements of p for various substances; so also has H. W.
Schmidt; and the two sets of results do not agree very well.
This is not to be wondered at, for the quality of the secon-
dary radiation due to B rays is different to that of the inci-
dent, and depends on the nature of the reflector. For in-
stance, there is some very soft radiation, of which half is
absorbed in 25 cm. of air. The experimental value of p will
therefore depend on how close the ionization-chamber which
receives the secondary radiation is placed to the reflecting-
surface. It will be largest if the surface is actually within
the chamber ; and this is effectively the case in these present
experiments.

Again, the incidence radiation should be somewhat less
than p times the emergence radiation; and the words itali-
cized should apply specially to the case of the lighter atoms.
Referring back to the argument of our previous paper, it was
there pointed out that the cathode radiation, which originated
in any layer of the plate and was turned back, was scattered
and softened in the process. In determinations of p this effect
causes the result to be too high, because slow 8B rays produce
more ions per cm. than fast ones. At the same time, such rays
contribute less to the incidence radiation than they would
‘have done if they had possessed the same penetrative powers
as the B rays which go on and emerge from the plate. This
applies particularly to the lighter atoms, for it is in their case
that this scattering and softening effect is so pronounced.
(Quality of secondary radiation due to 8 rays. Trans. Roy.
Soc. of S.A., Oct., 1907, p: 300.) This seems a reasonable
explanation of the very large differences between the emer-
gence and incidence radiations of the lighter atoms.

It is interesting to observe that the figures for the inci-
dence radiations were obtained by the use of a stream of y
rays fairly free from 8 rays. So far as we can discover, this
condition has not been realized previously. When we have
successfully applied the corrections described above, the results
should be of considerable interest.

Having carried these experiments sufficiently far to show
clearly the want of symmetry between the secondary radia-
tions on the two sides of the plate, we put them aside for
the time, in order to compare the emergence radiations of
plates of different substances. At the beginning of this paper
it was stated that emergence radiations would be the same
for all substances, if we could arrange to have (1) homoge-
neity of the y rays; (2) a density law of absorption for the
y rays; (3) a density law of absorption for the B rays. All
these conditions cannot be realized; but we can go a long
way towards satisfying the first two. Wigger has shown that

41

rays which have passed through 2°8 cm. of lead are then
absorbed by different substances according to a density law
simply: they do not recognize atomic groupings. We may
safely assume that the first condition is then effectively rea-
lized also. We therefore placed a lead plug (1°61 cm. in
thickness) in the conical opening (see fig. 1), and hoped to
find that the emergence radiation, which we then proceeded
to measure, would depend only on the absorption of the B
rays. For according to our theory equal quantities of y rays
would be converted into 6 rays in equal weights of different
substances ; and the subsequent emergence of these B rays into
the ionization-chamber would be governed only by their abi-
lity to penetrate the layers intervening between their place
of origin and the chamber. It is, perhaps, important to ob-
serve that we are implicitly making another assumption, viz.,
that the B rays originating in different substances have the
same speed. On the material theory of the y rays the assump-
tion is natural; it is justified by the general nature of our
results, and by special experiments to be described later.

Since the absorption of 8 rays by substances of small
atomic weight is much less than in the case of the large atomic

2000

W

~~
fon) DORs, 44 ‘ Oo)...
EmergenceXNRadiati i

(e)

400

2 c¢ ais*® Fecuzn 8° Ag (ore cn w #005, e20)
Atomic Weight of Screen—»

Fig. 2.

42

weight, weight for weight of screen; or, in the usual phrase-
ology, since A/p is smaller for light atoms than for heavy
atoms, we expected the emergence radiations of C and Al to
be much greater than those of, say, W and Pb. Fig. 2 shows
that this expectation was realized ; the results are shown gra-
phically along the curve 44.

The representative points do not lie closely on a smooth
curve. To some extent, no doubt, this is due to experimental
error, for the measured quantities are very small. But we
are inclined to think that the departures from regularity are
to some extent real. We hope to settle this point partly by
improving our apparatus, and so attaining greater accuracy
of measurement, and partly by obtaining better knowledge of
the corrections to be applied to the observations. For our
present purpose, it is enough to draw a smooth curve such as
AA, and to ignore the variations from it.

The figure shows a rapid decrease in the emergence radia-
tions as we proceed from C to Te. There is then a small rise
to W and Pb. This is easily explained, and exemplifies a
very important feature of the problem. We must remember,
not only that A/p is fairly constant for the heavy atoms, but
also that the lead screen did not completely remove the soft
rays; in other words, that the pencil of y rays was not quite
homogeneous.

This will be clearly understood by comparing the curve
AA with the curve 44, which represents the results we ob-
tained when the lead plug was removed and the y rays had
passed through only the wall of the vessel containing the
radium before entering the chamber. There was therefore a
quantity of soft radiation in the stream of y rays; the effect
was to increase considerably the emergence radiation of Pb
and W relatively to that of the other substances. This was
as 1t should have been. We know that hard y rays pay no
attention to atomic structure, but that soft rays distinguish
between atoms of different weight. In the table given by
Wigger (Jahrbuch der Radioaktivitat, 1905, p. 432) the values
of A/p for thin sheets of Pb and Zn are ‘068 and 039 re-
spectively ; but when the rays have been hardened by passing
through 2°8 cm. of lead, each co-efficient has become nearly
‘02. Thus, the hard rays treat lead and zinc alike, but softer
rays are more absorbed by the former than the latter, weight
for weight. When a stream of y rays is passed through a
lead plate, the soft rays are rapidly converted into 8 rays.
Consequently, a thin lead plate produces a large quantity of
emergence radiation, due principally to the slow B rays pro-
duced by the soft y rays. The effect is further discussed
later on in the paper. But this is rapidly used up; conse-

43

quently, the radiation measured on the far side of a lead
plate is relatively large when the plate is thin, and falls off
more quickly at first than it does subsequently, the plate
being gradually thickened. The logarithmic curve of Pb has
a rapid initial fall, as several observers have shown. But
there is a difference in the case of Al or any substance of
small atomic weight. The soft y rays give rise to much less
secondary radiation, and, moreover, they are not used up so
fast. Both these causes operate to make the logarithmic ab-
sorption curve of Al more nearly a straight line, as is actu-
ally the case.

It appears that a screen of any material absorbs the soft
rays faster than the hard. Consequently, for example, a zinc
screen or a lead screen may be used indifferently in order to
reduce the ratio of the emergence radiation of lead to that
of zinc. But a screen of large atomic weight acts more
rapidly. If the screens of lead and zinc are chosen of such
thicknesses that they absorb hard rays to an equal extent,
then the former absorbs more of the soft rays than the latter.
The curve CC (fig. 2) shows the results which were obtained
when a zinc plug of 2°05 cm. thickness was placed in the coni-
cal opening. In both CC and AA the value for Sn is a little
too small; we were not aware at the time that our Sn plate

D__,
=)

r=}
co)
A
>
3
ot
3
&
200
oO
S
o
ap
u
o
£
=)

o
(2)

1
Atomic Weight of Screen—>

Fig. 3.

44

was rather too thin. In fig. 3 are drawn several curves, each
showing the result of using some particular plug. In order
to avoid confusion the representative points are not marked.
The effect under discussion is clearly seen on comparing, for
example, the curve for 161 cm. of Pb with that for. 3 cm. of
Zn. Kleeman was the first to show that the distinction made
by the y rays between different atoms in regard to the amount
of secondary radiation produced by them could be modified by
screening (Phil. Mag., Nov., 1907). Our results agree with
his to this extent, but they do not show any true selective
absorption, such as he supposes. .

We may add that when using a different specimen of
radium, with which we were able to allow the y rays to act
with a minimum of previous screening, the emergence radia- _
tion of Pb was greater than that of C. It would appear pro-
bable that with very soft rays other atoms lighter than Pb
would surpass C in the same way, and that it is quite con-
ceivable that the emergence radiations should increase with
the atomic weight throughout the whole range. Ina letter to
“Nature” (April 2, 1908, p. 509) Cooksey shows that in the
case of X-rays the emergence radiations are greater than the
incident, thus proving the parallel.to our own results in the
case of y rays. He also finds that the emergence radiation
increases with the atomic weight. This is the opposite to
what we have found true of the y rays in most cases; but it is
clear that it can be quite in accord with our theory.

When the screen through which the y rays pass on their
way into the chamber is gradually increased in thickness, the
emergence radiation rises rapidly to a maximum, and then
slowly decreases. The rise is due to increasing B radiation
from the thickening screen ; the decrease to the absorption of
the y rays by the screen. There is a maximum when the two
effects balance. This was clearly shown by Wigger (Joc. cif.,
p. 429). If we determine the thickness which gives half the
maximum value, we obtain an easy and fairly accurate mea-
sure of the penetration of the secondary B rays. It is easily
shown that this particular thickness is also that which would
absorb half the equally penetrating radiation from a radio-
active layer, assuming an exponential law, which it is per-
missible to do with sufficient accuracy.

The results are shown graphically in figs. 4 to 8. In
each case the curve A represents the result of an experiment
in which the lead plug, 1°61 cm. in thickness, was used to
screen the y rays. The curve B shows the result with the plug
removed. From each curve can be determined the thickness
of screen, which gives half the full value of the emergence
radiation ; the points are marked on the diagrams. The re-

Smergence fadiation—*

500

£ a
A See
ol Se Se le ai ‘a
, J cae i ee

400

Emergence Radiation—>
& a
° a)

r=
°

o *lma. "2am. “oman 4mm. oma. *Ges. *7an. “Sun. nn.
Thickness of Screen—>

$00)

wt
o

“
°o

18 Foils

+029 mm.)

+0

a)
Co
So

iy
°o

2
Pe
e
eee

Emergence Radiation —~>

eT all
100) a ——

ral ‘lnm 2mm. -Snm “40m -Sam *onm *7an. Soa. eOmm. rOmm.
fhickness of Screen—

46

+
< 300
to)
a
3
co]
a
i
200
2 to
3)
co)
&
= t
& of | Eo leas at a
100
a farsi cee
ie} lmn. 40m.
Thicknes of Screen >
600
509,
ee
°
=
nod
a
ee
f=
3
©
°
<
°
9

Emer
nw

: 1m 2m

Thickness an Screen —>

Fig. oe.

sults for the hard rays are collected and shown in the second
column of the following table: —

I. tI. LT, IV;
Substance. Thickness of Screen A Calculated A for B rays.
to give half-value from IL., in (McClelland and
in mm. cm! Hackett).
Lead saree “O83 ra 84 sie 93
Tin eee, 5 Ae. ve 50 me 52
Copper ey mre eh Phe 51 ae 55
Aluminium 2. “50 ay 14 At 14

Celluloid a 98 hye — bat —

47

The third column shows the values of A calculated from the
results in the second column. The fourth column shows the
values of A for the primary 8 rays of radium, as given by
McClelland and Hackett. (Trans. Roy. Soc. Dub., March 22,
1907, p. 49.) A comparison of the two last columns shows
clearly that the secondary 8 rays excited by the y rays possess
nearly the same velocity, no matter in what substance they
are excited, and that this velocity is the same as that of the
primary 8 rays. Only hard y rays have been used to excite
the B rays in these experiments, while the values of McClel-
land and Hackett refer to 8 rays of ordinary heterogeneity.
It is scarcely possible in the present state of knowledge to
estimate what allowance should be made for this difference,
but it is clear that the main conclusion cannot be affected by
it. The value of A varies rapidly with the speed of the B par-
ticle, and there is room for considerable alteration of the
values in the table without any important alteration in the
associated speed. Nor does much error arise from neglect of
the correction discussed above, which makes the emergence
radiations too small. The various curves of figs. 4 to 8 should
really run a little way past the point taken as origin of co-
ordinates.

If we consider the corresponding values for the soft rays,
or rather, soft together with hard rays, we find, as expected,
that the 8 rays which they produce are of a much less pene-
trating character. Also, the difference between the curves
A and B is most marked in the case of lead and tin, a re-
sult which is in agreement with what has gone before. For
these metals the thicknesses of screen required to give half
the full emergence radiation are ‘030 mm. and ‘048 mm. re-
spectively, which may be compared with the values 083 and
"141 obtained when hard rays were used. The amount of soft
radiation is so large that we may consider the effect of the
hard radiation mixed with it as a correction to be allowed
for. The effect of the hard radiation which has been passed
through the plug, 1°61 cm. of lead, is, of course, shown by
the curve A. It is a little difficult to say precisely what it
would have been if the rays had not gone through the plug,
since the absorption co-efficient for y rays varies so much with
the hardness. From ‘8 cm. Pb to 1°25 cm. Pb, the value of A
is given by McClelland as 44 cm.—'; from 2°8 cm. Pb onwards
Wigger gives ‘241 cm.—'. We have taken a value between
these, towards the harder side, and drawn the curve 4’ for
each metal, derived from A by increasing the ordinates of 4
by two-thirds, a factor calculated from the absorption co-
efficient chosen. Subtracting A’ from B, we obtain B’, a curve
which may be taken as representing approximately the beha-

48

viour of soft y rays alone. The form of the curve for both
Pb and Sn seems to suggest that the operation has been a
success. The half-values are now °024 and ‘029 respectively.
Thus the B rays due to these soft y rays have only one-quarter
the penetration of those derived from the harder y rays. Pos-
sibly we have here an association with the facts stated by
H. W. Schmidt (Ann. der Phys., Bd. 21, p. 654), viz., that the
B rays emitted by RaC consist of two groups, of which one
has four times the penetration of the other. The thickness
of Al screen necessary to reduce the harder set to half-value
was °53, which agrees with the 50 given in the table above ;
for the softer rays the value was ‘131, nearly a quarter of the
other. If there are two main groups of 8 rays we should cer-
tainly expect to find two corresponding groups of y rays.
Kleeman has also argued in the same direction, though for
different reasons.

As will be seen from figs. 6 to 8 we have made the same
attempt to sort the ‘soft from the hard rays in respect to Cu,
Al, and celluloid as in the case of Pb and Sn. The propor-
tion of soft y rays converted into B rays is now much less
relatively. The results for soft rays are therefore of less
accuracy, and depend appreciably on the allowance made for
the hard rays. Nevertheless, they are of considerable
interest. They show clearly the difference between the
effects of hard and soft rays, and the varying proportion of
soft to hard from substance to substance.

It may be gathered from consideration of all these curves
that. secondary y rays play a very small part in ionizing the
air within the chamber. If there were any appreciable
amount of it we should expect a gradual rise long after the
effect of the secondary 8 rays had reached its maximum
value.

StL.

We may now give a short summary of the results of this
and our previous paper : —

(1) When y radiation is diminished in quantity in con-
sequence of its passage through matter, 6 radiation
appears in its place, moving at the outset in the ori-
ginal direction of the y radiation, and subsequently
undergoing scattering in the ordinary manner of B
rays.

(2) The speed and penetration of the 8 radiation thus
produced increase with the penetration of the y
radiation to which it is due.

(3) The speed of the B radiation does not depend on the
nature or condition of the atom in which it arises.

(4) In the case of radium the speed of the 8 radiation

49

produced is nearly equal to the speed of the B rays
emitted by radium itself. In the case of uranium,
thorium, and actinium there are indications that
the law holds good also, but no exact measurements
have yet been made.

(5) When very hard y rays traverse matter the absorp-
tion and the consequent production of 8 rays are
almost independent of the atomic structure of the
matter, and a density law follows. Softer rays are
affected by atomic structure, in that the heavier
atoms are more absorbent than the lighter, weight
for weight ; and the softer the rays are the more pro-
minent this effect becomes.

(6) If there are secondary y rays, the ionization which
they produce is negligible compared with that pro-
duced by the secondary 8 radiation, at least within a
moderate distance (say 100 cm. of air) of the
radiator.

§ III.

Various hypotheses have been suggested as to the mode in
which the secondary § radiation is produced by the interac-
tion of the y (or X-) ray and the atom. It is convenient to
divide them into three classes, and to consider to what extent
each class is able to furnish an explanation of the properties
set out in the summary just given.

To the first class belong those hypotheses which suppose
both the energy and the material of the 8 radiation to be
furnished by the atom alone; the y ray is a pulse which merely
pulls the trigger. In its most recent form this idea is put for-
ward by W. Wien (Gottingen Nachrichten, 1907, p. 598).

Secondly, it may be supposed that the energy of the B
radiation comes from the y ray, but the material from the
atom. The y ray is a bundle of electric energy, possessing
mass, which impinges on the atom and drives out the elec-
tron before it. This is the view now held by J. J. Thomson
(Camb. Phil. Soc. Proc., vol. xiv., pt. iv., p. 417).

Thirdly, both the energy and the material of the 8 ray
may be supposed to be derived from the y ray. The latter is
not a pulse but a neutral pair, positive and negative ; in pass-
- ing through some atom the bonds are dissolved, and the nega-
tive flies on. (Trans. Roy. Soc. of 8.A., May, 1907; Phil.
Mag., Oct., 1907.)

Consider first the theory which considers that the whole
of the energy of the expelled electron comes from the internal
energy of the atom. It is to be supposed that the pulse as it
widens finds an atom here and there which is in an explosive

50

condition, and that in some unknown way it precipitates a
catastrophe. There is, of course, one point which is imme-
diately cleared up by such a hypothesis, viz., that the speed
of the expelled electron is independent of the intensity or
quantity of the primary radiation. But here we stop short,
for we have also to explain why the speed of the electron is
not independent of the quality of the primary radiation.
Why should the speed be great when the primary ‘y rays are
hard, and small when they are soft? Why should the velo-
city of the shot depend on the way in which the trigger is
pulled? We might get out of the difficulty by supposing an
atom to be like a battery which contained a number of diffe-
rent kinds of guns, and that the pulses were selective, each
pulling the trigger of its own particular gun. But even if we
have presumed some highly artificial arrangement of this kind,
we have greater difficulties still to face. How is it that the
pulses always find the guns pointing in the direction in which
they are travelling themselves, so that the motion of the shot
is a continuation of their own line of flight? For if the speed
of the electron is independent of the strength of the pulse,
then, so to speak, the touch on the trigger must be very light
indeed, and can have nothing to do with the laying of the
gun. We might perhaps suppose that there were guns in the
battery pointing in all directions, and that the pulse only fired
the one which pointed in that direction in which it was travel-
ling itself; but this would require a special atomic structure
to meet the case, and it would be out of all proportion to
frame such a hypothesis to explain the observed effect. Nor
do our difficulties end here. For if the expulsion of the elec-
tron is the result of an atomic disintegration, should we not
expect the velocity of the electron to vary from atom to atom,
as it does in the case of the radio-active substances? It is in-
conceivable that the explosion of a light atom should result
in the expulsion of an electron with exactly the same speed
as in the case of the heavy atom. And, further, assuming
the same hypothesis, how can the production of 6 rays, in the
case of the hard y rays, be absolutely independent of atomic
structure in all respects whatever ?

Thus, after its first small success, the theory breaks down
at every point. It is true that Wien makes a tentative appli-
cation of a theory of Planck, viz., that energy emitted from
atoms is divided into definite units, the size of which is in-
versely proportional to the associate wave length. He thence
deduces the law v?A=constant, where v is the velocity of the
ejected electron, and A the thickness of the X-ray pulse which
he is considering. He thus passes by the need of explaining
certain of the difficulties just discussed, and arrives at a for-

51

mula from which the second and third properties in the above
summary may be derived. Even then his theory fails to ex-
plain the first and fourth properties. It seems to us to be
clear that the application of Planck’s theory is not justified.
And, generally, we conclude that the energy of the secondary
B ray does not come from the atom.

We now come to the second case. In this there is no sug-
gestion of trigger action ; the energy of the B radiation is sup-
posed to be entirely derived from that of the ether pulses.
As already mentioned, this theory has lately been maintained
by J. J. Thomson (Proc. Camb. Phil. Soc., vol. xiv., pt. iv., p.
417). It is also discussed by N. R. Campbell (“Modern Elec-
trical Theory’). Since an ether pulse of the orthodox form
spreads its energy over wider and wider surfaces as it radiates
from its origin, and since the energy of the ejected secondary
particle is immensely greater than can be imparted to it
during the passage of the weak, and always weakening, pulse,
it becomes a necessity on this hypothesis to concentrate the
energy of the pulse along radial lines, having their centre at
the place where the primary cathode particle is suddenly
stopped or accelerated. Thomson speaks of “bundles of
energy” occupying only a very small portion of the wave-
front, the rest of the front being blank. Of course this at
once suggests explanations of some of the difficulties of the
y and X-rays, such as the ionization of only a few of the
atoms swept over by the wave, and the absence of relation be-
tween the velocity of the secondary electron, on the one hand,
and, on the other, the intensity of the radiation and the
nature of the atom. Also, it makes provision for a concentration
of momentum. This theory, however, postulates a very special
and complicated structure of the ether. And, in the second
place, it does not even then offer an explanation of all the
phenomena.

If a “bundle of energy” provides the energy with which
the secondary cathode particle leaves the atom, then the
energy-content of the bundle must be greater than the energy
of the particle. If, on the other hand, as in the case of the X.
rays, the energy of the bundle is derived from that of the
arrested cathode particle, the former must be less than the
latter. Now, it seems quite clear that the energy of the
secondary electron is at least nearly as great as that of the
primary cathode particle. For in the case of the X-rays the
velocity of the secondary electron is nearly 10?°, and is there-
fore much the same as that of the cathode rays in the bulb.
And we have shown above, in the analogous case of y rays, that
the velocity of the.secondary B ray, produced by the y ray, is
practically the same as that of the primary 8 ray, which is-
sues with the y ray. We must, therefore, conclude on this

52

hypothesis that the energies of the primary electron, the
bundle, and the secondary electron are all equal. The whole
of the energy of the cathode particle in the X-ray tube is
converted into one energy bundle. This darts away from the
anticathode, and sooner or later causes the ejection of an
electron from some atom which it traverses, handing over
to the electron the whole of its own store of energy. Replace
the bundle of energy by a neutral pair, and the whole affair
seems simple enough. But surely the complications of the
ether structure increase the more closely we examine the pro-
cess under which rapidly moving electrons in the X-ray tube
disappear, and similar electrons, moving at the same rate, ap-
pear elsewhere, if we are to consider that the only links be-
tween them are little bundles of energy moving with the
speed of light. .

It might be said, perhaps, that one bundle contains the
energy of several arrested electrons; but in that case we
should have bundles of all sizes and secondary electrons of
all speeds: or that several bundles might pile up their ener-
gies in one atom until there was enough for the ejection of
one secondary electron ; but then we should return to the dif-
ficulty of explaining why the speed is independent of the na-
ture of the atom.

A cathode particle cannot give all its energy to a pulse
unless its arrest is brought about in a very sudden and spe-
cial way. The thickness of the pulse must not be greater
than the diameter of the electron or corpuscle (Cond. of
Elect.,” p. 660). If the pulse is thicker than this, only a pro-
portional fraction of the energy of the cathode particle can
be converted into the energy of the pulse. Now it is gene-
rally believed that the phenomena of the X-rays require a
pulse many thousands of times as thick as the diameter of
an electron. It does not seem possible to reconcile these op-
posite requirements.

The bundle must be excessively small. If it is larger
than an atom, or even than an electron, the whole of its
energy cannot be given up to one electron on which it im-
pinges. There would not be time for the energy to move
in from the outskirts of the bundle to the place where it is
being transformed into the motion of the electron. It must
not expand or contract its borders as it moves, or else its effect
will vary as it travels.

The difficulties of this theory are exactly those which
would naturally arise in the attempt to transfer the proper-
ties of a material particle to an immaterial disturbance.

Let us now consider the third form of hypothesis, ac-
cording to which both the energy and the material of the

53

secondary electron are derived from the primary ray. In
our previous paper on this subject, and in papers on “The
Properties and Natures of Various Electric Radiations’
(Trans. Roy. Soc. of 8.A., May and June, 1907; Phil. Mag.,
Oct., 1907), it was shown that the hypothesis offered a rea-
sonable explanation of all the phenomena known to date. It
is only necessary now to show to what extent it fits with the
properties of the y rays enumerated in § II. of this paper.
We will take the properties in turn.

As regards (1) we have simply to suppose that the nega-
tive and positive, passing united into an atom, are separat-
ed if they happen to traverse a very strong field anywhere
therein; the negative flies on and the positive becomes in-
effective.

The second property is also an obvious consequence of
the hypothesis. The faster the y particle is moving the
greater the initial speed of the negative.

The third is readily explainable: the electric field of the
atom merely dissolves the bonds that connect the pair. It
is not able to affect the speed of the negative set free.

The fourth may be taken to imply that the radio-active
atom (say RaC) ejects electrons at certain speeds, some of
which start off in company with a positive counterpart, some
without. The former constitute the y rays, the latter the B
rays. When the y rays break up, the negatives so produced
have the same speed as the primary 8 rays.

The fifth would show that there are stronger fields in-
side heavy atoms than light ones, and that the chance of
separation of a pair increases with (a) the strength of the
field, (6) the time taken to cross it.

This is all the explanation that is necessary. We can
at least claim that it is much simpler and more complete
than any explanation which the ether-pulse theory seems
likely to afford, even in its latest form.

It is true that the neutral - pair hypothesis requires the
existence of a positive counterpart to the negative electron.
In a previous paper it was suggested that this might be an
a particle; the results of this paper seem rather to suggest
that its mass is only small, and that it may really be a posi-
tive electron. Now the positive electron has hitherto been re-
ceived with little favour; but the argument has been not
so much against its existence as against its presence in metals
in a free state. The latter is not at all necessary to our hypo-
thesis. We require only that the positive shall exist, that it can
be torn from its attachment and carried away by a passing
negative electron, and, again, that it can be left behind in
some atom which the pair subsequently traverses.

54

The recent determination by Cooksey of the want of
symmetry between the emergence and incidence radiations
due to X-rays is the last experiment required to show that
all the properties in the summary of § II. are true for X-rays
as well as for y rays, mutatis mutandis. All the properties
except the first have been already shown to be true (see our
first paper on this subject). ~The complete parallelism be-
tween X- and y rays stands out more strongly than ever.

In conclusion, there is one aspect of the problem which
seems to invite a little further consideration. The charac-
teristics of the secondary 8 ray are independent, as we have
seen, of the nature of the atom in which it arises, and de-
pend only on the nature of the y ray to which it is due.
This is all the more remarkable when we consider that the
characteristics of primary B rays are peculiarly dependent
on the nature of the atoms whence they emerge, and are ab-
solutely independent of physical agencies acting from with-
out. In the one case, that of secondary 8 radiation, we can
determine that a given material shall emit 6 rays of definite
speed and direction, and can carry out our determination by
the use of suitable agencies and dispositions. In the other
case, that of primary 6B radiation, the whole process is com-
pletely beyond our control. It is one example of this con-
trast that the radio-active substances do not emit secondary
radiations to an abnormal extent. It is clear that there is
a sharp line of distinction between the emission of an elec-
tron from an atom as a primary § ray, and the emergence
of an electron from an atom as a secondary B ray. On our
hypothesis the origin of the distinction is simply that in the
former case the electron was part of the atom which ejected
it; in the latter case, it was no part of the atom: it came
in with the exciting ray. All the experimental evidence ac-
cords with this view. We come very close to the complete
realization of an anticipation made twelve months ago (Trans.
Roy. Soc. of S.A., May 7, 1907, pp. 84, 85), “All secondary
radiation, other than the 6 rays, seems to be in general a
rough reflection or scattering of the primary . . . The
only cases in which a secondary radiation appears, that is
neither 5 radiation nor reflected primary rays, are those in
which B rays are produced at the impact of X- or y rays, and
in which X-rays are produced by cathode rays. » ott
may well be that further research will bring these cases into
better agreement with the rest.” On the neutral-pair hypo-
thesis the exceptions mentioned here practically disappear.
There remains a broad generalization, which, with all the
faults natural to its kind, seems to us to be applicable to
every case of which we have knowledge, and to be an import-
ant principle of the theory of secondary radiation.

55

NEW AUSTRALIAN LEPIDOPTERA OF THE FAMILIES
NOCTUIDZ AND PYRALIDEA.

By A. JEFFERIS Turner, M.D., F.ES.,
Brisbane.

[Read April 7, 1908.]

Family NOCTUID.
Subfamily AGARISTIN A.
ARGYROLEPIDIA ZTHRIAS, Nl. sp.
(dthria, the sky.)

3, 39 mm. Head blackish, a pair of spots on crown
and sides of face yellowish-white. Palpi yellowish-white,
terminal joint, and a spot on external surface of second joint
before apex, blackish. Antenne blackish. Thorax blackish
with some whitish scales ; posterior edge and two longitudinal
lines on patagia yellowish-white. Abdomen grey; tuft, ex-
cept on dorsum, and under-surface orange. Legs blackish,
irrorated, and tarsi annulated with white; anterior coxe yel-
lowish-white ; middle tibiz orange on external surface. Fore-
wings triangular, costa moderately arched, apex rounded, ter-
men bowed, slightly cblique; blackish; basal area strigu-
lated and spotted with greenish-white; a squarish greenish-
white spot on dorsum before middle; succeeded by a small
spot, constricted in middle, beyond mid-dorsum; a small
bluish-white spot in cell; an outwardly-oblique yellowish-
white spot from costa beyond middle, constricted beneath
costa; beyond and beneath this a larger spot of the same
colour, divided posteriorly into three obtuse teeth; a sub-
terminal series of pale-blue spots; cilia blackish, on apex and
tornus white. Hindwings with termen rounded, irregularly
dentate ; blackish ; a large triangular basal area pale metallic
blue; cilia white.

This attractive species is nearest A. nove-hiberme, Bdv.

Type in Coll. Turner.

N.Q., Cape York; one specimen.

Section AGROTIN A.
PROTEUXOA LOXOSEMA, D. sp.
(Loxosemos, obliquely marked.)

3 Q, 35-40 mm. Head, palpi, and thorax dark-reddish-
brown. Antenne fuscous, towards bases whitish; in ¢
minutely ciliated (+) with slightly longer bristles. Abdomen
pale fuscous. Legs grey, mixed with whitish and brownish.

56

Forewings elongate-oblong, costa nearly straight, apex
rounded, termen rounded beneath; dark-reddish-brown ;
veins obscurely marked by fuscous and pale-grey irroration ;
orbicular represented by a minute white dot, reniform by an
outwardly oblique, rather irregularly shaped, white bar; a
dark oblique subterminal shade, sometimes outlined with
whitish, nearly straight, but with small subcostal tooth ;.
beyond this ground colour is paler; cilia dark-grey, mixed
with pale-grey. Hindwings with termen rounded, slightly
wavy ; pale-fuscous; cilia whitish, with a fuscous median line.

Type in Coll. Drake.

V., Leopold, Gisborne, Beaconsfield, in March and April ;.
four specimens received from Dr. Drake and Mr. G. Lyell.

PROTEUXOA SPODIAS, 0. sp.
(Spodos, ashes.)

3, 34 mm. Head, palpi, and thorax whitish-grey. An-
tenne pale-grey; in ¢ minutely ciliated (4), with slightly
longer bristles. Abdomen pale-grey. Legs whitish. . Fore-
wings elongate, costa straight, except close to base and apex,
apex rounded, termen rounded beneath ; whitish-grey ; orbicu-
lar and reniform faintly indicated in darker grey; a barely
perceptible line of grey dots parallel to termen, midway be-
tween that and reniform; cilia pale-grey. Hindwings with
termen rounded, somewhat wavy; pale-grey; cilia whitish,
with a grey median line at apex.

Type in Coll. Drake.

V., Black Rock, near Melbourne, in March; one specimen:
received from Dr. Drake.

Section HADENINA.
CIRPHIS ORTHOMITA, N. sp.
(Orthomitos, with straight threads.)

3d 2,38 mm. Head, palpi, and thorax whitish-ochreous..
Antenne pale-fuscous, towards base whitish-ochreous; in 6
serrate with moderate cilia (1) arranged in fascicles. Abdo-
men with dense lateral tufts; whitish-ochreous. Legs whitish-
ochreous; three terminal tarsal joints dark-fuscous. Fore-
wings elongate, costa slightly arched, apex rounded, termen
rounded beneath; whitish-ochreous; a slender blackish line
from base along fold to 4; a shorter, similar line immediately
above submedian in posterior part of cell, extending slightly
beyond cell; a terminal series of blackish dots between veins ;
cilia whitish-ochreous, apices barred with dark-fuscous. Hind-
wings with termen rounded, sinuate; grey ; some fuscous ter-
minal dots; cilia ochreous-whitish.

57

Type in Coll. Lyell.

V., Leopold, in April; two specimens received from Mr.
G Lyell. |

Section CUCULLIANZ.

EUMICHTIS MESOPHHA.

(Mesophaios, dusky in the middle.)

Eumichtis mesophea, Hmps., Cat. Lep. Phal. VI., p. 348.

3, 32-34 mm. Head and palpi brown-fuscous. Anten-
nz fuscous; in ¢ simple with short ciliations (4). Thorax
with a bifid posterior crest; brown-fuscous, an inwardly
oblique whitish streak on each patagium. Abdomen with two
or three dorsal crests and dense lateral tufts; fuscous. Legs
brown-fuscous, tarsi annulated with whitish. Forewings not
elongate, costa scarcely arched, apex rounded, termen crenu-
late, rounded beneath ; brown-fuscous ; markings dark-fuscous ;
seven short costal strigule between base and #; three minute
whitish costal dots on apical 4+; a triangular spot above
+ dorsum ; an irregular discal blotch narrower towards dorsum,
much expanded towards costa, including orbicular and reni-
form as transversely elongate, medially constricted, pale areas ;
posterior edge of reniform outlined with ferruginous; a
dentate subterminal line mixed with ferruginous; a fine
interrupted terminal line; cilia fuscous, base pale ferruginous.
Hindwings with termen rounded, obtusely dentate; fuscous ;
cilia ochreous-whitish with a fuscous median line not reaching
tornus. | re

Type in Coll. Drake.

V., Beaconsfield, in January ; two specimens.

Section ACRONYCTIN 4.
PROMETOPUS POLIOPHRACTA, Nl. Sp.
(Poliophraktos, grey-bordered.)

3, 32-34 mm. Head grey: upper half of face dark-fus-
cous. Palpi whitish; basal 3 of external surface dark-fus-
cous. Antenne fuscous, towards base whitish; in <¢_ serrate
and shortly ciliated (4) in tufts. Thorax whitish-grey ; bases
of tegule fuscous. Abdomen pale-grey. Legs whitish, irro-
rated with dark-fuscous; tarsi fuscous, with whitish annula-
tions. Forewings elongate, costa slightly arched near ex-
tremities, apex rounded, termen rounded beneath; whitish-
grey, with scattered fuscous scales: lines dark-fuscous; an
incomplete line near base; a strongly dentate line, varitly
double, from } costa to 4 dorsum; some brownish suffusion
basal to this line: a circular brownish dot edged with dark-
fuscous representing orbicular; reniform represented by a

58

short transverse brownish streak, to the posterior edge of
which is closely applied a crescentic whitish streak, edged pos-
teriorly with dark-fuscous; a fine dentate posterior trans-
verse line; some dark-fuscous suffusion in mid-disc and again
beyond posterior line, the latter containing some blackish
streaks and brownish scales, and forming a sharp wavy sub-
terminal edge ; terminal area whitish-grey ; a fine fuscous ter-
minal line; cilia grey, with a fine basal brownish line. Hind-
wings with termen rounded, slightly sinuate ; grey ; cilia white
with a grey antemedian line, on apex and dorsum grey.

Type in Coll. Drake.

V., Black Rock, near Melbourne, in March; two speci-
mens.

CARADRINA CRYPHA, N. Sp.
(Kruphaios, hidden.)

3 9, 32-36 mm. Head and thorax fuscous or brownish-
fuscous. Palpi dark-fuscous, apex of second joint more or
less whitish. Antennzpale-fuscous; in ¢ serrate and shortly
ciliated (4). Abdomen grey; sometimes mixed with whitish-
ochreous. Legs fuscous, tarsi annulated with whitish; pos-
terior, femora, and tibie clothed with long whitish hairs.
Forewings elongate, costa scarcely arched, apex rounded, ter-
men rounded beneath ; whitish-grey, with some brownish suf-
fusion, especially towards termen, or grey mixed with ochre-
ous-whitish ; basal line obsolete, represented by two fuscous
dots on costa; a fine dentate transverse line at 4, sometimes
double; orbicular obsolete, sometimes a transverse fuscous
median shade, from mid-costa obliquely outwards, then bent
inwards and again bent to dorsum beyond middle; reniform
faintly indicated by a brownish or pale-ochreous suffused
spot; a finely dentate postmedian line from 3 costa to % dor-
sum, succeeded by some dark streaks on veins; a dark sub-
terminal shade sharply defined posteriorly ; a terminal series
of indistinct dark-fuscous dots, sometimes obsolete ; cilia con-
colorous. Hindwings with termen rounded; whitish, to-
wards termen suffused with fuscous; cilia fuscous at apex,
becoming whitish towards tornus.

Type in Coll. Lyell.

V., Gisborne, Castlemaine, and Murtoa, in March and
April; a series received from Mr. G. Lyell.

CaRADRINA LEUCOSTICTA, Nl. Sp.
(Leucostiktos, white-spotted.)

Q, 26-28 mm. Head and thorax brown; lower edge of
face ochreous-whitish. Palpi dark-fuscous; terminal joint

59

and apex of second joint ochreous-whitish, with a few fus-
cous scales. Antenne fuscous. Abdomen brown-whitish, ir-
rorated with brown. Legs fuscous, irrorated, and tarsi annu-
lated, with ochreous-whitish; posterior pair paler. Fore-
wings elongate-oblong, costa straight, apex rounded, termen
rounded beneath; brown with a few scattered whitish and
dark-fuscous scales; a fine transverse, rather wavy dark-fus-
cous line at 4; a white spot at 3, representing reniform, some-
times preceded by a similar spot representing orbicular ; imme-
diately succeeded by an interrupted dark-fuscous transverse
line ; a terminal series of white dots; cilia brown mixed with
fuscous. Hindwings with termen rounded ; ochreous-whitish ;
cilia ochreous-whitish.

Type in Coll. Drake.

V., Black Rock, near Melbourne; three specimens.

CARADRINA MELANOGRAPHA, 0D. sp.
(Melanographos, inscribed with black.)

3, 27-29 mm. Head and thorax whitish-ochreous, irro-
rated with fuscous. Palpi dark-fuscous; apex of second joint
whitish ; terminal joint whitish, with a few dark-fuscous
scales. Antenne dark-fuscous; An d shortly ciliated (4).
Abdomen ochreous-whitish, irrorated with pale fuscous. Legs
dark-fuscous, tibie and tarsi annulated with ochreous-whit-
ish ; posterior pair mostly ochreous-whitish. Forewings elong-
ate-oblong, costa straight, slightly arched near _ base
and apex, apex rounded, termen rounded beneath; ochreous-
whitish, irrorated with brownish-fuscous ; a blackish line from
eosta near base, not reaching dorsum; a white, black-edged
dot in disc at 4; a dentate transverse blackish line at $; a
second white black-edged dot at 4; five or six fuscous dots
on apical half of costa; a fine blackish dentate line from 3
costa, bent outwards in disc, to 2 dorsum; a dark subterminal
shade, twice dentate; a terminal series of black dots; cilia
pale-fuscous. Hindwings with termen rounded ; whitish, with
fuscous suffusion; a crescentic fuscous mark at end of cell;
a fine fuscous terminal line; cilia whitish. Ab. Fore-
wings suffused with dark-fuscous, white discal dots sometimes
obsolete, subterminal shade edged by an ochreous-whitish line.

Type in Coll. Drake.

_V., Black Rock, near Melbourne; four specimens, includ-
ing two of the dark form.

CARADRINA AMATHODES, Nn. Sp.
(Amathodes, sandy.)

3 9, 34 mm. Head and thorax pale-ochreous. Palpi
dark-fuscous, terminal joint and apical third of second joint

60

ochreous-whitish. Abdomen ochreous-whitish. Legs pale-
ochreous; tarsi fuscous, with ochreous-whitish annulaticns.
Forewings elongate, costa slightly arched near base, then
straight, apex rounded, termen rounded beneath; pale-ochre-
ous; a dark-fuscous dot on costa near base; another at 4, in
a line with one at mid-disc, and another above dorsum at
4; a dot on costa beyond middle, from which proceeds a row
of fine dots obliquely outwards, then curved downwards to #?
dorsum ; orbicular obsolete, reniform represented by a faint
crescentic fuscous streak ; a darker subterminal shade, sharply
outlined posteriorly, with a subcostal tooth; a fine, inter-
rupted fuscous terminal’ line; cilia pale-ochreous. Hindwings
with termen rounded; whitish-ochreous; cilia’ whitish-ochre-
ous.

Type in Coll. Drake.

V., Black Rock, near Melbourne, in Febrageee two speci-
mens. .

CARADRINA NYCTERIS, ND. sp.

(Nukteris, a night-bird.)

Q, 32 mm. Head, thorax, palpi, and antennz fuscous.
Abdomen fuscous, irrorated with whitish. Legs fuscous, irro-
rated, and tarsi annulated with whitish ; posterior pair mostly
whitish. Forewings elongate-oblong, posteriorly dilated, costa
scarcely arched, apex rounded, termen somewhat obliquely
rounded ; fuscous, with some paler scales ; an indistinct dark-
fuscous dentate line from + costa to 4 dorsum; orbicular in-
dicated by a minute whitish dot; reniform obscure, pet fus-
cous; a very indistinct outwardly-curved pale line at #; an
irregular interrupted pale subterminal line preceded . a
darker shade of fuscous; a terminal series of minute whitish
dots; cilia fuscous. Hindwings with termen rounded, some-
what sinuate beneath apex ; fuscous; cilia fuscous,

Type in Coll. Turner.

N.S.W., Emu Plains, near Sydney ; one specimen received
from Mr. G. A. Waterhouse.

CARADRINA BASISTICHA, N. Sp.
(Basisteikos, with basal streak.)

3,28 mm. Head pale brownish-ochreous. Palpi dark-
fuscous, apex and internal surface pale brownish-ochreous.
Antenne fuscous; in dg serrate with short ciliations (4).
Thorax pale brownish-ochreous mixed with fuscous. Abdo-
men whitish-ochreous, irrorated with pale-fuscous. Legs fus-
cous irrorated, and = tarsi annulated with whitish-ochreous ;
posterior pair mostly whitish-ochreous. Forewings elongate-
oblong, costa straight except near base and apex, apex

61

rounded, termen rounded, scarcely oblique; brownish irro-
rated with fuscous; a fine dark-fuscous streak from base along
fold to 4; orbicular and reniform indicated by pale spots with
darker outlines; indications of dark-fuscous streaks along
veins toward termen, ending in terminal dots; cilia brownish-
fuscous. Hindwings with termen rounded, somewhat wavy
beneath apex ; whitish, towards apex and termen suffused with
fuscous; cilia whitish with a fuscous line near bases.

The type is not in the best condition; it is somewhat
similar to C. acallis, Turn., but a browner insect, and readily
distinguishable by the basal streak on forewings.

Type in Coll. Turner.

Q., Brisbane, in October; one specimen.

. Genus ELEsMaA.
Elesma, Wlk., Brit. Mus. Cat. xxxii., p. 608.
Amaloptila, Turn., Tr.R.S.S.A., 1903, p. 6.

This genus appears to have real affinity with the Voline.

ELESMA SUBGLAUCA.
Elesma subglauca, Wlk., Brit. Mus. Cat. xxxii., p. 608.
Amaloptila triorbis, Turn., Tr.R.S.S.A., 1903, p. 6.
N.S.W., Newcastle. V., Beaconsfield.
Genus EPpicyRrTIca, nov.
(LE pikurtikos, hump-backed.)

Frons with a rounded, horny projection, covered with
scales. Tongue very small. Palpi slender, porrect, hairy, not
reaching beyond frontal projection. Antenne in gd simple,
minutely ciliated. Thorax with a dense rounded posterior
crest. Abdomen smooth. Forewings with 2 from {, 3 from
angle, 2, 3, and 4 well separated at bases, 6 from upper
angle of cell, 7, 8, 9 stalked, 10 connected by a bar with
7, 8, 9. Hindwings with 3 and 4 stalked, 5 imperfectly de-
veloped from middle of discocellulars, 6 and 7 stalked, 8 ana-
stomizing with 7 near base. |

The affinities of this genus are uncertain.

EPICYRTICA LATHRIDIA, N. sp.
(Lathridios, stealthy, secret.)

36, 22 mm. Head, palpi, thorax, and abdomen grey
mixed with fuscous and whitish. Antenne grey-whitish; in
6 with short ciliations ($3). Legs fuscous irrorated, and
tarsi annulated, with whitish; posterior pair mostly whitish.
Forewings elongate-triangular, costa gently arched, apex
: rounded, termen obliquely rounded; grey; markings dark-
_ fuscous; a distinct line near base, angled beneath costa; a

fine line from § costa to 4 dorsum, irregularly dentate; an

62

incomplete circle in disc before middle; an irregularly den-
tate line from mid-costa to 4 dorsum; three roughly parallel
lines from terminal third of costa, converging towards tor-
nus; an interrupted terminal line; cilia grey, apices whitish.
Hindwings with termen somewhat sinuate ; whitish irrorated
with grey; indistinct grey median and postmedian lines; a
dark-grey terminal line, obsolete towards tornus ; cilia whitish.

Type in Coll. Lyell.

V., Leopold, near Melbourne, in: April; one specimen.

Section ACONTIAN Z.
Genus ACACHMENA, nov.
(Akachmenos, sharp; in allusion to the thoracic crest.)
Frons flat. Tongue well developed. Palpi ascending;
second joint with a strong triangular anterior tuft; terminal
joint short, obtuse. Antenne in ¢ (unknown). Thorax with
a sharp, elongate keel-like posterior crest. Abdomen with
dorsal crests on first two segments. Forewings with 7, 8, 9
stalked, 10 connected by a bar with 8+9 beyond 7. Hind-
wings with 3 and 4 separate, 5 from mid-way between 4 and
middle of cell, 6 and 7 separate.

ACACHMENA CENOCROSSA, Nl. sp.
(Oinokrossos, with vinous border.)

2, 20 mm. Head, palpi, and thorax whitish-red with
some reddish-purple irroration. Antenne fuscous, towards
base whitish-red. Abdomen whitish ; crests whitish-red. Legs
whitish ; anterior pair reddish. Forewings triangular, costa
straight, slightly arched towards base and apex, apex pointed,
termen nearly straight, oblique; whitish-red with sparsely-
scattered fuscous-purple scales; two very fine’ purplish lines,
one median, the second at #; a reddish dot on costa at origin
of second line; cilia reddish-purple, apices whitish. Hind-
wings with termen rounded; whitish, towards termen suf-
fused with pale-fuscous; cilia whitish.

Type in Coll. Turner.

N.Q., Kuranda, in March; one specimen received from
Mr. VP. Dodds

Genus ALYPOPHANES, nov.
(Alypophanes, of cheerful appearance. )

Frons rounded, somewhat protuberant. Tongue well de-
veloped. Palpi moderate, slender, smooth-scaled, ascending,
not reaching vertex; second joint moderate; terminal joint
short, tolerably acute. Antenne in ¢ simple, minutely cili-
ated. Thorax and abdomen smooth. Legs with outer tibial
spurs half length of inner or less. Forewings with a slender

63

bar-like retinaculum in ¢;7, 8, 9 stalked, 10 free, no areole.
Hindwings with 3 and 4 stalked, 5 from mid-way between
4 and middle of cell, 6 and 7 stalked.

ALYPOPHANES IRIDOCOSMA, Nl. Sp.
(Iridokosmos, variegated.)

3 9, 18-20 mm. Head rosy; face pale-yellow. Palpi
ochreous-whitish. Antenne whitish; in ¢ with minute cili-
ations (+). Thorax rosy, apices of tegule and patagia grey.
Abdomen grey with some rosy scales; a conspicuous snow-
white spot on dorsum of second segment with a lateral rosy
spot on each side of it; tuft pale-ochreous. Legs whitish ;
anterior tibie and tarsi fuscous. Forewings elongate-trian-
gular, costa nearly straight for %, then moderately arched,
apex rounded, termen bowed, oblique; ochreous-yellow; a
grey spot containing some rosy scales at base; a somewhat
quadrangular grey blotch on costa before middle, extending
to near dorsum, indented on dorsal aspect, containing a rosy
central spot; a large grey terminal blotch reaching to tornus
and on costa nearly to apex, its costal edge rosy; leaving a
narrow streak of ground colour on apical part of termen;
cilia ochreous-yellow. Hindwings with termen rounded ;
ochreous-yellow ; a short median crimson streak from base ;
a large grey blotch containing some rosy suffusion occupying
whole of dorsal and terminal areas, except edge of termen,
acutely indented by ground colour in mid-disc; cilia ochre-
ous-yellow, on dorsum grey.

Type in Coll. Turner.

N.Q., Kuranda, in October, April, and May; five speci-
mens received from Mr. F. P. Dodd.

Section NOCTUIN A.
OPHIDERES PYROCRANA, ND. Sp.
(Purokranos, with fiery head.)

3, 64 mm. Head iridescent purple, posterior edge red-
dish-brown. Palpi, second joint iridescent purple, internal
surface ochreous; terminal joint long (2 second), and dilated
before apex, fuscous, an iridescent blue spot on subapical
dilation on internal and external surfaces, extreme apex pale-
ochreous. Antenne fuscous; in ¢ naked. Thorax reddish-
brown with some purplish reflections anteriorly. Abdomen
deep yellow, terminal joint fuscous. Legs ochreous, tarsi
and apices of tibiz fuscous, anterior tibiz densely hairy, above
fuscous, towards base reddish-brown, with a pale-ochreous
median spot, beneath ochreous. Forewings triangular, costa
strongly arched, apex tolerably acute, termen scarcely bowed,

64

oblique, dorsum with a strong antemedian tooth; dark-green-
ish; a darker line from 4 costa to + dorsum succeeded by a
bluish-purple iridescent suffusion; an irregularly pentagonal
darker discal spot; a postmedian line from # costa to mid-
dorsum, preceded by a bluish-purple iridescent suffusion; a
similar but less marked suffusion along termen; cilia con-
colorous.. Hindwings with termen rounded; deep-yellow ;
a blackish terminal band, very broad at apex, narrowing to
a point at tornus; cilia fuscous. .

Type in Coll. Turner.

N.Q., Kuranda, in May; one specimen received from
Mr. F. P. Dodd.

IscHyJA CYANOPASTA, n. sp.
(A-uanopastos, sprinkled with bluish.)

3, 64 mm. , Head, palpi, thorax, and abdomen dark-
fuscous, very sparsely irrorated with white specks. Antenne
dark-fuscous; in <d shortly laminate (4) with terminal
bristles (4). Legs dark-fuscous, tibize densely hairy ; posterior
tibie and tarsi beset with long hairs of paler fuscous with
sparse whitish specks, a white spot at base of tibie. Fore-
wings triangular, costa straight, arched towards apex, apex
round-pointed, termen bowed, oblique; fuscous with bluish-
white irroration, sparse in disc, dense towards termen ; a dark
transverse line, slightly wavy, from } costa to 4 dorsum, pre-
ceded by a brownish line; a dark circular orbicular spot be-
yond first line and a larger similar reniform spot, both pale-
margined; a line similar to preceding from lower edge of
reniform to ? dorsum; a third dark line with brown edges
from 2 costa obliquely outwards nearly to termen, then den-
tate and parallel to termen, meeting second line on dorsum ;
a circular pale-ochreous spot interrupts third line above dor-
sum ; a triangular dark fuscous apical area beyond third line;
cilia concolorous. Hindwings with termen twice angled;
fuscous; terminal area, except towards costa, with bluish-
white irroration and traversed by a dark-fuscous brown-edged
line, which becomes double towards tornus; cilia fuscous.

Type in Coll. Turner.

N.Q., Kuranda, in May; one specimen 1addived from Mr.
F. P. Dodd.

Section ERASTRIAN &.
Genus AUCHMOPHANES, nov.
(Auchmophanes, squalid-looking.)

Frons loosely scaled. Tongue well developed. Palpi
thickly scaled, recurved, considerably exceeding vertex; sec-
ond joint curved, not reaching vertex; terminal joint rather

65

short, acute. Antenne in d (unknown). Thorax and abdo-
men smooth. Posterior tibie with outer spurs not much more
than half length of inner spurs. Forewings with 2, 3, 4
well separated and equidistant at origin, 4 from angle, 7,
8, 9, 10 stalked, 7 only short-stalked. Hindwings with 3
from slightly above angle of cell, 4 and 5 stalked, 6 and 7
connate.

AUCHMOPHANES OCHROSPILA, N. sp.
(Okrospilos, pale-spotted.)

2,27 mm. Head, palpi, antenne, thorax, and abdomen
ochreous-fuscous. Legs pale-ochreous mixed with grey. Fore-
wings triangular, costa gently arched, apex rounded, termen
rounded beneath; ochreous-fuscous ; whitish dots on costa at
4, +, and #; from the last of these a fine irregularly den-
tate fuscous line proceeds to # dorsum; three small circular
whitish discal spots in disc, the first at 4+, the second and
third arranged transversely before middle; a terminal series
of fuscous dots; cilia concolorous. Hindwings with termen
much rounded ; as forewings, but without white spots.

Type (in poor condition) in Coll. Lyell.

N.Q., Mulgrave River, near Cairns, in July; one speci-
men.

NAARDA XANTHONEPHRA, 0. Sp.
(Xanthonephros, with yellow kidneys—?.e., reniform spots.)

6, 25 mm. Head and palpi dark-fuscous. Antennz
fuscous; in ¢ with fairly long ciliations (14), and longer
bristles (2). Thorax fuscous. Abdomen paler fuscous. Legs
fuscous ; anterior coxe, femora, and tibie densely hairy ex-
cept on external surface, which is covered by smooth shining
whitish scales. Forewings elongate-triangular, costa distinctly
concave in basal ?, apex rounded, termen bowed, oblique ;
pale-fuscous, darker towards base and costa; suffused darker
fuscous transverse lines ; first near base ; second at 4+, preceded
by a small roundish ochreous subcostal spot; reniform oval,
indented posteriorly, ochreous with two dark-fuscous contain-
ed dots arranged transversely; third line from 32 costa to 3
dorsum, sigmoid; a faint-whitish subterminal line, deeply
waved ; a terminal series of black dots between veins; cilia
fuscous-whitish. Hindwings much broader than forewings,
termen rounded ; colour and markings as forewings, but with-
out ochreous spots.

Type in Coll. Lyell.

N.Q., Kuranda, in March; two specimens received from
Mr. F. P. Dodd, of which one is in my collection.

c

66

CoRGATHA POECILOTA, N. sp.
(Povkilotos, variegated.)

3, 20-22 mm. Head and palpi reddish-brown. An-
tennz whitish-ochreous; in d shortly ciliated ($) with a few
longer bristles. Thorax pale ochreous-grey. Abdomen pale-
purple, towards base pale ochreous-grey. Legs ochreous-fus-
cous; femora reddish. Forewings triangular, costa scarcely
arched, apex rounded, termen with a large obtuse submedian
projection; pale purplish-grey, towards costa whitish-grey ;
costal edge. ochreous, interrupted by fuscous; a broad ochre-
ous-fuscous line from 4 costa to 4 dorsum, angled beneath
costa; three or four dots of same colour representing median
discal spot; a fine pale line suffusedly bordered with ochre-
ous-fuscous from 2 costa to # dorsum, bent first outwardly
then inwardly; some ochreous-fuscous suffusion towards ter-
men; a subterminal series of blackish dots; cilia purple-red-
dish, apices white, on apex and projection apices fuscous.
Hindwings with termen nearly straight; pale purplish-grey
suffused with ochreous-fuscous; extreme base and base of
costa whitish-ochreous; a reddish band from base of dorsum
to apex, interrupted by a large white spot containing two
or three blackish scales; cilia purple-reddish, apices white.

Type in Coll. Lyell.

N.Q., Kuranda, in October and April; two specimens re-
ceived from Mr. F. P. Dodd, of which one is in my collec-
tion.

CoRGATHA LOXOMITA, N. Sp.

(Loxomitos, with oblique thread.)

QO, 28 mm. Head, palpi, antenne, thorax, and abdo-
men whitish-grey. Legs whitish with some fuscous irroration ;
tarsi fuscous. Forewings elongate-oval, costa strongly arched,
apex acute, termen excised beneath apex, dentate on vein 4,
oblique ; whitish-grey irrorated with grey; a fine wavy grey
transverse line from 4 costa to # dorsum; a_ well-marked,
straight, oblique, grey line from immediately beneath @ costa
to 2 dorsum ; an ill-defined pale-reddish transversely-oval dis-
cal spot containing two grey dots; a subterminal series of
grey dots; cilia whitish mixed with grey and brown. Hind-
wings with termen slightly angled on vein 4; colour and
markings as forewings, but without antemedian line and dis-
cal spot.

Allied to C. excisa, Hmps.

Type in Coll. Turner.

N.Q., Kuranda, in October; one specimen received from
Mr. F. P. Dodd.

67

MALIATTHA FERRUGINA, 0. Sp.
(Ferruginus, rusty.)

gd, 18 mm. Head and palpi reddish-brown. Antenne
grey, towards bases brownish; in ¢ very shortly ciliated (4).
Thorax reddish-brown mixed with white. Abdomen whitish
with some fuscous suffusion ; basal crest reddish-brown. Legs
fuscous ; tarsi annulated with ochreous-fuscous ; posterior legs
whitish. Forewings triangular, costa moderately arched, apex
rounded, termen bowed, oblique; whitish with some fuscous
and reddish-brown irroration ; a broad reddish-brown median
fascia ; its anterior edge fuscous, from 4 costa to 4 dorsum;
posterior edge fuscous from costa beyond middle, forming a
strong, rounded posterior projection, then somewhat concave
to 3 dorsum ; in median band at base of projection is a trans-
versely oval white spot containing a pair of fuscous dots ar-
ranged transversely ; a narrow reddish-brown terminal band
preceded by a waved white line; cilia fuscous-whitish. Huind-
wings with termen rounded; pale-fuscous; cilia pale-fuscous
with a whitish basa] line.

Type in Coll. Turner.

N.Q., Kuranda, in January; one specimen received from
Mr. F. P. Dodd.

ZETHES HEMACTA, 0. Sp.
(Haemaktos, blood-stained.)

3, 22 mm. Head, palpi, and antenne whitish-ochreous
mixed with dark reddish-brown; antenne grey towards
apices, ciliations in ¢ very short (+) with longer bristles (1).
Thorax dark reddish-brown. Abdomen grey mixed with
whitish. Legs whitish with some fuscous irroration ; anterior
and middle tarsi dark-fuscous with whitish annulations. Fore-
wings triangular, costa strongly arched near base, then
straight to near apex, apex rounded-rectangular, termen
rather wavy, with a strong tolerably acute median projection
on vein 4; grey-whitish with some scattered reddish-brown
scales ; a parallel-sided rather strongly outwardly curved dark
reddish-brown fascia near base; a similarly coloured blotch
on costa at 3, dilated below, reaching to mid-disc; a pale
line from costa at #2 obliquely outwards, traversing costal
blotch, then bent inwards to 2 dorsum; a subterminal series
of dark reddish-brown dots; cilia grey-whitish with some red-
dish-brown scales. Hindwings with termen strongly dentate ;
grey-whitish with some reddish-brown scales; a pale median
transverse line; a subterminal series of dark reddish-brown
dots, that at tornus much larger than the rest; cilia grey-
whitish.

c2

68

I refer conseripta, Luc., to the same genus.

Type in Coll. Turner.

N.Q., Kuranda, in April; one specimen received from
Mr: FF. (PY Dodd.

ZETHES CYRTOGRAMMA, Ni. Sp.
(Curtogrammos, with curved marking.)

d, 38 mm. Head, pale ochreous-grey. Palpi ochreous-
whitish, second joint irrorated throughout, and terminal joint
before apex, with purplish-fuscous. Antenne whitish-ochre-
ous; in ¢ with minute ciliations (4) and short bristles (1).
Thorax purplish-grey; collar pale ochreous-grey. Abdomen
whitish mixed with purple-grey. Legs whitish-ochreous; an-
terior and middle tarsi purple-fuscous annulated with whitish-
ochreous. Forewings triangular, costa nearly straight, apex
acute, termen crenulate, acutely angled on vein 4; purplish-
grey with a few dark-fuscous scales; a pale, dark-bordered
outwardly-curved, transverse line near base preceded on costa
by a fuscous spot; a faint, slender, dentate, median, fuscous,
transverse line ; a dark-fuscous dot in disc before, and another
beyond, median line; a pale-ochreous line, doubly edged with
fuscous, from 4 costa very obliquely outwards, forming an
obtuse projection, then sharply bent to end on 3 dorsum, its
angle sometimes joined to termen by a fuscous suffusion; a
subterminal series of blackish dots on veins, preceded by a
fine dentate line; cilia whitish, on angle sometimes fuscous.
Hindwings with termen crenulate, acutely angled on vein
4; colour and markings as forewings; postmedian line simi-
lar but straight, basal line not developed.

Type in Coll. Turner.

N.Q., Kuranda, in January and May; two specimens re-
ceived from Mr. F. P. Dodd.

ZETHES ADOXOPIS, nN. sp.
(Adoxopis, obscure-looking.)

dQ, 32-34 mm. Head, palpi, and thorax pale brown-
ish-grey. Antenne whitish-ochreous with some fuscous scales ;
in ¢ with minute ciliations (4) and moderate bristles (1).
Abdomen whitish-grey irrorated with brown-fuscous. Legs
whitish irrorated with fuscous; tarsi fuscous annulated with
whitish. Forewings triangular, costa straight, gently arched
near base and apex, apex acute, termen crenulate, angled on
vein 4; pale brownish-grey ; costa with some whitish suffusion ;
a whitish triangular spot on costa at 2; a darker interrupted
transverse line at +: a fine, acutely-dentate, fuscous line from
2 costa through whitish spot to ? dorsum; some fuscous dots

69

on veins representing subterminal line; a fine grey terminal
line; cilia brown-whitish. ‘ Hindwings with termen wavy,
dentate on veins 4 and 7; colour and markings as forewings,
but postmedian dentate line succeeded by a suffused fuscous
band, and this again by a reddish-brown irregularly-shaped
spot in mid-disc.

Type in Coll. Turner.

N.Q., Kuranda, in October and March; two specimens
received from Mr. F. P. Dodd.

ERASTROIDES MOLYBDOPASTA, Nl. Sp.
(Molubdopastos, lead-besprinkled.)

¢ 9, 17-21 mm. Head, thorax, and abdomen whitish,
faintly greenish-tinged, irrorated with fuscous scales which
present a leaden-metallic lustre; face fuscous. Palpi rather
short (14), porrect, terminal joint very short and concealed ;
fuscous. Antenne grey; in 9 whitish with fuscous annu-
lations; in ¢ serrate, with moderate ciliations (14) in tufts.
Forewings triangular, costa gently arched, apex rounded, ter-
men bowed, oblique; whitish, faintly greenish-tinged, irro-
rated with fuscous scales showing a leaden-metallic lustre ;
these dark scales tend to form transverse lines; antemedian
at 4; postmedian at 4, anteriorly suffused, posteriorly weli
defined, with a median bidentate projection ; subterminal in-
distinct ; four white dots on apical + of costa; cilia whitish
with fuscous bars and a median fuscous line. Hindwings
rather elongate, termen rounded : colour and markings as fore-
wings.

Type in Coll. Turner.

N.Q., Kuranda, in October: two specimens received from
Bate. P. Dodd.

Genus SYNTHACA, nov.
(Synthakos, sitting together.)

Frons rounded. Tongue present. Palpi moderately long.
porrect; second joint dilated with roughly-spreading scales
above and beneath ; terminal joint short, smooth, obtuse. An-
tenne in ¢ with moderately long even ciliations, and a
longer bristle on each joint. Thorax smooth. Abdomen with
a dorsal crest on basal segment. Forewings with 7, 8, 9
stalked, 10 connected by a bar with 8+9 opposite origin of
7. Hindwings with 3 and 4 connate, 5 from mid-way be-
tween lower angle and middle of cell, 6 and 7 connate.

Differs from Hrastria in the palpi and ¢ antenne. The
species described below has a general resemblance to Rivula
sustalis, W1k.

70

SYNTHACA GILVICEPS, N. sp.
(Gilviceps, with yellowish head.)

dg, 18 mm. Head and palpi pale-ochreous. Antenna
pale-fuscous, towards base ochreous-tinged; in d with mode-
rately long (2), even ciliations and longer (3) bristles. Thorax
ochreous-whitish ; collar pale-ochreous. Abdomen ochreous-
whitish irrorated with pale-fuscous. Legs pale-ochreous mix-
ed with pale-fuscous. Forewings triangular, costa nearly
straight, apex rounded, termen bowed, oblique; whitish with
fuscous irroration ; costal edge tinged with ochreous; an out-
wardly-curved fuscous line, tinged with ochreous, from 4}
costa to + dorsum, interrupted in disc; a similar but broader
line from 2 costa to mid-dorsum, obtusely angled outwards
in disc; a finer, nearly straight, fuscous line from before apex
to before tornus; an interrupted fuscous terminal line; cilia
whitish mixed with fuscous. Hindwings with termen round-
ed; very pale fuscous; terminal line and cilia as forewings.

Type in Coll. Turner.

N.Q., Kuranda, in February; one specimen received
from Mr. F. P. Dodd.

MICRAESCHUS PROLECTUS, Nn. sp.
(Prolektos, chosen, preferred.)

3 Q, 20-23 mm. Head white; face and palpi brown.
Antenne white; in ¢ with a double row of short pectina-
tions ($). Thorax grey with a smal] reddish-fuscous pos-
terior spot. Abdomen grey with some reddish-ochreous scales.
Legs ochreous-whitish. Forewings triangular, costa straight,
apex round-pointed, termen sinuate beneath apex, then
strongly bowed, oblique; pale-grey with a few scattered dark-
fuscous scales; a purple-fuscous streak on costa from near
base to near apex, interrupted towards apex by three whitish-
ochreous dots; a large postmedian purple-fuscous blotch,
traversed by a pale line, extending from costa # across disc;
a purple-fuscous terminal line; cilia orange-ochreous. Huind-
wings with termen rounded; pale-grey; a pale-reddish suf-
fused median band containing a series of white dots, best
developed towards dorsum; terminal line and cilia as fore-
wings.

Type in Coll. Turner. *

N.Q., Kuranda, in October; two specimens received
from Mtr. Dodd:

RIVULA ZNICTOPIS, Nn. sp.
(Hniktopis, of obscure appearance.)

3 Q, 15-16 mm. Head, palpi, thorax, and abdomen
ochreous-whitish. Antenne pale-fuscous; in ¢ shortly cili-

71

ated (2). Legs ochreous-whitish ; middle tibie of ¢ elongate
and with a crest of long scales on dorsal surface. Forewings
triangular, costa slightly arched, apex rounded, termen bowed,
oblique ; ochreous-whitish : a series of whitish dots with darker
interspaces on costa, mostly in posterior half; a fine linear
transverse mark representing discal dot; a fine ochreous ter-
minal line containing minute blackish dots on veins; cilia
fuscous. Hindwings with termen rounded, slightly indented
above middle; whitish ; a slight fuscous suffusion on termen ;
cilia fuscous, on tornus and dorsum whitish.

Allied to 2. ommatopis, Meyr., but much paler and dis-
cal spot of forewing much smaller and linear.

Type in Coll. Turner.

N.Q., Kuranda, Geraldton, Townsville, in October,
November, March, and April.

RIVULA CRASSIPES, N. sp.
(Crassipes, with thickened feet.)

3, 19mm. Head, palpi, antenne, thorax, and abdomen
ochreous-whitish; antennal ciliations in ¢ moderate (1).
Legs ochreous-whitish ; middle tibie in ¢ elongate, hairy,
thickened on dorsal surface with long hairs, which end in a
dense fuscous tuft at distal extremity, first tarsal joint also
hairy on dorsal surface; posterior tibie and first tarsal joint
hairy on dorsal surface, the hairs on former forming a dis-
tinct tuft before middle. Forewings triangular, costa gently
arched, apex rounded, termen bowed, oblique, dorsum fringed
with long hairs towards base ; ochreous-whitish ; two or three
small fuscous dots representing antemedian line; a pair of
dark-fuscous dots arranged transversely and succeeded by
some fuscous scales in disc beyond middle; a double series of
faintly-marked fuscous dots representing postmedian line,
from 3 costa, sigmoid, and bent in to % dorsum; a whitish
line close to termen, termen narrowly ochreous-fuscous with
minute blackish dots on veins; cilia pale-fuscous. Hindwings
with termen rounded ; pale-fuscous: cilia pale-fuscous.

Easily recognized by the ¢ middle tibiz.

Type in Coll. Turner.

N.Q.,*Kuranda, in April; one specimen received from
Mr. F. P. Dodd.

ANACHROSTIS ZONOPHORA, N. sp.
(Zonophoros, banded.)
¢, 14 mm. Head grey-whitish. Palpi fuscous. An-
tenne grey: in ¢ serrate and moderately ciliated (1) in tufts.

Thorax ochreous-whitish. Abdomen grey. Legs fuscous ; pos-
terior pair whitish. Forewings triangular, costa slightly

72

arched, apex rounded, termen bowed, oblique ; ochreous-whit-
ish with scattered fuscous scales more numerous towards ter-
men, markings fuscous; a triangular spot on costa from base
to 4; an irregularly dentate line from 4 costa to + dorsum,
a similar line from mid-costa to mid-dorsum, the included
space wholly fuscous towards costa, elsewhere irrorated with
fuscous; a fine, acutely-dentate, whitish subterminal line;
preceded by an irregular dark-fuscous subapical spot; cilia
fuscous, obscurely barred with grey-whitish. Hindwings with
termen rounded; grey; cilia grey.

Type in Coll. Turner.

N.Q., Kuranda, in September and April; two specimens
received from Mr. F. P. Dodd.

ANACHROSTIS PLACOSPILA, 0. Sp.
(Plakospilos, broad-spotted.)

3 9, 14-16 mm. Tlead, palpi, thorax, and abdomen
white with a few fuscous and brownish scales more nume-
rousin 9. Antenne whitish; in ¢ serrate with rather long
cilia (2) in tufts. Legs whitish with fuscous irroration. Fore-
wings triangular, costa gently arched, apex rounded, termen
bowed, oblique; white with some fuscous-brown irroration,
more so in Q ; markings fuscous-brown; a spot on base of
costa ; a small triangular spot on } costa; a large quadrangu-
lar spot on costa beyond middle; several irregularly-distri-
buted dots in terminal part of disc; an interrupted terminal
line; cilia whitish with some fuscous scales. Hindwings with
termen rounded; whitish suffused with pale-fuscous, in 9Q
fuscous ; terminal line and cilia as forewings.

Type in Coll. Turner.

N.Q., Kuranda, in August and October; two specimens
received from Mr. F. P. Dodd, of which the 9 is in Coll.
Lyell.

Section HYPENIN &.

PANILLA MICROSTICTA, N. sp.
(Microstiktos, with small spots.)

3, 32-35 mm. @, 28 mm. Head and palpi fuscous
mixed with ochreous-whitish. Antenne fuscoug; towards
base in 6d ochreous-whitish with a tuft of scales from an-
terior surface of basal joint; in ¢ simple, with a double row
of tufts of rather long cilia (14). Thorax and abdomen fus-
cous mixed with ochreous-whitish. Legs fuscous, anterior and
middle tarsi annulated with ochreous-whitish; in ¢ with a
dense tuft of hairs from anterior coxz, and anterior femora
and posterior tibiz clothed with long hairs. Forewings tri-
angular, costa straight, arched towards apex, apex rounded,

73

termen crenate, bowed, oblique; fuscous irregularly mixed
with ochreous-whitish ; orbicular small, roundish, reniform
larger, posteriorly indented, both fuscous, reniform with paler
centre; an ill-defined, somewhat dentate, fuscous line from
® costa to 3 dorsum, succeeded by a row of minute whitish
dots on veins, variably developed, scarcely traceable in Q ;
a terminal series of short longitudinal fuscous streaks be-
tween veins, running into a fuscous terminal line; cilia fus-
cous obscurely barred with ochreous-fuscous. Hindwings with
termen rounded, crenate; colour and markings as forewings.

Type in Coll. Turner.

N.Q., Cairns; Kuranda: in April and May (Dodd) ;
three specimens.

PANILLA UMBRIFERA, 0. Sp.
(Umbriferus, shaded.)

3 Q, 21-23 mm. Head reddish-brown mixed with whit-
ish. Palpi fuscous mixed with reddish-brown and
whitish. Antenne fuscous, beneath ochreous - whitish ;
in ¢ with a tuft of hairs from upper and posterior aspect
of basal joint, shghtly dentate towards apex, moderately and
evenly ciliated (14), with longer bristles. Thorax reddish-
brown mixed with whitish and dark-fuscous; a small whitish
posterior tuft. Abdomen reddish-brown mixed with dark-
fuscous and whitish; dorsal tufts on second and third seg-
ments. Legs ochreous-whitish; anterior and middle tibize
dark-fuscous anteriorly ; anterior and middle tarsi dark-fus-
cous with ochreous-whitish annulations; in ¢ with tufts
of very long hairs, partly ochreous-whitish, partly dark-fus-_
cous, from anterior coxe and femora. Forewings triangular,
costa straight, slightly arched towards apex, apex rounded,
termen bowed, oblique, crenate: whitish mixed with reddish-
brown; markings dark-fuscous mixed, with reddish-brown; a
basal fascia; a fascia at 4, angled beneath costa; a large tri-
angular spot on costa at % from which a slender process ex-
tends obliquely outwards to mid-disc; a fine fuscous looped
terminal line; cilia purplish with some fuscous scales. Hind-
wings with termen rounded, crenate; colour and markings as
forewings, but without basal fascia and costal triangle, the
latter replaced by a fine transverse postmedian line.

Type in Coll. Turner.

N.Q., Kuranda, in April and May; four specimens re-
ceived from Mr. F. P. Dodd.

Genus CORETHROBELA, ov.
(Korethrobelos, with brush-like palpi.)

Head rough-haired, frons rounded. Tongue well de-
veloped. Palpi ascending, recurved; second joint ascending,

74

reaching vertex, rough-haired, with a tuft of hairs posteriorly
towards apex ; terminal joint recurved, long, acute, in 3d with
loose-spreading hairs in front and behind, in Q with a tuft
of long hairs on posterior surface only. Antenne in 3 with
minute ciliations and a short bristle on each segment. Thorax
smooth; in ¢ with a lateral expansile tuft of long hairs be-
neath from near origin of hindwings. Abdomen smooth.
Coxz and femora densely rough-haired, especially in 3. Fore-
wings with 7, 8, 9, 10 stalked, no areole : in o with an
elongate scaleless ribbed patch in posterior end of cell be-
neath, and a dense crest on upper surface on costal edge of
posterior part of cell. Hindwings with 3 from well before
lower angle of cell, 4 from angle, 5 closely approximated to
4 at origin, 6 and 7 connate, 8 anastomozing with cell to 4;
in ¢ with a pecten of long hairs on upper surface on median
vein.

Allied to V odaria, Gn., of which it appears to be a de-
velopment.

CoRETHROBELA MELANOPHAES, 01. Sp.

(Melanophaes, dark.)

3 9, 38 mm. Head, palpi, thorax, and abdomen dark-
fuscous. Antenne fuscous; in ¢ with short ciliations (4)
and longer bristles (14). Legs fuscous mixed with ochreous-
whitish. Forewings broadly triangular, apex rounded-rec-
tangular, termen rounded beneath; dark-fuscous; a white
dot in cell at 4; a reddish-ochreous spot, finely outlined with
black, beyond cell at 2; in Q a few scattered whitish scales,
_of which some indicate a subterminal line; cilia fuscous-
whitish. Hindwings with termen rounded; blackish in 4g,
dark-fuscous in 9 ; cilia as forewings.

Type in Coll. Turner.

N.Q., Kuranda, in April and May; two specimens re-
ceived from Mr. F..P. Dodd.

NopARIA NYCTICHROA, N. sp.
(Nuktichroos, dark.)

Q@,24 mm. Head, palpi, antenne, thorax, and abdomen
fuscous. Palpi very long, ascending, second joint exceeding
vertex, posterior aspect clothed with long scales, which ex-
tend to apex. Antenne in Q with minute ciliations and.
moderately long bristles (2). Legs fuscous irrorated with
whitish. Forewings triangular, costa moderately arched, apex
acute, termen bowed, oblique; fuscous; median area darker,
its anterior edge at 4, concave ; its posterior edge from % costa
to % dorsum, irregularly dentate; cilia fuscous. Hindwings
with termen rounded ; fuscous; cilia fuscous.

75

Type in Coll. Turner.

N.Q., Kuranda, in May; one specimen received from
Mr. F. P. Dodd.

Genus ANOMOPHLEBIA, 7Ov.
(Anomophlebios, with unusual neuration.)

Frons with an acute anteriorly-directed tuft of scales.
Tongue well developed. Palpi long, porrect; second joint
long, much thickened with loose scales, especially beneath ;
terminal joint short, somewhat thickened with scales which
extend to apex. Antenne in ¢ with a double row of long
pectinations. Thorax with a posterior crest. Abdomen
smooth. Forewings in ¢ with a large fovea in cell, and an-
other between cell and costa; areole present, 8, 9, 10, 11
stalked from areole, 10 and 11 arising by a common stalk
from 8 long before 7. Hindwings with 3 and 4 stalked, 5
from middle of cell, 6 and 7 stalked.

The anomalous neuration is perhaps correlated with the
presence of a fovea in the forewing and confined to the ¢.

ANOMOPHLEBIA FURTIVA, 0. sp.
(Furtivus, concealed, inconspicuous. )

3, 24 mm. Head, thorax and abdomen pale-brownish.
Palpi pale-brownish irrorated with dark-fuscous. Antenne
brown-whitish ; in ¢ with very long (12) slender pectinations
extending nearly to apex. Legs brownish with some fuscous
irroration. Forewings triangular, costa gently arched to-
wards base and apex, apex rounded, termen bowed, oblique;
cell occupied by a foveal depression, and space between cell
and costa by a second similar depression, both thinly scaled
especially on under surface; pale-brownish; fuscous dots on
costa at + and middle; a strongly sigmoid postmedian line
indicated by several fuscous dots on disc at 3% beyond cell,
several beneath end of cell before middle of disc, and one on
dorsum at 3; some inconspicuous fuscous terminal dots; cilia
pale-brownish. Hindwings with termen rounded; brown-
whitish ; cilia whitish.

Type in Coll. Turner.

N.Q., Kuranda, in October; one specimen received from
Mr. F. P. Dodd.

OLULIS SUBROSEA, HN. sp.
(Subroseus, somewhat rosy.)

2,30 mm. Head, palpi, antenne, and thorax ochreous-
whitish. Palpi very long, ascending; second joint much ex-
ceeding vertex ; terminal joint $ second, slender, acute. Abdo-
men ochreous-whitish with some rosy suffusion. Legs ochreous-
whitish. Forewings elongate-triangular, costa nearly straight

76

except near base and apex, apex acute, termen excised beneath
apex, acutely dentate on vein 4, thence oblique; ochreous-
whitish; some scattered fuscous scales which form obscure
markings; indications of antemedian, postmedian, and sub-
terminal lines; a pale-centred median discal spot; a series of
dots on veins close to but not on termen; cilia ochreous-
whitish. Hindwings bowed on vein 3, wavy between. this and
apex rounded towards tornus; whitish suffused with rosy.

Type (wasted) in Coll. Turner.

N.Q., Kuranda, in March; one specimen received from
Mr. FP. Dodd:

CHUSARIS RHODIAS, n. sp.

(Khodon, a rose.)

gd, 21-24 mm. Head, palpi, and thorax fuscous-whitish,
with a few dark-fuscous scales. Antenne fuscous, towards
bases whitish; in ¢ shortly ciliated (3). Abdomen ochreous-
whitish densely irrorated, except basal segment and apical
tuft, with pinkish. Legs ochreous-whitish ; anterior pair irro-
rated with pinkish; anterior and middle tarsi irrorated with
dark-fuscous. Forewings triangular, costa moderately arched,
apex rectangular, termen strongly bowed, sinuate beneath
apex, somewhat crenulate ; ochreous-whitish sparsely irrorated
with fuscous and pinkish scales; with tufts of raised scales,
which are mostly dark-fuscous ; several in basal area; five or
six forming a line from 4 costa to 4 dorsum; two arranged
transversely in mid-disc; a series forming a sinuate line from
just before apex to just before tornus; a subterminal series of
pinkish-fuscous dots; cilia ochreous-whitish, apices pinkish.
Hindwings with termen rounded; deep pink; traces of some
fuscous subterminal dots near apex; cilia ochreous-whitish
mixed with pinkish, the former preponderating towards
tornus.

Type in Coll. Turner.

N.Q., Kuranda, in October ; two specimens received from
Mr. F. P. Dodd, of which one is in Coll. Lyell.

BLEPTINA PANTGA, Nl. sp.
(Pantotos, of all kinds, variable.)

¢ 2, 30 mm. Head pale-brownish. Palpi long and
dilated with scales, in ¢ strongly recurved, second joint much
exceeding vertex; brownish mixed with fuscous. Antenne
pale-brownish ; in ¢ with a strong tuft of scales on upper sur-
face beyond middle. Thorax and abdomen brownish. Legs
whitish-ochreous mixed with fuscous-brown. Forewings tri-
angular, costa straight, strongly arched before apex, apex
acute, termen bowed, oblique; in ¢ with a much enlarged

77

costal fold on under-surface, extending from base to 3 costa
and nearly half across disc; pale-brownish with some fuscous-
brown irroration; an oblique darker shade, sometimes fol-
lowed by a pale shade from costa beyond middle to dorsum
before middle; a reddish-brown or dark-fuscous reniform
spot, indented posteriorly, immediately beyond this; some-
times a series of fine fuscous dots representing postmedian
line, from % costa, at first curved outwards, then inwards to
mid-dorsum; another series of dots represents subterminal
line, in this line below costa is a short linear dark-fuscous
lunule, edged posteriorly by a pale line; a terminal series of
dark-fuscous dots; cilia fuscous, apices whitish barred with
fuscous. Hindwings with termen scarcely rounded; colour
and markings as forewings but without discal spot and lunule.

Type in Coll. Turner.

N.Q., Kuranda, in March, April, and July; three speci-
mens received from Mr. Dodd, of which one is in Coll. Lyell.

CATADA APOBLEPTA, Nl. Sp.
(A pobleptos, conspicuous. )

3, 40mm. Head reddish-ochreous; face and palpi fus-
cous; the latter extremely elongate (8). Antenne fuscous;
in ¢ with tufts of long cilia (3) in basal half, but towards

apex cilia are short. Thorax brownish; collar reddish-
ochreous. Abdomen ochreous-yellow; apical segments fus-
cous. Legs whitish; anterior pair suffused with fuscous.

Forewings triangular, costa straight, arched before apex, apex
rounded, termen obliquely rounded; fuscous; a bluish-white
line from } costa to 4 dorsum, outwardly curved; a similar
line from midcosta, sinuate first outwardly then inwardly to
mid-dorsum ; between median line and base ground-colour is
reddish-brown ; a dark-fuscous dot in cell between lines; three
fine parallel bluish-white lines the first on disco-cellular, the
other two immediately posterior; a large whitish subapical
blotch; [extreme apex broken, cilia abraded]. | Hindwings
with termen rounded; ochreous-yellow; a blackish terminal
band, very wide at apex, narrowing to tornus; [cilia abraded].

Type in Coll. Turner. Though in poor condition, this is
a striking and unmistakable species.

N.Q., Kuranda, in April; one specimen received from
Mr. F. P. Dodd.

Genus HypoBLeTa, nov.
(Hupobletos, spurious counterfeit.)

Frons flat with a few projecting scales. Tongue well-
developed. Palpi moderate, slender, porrect; second joint
rather long, thickened with scales on upper surface towards

78

apex ; terminal joint short, somewhat down-curved, tolerably
pointed. Antenne in ¢ with short ciliations and rather
longer bristles. Thorax and abdomen not crested. Anterior
cox, femora, and tibiz clothed with long hairs in ¢. Fore-
wings with 7, 8, 9 stalked, 10 connected by a bar with 8+9
opposite 7. Hindwings with 3 and 4 short-stalked, 5 from
midway between 4 and middle of cell, 6 and 7 connate.

Alhed to Hypenagoma, Hmps. (Moths Ind. 111., p. 100).
The following species might on superficial appearance be re-
ferred to the Sterrhine (Geometride).

HYPOBLETA CYMZA, N.. Sp.
(Kumaios, wavy.)

dQ, 20-22 mm. Head, thorax, and abdomen whitish
or grey-whitish with some scattered dark-fuscous scales. Palpi
whitish, towards base dark-fuscous. Antenne whitish with
some dark-fuscous scales towards base; in ¢ with very short
ciliations (4) and rather longer, bristles (1). Legs whitish ;
anterior pair fuscous. Forewings rather elongate-triangular,
costa straight to near apex, apex round-pointed, termen
bowed, oblique, crenulate ; whitish or grey-whitish, with a few
scattered dark-fuscous scales; fine, indistinct, dentate post-
median and subterminal lines; a dark-fuscous subcostal dot
at +, sometimes followed by similar dots in a line between
this and termen; a terminal series of blackish dots; cilia
whitish or grey-whitish. Hindwings with termen rounded,
flattened towards tornus, dentate ; colour and markings as fore-
wings, but with some dark-fuscous suffusion at tornus.

Type in Coll. Turner.

N.Q., Kuranda, in March and April; two specimens re-
ceived from Mr. F. P. Dodd.

ARRADE PERCNOPIS, 0. sp.
(Perknopis, of dusky appearance.)

3, 21-23 mm. Head, palpi, antenne, and thorax brown-
fuscous. Antenne in ¢ with short ciliations (4). Abdomen
brown-fuscous, paler towards base; some raised scales on dor-
sum of penultimate segment. Legs brown-fuscous; posterior
pair paler; fore-tibie in o¢ dilated with scales at apices.
Forewings elongate-triangular, costa slightly concave in basal
2, then gently arched, apex tolerably pointed, termen
straight, oblique, not crenulate, at most slightly
wavy, dorsum with a triangular’ scale-tuft at
3; dark-brown ; four minute whitish dots on apical fourth of
costa; an interrupted dark-fuscous terminal line; cilia brown.
Hindwings with termen rounded ; pale-grey ; cilia pale-grey.

79

Var. a.—Forewings with a darker basal patch sharply
limited by a very oblique line from 4 costa towards, but not
reaching, tornus.

Type in Coll. Turner.

N.Q., Kuranda, in February and March; two specimens
received from Mr. F. P. Dodd.

ESTHLODORA CYANOSPILA, L. sp.
(Kuanospilos, with bluish spots.)

3$,16 mm. Head, palpi, thorax, and abdomen whitish-
grey with a few scattered dark-fuscous scales. Antenne
whitish-grey ; in ¢ simple, with moderate ciliations (1). Legs
whitish-grey tinged with reddish; tarsi grey. Forewings tri-
angular, costa straight almost to apex, then arched, apex
acute, termen with an acute dentate projection on vein 4;
whitish-grey, with some scattered brownish and fuscous
scales; a suffused reddish spot on base of dorsum, more or less
developed, sometimes reduced to a few scales; a straight fus-
cous line from 2 costa to 2 dorsum, sometimes faint, sometimes
strongly developed ; a pair of dark-fuscous discal dots arranged
transversely immediately beyond this line; a whitish dentate
subterminal line edged posteriorly with dark scales, more or
less developed, sometimes pure white towards costa; a reddish-
fuscous terminal line, thickened between veins; cilia reddish-
fuscous, bases ochreous. Hindwings with termen nearly
straight towards apex, slightly dentate on veins 2, 3, 4, deeply
incised at tornus; reddish-fuscous, towards costa whitish-grey ;
a number of bluish-white spots; first and largest in mid-disc
before middle, a median transverse series more or less con-
fluent, and a double series before termen; cilia reddish-fus-
cous. Under side reddish-fuscous; forewing except towards
costa and termen ochreous with reddish irroration.

Type in Coll. Turner.

N.Q., Kuranda, in March and May; two specimens re-
ceived from Mr. F. P. Dodd.

Family PYRALID.
Subfamily PYRAUSTIN A.

_ This group is very largely represented on the North
Queensland coast, as is the case in all the tropical
regions of the Eastern Hemisphere. Many of the species
have a very extensive range, and the synonymy is thereby com-
plicated. The classification of the genera is a task which, after
having paid some attention to the subject, I prefer not to
undertake at the present time. I include in this group the
Hydrocampinz and Scopariane of Hampson. The former, as
he defines it, I do not regard as in any sense a natural group,

80

and the character on which it is based, the stalking of vein 10
of the forewings, is not I think even of generic value. This
vein is usually closely oppressed to 8+ 9, and may arise sepa-
rately, or be partly fused with the latter in closely allied
species, and sometimes both kinds of structure may be found
in different individuals of the same species.

Genus ELACHYPTERYX, 70v.
(Elachupteruxz, tiny-winged.)

Frons rounded. Tongue present. Palpi upturned, slen-
der, not reaching vertex ; terminal joint slender, acute. Max-
illary palpi very short, filiform. Antenne of 3 ciliated,
with angular projections at joints. Posterior tibial spurs
long and nearly equal. Forewings with 4 and 5 coincident,
8, 9, 10 stalked, 11 absent. Hindwings with 5 absent.

The neuration is difficult to make out on the type speci-
men, but I think this will be found correct.

ELACHYPTERYX EREBENNA, N. Sp.
(Hrebennos, dark, gloomy.)

3d,9mm. Head, palpi, antenne, thorax, and abdomen
fuscous. » Legs fuscous, tarsi and inferior surface whitish.
Forewings elongate- triangular, costa gently arched, apex
rounded, termen strongly indented at 4 and again near tornus ;
fuscous mixed with whitish ; cilia fuscous, on apex and in-
dentations whitish. Hindwings with termen strongly in-
dented beneath apex; fuscous mixed with whitish ; a terminal
series of four black spots edged with silvery scales ; cilia fus-
cous, apices whitish.

Type in Coll. Turner.

Q., Brisbane, in May; one specimen.

Genus NANNOMORPHA, 70v.
(Nannomorphos, dwarfish.)

Face flat. Tongue obsolete. Palpi moderate, ascend-
ing; second joint tufted anteriorly; terminal joint moderate,
with loose projecting scales. Maxilliary palpi strongly dilated
with scales at apex. Antenne with triangular thickenings at
joints towards apex. [Legs broken.] Forewings with veins
4 and 5 stalked, 6 absent, 10 separate. Hindwings normal.

. Allied to Nymphula, differing in the absence of tongue
and neuration of forewings.
NANNOMORPHA ALYCHNOPA, N. sp.
(Aluthnopos, without brilliance, dull.)
9,11 mm. Head, palpi, thorax, and abdomen fuscous

with some whitish scales. Antenne ochreous-whitish with
blackish annulations. Anterior legs ochreous-whitish suf-

81

fused with fuscous; [middie and posterior pairs broken].
Forewings elongate-triangular, costa nearly straight, apex
rounded, termen indented beneath apex, thence obliquely
rounded; whitish densely irrorated with fuscous; some pale
dots on cesta; a transverse dentate pale line at 1, with a dark-
fuscous median dot on its posterior edge; a dark-fuscous
median discal dot; a second pale transverse line at ¢; cilia
whitish, a median line and apices fuscous. Hindwings with
termen rounded, indented beneath apex; colour and markings
as forewings.

Type in Coll. Turner.

Q., Eumundi, near Nambour, in December, one specimen.

Genus ERISTENA.
Eristena, Warr., A.M.N.H. (6), xvii., p. 150. Hmps.,
Tr. E.S., 1897, p. 136.
ERISTENA MELANOLITHA, D. Sp..
(Melanolithos, black-jewelled.)

¢,18 mm. Head, palpi, and thorax fuscous. Antenne,
abdomen, and legs ochreous-whitish. Forewings elongate-
triangular, costa nearly straight, apex rounded, termen ob-
liquely rounded : fuscous-whitish with fuscous irroration ; a
roundish median fuscous spot; a fine fuscous subterminal
line; cilia fuscous-whitish. Hindwings with termen rounded ;
whitish, a fine postmedian fuscous line not reaching costa and
dorsum; a similar subterminal line only developed opposite
median third of termen, on which are three black dots, in-
tersected by tooth-like processes from this line; cilia whitish.

Type in Coll. Turner.

Q., Stradbroke Island; one specimen.

Genus BzopTiLa, nov.
(Baroptilos, with little wings.)

Frons flat. Tongue well-developed. Labial palpi mode-
rate, cylindrical, slightly ascending ; terminal joint long, toler-
ably acute. Antennal joints triangularly dilated at apex;
ciliations in ¢ minute. Forewings with 8 and 9 stalked, 10
separate but closely applied to 8+9, 11 absent. Hindwings
with 7 anastomosing with 8.

Differs from NVymphula in the absence of vein 11 of fore-
wings. It is probably related to Musotima, but I should like
further material for examination.

BZOPTILA SELENIAS, 0. sp.

(Selene, the moon; in allusion to the crescentic markings. )

3, 84 mm. Head, antenne, thorax, and abdomen fus-
cous. Palpi whitish with three fuscous annulations. Legs

82

white. Forewings triangular, costa moderately arched, termen
scarcely bowed, oblique, strongly indented at 4 from apex;
fuscous ; a white spot on costa before middle, continuous with
a white crescentic discal mark, its concavity outwards; a
white crescentic line from # costa to mid-disc, its concavity
inwards; a short oblique white subapical streak; a dark-fus-
cous terminal line interrupted at indentation; cilia whitish,
on apex and mid-termen dark-fuscous. Hindwings with
termen rounded, indented beneath apex; eolour as forewings
but without white markings.

This obscure species is one of the smallest of the
Pyralide.

Type in Coll. Lyell.

N.Q., Kuranda, in March; one specimen received from
Mr. Bese 2Dodd:-

Genus ARHZOMORPHA, 10v.

(Araiomorphos, slenderly formed.)

Frons rounded. Tongue well developed. Palpi up-
turned, reaching vertex; second joint with loose speading
hairs towards base ; terminal joint long, slender, acute. Max-
illary palpi short, rather stout, not dilated. Antenne
of ¢ simple, shortly ciliated. Legs long and slender; spurs
nearly equal. Forewings with 3 and 4 stalked, or less com-
monly connate; 8, 9, 10 stalked. Hindwings with 4 absent
(coincident with 5), 6 and 7 stalked.

The stalking of 3 and 4 of the forewings though char-
acteristic is not always present.

AROMORPHA ATMOTA, 0. Sp.
(Atmotos, smoky.)

39, 14-19 mm. Head, palpi, antenne, thorax, and
abdomen fuscous. Legs fuscous, beneath whitish. Forewings
narrow-elongate, posteriorly dilated, costa gently arched,
apex rounded, termen obliquely rounded ; pale-fuscous, mark-
ings darker fuscous; suffused spots at base of costa and dor-
sum; similar spots beneath costa at + and middle; a pale
sigmoid line from 3 costa to mid-dorsum; an indistinct sub-
terminal line; cilia grey, apices whitish. Hindwings with
termen rounded; whitish, towards termen greyish; cilia
greyish.

The description of Nymphula diplopa, Low., resembles
this species, but it should be structurally different.

Type in Coll. Turner.

N.Q., Kuranda, in October. Q., Brisbane, from Sep-
tember to April. Abundant on the river bank, resting on
plants, etc., at the edge of the water. Probably the larve
are aquatic.

83

NYMPHULA ARISTODORA, D2. sp.
(Aristos, best; doron, a gift.)

6, 10-12 -mm. Head whitish. Palpi dark-fuscous ;
apices whitish. Antennz ochreous-whitish. Thorax and
abdomen whitish mixed with ochreous. Legs whitish annu-
lated with fuscous; anterior pair mostly fuscous. Forewings
elongate-triangular, costa scarcely arched, apex rounded, ter-
men obliquely rounded, slightly indented at 4 from costa;
white mixed with ochreous and fuscous; costa suffused with
fuscous as far as middle; a median fuscous and ochreous fascia
from before mid-costa, broadening in disc, to mid-dorsum ;
beyond this is an ochreous fascia interrupted in middle, giv-
ing off below interruption a process towards mid-termen; a
fine wavy dark-fuscous line from # costa to mid-disc; an
ochreous-fuscous subapical costal blotch ; a terminal ochreous
fascia anteriorly edged with fuscous; cilia whitish with a
fuscous basal line. Hindwings with termen strongly indented
at 4; a fuscous line from middle of dorsum not reaching
costa, preceded by an ochreous suffusion; a dark-fuscous
median fascia broadly dilated in disc; followed by a broad
ochreous fascia; terminal fascia and cilia as forewings.

Type in Coll. Turner.

Q., Brisbane, in April and May; taken abundantly in
one locality on the edge of a waterhole.

NYMPHULA EPIMOCHLA, N. sp.
(EZpimochlos, marked with a bar.)

3,18 mm. Head, palpi, and antennz ochreous-whitish.
Thorax and abdomen pale ochreous-fuscous. Legs ochreous-
whitish; anterior pair infuscated. Forewings elongate-tri-
angular, costa nearly straight, apex rounded, termen obliquely
rounded; vein 10 stalked with 8+9; pale ochreous-fuscous
mixed with whitish; a fine white subterminal line; cilia
ochreous-whitish, bases barred with fuscous. Hindwings with
termen rounded; white; a narrow median and broad post-
median fuscous fascia; an ochreous-fuscous terminal fascia
edged anteriorly with fuscous; cilia ochreous-fuscous with
four or five blackish basal dots towards apex of wing.

Type in Coll. Turner.

Q., Brisbane, in January; one specimen. There are also
two specimens in the British Museum.

CATACLYSTA PSATHYRODES, 0. sp.
(Psathurodes, of fragile appearance.)

3, 12 mm. Head white. Palpi white; basal half of
terminal joint fuscous externally. Antenne grey; in ¢o

84

with angular projections at joints and short ciliations (4).
Thorax fuscous; patagia white. Abdomen white irrorated
with fuscous. Legs white; anterior pair fuscous, tarsi white
with fuscous annulations. Forewings elongate-triangular,
costa gently arched, apex pointed, termen slightly sigmoid,
slightly oblique; white, with dark-fuscous and ochreous-
brown scales; costal edge fuscous; a short blackish
longitudinal streak from base; a blackish line from
+ costa to 4 dorsum ; a triangular ochreous-brown suffusion on
dorsum beyond middle, edged above with blackish scales; a
fine black circle in disc at # connected by ochreous-brown
suffusions with costa at # and 2, and with tornus; a fuscous
terminal line; cilia white with a few fuscous scales. Huind-
wings with termen rounded, scarcely indented beneath apex ;
white ; irregular blackish suffusions before and beyond middle;
a pale ochreous subterminal band; terminal line and cilia as
forewings.

Type in Coll. Turner.

Q., Stradbroke Island, in January; one specimen.

Genus HYLEBATIS, nov.
(Hulebates, haunting the forest.)

Frons flat. Tongue well-developed. Palpi moderate,
porrect, triangularly dilated with hairs, terminal joint con-
cealed. Maxilliary palpi strongly dilated at apices. An-
tennz with triangular projections at joints; in ¢ with rather
long cilia. Posterior tibiz with inner median spur long,
outer 4, inner distal spur moderate, outer 3. Forewings with
8 and 9 stalked, 10 closely approximated to 8+9. Huindwings
normal. |

Allied to Nymphula but with different palpi.

HYLEBATIS SCINTILLIFERA, Nl. sp.
(Scontillifer, sparkling.)
3 9, 12-16 mm. Head pale ochreous-fuscous. Palpi

whitish; external surface fuscous. Antenne ochreous-whit-
ish; ciliations in ¢ 14. Thorax ochreous-whitish. Abdomen

pale ochreous-fuscous, apices of segments whitish. Legs
ochreous-whitish ; anterior tibie and tarsi annulated with
blackish. Forewings elongate-triangular, costa nearly

straight, apex rounded, termen rounded, oblique; whitish
suffused and irrorated with ochreous-fuscous; a strongly out-
wardly-curved fuscous transverse sub-basal line, and a similar
slightly curved line at 4; a median fuscous pale-centred dis-
cal dot; a third line from # costa to termen, then looped to
beneath discal dot, where it forms a second loop, ending in
dorsum beyond middle, after describing a sharp externally

85.

directed angle near dorsum; the costal portion of this line is
bounded by a clear white line on either side; a subapical
ochreous-fuscous blotch bounded posteriorly by a white line;
a broad streak of metallic brassy scales above tornus; an
ochreous-fuscous terminal line; cilia whitish mixed with fus-
cous, with a dark-fuscous basal line. Hindwings with termen
deeply indented beneath apex; colour as forewings; towards
costa whitish; a triangular basal darker blotch on dorsum;
a median dark line from dorsum not reaching costa; an
ochreous line opposite middle third of termen, succeeded by
a black line containing several white dots; and this by a ter-
minal line of brilliant brassy metallic scales; cilia as forewings
but whitish towards tornus.

Type in Coll. Turner.

Q., Eumundi, near Nambour, and Mount Tambourine,
in November, December, and March; common in damp places
in the tropical forest growth.

MUSOTIMA LEPTORRHODA, 0. sp.
(Leptorrhodos, faintly rosy.)

3 Q, 10-11 mm. Head, thorax, and abdomen pinkish-
white; in Q fuscous. Palpi dark-fuscous, annulated with
whitish. Antennz ochreous-whitish; in Q fuscous. Legs
white. Forewings triangular, costa moderately arched, apex
tolerably rectangular, termen deeply indented beneath apex,
then rounded, scarcely oblique; pale-pinkish with fuscous
transverse lines; in Q almost wholly suffused with fuscous ;
three lines before 4; a linear median discal mark, preceded
on costa by a white dot, preceded and followed by a fuscous
dot; an incomplete line from 3 dorsum not reaching mid-
disc ; a fine dentate line at 2, succeeded on costa by a slender
triangular white spot; apical area above indentation ochre-
ous, containing a leaden-metallic spot, with a blackish dot
on its posterior edge; beneath indentation a subterminal
series of blackish dots; cilia fuscous. Hindwings with termen
slightly incised beneath apex; colour and markings as fore-
wings, but without costal and apical markings.

Type in Coll. Turner.

N.Q., Kuranda, in May; two specimens received from
Mr, F. P. Dodd.

Genus CoSMOPHYLLA, nov.
(Kosmophullos, neat-winged.)

Frons flat. Tongue present. Labial palpi moderate,
somewhat up-curved ; second joint moderately scaled ; terminal
joint cylindrical, ascending, obtuse. Maxillary palpi well
developed, dilated with scales at apex. Antennal joints tri-

86

angularly dilated with scales at apices; ciliations in d minute.
[Posterior legs broken.] Forewings with 4 and 5 short-stalked,
8 and 9 stalked, 10 separate, but closely applied for some dis-
tance to 8+9. Hindwings with 3 from angle, 4 and 5
stalked, 7 anastomosing with 8 nearly to apex.

CosMOPHYLLA OXYGRAMMA, N. sp.
(Oxugrammos, with sharply-angled markings.)

3, 21-22 mm. Head white, with two posterior fuscous
_spots. Palpi pale-fuscous, internal surface white. Anten-
nz fuscous; in ¢ very minutely ciliated. Thorax white;
bases of tegule, bases and apices of patagia, and a pair of
dorsal spots fuscous. Abdomen grey, irrorated with white,
more so towards base and apex. Forewings elongate-trian-
gular, costa nearly straight, apex round-pointed, termen
bowed, oblique; white; markings fuscous, tinged with ferru-
ginous; a narrow costal streak to apex; subcostal, median,
and dorsal longitudinal streaks from near base, terminating
in an oblique bar from beneath 2 costa to ? dorsum; fine
streaks along subcostal veins to costa, but not reaching ter-
men, the latter streaks join at extremities forming very acute
dentations ; an inwardly-curved fascia from apex, sharply den-
tate on both margins, broadening beneath to occupy nearly
4 dorsum ; a broad terminal line including some white scales ;
cilia white, faintly barred with fuscous. Hindwings with ter-
men rounded ; white ; some pale-fuscous scales on veins ; a faint
fuscous line at 2, another near termen, and a third on ter-
men, all obsolete towards tornus; cilia white.

Type in Coll. Drake.

V., Beaconsfield, in October and December; two speci-
mens, of which one is in my collection.

VOLIBA LEPTOMORPHA, N.. sp.
(Leptomorphos, slightly-built.)

Q,11mm. Head and antennz ochreous-whitish. Palpi
ochreous-whitish, mixed with fuscous. Thorax whitish, ante-
riorly fuscous-tinged. Abdomen whitish. Legs fuscous, an-
nulated with whitish; posterior pair whitish. Forewings
elongate-triangular, costa slightly arched, apex rounded, ter-
men obliquely rounded ; ochreous-whitish ; markings fuscous ;
a basal fascia, expanded on costa; a transverse straight linear
fascia at 4; a discal dot beneath 2 costa; a larger discal dot
beneath 2 costa; a postmedian line from # costa, bent in-
wards to touch lower extremity of posterior dot, and then
to # dorsum; from upper bend it gives off a process to tor-

87

nus; cilia whitish. Hindwings with termen rounded ; whitish ;
a slight pale-fuscous suffusion on mid-termen ; cilia whitish.

Whiter than V. scoparialis, the forewings with clearly de-
fined markings and two discal dots, of which the anterior is
free.

Type in Coll. Turner.

N.Q., Townsville, in October ; one specimen received from
Mr. F. P. Dodd.

VOLIBA PYCNOSTICTA, DN. Sp.
(Puknostikios, thickly-spotted. )

Sui be In, Head, palpi, and antennz dark-fuscous.
Thorax dark-fuscous, posteriorly whitish. Abdomen whitish,
posteriorly greyish. Legs fuscous with whitish annulations.
Forewings elongate, posteriorly dilated, costa gently arched,
apex rounded, termen obliquely rounded; whitish, markings
fuscous, suffused ; a basal patch; a transverse fascia at +; an-
other in middle, dilated on costa; a spot on costa at $, giv-
ing rise to a dentate line to tornus; some fuscous suffusion
on termen; cilia grey-whitish. Hindwings ovate-lanceolate ;
whitish, with some grey suffusion; cilia whitish.

The head and markings on forewings are darker than
in V. scopariaiis, and the latter are conspicuously dilated
on costa.

Type in Coll. Turner.

Q., Burpengary, near Brisbane, in April; one specimen.

VOLIBA ASPHYCTOPA, Nn. sp.
(Asphuktopos, feeble-looking.)

6, 10mm. Head and antenne ochreous-whitish. Palpi
ochreous-whitish, mixed with fuscous. Thorax and abdomen
whitish. Legs whitish ; anterior, tibiz, and tarsi fuscous, with
whitish annulations. Forewings narrow-elongate, slightly
dilated posteriorly, costa slightly arched, apex rounded, ter-
men obliquely rounded; whitish; markings fuscous, distinct ;
an obscure basal patch ; a narrow transverse fascia at 4, suc-
ceeded by a subcostal dot; a larger discal dot at #; a fine
dentate line from # costa, bent inwards to touch discal dot,
then curved in a right angle to # dorsum; a dot above tor-
nus close to termen; cilia whitish. Hindwings ovate-lanceo-
late ; whitish ; cilia whitish.

Type in Coll. Turner.

N.Q., Townsville, in October; one specimen received
from Mr. F. P. Dodd.

88

VOLIBA PSAMMOESSA, nN. sp.
(Psammoeis, sandy.)

6, 12-13 mm. Head, thorax, palpi, and antenne pale
ochreous-fuscous. Abdomen whitish, bases of segments dark-
fuscous, tuft pale-ochreous. Legs ochreous-whitish, annu-
lated with fuscous; anterior pair fuscous, annulated with
ochreous-whitish. Forewings elongate - triangular, costa
slightly arched, apex rounded, termen very obliquely rounded ;
whitish, finely irrorated with ochreous-fuscous; markings
dark-fuscous; a dot on base of costa, a fine transverse fascia
at +; a pale-centred discal ring beyond middle, connected by
a fine dentate line with ¢ dorsum; a line from #? costa, at
first straight, then describing a small outward curve, and
ending above tornus; a fine terminal line not reaching tornus ;
cilia ochreous-whitish. Hindwings ovate; whitish; towards
apex a pale-fuscous suffusion, containing an obscure fuscous
line; a short dark-fuscous streak from tornus; cilia whitish.

Type in Coll. Turner.
‘Q., Adavale, in April; two specimens.

ENTEPHRIA CISSOPHORA, N. Sp.
(Kissophoros, wearing ivy.)

3, 18-21 mm. MHead white, crown greenish-tinged.
Palpi and antenne whitish. Thorax whitish. Abdomen grey,
apices of segments whitish, tuft pale-ochreous. Legs white.
Forewings elongate-triangular, costa straight, except near
base and apex, apex rounded, termen nearly straight, oblique ;
grey with purplish reflections, semi-translucent; a large tri-
angular pale-green blotch, extending on costa from 4 to
middle, its apex abcve 4 dorsum, anterior margin straight,
posterior straight to lower margin of cell, then strongly waved
to apex of blotch; two small oblong pale-green blotches on
costa, between this and apex, and a similar streak broad at
apex and narrowing on termen, sometimes interrupted, not
reaching tornus; cilia white, bases grey. Hindwings with
termen rounded; whitish-grey, darker towards mid-termen ;
cilia as forewings, but wholly white towards tornus and on
dorsum.

In the form of the palpi and the elongate genital tuft of
the ¢ this species corresponds closely with Hntephria meri-
talis, W1k.

Type in Coll. Turner.

N.Q., Kuranda and Townsville, in January; three speci-
mens received from Mr. F. P. Dodd.

ss a

—

89

NACOLEIA GLAGEROPA, 0. sp.
(Glageropos, milky-looking.)

3, 22mm. Head white. Palpi fuscous, base, anterior,
and internal surfaces white. Antenne fuscous; in ¢ thick-
ened and broadly laminate, slightly thicker and obtusely
angled in middle, angled again at # with a tuft of scales on
angle. Thorax and abdomen fuscous, mixed with white. Legs
white, annulated with pale-fuscous ; anterior pair fuscous, an-
nulated with whitish. Forewings elongate-triangular, costa
slightly concave in basal %, convex in terminal third, apex
round-pointed, termen bowed, oblique; fuscous mixed with
white, which forms ill-defined blotches near base, on sub-
costal area, and at tornus; lines fuscous; an outwardly-curved
line from + costa to 4 dorsum; a white discal spot before
middle confluent with subcostal suffusion ; a line from ? costa
towards tornus, abruptly bent inwards above tornus, and then
downwards to #% dorsum; cilia fuscous, at tornus whitish.
Hindwings with termen slightly sinuate ; fuscous; whitish to-
wards base, and beneath basal 2 of costa; fuscous lines lost
in ground-colour, but edged posteriorly with white; cilia
pale-fuscous, towards tornus white, with a darker basal line.

Also allied to V. rhoeonalis, but readily distinguished
by the whitish blotches.

Type in Coll. Turner.

N.Q., Kuranda, in September; one specimen received
from Mr. F. P. Dodd.

NACOLEIA ONCOPHRAGMA, N. sp.
(Onkophragmos, with bent margin.)

36 Q, 22-25 mm. Head and thorax fuscous, with some
whitish scales. Palpi fuscous, internal surface and base white.
Antenne fuscous; in ¢ thickened and broadly laminate,
slightly thicker and obtusely angled in middle, angled again
at ?, with a tuft of scales on angle. Abdomen fuscous, with
some white scales on terminal segments. Legs white, with
pale-fuscous annulations. Forewings elongate-triangular,
costa with basal 4 slightly concave, terminal third strongly
convex, apex round-pointed, termen sinuate, oblique; fus-
cous, tinged with ochreous, more so on costa; lines darker-
fuscous, obscure ; a transverse line at 1; a square pale-ochre-
ous subcostal spot before middle; a finely dentate line from
# costa towards tornus, ‘yrds eats bent inwards above tornus,
and again downwards to # dorsum; cilia fuscous, on tornus
ochreous-whitish. iadwinew with termen sinuate ; fuscous,
towards base sometimes whitish ; an outwardly-curved fuscous

90

line from 4 costa to # dorsum; a finely dentate line from 4
costa not reaching dorsum ; cilia whitish, with a fuscous basal
line, absent towards costa.

Closely allied to V. rhoeonalis, Wik. (=murcalis, W1k.),
from which it differs in the strongly sinuate costa of fore-
wings, the more ochreous coloration, absence of second discal
spot, and absence of lines in cilia of forewings.

Type in Coll. Turner.

Q., Brisbane, Killarney, and Bunya Mountains, in Octo-
ber and December : three specimens.

NACOLEIA ALINCIA, N. sp.
(Alinkios, similar.)

3 9,20 mm. Head fuscous, mixed with whitish. Palpi
fuscous, basal half sharply whitish. Antennz fuscous; in ¢
with moderate ciliations (1), bent beyond middle, and with
a small posterior tuft of hairs immediately before bend.
Thorax fuscous, with a few whitish scales. Abdomen fus-
cous, with a broad whitish basal band. Legs whitish, barred
with fuscous. Forewings triangular, costa slightly sinuate,
apex rounded, termen slightly rounded, oblique; vein 10
separate ; whitish generally suffused with fuscous, especially
towards costa; a fuscous fascia near base, succeeded by a fine
transverse line at +; JAS EOT dots in disc at 4 and middle;
two fuscous dots on apical + of costa, from the second pro-
ceeds an inwardly oblique, slightly dentate line, gas bent
outwards in disc, and again inwards, ending on # dorsum;
cilia fuscous, with a darker basal line. Hindwings as fore-
wings, but without basal lines, and with only one discal spot,
postmedian line interrupted in middle.

Very closely allied to N. amphidecalis, but forewings
without clear whitish median band, and cilia not barred with
whitish.

Type in Coll. Turner.

N.Q., Townsville, in January: two specimens received
from Mr. F. P. Dodd. |

Genus GLYCYTHYMA, nov.
(Glukuthumos, delightful.)

Frons rounded. Tongue well developed. Palpi mode-
rate, upturned, not reaching vertex; second joint moderate,
terminal joint short, slender, acute. Maxillary palpi minute,
not dilated. Antenne in ¢ minutely ciliated, not thickened,
not bent, not tufted. Tibie with outer spurs about $ length
of inner. Forewings with 7 well separated from 8, 9, to
which 10 is approximated. Hindwings normal.

91

Allied to Nacolew, Wlk., from which it is distinguished
by the simple antenne of the dg, and the more slender and
acute terminal joint of the palpi.

Type Semioceros chrysorycta, Meyr.

GLYCYTHYMA CHRYSORYCTA.
Semioceros chrysorycta, Meyr., Tr. E.S., 1884, p. 320.
N.Q., Dank Island and Townsville, in January. Q.,
Duaringa, Brisbane, in March.

GLYCYTHYMA THYMEDES, Nh. sp.
(Thumedes, well-pleasing.)

36 Q. Head and thorax yellow. Palpi_ yellow,
apex fuscous. Antennz ochreous-fuscous. Abdomen ochre-
ous-yellow. Legs whitish-ochreous. Forewings elongate-tri-
angular, costa straight, apex rounded, termen bowed, oblique ;
yellow ; markings dark-fuscous, clearly defined ; a line from
costa near base, not reaching dorsum; a line from + costa to
4 dorsum, curved outwards in middle; a dot beneath 4 costa,
sometimes absent ; a second reniform costal dot beyond middle,
sometimes yellow-centred; a line from # costa, describing a
sigmoid curve more or less strongly, and touching or nearly so
lower end of reniform spot, ending on 3 dorsum; a terminal
line, thickened into a triangular spot above middle; cilia
fuscous, sometimes barred with whitish. Hindwings with ter-
men rounded; yellow; a fuscous line from 2 costa to ? dor-
sum, sometimes interrupted in disc; a fuscous suffusion at
apex ; cilia as forewings.

Readily distinguished from the preceding by the pre-
sence of only a single line on hindwings.

Type in Coll. Turner.

N.Q., Townsville, in April; two specimens,

Genus EURYBELA, nov.
(Hurubelos, with broad weapons, 7.e., palpi.)

Frons rounded. Tongue well developed. Palpi rather
large, curved upwards, not reaching vertex; second joint
covered with dense long hairs, forming an anteriorly directed
dense tuft at apex; terminal joint short, concealed in hairs
of second joint. Maxillary palpi well developed, not dilated
at apex. Antenne in ¢ minutely ciliated. Outer tarsal
spurs half inner. Forewings with 3, 4, 5, approximated at
base, 7 straight and well separated from 8, 9, to which 10
is closely approximated. Hindwings with 3, 4, 5, approxi-
mated at base, 6, 7 stalked, 7 anastomosing with 8.

Characterized mainly by the palpi, which do not appear
to correspond to any described genus.

92

EURYBELA SCOTOPIS, Nn. sp.
(Skotopis, dark-looking.)

3,25 mm. Head, palpi, antenne, thorax, and abdomen
dark-fuscous. Legs fuscous, annulated with whitish. Fore-
wings elongate-triangular, costa nearly straight except towards
apex, apex rounded, termen bowed, oblique; fuscous, mixed
with ochreous-whitish ; markings dark-fuscous ; an outwardly-
curved, somewhat suffused, transverse line at 4; a pale-centred
discal spot beneath mid-costa; a dentate line from ~ costa
towards tornus, posteriorly edged with ochreous-whitish,
above tornus abruptly bent inwards, and then continued to
2 dorsum; cilia fuscous, with a basal series of whitish spots.
Hindwings with termen rounded; fuscous; an indistinct
darker line, its median portion finely dentate and produced
to near termen ; cilia as forewings.

Type in Coll. Turner.

N.Q., Kuranda, in May: two specimens received from
Mr. F. P. Dodd.

SYLEPTA CHRYSAMPYX, N. sp.
(Krusampux, with frontlet of gold.)

2,23 mm. Head orange-ochreous; face fuscous. Palpi
with terminal joint very small; orange-ochreous, some fuscous
scales on anterior and posterior edge. Antennz grey. Thorax
slaty-grey. Abdomen slaty-grey; tuft ochreous. Legs ochre-
ous ; anterior cox, apices of femora, and tibie, and terminal
tarsal joints grey. Forewings elongate-triangular, costa
straight to near apex, there strongly bowed, apex rounded,
termen bowed, oblique; slaty-grey; a transversely elongate,
oval, whitish spot on costa at #; cilia slaty-grey. Hindwings
with termen gently rounded; slaty-grey ; cilia concolorous.

Type in Coll. Lyell.

N.Q., Kuranda, in May; one specimen received from
Mr. F. P. Dodd.

SYLEPTA AGENETA, N. sp.

(A genetos, low-born, plebeian.)

Q,24 mm. Head, palpi, antenne, thorax, and abdomen
ochreous-fuscous. Legs whitish; anterior pair fuscous. Fore-
wings triangular, costa straight, apical fourth moderately
arched, apex round-pointed, termen bowed, oblique; ochre-
ous-fuscous ; lines fuscous, obscure; a transverse line at 4; a
faint linear discal dot before middle; a line from 4 costa, at
first straight and parallel to termen, then bent outwards at
a right angle in mid-disc, then parallel to termen for a short
distance, again bent rectangularly, first inwards, and then
outwards to end on # dorsum; cilia fuscous. Hindwings with

93

termen rounded ; fuscous, with an ochreous tinge; a post-
median fuscous line produced towards termen in mid-third,
forming an obtuse process like that of forewing; cilia fuscous.
Type in Coll. Turner.
N.Q., Cardwell, in August; one specimen.

SYLEPTA PHRICOSTICHA, N. sp.
(Phrikostichos, with rippled lines.)

¢ 9,32 mm. Head, palpi, antenne, thorax, and abdo-
men brown; thorax sometimes reddish-brown ; antennal cili-
ations in ¢ 3%. Legs brown-whitish; posterior tibize with
outer spurs less than 4 inner; posterior femora and tibiz in
¢ densely fringed with long hairs on upper surface. Fore-
wings triangular, costa straight for 4, then moderately arched,
apex acute, termen slightly sinuate, oblique; brown, some-
times reddish-brown; markings fuscous; an obscure slender
transverse line at 4; a subcostal dot at 4; and two dots placed
transversely beneath mid-costa; a slender acutely dentate line
from ? costa across disc, below middle bent abruptly inwards
to beneath median dots, and then downwards to dorsum just
beyond middle; a terminal series of minute dots on veins;
cilia whitish, bases fuscous. Hindwings with termen rounded ;
colour as forewings, but paler towards base; one or two dots
representing basal line; an acutely dentate postmedian line,
its median third produced towards termen ; terminal dots and
cilia as forewings. Underside pale-brownish, postmedian fus-
cous, dentate line very distinct, subcostal fuscous dots at 4,
that on hindwing larger, with a smaller dot between it and
base.

Type in Coll. Turner.

Q., Brisbane; two specimens.

PAGYDA CALLIPONA, N. sp.
(Kalliponos, beautifully wrought.)

SQ, 18-20 mm. Head whitish. Palpi whitish, mixed
with fuscous and ochreous. Antennz ochreous-whitish.
Thorax whitish, mixed with ochreous. Abdomen ochreous;
apices of segments whitish. Legs whitish. Forewings elon-
gate-triangular, costa straight for #, then gently arched, apex
round-pointed, termen sinuate, oblique ; ochreous-orange, with
three whitish-ochreous fascie:; first linear from }4 costa to }
dorsum; second broad from 4 costa, narrowing in disc, not
reaching dorsum ; third also incomplete, broad, from costa be-
yond middle, dilated in disc; a fine whitish interrupted line
from ? costa, describing a sigmoid curve to 2 dorsum; a sec-
ond similar line from costa between this and apex to mid-
termen, and continued along termen to tornus; cilia whitish.

94

Hindwings with termen rounded, slightly sinuate beneath
apex ; whitish-ochreous, thinly scaled, and partly translucent ;
an orange-ochreous, outwardly-curved fascia, edged with fus-
cous and constricted in middle at 4; a similar fascia at 4,
broadly interrupted in middle; an orange-ochreous terminal
suffusion confluent with second fascia towards tornus; a sub-
terminal line of whitish dots from costa joining a similar ter-
minal line before middle; cilia whitish, mixed with orange-
ochreous.

Type in Coll. Turner.

N.Q., Kuranda, in September and December ; two speci-
mens received from Mr. F. P. Dodd.

AGATHODES PALISCIA, N. sp.
(Paliskios, dusky.)

3 Q, 28-34 mm. Head, palpi, and antenne ochreous-
grey. Thorax grey, with purple reflections ; a small posterior
crest of brownish-fuscous scales. Abdomen whitish suffused
with grey; tuft in ¢ dark-grey. Legs white. Forewings
narrow-elongate, gradually dilated posteriorly ; costa straight
to near apex, then arched, apex rounded, termen obliquely
rounded, dorsum slightly sinuate; pale-grey, with purple re-
flections, and some dark-ochreous irroration, especially to-
wards dorsum; a pale linear discal mark at #, succeeded by
a dark-ochreous suffusion ; a pale line from 2 costa obliquely
outwards nearly to termen, then bent and finely dentate to
? dorsum; disc beyond this dark-ochreous; a fine white in-
terrupted terminal line; cilia dark-ochreous. §Hindwings
more than twice breadth of forewings, termen scarcely
rounded, in Q sinuate beneath apex; thin-scaled and semi-
translucent, pale-grey, towards base whitish ; cilia white, with
a grey basal line.

Type in Coll. Turner.

N.Q., Townsville, in February; two specimens received
from Mr. F. P. Dodd.

PYGOSPILA HYALOTYPA, ND. sp.
(Hualotupos, with transparent markings.)

3d, 46 mm. Head grey; sides of face whitish. Palpi
with second joint very broad, rounded anteriorly ; grey; base
of second joint sharply whitish. Antenne grey. Thorax grey
with some whitish scales. Abdomen grey. Legs whitish ;
tibiz and tarsi annulated with pale-grey. Forewings triangu-
lar, costa straight to near apex, there strongly bowed, apex
rounded, termen slightly bowed, oblique, dorsum sinuate ; fus-
cous-grey, with purple lustre; spots translucent, free from

=—.

95

scales; a dot below cell near base, and another in cell to-
wards base; a quadrangular spot in cell at 4, and another
oval spot on dorsal side of it below cell; a quadrangular spot
beneath 2 costa, bisected by vein 6; a smaller spot obliquely
below this bisected by vein 4; cilia fuscous. Hindwings with
termen sinuate; vein 8 in ¢ bowed and clothed beneath with
long scales; colour and cilia as forewings; one translucent spot
only, towards base on dorsal side of cell, elongate-ovoid, nar-
rower towards base.

Type in Coll. Lyell.

N.Q., Kuranda; one specimen, received from Mr. F.
P. Dodd. Mulgrave River, near Cairns, in December; one
specimen.

ARCHERNIS EUCOSMA, N. sp.
(Hukosmos, well-adorned. )

3 2, 31-32 mm. Head pale-grey, face white except for
a pale-grey superior spot. Palpi fuscous, inner-surface and
base white. Antennz pale-grey. Thorax and abdomen pale-
grey. Legs white; anterior femora and distal 2 of tibize dark-
fuscous on internal surface. Forewings triangular, costa
straight for #, then rather strongly arched, apex rounded,
termen bowed, oblique; pale-grey; a blackish crescentic
median discal spot ; a fine fuscous line from # costa, wavy, out-
wardly curved, towards dorsum bent inwards, and then
downwards to ? dorsum; an elongate suffused white spot on
posterior edge of this line beneath costa, and a smaller similar
spot above dorsum; cilia whitish barred with fuscous. Hind-
wings with termen rounded; pale-grey; discal spot rather
large, blackish, angular; a postmedian fuscous line bent out-
wards towards termen in middle third; a fuscous terminal
line; cilia white, bases barred with fuscous.

Type in Coll. Turner.

N.Q., Townsville, in February; two specimens received
from Mr. F. P. Dodd.

ARCHERNIS LEUCOCOSMA, 0. sp.
(Leukokosmos, with white ornament.)

¢ Q, 22-26 mm. Head greyish-brown, face white. Palpi
33; fuscous-brown, base white. Antenne greyish-brown.
Thorax and abdomen greyish-brown. Legs white; anterior
femora and tibie fuscous on internal surface. Forewings
triangular, costa straight for ?, then arched, apex round-
pointed, termen bowed, oblique; greyish-brown; a fine fuscous
transverse line at 4; a snow-white median discal spot, edged

96

anteriorly with fuscous; a fine fuscous wavy line from # costa
to # dorsum, edged posteriorly with white in costal portion ;
cilia fuscous, apices white except opposite mid-termen. Hind-
wings with termen rounded; greyish-brown; a snow-white
discal spot edged anteriorly with fuscous; a fuscous post-
median line, edged posteriorly with white throughout, and
produced towards termen in middle; cilia white with a basal
fuscous line.

Type in Coll. Turner.

N.Q., Kuranda, in October and May; two _ speci-
menps received from Mr. F. P. Dodd.

ARCHERNIS METRIODES, N. sp.
(Metriodes, of ordinary appearance.)

3, 29 mm. Head pale-brown, face white. Palpi 2;
fuscous-brown, base white. Antennz pale-brown. Thorax
and abdomen pale-brown. Legs white; internal surface and
anterior femora and tibie fuscous. Forewings triangular,
costa straight for ?, then arched, apex round-pointed, termen
bowed, oblique; pale-brown; basal line obsolete; a linear
crescentic fuscous median discal mark; a fine wavy fuscous
line from % costa towards tornus, abruptly bent inwards in
disc and then downwards to 2 dorsum; cilia brown-whitish
with a fuscous basal line. Hindwings with termen rounded ;
as forewings but discal mark straight, postmedian line with
middle third produced towards termen and dentate.

Type in Coll. Turner.

N.Q., Townsville, in March; one specimen received from

Mr, F.°P.’ Dodd.

METASIA POLYTIMA, N. sp.
(Polutimos, much-esteemed.)

do, 14-15 mm. Head ochreous-whitish, face fuscous.
Palpi 3; fuscous, beneath white. Antenne whitish with
incomplete fuscous annulations; ciliations in ¢ 3. Thorax
pale-reddish. Abdomen pale-reddish; apical segments fus-
cous. Legs whitish with some fuscous suffusion; anterior
pair mostly fuscous. Forewings triangular, costa straight,
slightly indented at 2 and thence gently arched, apex rounded,
termen bowed, oblique; pale-reddish; a broad dark-fuscous
costal streak to %; a fine fuscous transverse line at 4; a
pale discal spot outlined with fuscous and connected by a fine
fuscous line with dorsum beyond middle; a wavy dark-fuscous
line from # costa to before tornus; disc beyond this suffused
with fuscous; a dark-fuscous terminal line; cilia fuscous with

i

97

whitish bases and a darker median line. Hindwings with
termen rounded, distinctly indented towards apex; colour,
antemedian, postmedian and terminal lines, and cilia as
forewings.
. Type in Coll. Turner.
N.Q., Townsville, in September ; two specimens.

METASIA DACTYLIOTA, N. sp.
(Daktuliotos, ringed; in allusion to discal spot of forewings.)

Q,16mm. Head and antennz pale-fuscous. Palpi 1?;
fuscous-whitish. Thorax ochreous-whitish mixed with fus-
cous. Abdomen whitish, bases of segments broadly fuscous.
Legs fuscous annulated with whitish. Forewings elongate-
triangular, costa slightly arched, apex rounded, termen bowed,
oblique; ochreous-whitish irrorated with fuscous; markings
fuscous; a broadly suffused sub-basal line; an irregularly
dentate transverse line at 4; a similar line from mid-costa
to % termen, bifurcating to enclose a small whitish discal
spot; a third similar line from % costa to tornus; two fus-
cous dots on costa between this and apex; a fuscous terminal
line; cilia whitish, bases ochreous-whitish mixed with pale-
fuscous. Hindwings with termen rounded; whitish with
some fuscous irroration; a fuscous transverse line from tor-
nus, lost in mid-disc; a similar incomplete line from termen
beyond tornus; an apical fuscous suffusion ; cilia as forewings,
_ but at tornus wholly whitish.

Type in Coll. Turner.
N.Q., Townsville, in August ; one specimen received from

Mr. F. P. Dodd.

METASIA DIPLOPHRAGMA, DN. sp.
(Diplophragmos, with double. margin.)

2, 14 mm. Head white. Palpi 34; external surface
pale-fuscous. Antenne grey. Thorax whitish-ochreous.
Abdomen whitish-ochreous, bases of segments fus-
cous. Legs whitish-ochreous; apices of anterior tibize
fuscous. Forewings elongate-triangular, costa nearly
straight, apex rounded, termen bowed, strongly ob-
lique ; whitish-ochreous ; markings fuscous, distinct ; some fus-
cous suffusion at base; an outwardly curved line from } costa
to 2 termen; an obliquely elongate median discal spot; a
sinuate line from 2 costa to % dorsum, succeeded by some
fuscous irroration; a fuscous terminal line; cilia whitish
with a fuscous basal line. Hindwings with termen slightly
sinuate ; colour, terminal line, and cilia as forewings; broadly

D

98

suffused fuscous lines at 4 and before termen, the latter not
reaching dorsum, both not reaching costa.

Type in Coll. Turner.

N.Q., Townsville, in November; one specimen received
from Mr. F. P. Dodd.

METASIA NYCTICHROA, DN. sp.
(Nuktichroos, dusky.)

3,14 mm. Head fuscous. Palpi 24; fuscous, whitish
beneath. Antenne fuscous; ciliations in ¢ 4. Thorax and
abdomen fusccus. Legs whitish-ochreous; anterior pair
mostly fuscous. Forewings elongate-triangular, costa nearly
straight, apex round-pointed, termen bowed, oblique ; ochreous-
whitish densely irrorated with fuscous; markings obscure ;
a pale oblong spot in disc at 2; an ill-defined line from #
costa towards tornus, bent inwards above tornus and again
downwards to # dorsum; cilia whitish mixed with fuscous.
Hindwings with termen sinuate; pale-ochreous with fuscous
irroration; a short line from % dorsum not reaching mid-
disc; cilia as forewings.

Type in Coll. Turner

Q., Killarney, in October; one specimen.

METASIA TYPHODES, N.. sp.
(T'uphodes, smoky.)

3, 16 mm. Head ochreous. Palpi 2}; ochreous.
Antenne fuscous; ciliations in ¢ extremely short. Thorax
and abdomen fuscous. Legs whitish. Forewings triangular,
costa slightly arched, apex round-pointed, termen bowed,
oblique; fuscous with darker lines; a straight transverse
line at 4; a minute dark median discal dot; a line from #
costa towards tornus, bent inwards in disc and again down-
wards to 3 dorsum; cilia fuscous. Hindwings with termen
rounded ; colour as forewings; a single transverse darker line
from tornus to 2 costa.

The yellowish head contrasting with the uniformly dusky
wings should be sufficient for the recognition of this species.

Type in Coll. Turner.

Q., Brisbane and Toowoomba; two specimens.

METASIA ADOXODES, 0. sp.
(Adoxrodes, obscure.)

¢, 15 mm. Head fuscous with white irroration; face
fuscous. Palpi 2; fuscous, base partly white. Antenne
fuscous; ciliations in ¢ extremely short. Thorax white with
dense fuscous irroration. Abdomen grey, at base ochreous-
tinged. Legs white; anterior and middle pairs with dense

99

fuscous irroration. Forewings elongate-triangular, costa
slightly arched, apex rounded, termen slightly bowed, oblique ;
white, densely irrorated with fuscous throughout; markings
dark-fuscous; a dot near base; a transverse line at ¢; a
subcostal dot at 4; a transverse linear median discal mark;
a line from 2 costa towards tornus, bent inwards in mid-disc
+o beneath discal mark, and then downwards to # dorsum; a
suffused terminal line; cilia whitish with a fuscous line near
bases. Hindwings with termen rounded; grey, towards base
paler; cilia whitish with a grey basal line.

Type in Coll. Turner.

Q., Brisbane, in January; one specimen.

METASIA TROPHESSA, 0. sp.
(Trophoeis, stout, large.)

3,22 mm. Head ochreous-whitish ; face fuscous. Palpi
14; fuscous, base whitish. Antennz pale-fuscous; in ¢ with
moderately long ciliations (1}). Thorax fuscous. Abdomen
‘whitish-ochreous with a few fuscous scales; three terminal
segments dark-fuscous on dorsum. Legs dark-fuscous annul-
ated with whitish. Forewings elongate-triangular, costa
straight for ?, then moderately arched; apex round-pointed,
termen bowed, oblique; ochreous-whitish with much fuscous
irroration ; markings fuscous, suffused; a transverse line near
base and another at +; a median discal spot; a line from
# costa towards tornus, bent inwards beneath discal spot,
and again downwards to ? dorsum; a terminal series of
dots; cilia grey with a darker basal line. Hindwings with
termen rounded; ochreous-yellow; a broad dark-fuscous ter-
minal band, broadest on costa, narrowing to tornus; cilia as
forewings.

Type in Coll. Turner.

Q., Toowoomba, in April; one specimen.

ISOCENTRIS ERROMENA, 0. Sp.
(Hrromenos, stout.)

3, 39 mm. Head orange-ochreous. Palpi dark-fus-
‘cous ; base and a broad median ring ochreous. Antenne dark-
fuscous; ciliations in ¢ }. Thorax dark-fuscous; tegule

and a posterior spot orange-ochreous. Abdomen ochreous;
bases of first, second, sixth, and seventh segments, and whole
of eighth segment except apex dark-fuscous. Legs dark-
fuscous; inner half of anterior coxe ochreous. Forewings
triangular, costa sinuate, apex rounded, termen bowed, ob-
lique; dark-fuscous, markings orange-ochreous; a small spot
‘at base of costa, and another on mid-base; a large quad-_
D2

100

rangular spot before middle, larger towards dorsum, un-
equally divided by a fine fuscous line on median vein; a
rounded spot at %, nearer costa than dorsum; cilia fuscous,
apices pale-ochreous. Hindwings with termen rounded,
slightly sinuate; orange-ochreous; an antemedian spot and
a broad terminal band dark-fuscous; cilia as forewings.

Type in Coll. Lyell.

N.Q., Cooktown (?); one specimen.

Genus Ca&LOBATHRA, 70v.
(Koilobathros, with hollowed base.)

Head with slight rounded prominence. Palpi porrect ;
second joint slightly ascending, terminal joint bent forward,
well developed. Maxillary palpi filiform. Antenne of ¢
minutely ciliated. Posterior tibie of ¢ with outer middle
spur rudimentary, outer end-spur 4 inner. Forewings of
¢ with large fovea on upper surface near base, frenulum and
retinaculum well developed, costal portion of hindwings ex-
panded near base to cover under-surface of fovea; vein 10
separate. Hindwings with 5 approximated at base to 4, 7
anastomosing with 8 to near apex.

A peculiar genus. The partial obsolescence of posterior
tibial spurs recalls Phlyctenia, but the long anastomosis of
vein 7 of hindwings, together with the fovea on forewings of
¢, remove it from that genus.

C:LOBATHRA EUCRINES.
(Lukrines, clear, distinct.)

3d, 13 mm. Head, palpi, antenne, thorax, and abdo-
men ochreous-yellow. Legs whitish-ochreous. Forewings.
triangular, costa nearly straight, apex rounded, termen bowed
oblique; bright ochreous-yellow; markings blackish; a dot.
beneath 4 costa, another on 4 dorsum, and a third between
and slightly anterior to these, on edge of fovea; a discal dot
at %; posterior line distinct, from % costa, bent first out-
wards, then strongly inwards to beneath discal dot, and rect-
angularly to % dorsum; [cilia abraded]. Hindwings with:
termen rounded; grey; paler towards base; cilia whitish-
ochreous.

Type (somewhat worn) in Coll. Lyell.

N.A., Port Darwin, in March; one specimen.

PyYRAUSTA DIPLOSTICTA, Nn. Sp.

(Diplostiktos, doubly-spotted.)
Q, 22-26 mm. Head, palpi, antenne, thorax, and abdo-
men brownish-grey. Legs whitish; anterior pair grey. Fore-
wings triangular, costa straight, terminal fourth rounded,

101

apex round-pointed, termen bowed, oblique; pale brownish-
grey; a clear white median subcostal spot, edged with some
darker scales; a similar spot narrower and twice constricted at
3; cilia grey. Hindwings with termen rounded, slightly
sinuate; median vein with a few loose hairs; ochreous-
whitish with some brownish-grey irroration; an antemedian
dot, and a subterminal band of the same colour; cilia grey.

Type in Coll. Lyell.

V., Lorne, in December and March; three specimens:
received from Mr. G. Lyell.

PYRAUSTA APOCRYPHA, N. Sp.
(Apokruphos, hidden, obscure.)

Q@,32 mm. Head pale-brownish. Palpi 14; pale-brown-
ish, base white. Antennz whitish. Thorax pale-brownish.
Abdomen brown-whitish. Legs whitish. Forewings rather
elongate-triangular, costa straight for %, then arched, apex
round-pointed, termen scarcely bowed, oblique; pale-brown-
ish without markings, except traces of a suffused, slightly
darker, oblique, postmedian line; cilia brown-whitish. Huind-
wings with termen rounded; brown-whitish; a very indis-
tinct, suffused, postmedian line; cilia whitish.

Type in Col]. Turner.

Q., Brisbane, in March; one specimen.

Genus OTIOPHORA, nov.

(Otriophoros, bearing little ears; in allusion to fovea on
forewing. )

Head flat and oblique. Tongue well developed. Palpi
moderate, porrect; terminal joint short, obtuse. Maxillary
palpi well-developed, not dilated. Antenne in ¢ minutely
ciliated. Posterior tibiz with outer spurs $ inner. Fore-
wing of ¢ with a large auricular fovea near base on upper
surface between subcostal vein and dorsum, bounded dor-
sally by a steep ridge; vein 10 separate. Hindwings _
vein 7 anastomosing with 8 to nearly apex.

Type Pronea leucura, Low.

OTIOPHORA LEUCURA.
Pionea leucura, Low., Tr. R.S.S.A., 1903, p. 67.

This species is not “white-tailed,” as the name would
imply.
N.Q., Townsville. Q., Brisbane.

102

OTIOPHORA CLAVIFERA.
Pionea clavifera, Hmps., P.Z.S., 1889, p. 241.
N.Q., Kuranda, Townsville (Dodd).

Genus Noorpa.

In this genus, as I understand it, vein 10 may be either
separate or stalked with 8+9. It includes the species re-
ferred by Sir Geo. Hampson to Clupeosoma and Hemuiscopis.
In fact, V. polalis (polusalis), Wlk., is specifically closely
allied to V. suffusalis, Wlk., and to nyctopa, described be-
low. The genus is a very natural one, characterised by the
form of the labial and maxillary palpi.

NooRDA NYCTOPA, N. sp.
(Nuktopos, dark, gloomy.)

3 9, 18-22 mm. Head ochreous-fuscous. Palpi 4; fus-
cous. Antenne fuscous; ciliations in ¢ minute. Thorax
fuscous. Abdomen fuscous, posteriorly fuscous-whitish. Legs
ochreous-whitish ; anterior femora and middle tibiz fuscous ;
anterior tibie and tarsi white. Forewings triangular, costa
at. first straight, then rather strongly arched, apex rounded,
termen bowed, oblique; 10 separate; fuscous with a dull-
purple lustre; an ochreous-fuscous line, slightly outwardly-
curved, at 4; a similar but broader line; its anterior edge
suffused, from 2 costa obliquely outwards, obtusely bent be-
neath costa and curved inwards to 2 dorsum; terminal area
fuscous-whitish ; a fuscous terminal line; cilia fuscous. Hind-
wings with termen rounded; fuscous-whitish; median area
fuscous-purple, crossed by an ochreous-fuscous postmedian
line, which is more obscurely continued to tornus; a fuscous
terminal line; cilia fuscous, on costa, tornus, and dorsum
fuscous-whitish.

Pyrausta violacea, Luc. (P.L.S.N.8S.W., 1892, p. 263),
may be based on a confusion of this species with the allied
suffusalis, Wlk., but the description plainly applies to the
latter.

Type in Coll. Turner.

Q., Sandgate, near Brisbane; Southport; from October
to February; the larve abundant on Wikstroemia indica.

NoorDA RHODOPA, n. sp.
(Rhodopos, rosy.)

Q, 20 mm. Head whitish-ochreous. Palpi 4; whitish-
ochreous mixed with fuscous. [Antenne broken.] Thorax
pale-rosy. Abdomen whitish-ochreous. Legs whitish. Fore-
wings elongate-triangular, costa gently arched, apex round-
pointed, termen nearly straight, oblique; 10 separate; pale-

anak i Hie

103

rosy ; lines fuscous; an outwardly-curved transverse line at
2; a finely dentate sinuate line from #% eosta to # dorsum;
cilia whitish, bases pale-rosy. Hindwings with termen
rounded ; ochreous-whitish, thinly scaled, translucent; cilia
whitish.

This species must not be confused with Noorda rhodea,
Low., which I have from Townsville.

Type in Coll. Turner. )

N.Q., Thursday Island; one specimen.

NooRDA PSAROCHROA, N. Sp.
(Psarochroos, ashen-grey.)

9,27 mm. Head, antenne, and thorax grey. Palpi 4;
grey, shortly white at base. Abdomen grey. Legs grey-
whitish; anterior pair grey. Forewings elongate-triangular,
costa gently arched, apex rounded, termen bowed, oblique;
whitish densely irrorated with grey; markings fuscous; a
fine transverse line at 4, produced outwards in centre; a
median discal dot; a line from # costa to tornus, indented
inwards above middle; an interrupted terminal line; cilia
grey-whitish with a grey line near base. Hindwings with
termen rounded; whitish; some grey suffusion towards ter-
men ; cilia whitish with a grey line near base.

Type in Coll. Turner.

N.Q., Townsville, in March; one specimen received from
Mek. P. Dodd:

NooRDA EUTACTA, nN. sp.

¢,13 mm. Head and thorax whitish-ochreous. Palpi
3; whitish-ochreous with a few darker scales. Antenne whit-
ish-ochreous; in ¢ thickened and minutely ciliated. Abdo-
men whitish-ochreous, towards base and apex whitish. Legs
whitish ; apex of posterior tibie fuscous. Forewings triangu-
lar, costa straight for ?, arched towards apex, apex acute,
slightly produced, termen sinuate, oblique; whitish-ochreous
with some brownish-ochreous suffusion, median area paler;
some dark-fuscous scales on costal edge; a broad dark-fuscous
transverse line containing some whitish scales at 2; a cres-
centic median brownish-ochreous discal mark; a dark-fuscous
line from # costa, at first outwardly oblique, then curved
parallel to termen, ending on ? dorsum; a fine dark-fuscous
terminal line; cilia brownish-ochreous. Hindwings with
termen rounded, slightly indented above middle, whitish; a
faint fuscous subterminal line; cilia whitish.

Type in Coll. Turner.

N.Q., Townsville, in January ; one specimen received from

Mr. F. P. Dodd.

104

MYRIOSTEPHES CITROCHROA, N. sp.

9,13 mm. Head, palpi, antenne, and thorax yellow.
Abdomen whitish. Legs pale-yellow. Forewings elongate-
‘triangular, costa straight to near apex, then slightly arched,
apex rounded, termen straight, oblique; yellow; markings
and some scattered irroration brownish; an oblique ill-
defined line from 4 costa to 4 dorsum; a suffused squarish
spot on costa before middle; a suffused spot on costa at 3,
reaching mid-disc and enclosing two small yellow spots, in
this are two darker parallel inwardly oblique lines connected
by a cross bar between the two spots, like the letter H; a
broad suffused subterminal line, and a few dark scales on
termen ; cilia pale yellow. Hindwings with termen strongly
sinuate; whitish; on termen grey-whitish; cilia whitish.

Type in Coll. Turner.

Q., Brisbane; one specimen.

MyRIOSTEPHES CROCOBAPTA, N. Sp.

Q@, 14 mm. Head, thorax, and abdomen orange-red-
dish. Palpi 21; brown, beneath white. Antenne brownish-
fuscous. Legs brown-whitish. Forewings triangular, costa
straight to near apex, apex round-pointed, termen straight,
oblique; orange-reddish; markings fuscous; a streak along
costa to #; a fine dentate transverse line at }; an oval median
discal spot; a fine slightly dentate line at # parallel to ter-
men; disc between this and termen suffused with fuscous;
cilia fuscous. Huindwings with termen slightly sinuate; colour
lines and cilia as forewings; terminal fuscous band not ex-
‘tending to postmedian line and narrowing to mid-termen.

Type in Coll. Turner.

N.Q., Townsville, in March; one specimen received from

Mr. F. P. Dodd.

ECLIPSIODES HOMORA, Ni. sp.
(Homoros, similar.)

3d, 16mm. Head, palpi, antenne, and thorax fuscous.
Abdomen ochreous. Legs grey with whitish-ochreous irrora-
‘tion; posterior pair except tarsi whitish-ochreous. Forewings
elongate-triangular, costa nearly straight, apex rounded, ter-
men obliquely rounded ; fuscous, with dark-fuscous lines; first
line indistinct, from + costa to 4 dorsum, obsolete on mar-
gins; a subcostal dot at 4; posterior line from beneath % costa
bent inwards rectangularly and again downwards to #% dor-
sum ; discal dot linear, joining posterior line at second angle;
a suffused whitish spot on dorsum before posterior line; cilia
fuscous. Hindwings with termen rounded, sinuate beneath

105

apex; ochreous-yellow; a broad fuscous terminal band; cilia
fuscous.

Closely allied to H#. crypsixdntha, Meyr.

Type in Coll. Lyell.

N.W.A., Roebourne; one specimen.

ECLIPSIODES DAPSILIS, nN. sp.
(Dapsiles, abundant, plentiful.)
6 9, 18-20 mm. MHead fuscous. Palpi 5; fus-

cous irrorated with whitish. Antennz fuscous; cilia-
tions in ¢ 4. Thorax ftuscous irrorated with white.

Abdomen grey-whitish irrorated with dark-grey. Legs.
fuscous, irrorated with white; posterior pair mostly
white. Forewings triangular, costa straight except at ex-
tremities, apex rounded, termen bowed, oblique; white irror-
ated with fuscous; an incomplete double dark-fuscous line
at +; a reniform postmedian fuscous discal spot, outlined with
dark-fuscous; a small fuscous spot on costa at #, giving rise
to a fine dentate line to # dorsum; shortly beyond this a
broad oblique fuscous streak from apex to dorsum, near but
not touching termen; edged anteriorly with dark-fuscous; an
interrupted dark-fuscous terminal line; cilia fuscous with a
white median line. Hindwings with termen rounded; grey,
towards base paler; cilia grey.

Type in Coll. Turner.

Q., Toowoomba and Warwick, a series in March.

HCLIPSIODES ICELOMORPHA, N. sp.
(Hikelomorphos, of similar form.)

¢, 22 mm. Head, palpi, and thorax grey, mixed with
dark-fuscous. Antennz dark-fuscous; in ¢ shortly pectinate
(1). Legs dark-fuscous irrorated, and tarsi annulated with
grey-whitish ; posterior pair grey-whitish. Forewings triangu-
lar, costa nearly straight, apex rounded, termen slightly
bowed, slightly oblique; grey irrorated with whitish-grey, and
with dark-fuscous; a slightly wavy dark-fuscous transverse
line at +; an annular dark-fuscous, pale-centred, posteriorly
indented discal spot beneath mid-costa; a very fine dentate
dark-fuscous line from ? costa to before tornus; a dark-fus-
cous apical suffusion continued along termen; cilia dark-grey,
apices partly whitish. Hindwings with termen rounded;
fuscous with suffused darker median and subterminal lines;
cilia dark-grey.

Very similar to Helipsiodes drosera, but immediately dis-
tinguished by the pectinated antenne.

Type in Coll. Turner.

W.A., Albany, in January; one specimen.

106

ECLIPSIODES PAMMICTA, 0. Sp.
(Pammiktos, mixed.)

dg, 18-19 mm. MHead pale-ochreous. Palpi 3;
dark-fuscous; base white. Antenne dark-fuscous, cilia-
tions in <o _ extremely short. Thorax dark-fuscous ;
apex of patagia and a few scattered scales whit-
ish-ochreous. Abdomen fuscous, apices of segments and tuft
‘whitish-ochreous. Legs dark-fuscous irrorated and annul-
ated with whitish-ochreous; posterior pair mostly whitish-
ochreous. Forewings triangular, costa gently arched, apex
rounded, termen bowed, oblique; ochreous-whitish, markings
dark-fuscous; a basal patch; a broad transverse fascia before
+; a broad fascia from mid-costa to tornus; a fine dentate line
from # costa bent inwards into fascia in disc, and con-
tinued beyond fascia to mid-dorsum; a broad streak from
apex parallel to termen as far as mid-disc; a terminal series
of dots; cilia whitish-ochreous barred with fuscous. Hind-
wings with termen rounded; dark-grey ; cilia whitish-ochreous
with a broad grey line near base.

Type in Coll. Turner.

N.Q., Kuranda, in October and May; three specimens
received from Mr. F. P. Dodd.

ECLIPSIODES MELIPHYRTA, 0. sp.
(Meliphurtos, mixed with honey.)

3, 18-20 mm. Head white, a central spot on crown and
whole of face dark-fuscous. Palpi 2; dark-fuscous, base
white. Antennz ochreous-whitish with incomplete dark-fus-
cous annulations; ciliations in ¢ 4}. Forewings triangular,
costa scarcely arched, apex rounded, termen bowed, oblique ;
white irrorated and suffused with dark-fuscous; a basa] suf-
fusion, succeeded by an interrupted dark-fuscous transverse
line at +; a suffused squarish spot on mid-costa; a sinuate
line of dots from ? costa to # dorsum; a large apical and
a smaller tornal suffusion connected anteriorly leaving an
irregularly-outlined white spot near termen above tornus;
cilia pale-ochreous with a dark-fuscous line near base. Hind-
wings with termen rounded; pale-ochreous; some fuscous
suffusion towards termen; cilia pale-ochreous with a fine fus-
«cous line at 4.

Type in Coll. Turner.

Q., Toowoomba, in September ; two specimens.

SCOPARIA CHAROPGA, N. sp.

g, 16 mm. Head fuscous with a few white scales on
crown. Palpi, 24; fuscous, at base white. Antenne fus-

107

cous; ciliations in ¢ }. Thorax white, anterior margin and
extreme apex fuscous. Abdomen whitish. Legs fuscous,
annulated with white; posterior pair white. Forewings
elongate, costa slightly arched, apex rounded, termen straight,
oblique; white; a dark-fuscous spot on base of costa including
a white costal dot; disc before median band irregularly suf-
fused with pale-fuscous tinged with yellowish; a dark-fuscous
median band, its anterior edge sharply defined, concave, from
4 costa to 4 dorsum, its posterior edge very ill-defined, and
encroached on by white above middle, containing two dark
dots representing orbicular and claviform; a median dark-
fuscous discal dot; a dark-fuscous line, somewhat bent out-
wards, from ? costa to ? dorsum, giving off anteriorly a short
broad line (representing the reniform) about middle, which
bifurcates, the branches being very short, one directed towards
base, the other towards costa; a pale-fuscous band succeeds.
this line, separated from it by white dots on costa and dor-
sum; an irregular dark-fuscous subterminal line, thickened
in middle, obsolete towards costa; a fine fuscous terminal
line, connected with preceding on veins, not reaching tornus ;
cilia white, with a median series of fuscous dots. Hindwings
14; termen slightly sinuate; white, tinged with grey
towards termen; cilia white.

Nearest S. epicryma and S. exhibitalis. This genus is
poorly represented in Queensland.

Type in Coll. Turner.

Q., Killarney, in October; two specimens, of which one
is in Coll. Meyrick.

Subfamily TINEODIN A.

A small group characterized by vein 5 of the hindwings
arising from the middle of the cell, not approximated to 4
at origin. It consists probably of the scattered remnants of a
group which may once have been much more largely developed.
To it I refer the genera Oxychirota, Meyr. ; Cenoloba, Wlsm. ;
Tineodes, Gn.; and Simethistis, Hmps., of which the first
three are Australian, the last Indian. The first two are so
peculiar that they might be treated as two separate sub-
families, if that were worth while.

TINEODES PHENICEA, Nn. sp.
(Phoinikeos, purple.)

Q, 17 mm. Head whitish-ochreous. Palpi 4; whitish-
ochreous. Antenne whitish. Thorax and abdomen whitish-
ochreous; the latter with a broad pale-fuscous dorsal band
near base. Legs brownish-fuscous; posterior pair whitish
above. Forewings elongate-triangular, costa straight to near

108

apex, then arched, apex acute, slightly produced, termen sinu-
ate, oblique; whitish-ochreous, markings brown-purple; a
dark dot at 4, longitudinally elongate; another at middle,
narrow and transversely elongate; some scattered irroration
in dorsal part of disc; a broad suffused discal blotch beyond
middle, triangular with apex towards dorsum; a broad ter-
minal band interrupted by some white scales beneath apex,
separated from preceding suffusion by a whitish line, and
containing two subterminal whitish spots near tornus; cilia
brown-purple: several times interrupted by whitish, apices
whitish on upper half of termen and at tornus. Hindwings
elongate, apex rounded, termen gently rounded; brown-
purple; a patch of darker scales at base of dorsum; dorsal
edge dark, but interrupted by a whitish spot above tornus;
cilia brown-purple several times interrupted by whitish. :

Type in Coll. Turner.

Q., Brisbane ; one specimen received from Mr. R. Illidge.

TINEODES OXYPRORA, 0. sp.
(Ozuproros, sharp-prowed. )

3, 17-18 mm. Head fuscous. Palpi 4; fuscous, An-
tenne 14; fuscous; in ¢ with long ciliations (4). Thorax
pale-fuscous. Abdomen fuscous-whitish; tuft ochreous-
whitish preceded by a dark-fuscous dorsal bar. Legs fuscous ;
posterior pair whitish. Forewings elongate-triangular, costa
sinuate, slightly excavated in middle, strongly arched in pos-
terior }, apex acute, slightly produced, termen nearly straight,
oblique ; ochreous-whitish, with fuscous suffusion and irrora-
tion; whole of costa suffused with fuscous; a transverse
fuscous mark near base; an inwardly oblique straight fuscous
line from mid-costa to 4 dorsum, between which and. base
the disc is suffused with pale-fuscous; a median transverse
fuscous discal mark; an incomplete fuscous line from #? costa
towards tornus; a terminal series of dark-fuscous dots on
veins; cilia ochreous-whitish, at apex and tornus fuscous, and
interruptedly fuscous on costa. Hindwings with rounded
apex, termen slightly excavated; whitish; a transverse fus-
cous fascia before middle; a broad fuscous terminal band ;
an interrupted dark-fuscous terminal line; cilia fuscous.

Type in Coll. Turner.

N.Q., Kuranda, in August; one specimen (Dodd). Q,
Brisbane ; one specimen (Illidge).

TINEODES HOLOPH#A, N. sp.
(Holophaios, wholly dusky.)

g, 19 mm. Head and palpi fuscous. Antenne fus-
cous; ciliations in ¢ 1$. Thorax and abdomen fuscous with

109

dull purple reflections; apices of abdominal segments more or
less whitish ; tuft ochreous-whitish. Legs pale fuscous; tarsi
annulated with whitish; posterior pair except tarsi whitish.
Forewings elongate-triangular, costa straight to #, then
strongly bowed, apex acute, termen doubly sinuate, strongly
oblique; fuscous with dull purple reflections; markings ob-
scure, ochreous-brown; a line from } costa to # termen; a
linear median discal mark preceded ,by a whitish area; a
_ posterior line from beneath ? costa, sinuate, to # dorsum; a
fine terminal line; cilia fuscous barred with ochreous-whit-
ish. Hindwings with apex rather pointed, termen slightly
excavated ; colour as forewings; cilia fuscous.

Type in Coll. Lyell.

N.Q., Kuranda, in November ; one specimen received from
Mr. F. P. Dodd.

110

NEW AUSTRALIAN LEPIDOPTERA.—NO. XXV.

By Oswatp B. Lower, F.Z.S., F.E.8., etc.

[Read August 4, 1908.]

NOCTUID.
AGROTIN 4.
*MELICEPTRIA FLAVITINCTA, 0. Sp.

Q, 34 mm. Head, palpi, thorax, and abdomen pale
yellow. Legs pale yellow tinged with fuscous. Forewings
elongate, moderate, costa gently arched, termen rounded
oblique; pale yeliow, with dark fuscous, moderately thick,
mares short basal fascia; a strongly waved fascia from
costa at 4 te dorsum at 4, with an elongate projection out-
wards below middle; a moderately large round discal spot;
a transverse fascia, somewhat waved, from costa just beyond
middle, reaching only half across wing; a waved fascia from
just beyond last fascia, from beneath costa to dorsum at #
strongly bowed on upper half; a transverse fascia beyond
this and parallel, more or less broken into spots and becoming
obsolete in middle; a row of spots along termen; cilia pale
yellow with fuscous spots at extremities of veins. ‘Hindwings
with termen rounded; pale yellow; a broad fuscous band
along termen; cilia pale yellow.

Derby, Western Australia. One specimen (without
date).

PROTEUXOA EUGLYPTA, N. Sp.

Q, 34 mm. Head, palpi, antenne, and thorax brown-
ish-fuscous, mixed with whitish, thorax with a narrow trans-
verse anterior whitish band, anteriorly edged with a fine
line of black; a short transverse blackish bar above middle
of thorax, and two more or less quadrate spots on posterior
half, upper largest, patagia broadly white, with a fine fus-
cous anterior line. Legs fuscous, sprinkled with white, tibiz
and tarsi banded with white. Forewings elongate-moderate,
costa straight, termen rounded, faintly waved; ochreous-
fuscous, with whitish markings, finely edged with black; a
spot at base; a strongly waved moderately thick transverse
fascia, from costa near base, reaching more saa half across
wing; a tridentate oblique fascia from costa at 4 4 to 4 dor-
sum, “connected with previous fascia in middle by a short

* The names preceded by an asterisk were kindly suggested
by Sir G. Hampson, to whom I am indebted for considerable help

in determining many species.

ke

111

bar; orbicular, ovoid, large, with a black central spot; reni-
form large, both portions black centred, a round spot be-
tween dorsum and orbicular; a short oblique mark just above
reniform; a row of lunate marks forming a moderate fas-
cia, from costa at 2 to dorsum at %, curved outwards in
middle; a somewhat suffused subterminal line, from costa at
apex, where it is broadest to anal angle, slightly indented
in middle; a row of small posteriorly black-edged lunate
marks along termen; cilia fuscous, mixed with white. Hind-
wings with termen unevenly waved; pale whitish-ochreous ;
a moderately broad dull fuscous transverse fascia, from ¢ to
dorsum at #, broader on lower half and suffusedly continued
narrowly along dorsum to base; a parallel fascia just be-
yond, from costa at 2 to anal angle; a fine fuscous line along
termen ; cilia grey-whitish.
Bolivar, South Australia. One specimen; in April.

PROTEUXOA DELOPTIS, 0. sp.

2, 36 mm. Head, palpi (antenne broken), legs, and
thorax dark ochreous-fuscous, minutely mixed with black
and whitish scales; markings white, obscurely indicated; a
short fascia at base; a waved fascia from } of costa to }
dorsum, very obscure on lower half; orbicular and reniform
well developed, edged with blackish, and with a black cen-
tral spot in each; a spot on costa above reniform ; four other
small spots on costa between this and apex; a waved line
from beneath costa at # to dorsum at #, anteriorly edged
with blackish; a suffused whitish subterminal line; a row
of black spots along termen, anteriorly edged with whitish ;
cilia dark fuscous, mixed with whitish. Hindwings with
termen unevenly waved; whitish; a fuscous suffusion at
apex; a fine line along termen; cilia grey-whitish.

Dundas, Western Australia. One specimen, in Novem-
ber.

ACRONYCTIN &.
PROMETOPUS METANEURA, RD. Sp.

36 Q, 25-28 mm. Head reddish fuscous, palpi and
antenne fuscous. Legs, thorax, and abdomen grey-whitish,
thorax with anterior narrow ferruginous band. Forewings
elongate, moderate, costa nearly straight, termen rounded
oblique; dull grey-whitish irregularly mixed with darker fus-
cous and sparsely and suffusedly mixed with orange reddish
scales; a short red streak along fold, from base to 4; orbi-
cular and reniform red, both more or less centred with whit-
ish, posterior half of reniform sometimes wholly whitish ;
3 fuscous equidistant costal spots near base, at + and } re-
spectively; a curved series of fuscous dots from costa at 3

112

to dorsum at #; a dull reddish fuscous shade beyond through-
out, limited by a waved tridentate line; space between this
and termen pale ochreous-reddish; a black line along ter-
men, interrupted and forming spots; cilia dull fuscous red-
dish. Hindwings fuscous, basal area whitish; an obscure
fuscous discal spot, line along termen as in forewings; cilia
silvery-white, fuscous around apex.

Broken Hill, New South Wales; Adelaide, South Aus-
tralia. Several specimens; in March, April, and November.

LYMANTRIADA.
CoLUSSA PSAMMOCHROA, 0. sp.

¢,04mm. Head, palpi, thorax, and abdomen ochreous-
grey, strongly mixed with ferruginous-fuscous, last three ab-
dominal segments fuscous. Antenne whitish, pectinations
10, fuscous. Legs ochreous-grey. Forewings elongate,
triangular, costa nearly straight, termen gently bowed, very
faintly waved; pale ochreous-whitish, with fuscous markings ;
a rather broad, curved fascia from costa at 4 to 4 of dor-
sum, edged anteriorly by a line of blackish and having on its
posterior edge a black-edged spot in cell; a moderate
black elliptic ring in end of cell, centred with ground
colour ; a second fascia, slightly broader than first, from costa
at # to dorsum at #, anteriorly edged by a waved line, which
is separated from fascia by a narrow line of ground colour;
posterior edge of fascia waved, and limited by a waved black
line throughout; cilia greyish-ochreous. Hindwings pale
greyish-ochreous, basal hairs dense, ochreous; a suffused fus-
cous discal spot; second fascia as in forewings, but much
paler, becoming distinct on posterior edge only, underside of
wings as above, markings of upper side reproduced; discal
spots strongly reproduced ; hindwings with two black, white
centred discal spots at 4 and before middle, first smaller.
In the neighbourhood of ocellata, Walk.

Cockburn, South Australia. One specimen; at light.

PSYCHID.
OIKETICUS ARISTOCOSMA, 2. sp.

3, 60mm. Head and face bright orange. Thorax and
abdomen black, patagia orange, thorax beneath orange, ab-
dominal segments broadly orange, excepting first segment
which is black. Antenne black, pectinations at greatest
length 10, on apical half 1. Legs black. Forewings very
elongate, costa nearly straight, termen very oblique, con-
tinuous with dorsum; velvety black, all veins outlined in
whitish; cilia dark-fuscous. Hindwings very small, some-
what isosceliform; apex bluntly prominent, termen rather

113

strongly sinuate; anal angle produced; colour, markings, and
cilia as in forewings. Case:—Fusiform. Yellowish-ochreous
internally, externally thickly covered with very fine needle-
like pieces of grass, and ornamented with the portions of
(? Juncus) stems, placed indiscriminately throughout, but
always with sharp point directed forward, generally about
25 mm. long and fairly conspicuous. These being shorter
towards the terminal portion of case. Length of entire
cocoon, 84 inches; breadth, at greatest, 1 inches. This mag-
nificent creature is probably the largest Psychid yet dis-
covered. The nearest approach to it for size is Huwmeta
maxima, Butl. (53 mm.), from the Duke of York Island.
The present species is closely allied to O. elongatus, but is
very different in the imago and formation of cocoon. If
any intermediate forms are discovered it may possibly prove
to be a geographical form of that species, yet I scarcely think
so. Larva unknown.

Kuranda, Queensland. One specimen, from Mr. F. P
Dodd; bred in January.

PLUTORECTIS THERMACULA, D. sp.

o, 22 mm. Head, thorax, and abdomen black. An-
tenne and legs fuscous, antennal pectinations at greatest
length 8. Forewings elongate, moderate, costa gently arched,
termen hardly rounded oblique; 4 and 5 stalked; 8 and 9
stalked; 7 separate from 8; dark fuscous; a dull ochreous
spot, resting on vein | in middle; cilia black. Hindwings
with termen rounded; 4 and 5 long stalked; 6 and 7 re-
mote; dark fuscous, lighter than forewings and somewhat
bronzy-tinged; cilia dark fuscous. Distinct by its black
colouring and ochreous spot on forewings.

Kuranda, Queensland. One specimen; bred by Mr. F.
P. Dodd in January. A second specimen from Cooktown
(E. A. Olive) is apparently the same, but being abraded
admits of some doubt.

Case: —Cylindrical, tapering, thickly ornamented with
short thick pieces of stems of LHucalyptus sp., ranging
in length from 5 to 15 mm., those at the lower portion being
much shorter and the other gradually increasing in size until
the maximum is reached at the anterior portion, which is
generally attached to the food plant. The ornamentations
are placed indiscriminately, but when viewed vertically the
case has a triangular appearance, with the pieces of stem
protruding at intervals. The extreme height of case is 17
mm.; the apex, which is ornamented with small pieces of
Phyllodia, is about 5 mm. and the base about 15 mm. in
diameter. Larva unknown.

114

GEOMETRINA.
MONOCTENIADZ.
MoNOCcTENIA NIPHOSEMA, 2. sp.

?, 50 mm. Head and palpi dull reddish-carmine, palpi
beneath fuscous tinged, antenne ochreous, pectinations 1.
Thorax dull ochreous-carmine, becoming strongly suffused
with carmine on anterior half. Abdomen grey, mixed with
dull purple laterally and beneath. Legs ochreous, anterior
coxe dull carmine. Forewings elongate moderate, costa
slightly arched on basal third, slightly sinuate beyond middle,
termen rather strongly bowed, oblique, slightly sinuate

beneath apex, apex somewhat produced; dull ochreous-car-
- mine, median third strongly suffused with carmine; costal
edge ‘narrowly carmine throughout; a well-defined snow-white
spot in cell at + from base, faintly edged with fuscous; a
large dull fuscous spot in posterior extremity of cell; dusted
with whitish ochreous scales; a transverse fuscous line,
slightly curved outwards, from about 3 of costa to ? of dor-
sum ; a row of fuscous dots, considerably beyond but parallel
to line; cilia carmine tinged with fuscous. Hindwings with
termen moderately rounded ; greyish-ochreous, broadly tinged
with fuscous-purple along termen; cilia dull purplish.

Perth, Western Australia. One specimen ; in November.

DICHROMODES (?) TRIGLYPTA, Nn. sp.

(?Q2) 28 mm. Head, palpi, and thorax fuscous. (An-
tenne broken.) Abdomen ochreous. Legs fuscous. Fore-
wings elongate, triangular, costa nearly straight, termen
oblique; brownish-ochreous; a thick erect black line from
dorsum at 4 towards costa but hardly reaching it; an irregu-
larly waved moderately thick black line from costa at about
2 to dorsum at about %, with a sinuation outwards in middle,
edged posteriorly by its own width of clear white and anter-
iorly by its own width of light ferruginous; space between
this and erect line suffused with dull Bigs a well-
adn clear white line from costa at 2 to anal angle, with

a strong sinuation inwards just above middle, where it be-
comes thicker, strongly sinuate above and below this, edged
anteriorly by a thick dark fuscous shade throughout; a row
of fine white dots along termen; cilia ochreous-fuscous.
Hindwings with termen rounded ; pale ochreous-whitish ; faint
fuscous discal dot; two parallel pale fuscous waved lines, from
costa at # and #? respectively, reaching dorsum at % and 3
oe cilia pale ochreous.

Doubtfully referable to Dichromodes, the head being in
bad condition; it is a pretty and distinct insect.

Dundas, Western Australia. One specimen; in Novem-
ber.

115

TORTRICINA.
TORTRICIDA.
CAPUA PETROCHROA, N. Sp.

d, 18 mm. Head, palpi, antenne, and thorax pale
ochreous-yellow, thorax anteriorly fuscous tinged. Legs pale
ochreous-whitish. Forewings moderate, costa gently arched,
termen rather oblique; pale ochreous-yellow; costal edge
shortly strigulated with fuscous; outer edge of basal patch
fuscous, with a paler projection in middle; groundcolour be-
tween this and base deeper ochreous-yellow; median patch
yellowish fuscous,. moderately distinct, very oblique, anterior
edge well defined, posterior edge suffused into general ground-
colour, from middle of costa nearly to dorsum at anal angle;
a moderate fuscous triangular costal patch at 7; 3 trams-
verse series of pale yellowish-fuscous spots from costa between
triangular patch and apex, reaching more or less across wing,
first one becoming very clear on median portion; cilia pale
ochreous-yellow, mixed with darker. Hindwings and cilia
pale whitish-ochreous.

Birchip, Victoria. One specimen; in November.

CaPUA CERAMICA, Nn. sp.

dg, 20 mm. Head, palpi, antenne, and thorax reddish-
fuscous, palpi internally whitish. Abdomen grey. Legs
greyish mixed with fuscous. Forewings moderate, costa
gently arched, termen oblique, hardly bowed; reddish fus-
cous, irrorated with rows of transverse fuscous dots; basal
and median patches not indicated; a dull fuscous suffused
spot on upper edge of cell, at about middle; a similar but
larger spot at posterior end of cell, the transverse rows of
dots towards termen become more or less confluent, and ap-
pear as suffused streaks; cilia greyish, with fuscous and
ferruginous spots. Hindwings grey, strigulated throughout
with transverse rows of fuscous dots; cilia grey.

Monbulk, Victoria. One specimen; taken in September.

CAPUA OXYGONA, n. sp.

2,16 mm. Head, thcrax, antenne, and abdomen fus-
cous. Palpi and legs ochreous-white, legs fuscous tinged.
Forewings elongate, moderate, costa rather strongly arched,
termen oblique; light ochreous-fuscous; costa shortly strigu-
lated with fuscous; basal patch obsolete; anterior edge of
median patch moderately defined, very oblique, from costa
before middle to dorsum above anal angle; slightly sinuate
on upper half, curved on lower half; whole of wing beyond
this fuscous; posterior edge of median band very irregular

116

and gradually merged into groundcolour; a moderate red-
dish fuscous patch on middle of termen; cilia ochreous, with
a reddish fuscous spot opposite spot on termen. Hindwings
fuscous ; cilia grey, with a fuscous basal line.
Cooktown, Queensland. One specimen ; taken in Novem-
ber.
CONCHYLID.

PARAMORPHA PERILEUCA, Nl. sp.

3, 14 mm. Head and thorax white. Palpi very long,
white, sharply dark fuscous beneath. Antenne and legs
grey-whitish. Abdomen silvery grey, darker beneath. Fore-
wings elongate, moderate, costa hardly arched, termen
obliquely rounded; cinereous-grey-whitish, with numerous
blackish scales throughout forming a fine irroration; mark-
ings blackish, costal edge nearly blackish from base to
middle, beneath which is an elongate streak of clear whitish ;
two spots, obliquely placed near base; a spot below fold at
4, another on fold at 4, and a third midway above and be-
tween; two others larger and more distinct, transversely
placed, at end of cell; two or three obscure spots along lower
edge of whitish streak, sometimes absent; an ochreous fus-
cous suffusion in cell; four equidistant, short, oblique costal
streaks, between # and apex; a more or less interrupted line
along termen; cilia whitish with fuscous median and subter-
minal lines. Hindwings thinly scaled; grey-whitish; cilia
as in forewings. The smallest species of the genus.

Melbourne, Victoria. One specimen; in March. I
have seen two others from Castlemaine, Victoria.

TINEINA.
XYLORYCTIDA.

XYLORYCTA ARGYROTA, ND. Sp.

3d, 16 mm.; 9, 20 mm. Head, palpi, antenne, and
thorax silvery-whitish, palpi internally whitish. Abdomen
greyish ochreous, beneath broadly banded with fuscous. Legs
silvery-whitish, posterior pair ochreous. Forewings elongate,
moderate, costa gently arched, termen obliquely rounded; sil-
very-whitish, almost white in some specimens; a moderately
clear white costal streak, from base to 3, posteriorly attenu-
ated; veins towards termen obscurely outlined with pale fus-
cous; cilia whitish, faintly ochreous tinged. Hindwings
grey; cilia pale greyish-ochreous.

Henley Beach, South Australia. Fifteen specimens; in
March and November. Bred from stems of Juncus sp. The
larva form ball-shaped masses of grey flocculent down on the

a es

117

seed heads; sometimes there are three of these masses on one
stem, in others they are formed at the base of the stem,
and there become much larger.

CRYPTOPHAGA LASIOCOSMA, N. sp.

9, 54 mm. Head, palpi, antenne, thorax, legs, and
abdomen snow-white, antenne fuscous on terminal 4, thorax
ochreous anteriorly, abdomen with reddish segmental mar-
gins, first segment broadly banded with orange ochreous. Tarsi
banded with black. Forewings elongate, moderate, costa
gently arched, termen rounded, oblique, 2 from 4; shining
snow white; markings black, a spot near base; a larger one
in cell at 2, and another on fold in middle; one or two
black scales near tornus; cilia shining snow white. Hind-
wings and cilia shining snow white.

Kuranda, Queensland. One specimen, from Mr. F. P.
Dodd; bred in December.

Nearest Argyrias, Turn., but differs in the discal dots,
clear white hindwings, etc.

AGRIOPHARA PLATYSCIA, 0. Sp.

2, 36 mm. Head, palpi, antenne, and thorax, ashy-
grey-whitish, palpi beneath white. Abdomen grey. Legs
grey. Forewings elongate, moderate, costa arched rather
strongly, termen obliquely rounded; ashy-grey-whitish; a
broad, more or less interrupted longitudinal shade, from
base to apex, containing several short narrow blackish elongate
streaks, those towards termen (where shade is darker) being
especially prominent; extreme costal edge whitish, from be-
fore middle to apex; cilia ashy-grey-whitish. Hindwings and
cilia light greyish-fuscous. Easily known by the thick longi-
tudinal streak.

Tasmania. One specimen; probably in November.

G&COPHORIDE.
GUESTIA EURYBAPTA, N. Sp.

¢, 26 mm. Head, palpi, and thorax reddish-ochreous.
Antenne fuscous. Abdomen ochreous, segmental margins
silvery-grey. Legs fuscous, middle and posterior tibie and
tarsi banded with reddish-ochreous, posterior pair ochreous.
Forewings elongate moderate, costa gently arched, termen
rounded, apex rounded; reddish-ochreous, irrorated with
darker; a short dark fuscous streak along fold, from near
base to +, slightly curved upwards at posterior extremity ;
a suffused fuscous elongate streak at 4+ above middle; indi-
cations of a similar streak on fold slightly before; an obscure

118

leaden-fuscous suffused spot above anal angle, with a small
fuscous mark above on upper edge, groundcolour between
paler ochreous and spot-like; a curved series of semi-confluent
fuscous dots, from costa at % to dorsum above anal angle,
not indented ; a row of reddish elongate spots along termen ;
cilia reddish-ochreous, darker at base, becoming greyish-
ochreous on terminal third. Huindwings pale ochreous-grey ;
cilia pale greyish-ochreous, becoming ochreous at base.

Closely allied to Paradelpha, Low., but immediately
separated by the ochreous-grey hindwings.

Broken Hill, New South Wales. Four specimens (all
3); taken in April. |

TINEID.

HKUDRYMOPA CYANOLEUCA, n.- Sp.

36,20 mm. Head, palpi, and thorax dull bluish-white.
Antennz fuscous, serrated. Abdomen greyish. Legs grey,
more or less infuscated. Forewings elongate, moderate; costa
gently arched in middle; termen obliquely rounded; dull
bluish-white, with some scattered fuscous and chocolate dots ;
costal area slightly tinged with fuscous; a narrow chocolate
fascia, slightly curved outwards from costa at 4 to dorsum at
4; a chocolate apical patch; cilia bluish-white, mixed with
fuscous, and with a chocolate spot at apex. Hindwings with
termen somewhat pointed; pale fuscous; cilia fuscous grey.

Gisborne, Victoria. One specimen (Lyell). Mr. Lyell
bred this species; larva green, forming a slight silky cocoon
beneath the bark of Hucalyptus sp.

ScARDIA INCONCISELLA, WIk.

I have recently had occasion to examine the structure of
several specimens of this species, and as they present some
peculiarities I record them. The Jineide seldom maintain
the true or normal characters throughout. In the forewings
of one specimen before me vein 4 is present, 7 and 8 are
stalked (portion of 8 absent). In another, 7 and 8 are pre-
sent, but not stalked, and 4 is absent; and another, 7, 8, and
9 form a point, but not stalked, and 4 is absent.

ELACHISTID 2.
ELACHISTA LEUCOPHASA, N. sp.

2, 10 mm. Head, palpi, thorax, antennz, abdomen,
and legs white. Forewings lanceolate; white, strewn with
minute fuscous scales throughout, except along costa, which
is narrowly white; two rather obscure, pale fuscous streaks,
one along fold from base to about middle, the other along

se - a

Es

lower edge of cell; cilia white, rather thickly mixed with
fuscous. Hindwings narrow-lanceolate; grey; cilia pale
ochreous grey.

Semaphore, South Australia. One specimen, in Sep-
tember.

KE. (?) METALLIFERA, 0D. sp.

36 9, 8-10 mm. Head bronzy-ochreous, palpi orange,
terminal joint fuscous. Thorax fuscous, beneath metallic-
orange. Antenne fuscous, basal joint dull yellow. Abdomen
coppery-fuscous. Legs orange, banded with fuscous. Fore-
wings ovate-lanceolate, slightly dilated posteriorly ; orange; a
very broad shining metallic purplish patch, occupying median
# of wing; mixed with fuscous and containing on its costal
edge two somewhat triangular black spots; its anterior edge
with a few greenish metallic scales, posterior edge fiery
metallic-coppery; some greenish metallic scales at base of
wing; two narrow curved lines of groundcolour near
apex, separated by narrow streak of dull metallic-
coppery, which appears raised; a smaller mark, but
more obscure on lower edge of streak of groundcolour; cilia
dark fuscous. Hindwings and cilia bronzy-fuscous.

Townsville and Cairns (Vodd) and Duaringa, Queens-
land. Several specimens; in December.

_ LiMna@cta IDA, n. sp.

6 9, 8-10 mm. Head, palpi, thorax, and antenne
ochreous-white, second joint of palpi with a fuscous terminal
ring, becoming fuscous beneath towards base. Antenne
more or less annulated with fuscous, especially posterior
half. Abdomen dull ochreous, becoming broadly fuscous on
last three segments. Legs ochreous fuscous, tibize and tarsi
sharply banded with black. Forewings elongate, rather nar-
row; dark purplish-fuscous, with ochreous-white markings ;
a narrow oblique irregular band from } of costa to dorsal
streak at 4, edges waved; a similar streak from middle of
costa to very near extremity of dorsal streak, much nar-
rower on lower half; a third band formed into two roundish
spots, caused by groundcolour intervening from @ of cell to
dorsum near anal angle; a moderately thick ochreous-orange
streak along dorsum, from base to beyond middle; cilia dark
fuscous, with a moderately large whitish apical spot. Huind-
' wings lanceolate fuscous; cilia light fuscous.

Henley Beach, South Australia. Several specimens, bred
by my sister (to whom I have dedicated it) from larva feed-
ing in seed-heads of Juncus sp.; in November.

120

LIMNGCIA ZONOMACULA, 0. Sp.

2,20 mm. Head ochreous-white. Palpi ochreous-white,
terminal joint and lower 2 of second joint beneath dark

fuscous. Thorax dark purplish-fuscous. Antenne dark
purplish in middle, terminal fourth whitish-ochreous. Abdo-
men cchreous-yellow. Legs dark fuscous, posterior tibie

banded with ochreous-whitish, all tarsi ringed with ochreous-
yellow. Forewings lanceolate-ovate; very dark purplish fus-
cous, somewhat shining; 3 ochreous-white bands; first broad,
from 4 costa to % across wing; second from middle of costa
to 2 of wing, not quite reaching dorsum, somewhat crescentic ;
third, rather narrow from #? costa to anal angle, somewhat
curved outwards at lower extremity; cilia dark fuscous, with
an ochreous-white apical patch. Hindwings ovate lanceolate ;
dark fuscous.

Penola, South Australia. Two specimens; in October.
Mr. Meyrick has it' from Hoyleton, South Australia.

LIMNGCIA CROSSOMELA, N. sp.
QO, 22 mm. Head, palpi; antenne, and thorax ashy-

grey-iuscous. Legs ashy-grey, posterior pair yellow. Fore-
wings elongate, moderate, costa gently arched; ashy-grey-
whitish, mixed with fine fuscous scales; markings black; a
dot on fold at 4 from base; a second just above and slightly
before; a third in middle, lying on upper edge of cell; a
curved, somewhat lunate mark at end of cell; a moderately
thick line from costa at 2 to dorsum at 3, indented beneath
costa, thence curved to termination, where it becomes more
distinct ; a suffused row of marks along termen; cilia ashy-
grey-whitish. Hindwings with apex rather pointed; light
fuscous; cilia yellow.

Hoyleton, South Australia. One specimen (taken in
September probably); and one at Broken Hill, New South
Wales; in November. .

121

NOTES ON THE GEOLOGY OF THE MOUNT LOFTY RANGES
CHIEFLY THE PORTION EAST OF THE ONKAPARINGA
RIVER.

By W. G. Wootnovuen, D.Sc., F.G.S., Acting Professor in
Geology and Mineralogy, University of Sydney.

Puates I. anp II.
[Read May 5, 1908.}

The notes presented in this paper form a record of work
done during the years 1902 to 1904 inclusive, but principally
during the latter half of 1904.

It is not claimed that they give a complete description
of the district. The area is so large and its geographical
structure so complicated that it will require years of patient,
painstaking work before its intricacies can be unravelled. I
had hoped to carry out this research, but my removal to
Sydney brought my labours to a sudden conclusion. All I
can hope to do is to give a general account of my work in
its unfinished condition, and to suggest lines of research
which may be followed by future observers. My best thanks
are due to the officers of the Mines Department of South
Australia for obtaining a pass for me on the South Aus-
tralian railways, which enabled me to take journeys which
would otherwise have been beyond my means. Mr. Gill,
Under-Treasurer, also interested himself on my behalf, and
I would include him in this recognition.

I have also to thank the Rev. J. W. Gower for repeated
hospitality and advice as to routes, etc. To Mr. Stirling
Smeaton, B.A., I owe a debt of gratitude also. He
has interested himself much in my work, and has on many
occasions assisted me by obtaining information as to alti-
tudes, etc.

No detailed traverses were made along the strike of the
beds, as many of the correlations did not become obvious until
the observations were worked up recently. I traversed the
whole length of the railway lines of the district on foot, and
most of the main roads by bicycle, and made a number of
pedestrian excursions across country as well.

Mr. Howchin has given a complete and detailed account of
the geology of the western portions of the Mount Lofty area,

@) Trans. and Proc. Roy. Soc., §.A., vol. ‘xxviii. (1904)., p.
253. ee vol. xxx. (1906), p. 227. Aus. Assoc. Ad; Soc., vol.
as BP: :

122

and has summarized the literature, so that there is no neces-
sity for me to cover the ground he has so ably traversed.
These papers were not published at the time I was working in
South Australia.

The choice of the Onkaparinga as the western limit of
the area under discussion is not an arbitrary one. The river
follows a distinct axis of earth-structure; it is, in fact, a
typical subsequent stream. West of it there is considerable
monotony in the rocks. The dominant types are soft quartz
schists (of the Mount Lofty series) and hard quartzites.
Here and there, as at Carey’s Gully, and thence northward to
Forest Range, there is a strong belt of conglomerate con-
taining pebbles of titaniferous sandstone. Mr. Howchin has
shown this to be the basal bed of the Lower Cambrian, and
it will form a most useful datum-horizon for the detailed map-
ping of the area. On the Norton Summit-Woodside road
the conglomerate is interbedded (?) with an extremely tough
blue slate, vesicular in places, which is very much like the
non-boulder-bearing portions of the Sturt River glacial beds.
A little to the south of the Balhannah-Uraidla road the con-
glomerate is abruptly truncated by an east and west fault,
which causes it to abut against the blue slate. It appears
probable that this fault may be connected with the ore de-
position at the Balhannah Mine.

Neither blue slate nor conglomerate appears in the rail-
way cuttings between Bridgewater and Ambleside. Almost
the whole of this stretch of country is occupied by soft friable
sandstone, of the Mount Lofty species.

At Grunthal there occurs a well-marked shatter-zone.
The crushed rocks are much impregnated with iron, and in-
jected by large quartz veins. No doubt these phenomena are
responsible for the ore deposition at this point. A very pretty
example of extreme plication is shown by a series of slates
in the railway cutting close to the Ambleside down distant
signal. About a mile north-east of Ambleside there is ano-
ther occurrence of cellular blue slate, but it is doubtful
whether this is the same rock as that noted above at Forest
Range.

Coming now to the area with which I wish more par-
ticularly to deal, I shall first describe in some detail the
partial sections afforded by several routes.

Owing to the irregular way in which these lines of sec-
tion cross one another, it is difficult to devise any logical
method of presenting the observations. I shall, therefore,
give the details in approximately the order in which I ob-
served them. The first section to be described is that be-
tween Balhannah and Murray Bridge along the railway line.

123

Thoroughly crystalline schists are first met with about a
mile west of Mount Barker Junction. They have the char-
acter of tremolite- and actinolite-schists, passing in places
into a perfect tremolite rock. Their strike is north and south
and their dip vertical. From Mount Barker Junction for
about one and a half miles east we have soft friable white
quartz schists, lithologically like those of the Mount Lofty
series. Structurally they appear to be members of the schis-
tose series, though it is possible they form an outlier of the
Mount Lofty beds infolded into the older rocks.

About one and a half miles east of the Junction these
rocks are affected by a marked shatter-zone, and become
much veined with quartz. Approaching Nairne we pass
again to schists, which become spotted, owing to development
of incipient andalusite. This mineral increases in import-
ance until just to the east of Nairne Station the schist shows
well-marked knots of it. Rocks of this type are widely
developed amongst the schists of South Australia, and as I
shall have to refer to them frequently I shall coin the name
“Paringite” for them, after Paringa, a group of railway cot-
tages between Nairne and Callington, where they are typic-
ally developed.

Paringite is a moderately coarse, friable, silvery, mus-
covite-biotite-schist, with very wavy lamination, and with
very prominent “knots” or “eyes” of impure andalusite, which
may be upwards of an inch in diameter.

_ From the thirty-five and a half mile peg (about half a
mile east of Nairne) to the thirty-six and a half mile peg
the rocks (schist and quartzite) are much shattered, all the
evidence pointing to a zone of intense fracture. For some
distance east of the fracture-zone there is a notable discord-
ance between the dip of the beds and the dip of their cleav-
age planes. This discordance gradually disappears as we pass
eastwards, and is additional evidence of powerful earth move-
ment in the neighbourhood.

There is no outcrop of quartzite in the railway section
at all comparable with the immense mass of Mount Bar-
ker.) From the thirty-eight mile peg to about the forty-one
mile peg the character of the rocks is pretty uniform. They
consist of a thick series of mica schists, with occasional bands
of sericite schist. Their dip is very constantly about
KE. 5 deg. N. at from 30 deg. to 40 deg. Several small faults

_ (2)Mount Barker and Mount Barker town are nearly three
miles apart, so that there is considerable ambiguity in speaking
of Mount Barker. When the name is used in this paper it will
refer to the mount itself; when the town is intended it will be
specified.

124

leading to the N.N.E. appear about the thirty-nine and a half
mile peg. For more than a mile east of the forty-one mile
peg the dips again become disturbed, and another fracture-
zone 1s suggested in the neighbourhood of the railway cot-
tages at Paringa. The rocks are thrown into sharp folds.

At about forty-two and three-quarter miles from Ade-
laide another belt of paringite occurs. It is quite possible
that there may be two or more distinct horizons of this rock,
but I think it more probable that a single belt of it has
suffered repetition through heavy strike faults or by folding.
From this point to Callington the rocks are chiefly tough
mica- and chlorite-schists. At Callington itself the schists
are strongly mineralized, and the Callington Mine was at
one time an important ore-producer. There is a wide break
in the section here caused by the valley of the Bremer River,
which occupies a broad U-shaped valley. On the eastern
slope of this valley there is a very considerable area of sand-
dunes. These I think represent the advanced guard of the
Lake Alexandrina beach sands moving northwards along the
Bremer valley. Above the reach of the sand here the rocks
exposed consist of dark and very tough biotite schists, with
high angles of dip towards the E.S.E. These form a ridge
separating the Bremer valley from a much wider one -in
which Monarto hes. This valley, though possessing a well-
defined north and south trend, is not occupied by a stream
like the Bremer. The absence of a stream is to be accounted
for by repeated captures by small streams running direct to
the Murray, as, for instance, the Rocky Gully Creek, through
whose gorge the railway line passes.

Like the Bremer Valley, this one is much filled with
drift sand, which hides the bed-rock from view. Where the
sand-drifts have been stripped there are large areas of solid
ringing travertine. This formation, almost ubiquitous in
South Australia, is conspicuous by its absence or rarity in
the area between Nairne and Callington. In this area it is
prevented from forming partly by the comparatively high
and well-distributed rainfall, but mainly by the low lime
content of the schists. Its conspicuous developments near Mon-
arto, and thence, in patches, east to Murray Bridge, is due
to the occurrence of thin patches of tertiary limestone lying
on the upturned edges of the schists. The latter outcrop
at intervals over the floor of the valley, but do not give rise
to conspicuous features there. About two and a half miles
east of Monarto Station is the western boundary of a strip
of granite intrusive into the schists. Though this granite
has a considerable north and south extent, its width from east
to west is very little over one mile. While the schists on

125

both sides are thoroughly metamorphosed and recrystallized
the granite, though somewhat foliated, is not very highly
altered, showing that, while it has suffered from some of the
later earth movements, it is very considerably younger than
the schists.

Lying to the east of the granite there is'a wonderful
variety of rock types, the normal schists having undergone
extensive contact metamorphism. The resulting rocks are
well exposed in the cuttings through Rocky Gully. Close
to the granite contact are highly crystalline quartz schists,
with bundles of radiating tremolite needles. These are ex-
tremely handsome rocks in hand specimen. They are suc-
ceeded by very coarse felspathic biotite schists, through which
are numerous veins of pegmatite; in fact, there is a regular
lit par lit injection in places. Some of the schists in texture
and composition approach gneisses. In one of the pegmatite
veins two small crystals of beryl were observed: this occur-
rence is interesting, from the fact that the same mineral
occurs in the very coarse pegmatites of Williamstown, thirty-
eight miles to the north-west.

Between Rocky Gully and Murray Bridge no outcrops
other than eocene limestone are met with. As might be
expected, there is a very notable development of travertine.

_ The road sections approximately parallel with the rail-
way will now be described. Along the road from Oakbank
to Woodside there occur schists generally similar to those
met with just west of Mount Barker Junction. These bound
the Onkaparinga valley on the east; on the west occur less
schistose quartzites and slates, the river following the junc-
tion between the two series for a considerable distance.

The road section from Nairne to Callington via Dawes-
ley and Kanmantoo js also very interesting. For some two
and a half miles from the Railway Station at Nairne the
rocks are schists and quartzites similar to those encountered
along the railway line. Just to the east of the town is an
outcrop of quartzite lithologically similar to that forming
Mount Barker, but there is no trace of the. very strong fea-
ture formed by the Mount Barker escarpment. In a quarry
one and a half miles east of the town biotite schists are ex-
posed with a dip of W. 10 deg. S. at 85 deg., that is, in a
direction opposite to that of the dominant dips of the dis-
trict. It is probable that this reversal is caused by a very
sharp flexure, perhaps combined with faulting. A little far-
ther east the direction of dip is E. 10 deg. S. at varying
angles down to as low as 35 deg.

At about two and a half miles from Nairne there occurs
a thin band of extremely tough, vesicular, blue slate like

126

‘WoTzoos JO OUT] [eNzOe oY} JO YINOS oYy OF 90TBASTP q10ys @ ‘SS¥Ul Ie[No1yUey]
ul ‘njis ur savodde yorym ‘ofqiem Joyieg Juno; Jo wozT1oy

yyIa “4sTyos vor yoeTq ‘Gg ‘oqizqzaenb “pF +
‘AaMUV |

g faqyeuded ‘y foyBuried ‘g fszods eqtya 95.1]
_ouoysdeos,, ofdind ‘g ‘4styos oyourgoe ‘Z f4styos wor, “[—'aNada'T
INQOW OL ‘NOLSINVIG) ‘GUVANA\A WOUd NOIMLOAS TVOINOTONS) — °G ‘Sly

‘% ‘SY oo8 JayIVgG yunopy pue UOSTYe]G WooMyoq WOTZos JO s[lejop 10

—gq'N ‘souoz-1ezyeys “Gg
¢
8
‘fp {SqSTYOS O141[OUTIOR ‘@ {syoor Aqeys
‘LOAUNOO AIGLVWIXOUddV AINO ATIMOUG ‘aADaIUG AVUUAY, OL AONABL
INNO|. OL ALOT INNO, Wowd ‘aqaZIIVUaANayd

‘oqiueis oSpiig Aerainyy “6 | SISTYOS pue Sesstous Ay[nYH AYooYy
SoyIUBIS OFLBVUOTW ‘, ‘syisodep yuooot pue Areiqtey ‘g Sopyrourred “G :4sTyos Bort
‘co {qstyos zqzrenb pus oyizzreng ‘[T— angoa'T
‘WaMUuvg
AIAVUACISNOD ‘NOILOAG IvoOINOTOIH—T ‘SIT

Z |

JdAlysaIwaug
udjsIyeig
y ebuivedenug

J3Yseg WW

127

that described above (p. 122). It is to be noted that a
similar rock occurs in a railway cutting between Balhannah
and Ambleside. We cannot at present correlate these occur-
rences. It is quite possible that they are quite independent,
but the lithological characters are so peculiar and so strik-
ingly similar that they are worthy of careful study. Two
other exposures which should be compared with those above
noted are, the steep bluff forming the right bank of the
Onkaparinga close to Ambleside Station, and the long road
cutting about a mile from Forest Range, on the Lobethal
road. Typical mica schists continue for some distance past
Dawesley. About a mile past the bridge over Scott’s Creek,
and just past a little chapel on top of the hill, there is ano-
ther splendid exposure of paringite. This must be directly
connected with the exposure at the type locality on the rail-
way line (p. 123). The connection has not been mapped in.

From this point to Callington the road traverses the
schists in a direction not departing widely from their strike ;
the variety of rock types is, therefore, not great. There is
a general tendency towards increasing metamorphism, with
extensive development of muscovite. This mineral is often in
porphyritic crystals lying across the schistosity.

Shortly after passing Kanmantoo a very perfect S-shaped
fold is visible on the hill slope, about a quarter of a mile
west of the road. Close to Callington the schists are much
shattered and injected with quartz veins. Some of these
veins are slightly felspathic, showing that they represent the
limiting members of a series of pegmatite dykes.

From Callington to Murray Bridge the road follows the
railway line so closely that there is practically no difference
between the sections they reveal. The width of the Monarto
granite belt is practically the same on the road as it is on
the railway.

On the right bank of the river at Murray Bridge a few
outcrops of granite occur. This rock is quite different in
character from the Monarto granite. It has not been sectioned,
as all the exposures are too rotten. The rock is reddish in
colour, more coarsely crystalline, and much more gneissic
in texture than the Monarto rock. It contains fairly large
pink phenocrysts of orthoclase.

Another very instructive road section is seen between
Callington and Mount Barker Town, via the Bremer road.
For the first four and a half miles from Callington the road
(to Strathalbyn) following the Bremer River runs _prac-
tically along the strike of the beds, so that very little variety
is met with. Muscovite schists, like those noted above, are
the chief types. It is extremely difficult to obtain readings

128

of dip, on account of the cleavage and fissility which the
rocks display. In one case the planes of dip and fissility
slope westerly, and that of the cleavage easterly, all at high
angles.

At four and a half miles south of Callington the road
to Mount Barker leaves the Strathalbyn road and turns
west, so that the strike of the bed is once more crossed. Con-
siderable variety is seen amongst the schists, including white
and grey friable muscovite schists, and very tough, black
biotite schists. In all these beds the dip is generally a little
south of east, at angles varying from 65 deg. to as little
as 32 deg.

On the west these pass into white quartzites, which,
however, make nothing like so strong a feature as the Mount
Barker mass. These quartzites in colour and texture are
more like a rock from Tanunda “) (given me by my colleague,
Mr. Howchin) than any other I have met with in South
Australia. .

This lithological resemblance is not an accident, but is a
very important clue (see p. 131).

West of the quartzite band, and about a mile east of
the little hamlet of Morning Star,‘ a very strong outcrop of
paringite occurs; this lies between the occurrences at
Mount Barker and at Gemmel’s Station. Just west of the
village is a strong development of marble. It is very coarse
in grain, and has all the appearance of the Angaston marble
(see also p. 131). From the marble quarry to Mount Bar-
ker town there is very little conspicuous outcrop of rock.
The soil suggests much soft black schist, and I have noted
“ferruginous slate.” It is probable that this is really the very
persistent and important band of purplish “soapstone,” which
will be described later. I failed to recognize it at the time.

Between Mount Barker town and Echunga there is a
series of mottled purplish schists, interspersed with thin-
bedded quartzites, which give rise to a very pronounced fea-
ture. There is plentiful evidence of heavy earth movement
in this area, and it appears to be a definite shatter-zone.
West of the quartzite belt we meet with soft schists, in
which appear spots suggestive of development of incipient
andalusite crystals. These continue to the town of Echunga.

(3) Trans. Roy. Soc., S.A., vol. xxviii. (1904), p. 203.

(4)I am a little uncertain as to exact distances at this part
of my journey, as my pencil notes are very indistinct. It is
possible that the hamlet is Wistow, and not Morning Star. The
outcrop of paringite shown on the map may be a good deal
out of place.

a

129

West of the township, on the bush road to the Echunga
diggings, there occurs a rock of facies quite different from
any other I have seen in this part of South Australia. It
is a coarse quartzose grit, strongly cemented with silica. At
first sight it recalls some varieties of the desert sandstone
met with in the far northern parts of the State. It forms
a thin capping unconformable on the upturned edges of the
schistose rocks, and by differential weathering gives rise to
a steep, though not high, escarpment. The change from
schist to grit is very strongly marked by the vegetation,
which upon the latter is characterized by abundance of
grass-tree. It is possible that this grit may be an outlier of
upland miocene.

From Echunga to Macclesfield the road cuts obliquely
across the strike of the beds, and shows a section somewhat
similar to that between Mount Barker and Echunga. For
the first three miles the rocks are soft, sandy schists, which
give very little surface outcrop. At this point a belt of
soft, shaly, mottled soapstone occurs, similar to rocks at
Nairne, Blakiston, and west of Mount Barker town, and,
like the former two at any rate, used as a building stone.
Just west of Macclesfield is a strong belt of quartzite, very
like the rocks just west of Mount Barker town and others be-
tween Blakiston and Mount Barker. East of Macclesfield is a
broad belt of grey sandy mica schist, followed by alternate
tough and friable schists. Some of these contain knots of
andalusite, though the latter is nowhere so strongly deve-
loped as in the typical paringite. Mica schists of the
same general character continue all the way to Strathalbyn.
Most of the dips measured along this section are in direc-
tions between east and south-east, and at angles which in
contrast with those generally obtained in the district are
low, averaging between 45 deg. and 50 deg. Along the
railway line, Gemmel’s to Bugle Ranges, there is a great ex-
posure of paringite, alternating with schists, which have
not the large phenocrysts of andalusite, this being the most
southerly locality at which I have observed thoroughly typi-
cal paringite.

The sections described so far have all been of consider-
able extent, and only the broad features of them have been
given. An extremely interesting and very important sec-
tion between Blakiston and Mount Barker has been ex-
amined in considerably more detail, though even here much
remains to be done. Many of the points of resemblance
to other sections did not strike me until I began to work up
my results recently.

Fig. 2 represents this section.

E

130

On the west, between Blakiston Church and “Wyn-
yard,” the residence of Rev. J. Gower, the rocks are actinolite
schists of various types. The knoll upon which Wynyard
stands is composed of the purplish rock which I have else-
where designated soapstone, and has furnished the build-
ing stone for the house. Exactly similar rock, also used as
a building stone, occurs about half a mile south of Nairne
Station. We then have a series of solid quartzites, which
make strong outcrops. These give place to soft, very dark
schists, which have worn down to form the bed of the creek.
On the actual line of section there is no sign of marble,
but less than a mile to the south there is a very strong out-
crop of very coarse crystalline limestone like that of Angas-
ton. I have, therefore, included it in the section. East of
the limestone belt we have dark schists in which light spots
begin to appear. These spots increase in size and abund-
ance, and the rock passes into typical paringite. In-
truded along the bedding planes of these schists is a narrow
dyke or sill of coarse pegmatite. Eastward the paringite
gives place to a great thickness of quartzites. These are for
the most part flaggy in structure, though the huge mass
of Mount Barker is as solid as the great belt of quartzite at
Mitcham and Burnside, near Adelaide.

Summary of Geological Descriptions.— East of the Onka-
paringa there exists an immense thickness of crystalline
schists of a variety of types. These have pretty uniformly
high dips between east or south-east, and there are few in-
stances of reversal of these dips. These facts led Professor
Tate to the conclusion that the schists formed the upper
portion of a continuous series many thousands of feet in
thickness, and building the Mount Lofty Ranges. Their age
he believed to ba pre-Cambrian. It has been shown by Mr.
Howchin that the western part of this series is lower Cam-
brian, and the same observer has proved the existence of a
basal conglomerate to this system resting unconformably on
pre-Cambrian rocks near Aldgate and other places. The
general conformity in dip throughout the Mount Lofty Ranges.
is very misleading.

The rocks of the schist series east of the Onkaparinga
are lithologically much more highly metamorphosed than
those of the lower Cambrian, and though stratigraphical data
are, as yet, incomplete, there is little doubt that Professor
Tate was right in classing them as pre-Cambrian.

It is probable that they do not form a continuous series
for the whole distance, some thirty miles, between the Onka-
paringa and the Murray, but that the beds have been re-
peated by strike faulting and by heavy folding. Certain

131

shatter-zones have been indicated in this,paper. The reason
why the folding, if such occurs, is not obvious, and does not
cause reversal of dips, is probably that the movements have
been so intense that the anticlines and synclines have been
overfolded and converted into a series of isoclines.

To decipher the structure in a region of such complexity
as this it is absolutely essential to recognize persistent hori-
zons and to map such horizons out in detail.

I claim to have discovered several such _ persistent
horizons : —

(i.) The remarkable knoten-schiefer, which I have called
“paringite,’ has been observed at so many isolated points
along approximately the same line of strike that its value as
a persistent horizon is practically demonstrated. It makes
a good surface outcrop, which should be easily followed.

(ii.) The associated crystalline limestone appears to
occur only in lenticular beds of considerable extent, but,
nevertheless, should prove to be a valuable horizon for map-
ping purposes. An outcrop of it occurs at Bull’s Creek.

(ii1.) The purplish rock which, for want of a _ better
name, I have called ‘‘soapstone,” appears to be persistent.
I know of several places where it occurs, and is used as a
building stone.

(iv.) The white saccharoidal quartzite described on
page 128 may be found of value.

(v.) The belt of tremolite and actinolite schists typically
developed west of Mount Barker Junction is characteristic,
but yields little surface outcrop.

It is to be noted that all the ahove horizons occur in
the Angaston district, forty miles to the north of Blakiston,
in the same relative positions as they occur at Blakiston,
showing their remarkable persistence, and indicating their ex-
treme value as stratigraphical landmarks.

Suggestions to Future Observers.—I may perhaps be per-
mitted to make a few suggestions which will enable future
observers to save some time in preliminary investigations. I
think the Blakiston to Mount Barker (mount) section should
be carefully studied, and the area just to the north and
south of it. I believe this section will afford the key to very
much of the geology of the district. I then suggest that the
observer become familiar with the paringite in some of its
typical occurrences, and then systematically map this import-
ant formation. In doing so many other problems will be
suggested.

I think it likely that the valley in which Mount Barker
town lies is the axis of an important fold; the sections from
Mount Barker town to Echunga, and from Echunga to Mac-

R2

132

clesfield, appear to be somewhat similar to the Blakiston sec-
tion, but in reverse order.

Finally, I beg to suggest that the immense series of
rocks of, almost certainly, pre-Cambrian age, should receive
a distinctive name. Mr. Howchin has used the name Mount
Lofty series for the lower Cambrian rocks to the west of the
range, and I propose that the rocks described in the pre-
sent paper be grouped as the Barossa series (or ‘““Barossian”’),
from their extensive development in the Barossa Ranges.
Some such name will, I feel sure, be found necessary in deal-
ing with the enormous mass of pre-Cambrian rocks in South
Australia. I am fairly familiar with rocks of this group in
other parts of the State, and, on lithological grounds, I am
persuaded that it will be necessary to recognize at least three
included series represented respectively by the basement
complex rocks of Eyre Peninsula and the islands of Spen-
cer Gulf, by the series in Yorke Peninsula typically deve-

loped at Ardrossan, and by the rocks I have termed
- Barossian.

PETROGRAPHICAL DESCRIPTIONS OF SOME OF THE MORE IMPORT-
ANT Rock TYPES.

Rocky Guuiiy, between Monarto and Murray Bridge.
Hornbiendic gneiss, completely granular, with very uniform
grainsize, about ‘25 mm. on an average. Texture thor-
oughly schistose (hornoblastic). Quartz is the most abundant
mineral present in rounded and ovoid grains. These are
full of little circular flakes of biotite and very numerous
liquid and gas inclusions. These cavities are very irregular
in shape, and some are comparatively large in size; some of
them have “spirit-level bubbles,” others have bubbles show-
ing spontaneous movement.

There is a good deal of albite in perfectly round grains.
Most of it is untwinned, but some shows twinning after albite,
carlsbad, and pericline laws. Measurements show it to be an
almost pure albite. In addition to the albite there is some
orthoclase distinguished by its refractive index. Owing to
the absence of twinning in much of the albite, it is difficult
to estimate the relative abundance of the felspars accurately ;
the albite is certainly predominant. Both felspars are clear
of inclusions. Biotite flakes are fairly abundant, and have
very marked parallel orientation. They are intergrown with
muscovite, and contain inclusions of magnetite. There is a
little muscovite, mostly intergrown with biotite, but partly
independent also. Some of the latter is developed across
the schistosity of the rock.

. 133

Hornblende is not abundant, but occurs in largish, irregu-
lar flakes developed across the schistosity, and containing
inclusions of all the other minerals.

There is a little zircon, sphene, and rutile in small cry-
stals and grains.

There are a few curious pseudomorphs present. These
are square in cross section, and consist of a fibrous brownish
aggregate of radiating fibres with weak double refraction.
Their size is very minute, and I have not been able to deter-
mine the mineral. In another specimen from the same locality
hornblende is somewhat more abundant.

Rocky Guuiy. Buotite gneiss.—In general characters
very like the rock described above. It has no hornblende.
In addition to albite and orthoclase, a small amount of
anorthoclase is present. Biotite is partly bleached to a light
bluish green material, which is almost uniaxial. This bleach-
ing is accompanied by the separation of brilliant golden yel-
low webs of “‘sagenite,’ or of beautiful little six-rayed
rosettes of the same material. Sometimes these rosettes are
arranged on an axis, the whole very strikingly resembling
in shape a Norfolk Island pine. There is also a good deal
of orange-red primary rutile present. Some of the iron ore
is ilmenite, and is decomposing into or intergrown with rutile.

Rocky GuuiLty. Pegmatite.—Rock is coarse in grain,
and consists essentially of quartz and felspars.

Quartz is in large grains of irregular shape, some of
which show no strain structures, though most have undu-
lous extinction, or are granulated. The quartz contains
small gas and liquid inclusions of very minute size. Felspars
are remarkable for their variety. Orthoclase, anorthoclase,
albite, and oligoclase-albite are all present, and can be dis-
tinctly differentiated. They are all rather decomposed, and
show a considerable amount of strain. There is a little
biotite present in long thin flakes, often bent and broken.
It is partly intergrown with muscovite, and partly decom-
posed into talc.’

Muscovite is very subordinate in amount. In addition
to that noted above, there are flakes developed as inclusions
in the felspars parallel to the zonary lines, indicating traces
of potential crystal edges. (Plate i1., fig. 1.)

Rocky GULLY. Pegmatite. —Very similar to the last
one on the whole. Felspar is more abundant than quartz,
and a good deal of it shows “moirée” structure. All stages
are observed, from perfectly untwinned orthoclase, through
orthoclase with slightly undulous extinction (obviously the
result of strain) to “moirée mikroklin,”’ and ultimately to

“gitter mikroklin” structure. The twinning is always so fine

134

as to give superpositions within the thickness of the slide, so
that measurements cannot be satisfactorily made. This fel-
spar is granophyrically intergrown with quartz.

Oligoclase is also present in fairly idiomorphic crystals
which show no sign of mechanical strain. Round the edges
of some of the oligoclase crystals there is a pegmatitic ‘nter-
growth with quartz.

Quartz grains are fairly large. All show strain effects
from undulous extinction to complete shattering.

Biotite present in small amount, pleochroism from dark-
green-brown to yellow, shows dark halos round included
zircon. Muscovite very scarce.

A little apatite is scattered through the rock.

RAILWAY LINE BETWEEN CALLINGTON AND MONARTO, at
the forty-eight mile post. Bvotite schist. Perfectly granular
with very fine grainsize. Thoroughly schistose. Light and
dark constituents about equally abundant. The former in-
clude chiefly quartz and acid felspar. Recrystallization is
complete, and there is no trace of undulous extinction. The
felspar is almost entirely untwinned.

The dark-coloured material is chiefly biotite of a clove-
brown colour.

There is a notable amount of muscovite present in largish
flakes whose lengths lie across the schistosity.

As accessory minerals we have a little tourmaline with
pleochroism colourless to brown, and a little zoisite in rounded
grains. No garnet is to be seen.

Near Kanmantoo. Biotite schist.—Finely granular and
completely schistose. Quartz and biotite are the most
abundant constituents, the latter being dark-brown. A little
untwinned acid felspar is present, but much less than in any
of the other rocks so far described. There are grains and
flakes of magnetite and a few microscopic garnets; also an
occasional prism of rutile. A fair amount of muscovite is
present in porphyritic flakes lying across the schistosity and
containing ovules of quartz.

First Rarbway CuTtine west oF CaLitineton. Chlorite
schist.—The texture is markedly porphyritic, the grainsize
of the base being uniform and fine (about (025 mm.).

There is no felspar discernible in the base, which is
essentially composed of thoroughly granular quartz and brown
biotite, with subordinate amounts of muscovite and ilmenite.
Biotite and ilmenite both have extremely minute orange webs
and rosettes of “‘sagenite” like those above described (p. 133),
but on a much finer scale. There is a little tourmaline and
a fair amount of rutile also. The rock is rendered porphyritic
by clinochlore in irregular flakes up to about 1°5 mm. across

135

by about ‘5 mm. thick. This mineral is light greasy green
in colour, with pleochroism from light bluish-green to darker
green. There are abundant very minute inclusions (zircon 2),
round which are dark halos. The optical character is almost
uniaxial and positive. In vertical sections twinning is seen,
giving symmetrical extinctions of 54 deg. The flakes lie across
the schistosity at irregular angles, and contain much of the
groundmass.

Another very peculiar feature of the rock is the occur-
rence of pseudomorphs of light-coloured materials. The
original mineral was porphyritic, and slightly larger than the
chlorite. It was probably andalusite, as we encounter this
mineral very strongly developed a short distance to the west
of the present locality. The material composing the pseudo-
morphs is a granular mixture of about two-thirds muscovite
and one-third quartz. They contain very little biotite
and magnetite. In shape they are lozenge-shaped and dis-
torted. (Plate 11., fig. 2.)

BETWEEN CALLINGTON AND PaRINGA.—The rock in hand
specimen is silvery and lustrous, perfectly fissile, and shows
abundant small dark spots in a fine groundmass. Round these
“knots” the groundmass exhibits flow structure.

Under the microscope the rock is found to consist of about
equal proportions of fine groundmass and porphyritic aggre-
gates. The groundmass is composed chiefly of light-brown
biotite, in flakes about ‘004 mm. in average diameter, and
quartz of about the same order of size. A little muscovite
and tables of ilmenite are present.

The aggregates, which in hand specimen appear like
porphyritic crystals, are found to vary considerably in char-
acter. Some appear as ovoid areas very ill-defined, and are
distinguished from the groundmass by their lighter colour.
The minerals composing such an aggregate are quartz mus-
covite, biotite, ilmenite, and dark chlorite in grains and
flakes, with average dimensions of about (05 mm. The lght-
coloured constituents are more abundant than the dark, and
in the better defined aggregates make up fully 90 per cent.
of the material. There is no trace of parallel arrangement
of the plates in some of the aggregates, but in most of them
the muscovite tables have their large surfaces parallel to
the plane of schistosity of the rock. Between crossed nicols
these aggregates are much more conspicuous than in ordinary
hght, owing to the contrast between the polarization colours
of quartz and biotite.

Other aggregates are in the form of fairly well-defined
polygonal areas, more or less distorted, in which the minerals
are clear muscovite and dark-green chlorite in large flakes.

136

Individual flakes may be as much as 1 mm. by 5 mm.
Ilmenite in small grains is scattered through the aggregates
just as it is through the groundmass. In these chlorite-
muscovite aggregates the chlorite is usually central, and
the muscovite peripheral, though there is a good deal of mutual
penetration.

Between the two extreme types of aggregates described
above there are numerous transitional types in which the
grainsize is intermediate between the limits given, and the
amount of quartz and biotite varies also. The aggregates
run up to about 2 mm. diameter.

In addition to these aggregates there are also some in-
dependent porphyritic crystals of clinochlore about ‘4 mm.
by (05 mm. These possess characters exactly similar to
those described in the preceding rock. (Plate 1., fig. 3.)

WyrnyarpD, Buaxiston. Scapolite amphibolite.—The
rock consists essentially of actinolite and scapolite. The struc-
ture answers admirably to the description of poikiloblastic
structure given by Grubermann.

Actinolite is the most abundant constituent. At first
sight it appears to be irregularly scattered about in stumpy
rods, here and there aggregated into masses. The masses
are, however, crystal grains, and the surrounding rods are in
optical continuity with them. The optical orientations of
adjacent areas are quite independent, and are in no way
determined by the schistosity of the rock.

The scapolite is perfectly colourless, and forms a base
in which the actinolite is scattered. It is optically continuous
over wide areas whose boundaries are extremely irregular.
The refractive index is notably greater than that of Canada
balsam, and the deuble refraction quite strong. The mineral
is uniaxial and negative. There is little trace of cleavage,
and the mineral is remarkably fresh. In places there is a
tendency towards fibrous structure, probably pointing to in-
cipient decomposition. Adjacent fibres show marked differ-
ences of double refraction. When the lengths of the fibres
are parallel to the plane of vibration of the light no Becke’s
effect 1s noticeable between them, but when they are rotated
through a right angle marked differences of refractive index
are apparent.

Biotite pleochroic in red-brown to light yellow tints is
abundant locally through the rock. There is plenty of grey-
ish sphene in small fusiform grains. Fine iron ore is scat-
tered through the rock, particularly in the actinolite.

Wynyard, Buaxiston. (This rock and the preceding
one are from a well.) Amphibolite.—The rock is somewhat

137

similar to that last described, but lacks the diablastic struc-
ture. In this rock the structure is porphyroblastic.

The constituent minerals are abundant light green
actinolite, and felspar, sphene, vesuvianite, magnetite, and
decomposition products.

Light green actinolite makes up about 75 per cent. of
the rock. It occurs in idioblasts, about ‘2 mm. in diameter,
with strong suggestions of crystallographic boundaries in the
vertical zone. The pleochroism is weak from colourless to
light green, extinction on (010) is 19 deg., and the optic
axial angle is not far from a right angle.

About 23 per cent. of the rock is felspar. This is
mostly in untwinned rounded grains, about (02 mm. in diam-
eter. An occasional fragment of plagioclase of larger
dimensions occurs. The untwinned felspar is probably near
oligoclase in composition, as its refractive index is scarcely
to be distinguished from that of balsam. The mineral is
not quartz, as 1t is biaxial and decomposed. I have not been
able to recognize any quartz at all in the rock. The borders
of the felspar grains show much alteration into an opaque
greyish fibrous mass. Under higher powers this is resolved
into fine fibres with weak double refraction strongly sug-
gestive of zoisite.

Sphene in dark orange-brown irregular grains makes up
the bulk of the remaining 20 per cent. of the rock.

A few grains of vesuvianite occur of light brownish colour,
the colour being somewhat irregular in its distribution. They
show no trace of crystal form.

A very few grains of magnetite, slightly decomposed to
hematite, occur. (Plate u., fig. 4.)

DESCRIPTION OF THE PLATES.

Plate I.—Geological sketch map of the area described in
the paper. Geological traverses have not been run, so that boun-
daries are only sketched to show approximate positions. No
attempt has been made to differentiate the various mica schists.

Plate II., fig. 1.—Orthoclase felspar in pee Rocky
Gully, Murray Bridge, showing inclusions (flakes of muscovite)
arranged parrallel to crystal planes of the host. x60 diameters.
_ Plate II., fig. 2.—Porphyroblastic chlorite schist, near Cal-
_lington, showing large crystals of clinochlore arranged across
the schistosity of the rock, and light pseudomorphs parallel to
the schistosity. x16 diameters.

Plate II., fig. 3.—Porphyroblastic mica schist, near Calling-
ton, showing general structure of rock. x16 diameters.

Plate II., fig. 4—Amphibolite, Blakiston, showing poikilo-
blastic structure. x86 diameters.

138

NOTES ON SOME SPECIES OF THE ISOPOD FAMILY
SPHZROMIDA, FROM THE SOUTH AUSTRALIAN COAST.

By W. H. Baker, F.L.S.
[Read June 7, 1908.]
Piates JIT. orp) X..

In presenting these notes I must acknowledge the great
assistance I have had from Dr. Hansen’s paper entitled
“The Propagation, Structure, and Classification of the Family
Spheromide,”’ in the ‘Quarterly Journal of Microscopic
Science,” n. series, vol. 49, pt. 1, 1905. Without it it would
have been quite impossible for me to treat with any degree
of success species of this acknowledged difficult family which
have come under my notice from our coast. At the same
time it will be seen that my observations do not quite agree
with statements in Dr. Hansen’s paper regarding the parts
occupied by the developing young in some genera.

Tn studying the species of this family, the thing that
strikes one most is their great variability—this, indeed, is
the main cause of the confusion which has held sway in their
classification so long; but a general statement may be made,
namely, that the young of both sexes resemble each other,
the deviation occurring in adult males and females; that
of the young-bearing females of many genera has been shown
by Dr. Hansen in the above-mentioned paper. As an in-
stance with the males, to take the case of Cymodoce tuber-
culosa, Stebbing. In this species there are two conspicuous
processes on the anterior division of the pleon which are not
figured or mentioned by the author or by Mr. Whitelegge,
who refers at length to the same species from New South
Wales; the inference, of course, is that they were not pre-
sent in the specimens examined by them, athough Mr. White-
legge speaks of his as being adult males. Another instance
will be seen in the case of Cilicea curtispina, Haswell, later on.

With regard to the young-bearing females, whose mouth
parts and viscera have been so much altered, one fails to
see how the animal recovers itself after rearing a brood, and
is driven to the conclusion that the individual perishes in
the effort, and is probably, in some cases at least, perhaps,
eaten by the brood. In the female of a species of Cymodoce
which, as yet, I have not been able to identify, I have ob-
served the transverse slits in the sternal plates referred to
by Dr. Hansen, and have seen well-formed young emerge
from under the marsupial plates; these were somewhat har-

eee Oo

139

dened. The young ready to emerge from the body through
the slits are very soft, and can consequently squeeze through
a small space; the slits, however, in this species are large.

The following descriptions are from the male in each
case, except where otherwise stated.

Family SPH HROMID.
Subfamily SPHHZROMINZ.
Group HEMIBRANCHIAT, Hansen.
Genus Uymodoce, Leach.

Cymodoce longicaudata, n. sp.
Plate ii., figs. 1 to 11.

The body is little convex, the tendency to curl up much
reduced, becoming slightly narrow towards the head.

The head is arcuate in front, and considerably longer
than the first thoracic segment. The eyes are large, pro-
minent, and wedge-shaped. There is a median rostral pro-
jection, which is rather large and terminally obtuse.

The first thoracic segment is rather shorter than those
which follow, the rest are short and subequal in length.
The epimera, except the ones belonging to the last segment
of the thorax, project laterally, and are very conspicuous
viewed from above. They are sickle-shaped backward and
very acute, and are all—except the first—marked off from
their respective segments by distinct sutural lines. The
last segment has epimera rounded and scarcely projecting.

Four fused segments are indicated on the anterior por-
tion of the pleon; the first terminates laterally under the
side of the preceding segment; the second has an acute
lateral projection, similar to those of the thoracic segments ;
the fourth has the median portion of the posterior margin
slightly arcuate, with the usual notch on each side. The
terminal segment of the pleon is dome-shaped, and has an
acute lateral projection; behind this the surface is strongly
depressed until the basal portion of the median posterior
spine is reached. The posterior notch is bounded by two
acute projections, with the median spiniform process large
and reaching much beyond them; this process is dorsally car-
inate and very acute.

The epistome is well developed; its lateral limbs are
subacute.

The rather large basal joint of the antennule has the
anterior side of the distal notch scarcely produced, but on the
posterior side the projection is very acute, curved, and
reaches nearly to the end of the second joint, as in Circezs.
The second joint is more than half the length of the first

140

to the base of notch of the first; it is distally obliquely
truncated, and has below a very prominent and acute keel.
The third joint is very slender, and shorter than the second,
and is articulated to it in a small cavity. The slender
flagellum has about 24 joints. The flagellum of the antenna
has from 26-32 joints.

In the right mandible the spine row is well developed,
consisting of 7-8 coarsely pectinate spines; a small tubercle
faintly toothed les between these and the molar tubercle,
which is well developed; the incisory plate is distally entire.
The left mandible has a secondary plate divided into three
teeth. The first two joints of the palp are subequal in
length.

The. maxilla and maxillipeds are of the usual type.
The lobes of the palp of the maxillipeds are long, with their
setz well developed.

The first gnathopods are robust, the basis subequal in
length to the two following joints, takén together, the
fourth, fifth, and sixth joints are posteriorly spined. The
dactylus is rather long, robust, and two-clawed. The legs
following the first pair are sparely spined; the pads, so
much in evidence in other species of this family, are here
represented by soft plumose sete.

The sternal filaments of the male are rather long. The
appendix masculina is longer than the ramus which bears it,
and is very slender. The exopods of the third, fourth, and
fifth pleopods have each a division; a few distal sete are
on the exopods of the fourth pleopods.

The uropods are long and slender; the peduncle has a
small spine below the insertion of the outer ramus; the outer
ramus is narrow lanceolate, and reaches beyond the’ inner
ramus; the inner ramus is also narrow, carinate below, with
the inner margin slightly curved, reaching beyond the ter-
minal spine of the pleon. The margins of the uropods and
pleon are sparingly clothed with very short hairs.

The female does not differ from the male in any note-
worthy respect, except, of course, when bearing young; then
the mouth parts and viscera are modified in the usual way.
In what appears to be an old female there are no ova or
young, but there are the remains of marsupial plates; the
viscera seem to have disappeared, as the sternites are sunken
in or wanting; the pleopods, however, are intact.

Cymodoce tuberculosa, Stebbing.
Plate iii., figs. 12 to 15.
The epistome has two projecting teeth transversely placed

on the anterior portion, similar to the rostral teeth, and in-

clined to be bifid.

EE

yr.

14]

There are five teeth on the anterior border of the first
peduncular joint of the antennule, with a sixth smaller outer-
most.

The pesterior notch of the pleon is wide and deep.

The male has two prominent posterior projections on the
anterior portion of the pleon.

The internal ramus of the uropod has three terminal
teeth, one larger above, two below. The external ramus is
shorter and narrower, with two terminal teeth.

The body is minutely pubescent, but the hairs are
coarser on the pleon and uropods.

The female of this species has not been identified.

Cymodoce hamata, 2. Sp.
Plate iv., figs. 1 to 11.

Body moderately convex, covered with a furry tomen-
tum, which entangles much foreign matter, with longer
scattered hairs. It is conspicuously contracted at the seventh
thoracic segment.

The head is evenly rounded and anteriorly very obtuse,
with two very obscure median projections. The eyes are pro-
minent and subcircular.

The tirst segment of the thorax is about as long as any
two together of those which follow; these are narrow, pro-
minent, and scarcely differ in length. The epimera slightly
project outwards; their lower outline, taken together, is very
irregular, the individual apices being more or less obtuse ;
that of the seventh segment is much shorter than the rest.

The sides of the anterior part of the pleon project down-
wards, much in contrast to that of the seventh thoracic seg-
ment, but the antero-lateral angle is subacute ; this portion of
the pleon bears one small tubercle each side of the median
line, whilst the posterior portion has also two tubercles, which
are more or less spiniform, and situated on a dome, which is
granular; between these two tubercles is a longitudinal de-
pression. The posterior notch is wide, with a strong median
process, which projects beyond the sides, is obtuse, and
slightly turned up or tuberculate at its end.

The basal antennular joint is large, about twice as long
as broad, with the distal notch shallow. There is a small
keel on the underside of the second jomt. The flagellum
has 11 joints.

The flagellum of the antenna has 16 joints.

The epistome is slightly lobulate, the upper lip extern-
ally convex.

The maxillipeds have the plate of the second joint
shorter than the joint itself, with the distal spines well deve-

142

loped, several of them strongly pectinate; the coupling spine
is rather near the end. The lobes of the palp are long.

The legs are of the usual type, and spiniform.

In the first and second pleopods the exopods are areo-
late, or apparently covered with scale-like markings. The
appendiz masculina is thick and concave, or semi-cylindrical
for its whole length. The exopods of pleopods three, four,
and five have divisions; that of the fifth has two lobes on
the distal end, and two at the inner side on the angle of
the proximal division.

The uropods have a short inner ramus, the end of which is
subacute, and projects backwards, it does not nearly reach
the notch. The external ramus is long, cylindrical, curved,
and ends in a recurved hook, with two or more less curved.

In a female, whose mouth parts are modified in the
usual way, the size is the same as that of the male; the more
posterior segments of the thorax are very short. The pos-
terior notch of the pleon is roofed over by a process which
projects far behind, and is turned up at the end and bifid.
The uropods are weaker than in the male, the inner rami
more acute, the outer more hooked.

In an unmodified female which I have figured the ex-
ternal rami of the uropods are very strongly hooked, there
being three other curved spines on each. The inner ramus
is very acute. The legs are rather slenderer than in the
male.

In both sexes the limbs are dotted with black spots.

South Australian coast, found in sponges.

Genus Cilicwa, Leach.

Cilicza curtispina, Haswell.
Plate iv., figs. 12 to 17; and plate v., figs. 1 to 8.

The body is strongly convex, smooth, with areolate
markings ; glabrous, with one or two lateral tubercles on each
side of the sixth and seventh segments of the thorax.
Obscure tubercles are also indicated on the posterior margins
of more of the segments in some males.

The head is evenly rounded anteriorly, the margin being
slightly thickened; it is narrower than the first segment of
the thorax, and more than twice as long. The rostral por-
tion is broad and distally truncated, meeting the anterior
part of the epistome by a transverse sutural line.

The segments of the thorax are short, and do not differ
much in length. The epimera are nearly vertical in direc-
tion, somewhat sculptured, and at their junctions, with their
respective segments, are raised, forming an interrupted
longitudinal ridge, which also is marked on the first seg-

143

ment; the individual plates approach gradually to the
quadrate shape behind; that of the first segment projects be-
hind and before to an equal degree, and is deeper than the
others ; that of the seventh is not so deep as the others. The
plates, being slightly excavate, show ridges on the free
margins.

The sides of the anterior portion of the pleon show three
faint lines crowded together, marking coalesced segments ; this
portion is deeper than the epimera of the thorax, and its
anterior border carries a small tooth-like projection, usually
hidden by the last plate of the thorax. Posteriorly there
is a large median projection, which is vertically compressed,
and far exceeds the end of the pleon; its end is obtuse and
rounded. The posterior portion of the pleon bears a conical
tubercle on each side of the median projection of the an-
terior part, with two or three small granules above each,
and its antero-lateral parts have oblique ridges extending
to the insertions of the uropods. The posterior notch is ver-
tically excavated, moderately deep, its roof projecting be-
hind very slightly, and there is only the faintest indication
of three teeth on this.

The first joint of the antennular peduncle is about
three times longer than broad; its distal end has two pro-
jections, the posterior one projecting outwards, the anterior
upwards. The second joint, which reaches out to the level
of the anterior end of the eye, is about one-third the length
of the first, and is distally bifid and’ridged above and below;
the third joint, which is considerably narrower, is cylindrical,
and is articulated under the bifid projection of the second.
The flagellum has 15 or 16 joints.

The antenna has the last two joints of the peduncle
subequal in length; the flagellum is not much longer than
the peduncle, and consists of 18 short joints.

The mandibles are massive, without dark tips to the
incisory plates, and with no distinct division into incisory
plates and molars, and there are no secondary plates or
spine rows. The palp is rather feeble.

The spines on the outer branch of the first maxille are
dark.

The second maxille are narrow, all the lobes reaching
the same distance.

In the maxillipeds the distal end of the plate of the
second joint is sparingly setose; the lobes of the palp are
long.

The legs are rather slender.

In the first gnathopods the ischium is shorter than the

basis; the merus, carpus, and propodus are spined in the

144

usual manner, and together they are subequal in length to
the ischium.

In the second gnathopods the basis and ischium are sub-
equal in length, the merus a little longer than the carpus,
the propodus longer than the carpus. The spines on this
limb and three following pairs are mostly replaced by furry
pads.

The first pleopod has the inner margin of the endopod
folded at right angles to the other part, as shown in the
figure. In the second pleopod the appendix masculina
reaches farther than the fringe of the endopod, and there is
also a less pronounced fold on the inner margin. The proxi-
mal end of the appendix is bent down quite to the base of
the peduncle, as is seen in CU. latredlu. The exopod of the
third pleopods has a division; its endopod has some curious
minute crowded teeth on the inner margin; its external
distal angle is abrupt. The exopod of the fifth pleopods has
six denticulate lobes, four of which are on the distal divi-
sion.

The two sternal filaments are long.

The uropods have the internal ramus much reduced ; the
outer ramus is strong, rounded externally, flattened intern-
ally, curved, and slightly bifid at the end, projecting well
beyond the dorsal process.

The female differs considerably from the male; in it
the anterior portion of the pleon has two short median longi-
tudinal ridges, but no large projection. The posterior por-
tion has, besides the two large conical projections, two small
tubercles a short distance above each. The posterior notch
is deeper than in the male, and has a roofing projection
more or less tridentate at its apex.

The inner ramus of the uropod is bifid at its apex; the
outer ramus also is bifid, with an external projection, and
an inferior keel terminating abruptly short of the bifid end.
The inner uropod is channelled to receive part of the outer
one when folded.

Sometimes none of the ambulatory legs are padded.

In the specimen examined the marsupial plates were well
developed and overlapping; the mouth parts were modified,
although the external appearance of the mandibles closely
resembled those of the male.

A young female, which I take to be a variety of this
species, has the following distinctions: —The posterior seg-
ments of the thorax are narrower, and all are more or less
provided with small tubercles arranged transversely. The
two ridges on the anterior part of the pleon are more con-
verging behind. There are more small tubercles above the

145

larger projections on the posterior portion. There is a large
tubercle above the uropods. The posterior prolongation
which roofs the notch is strongly tridentate, and a small
median tubercle is just above it. The ridge formed by the
upper parts of the epimera of the thorax is more pronounced.
There is a conical tubercle on the underside of the peduncle
of the uropod.
A common species.

Group Evsrancuiat&, Hansen.
Genus Dynamene, Leach.
Dynamene ramuscula, n. sp.
Plate v., figs. 9 to 20.

The body is strongly convex, rather narrow, covered
sparely with long, harsh hairs, which are more numerous on
the pleon and uropods.

The head is a little longer than the first segment of the
thorax, convex, and rather abruptly declivous anteriorly.

The first segment of the thorax is declivous anteriorly,
and is longer than either of the four which follow, but not
so long as the sixth, which bears two posteriorly projecting
processes, which reach nearly as far as the end of the pleon;
each of these processes has a slightly sinuous shape and a
small branch near the end, which projects downwards. The
apices of the epimera are nearly in the same curve, and
are without distinct sutural lines marking them off from their
respective segments. The seventh segment of the thorax is
short, and its small epimera fall short of the preceding ones.
The anterior portion of the pleon is only distinctly indicated
at the sides, where its anterior angles are nearly right angles.
The posterior portion of the pleon is convex, rough, and
hairy, having five tubercles; one large median is obscurely
cleft apically, two lateral on each side, the more anterior pair
larger and nearer the middle; there is also a low tubercle
just above the insertion of each uropod. Behind the median
tubercle the surface descends abruptly to the posterior notch,
which is situated on a conical projection, is a circular fora-
men with the inferior slit quite closed for its whole length
underneath, and showing a very slight median projection
behind at the extremity.

The eyes are subcircular.

The antennular peduncle is rather long, projecting dis-
tinctly beyond the eyes when raised; the notch on the first
joint, which holds the second, is not deep, and inferiorly
there is a small projection. The second joint is rather more
than half the length of the first, and projects obtusely beyond

146

the articulation of the third joint; it has also an inferior
keel-like projection. The third joint is a little curved; the
flagellum consists of about 8 joints, which are longer than
those usually met with in other species.

The antennal flagellum has 11 joints.

The maxillipeds are of the usual type, the lobes of the
palp rather long, the distal sete rather short, the last joint
is subequal in length to the penultimate, apart from the
projecting lobe of that joint.

The second gnathopods and the last pereiopods are sub-
equal in length, and are longer and slenderer than the rest
of the legs; the last pair bears irregularly disposed long
hairs, as also do the others in a less degree; the spines are
poorly developed.

The first pleopod has the endopod much broader than
long. The second pleopod is without appendiaz masculina,
and in both pairs the fringes of the exopods are very long.
In the third pleopods the endopod is much larger than the
exopod ; the exopod is without division, and its fringe is
long. The third pleopods as a whole are larger than the
others, including the peduncle.

The external ramus of the uropods is straight and lanceo-
late, much narrower and longer than the inner ramus, and
terminally subacute. The inner ramus is obtuse, and
slightly curved outwards.

The female is narrow-ovate in shape, the posterior part
of the body being conspicuously narrowed ; the legs are much
shorter and slenderer than in the male; there are no pro-
cesses on the sixth segment of the thorax, the posterior
notch is an inverted triangular-shaped foramen, almost closed
behind. The uropods are subcylindrical and small; the pos-
terior part of the pleon has a low median tubercle.

There are well-developed marsupial plates, and the
young, most of which were well advanced in the specimen
observed—I counted 50 in somewhat varying degrees of
development—occupied the whole of the body cavity, and
were seen close beneath the marsupial plates, as well as away
back near the dorsum; the body seemed to be reduced to a
shell, the viscera having apparently disappeared. The mouth
parts were highly modified. A second female had eggs
scarcely more advanced than a round or slightly elongated
shape would suggest; these showed to be directly under the
marsupial plates, and also to occupy the body, as in the
other female.

Length of parent, about 5 mm.; that of the largest
young, about 1 mm.

Gulf St. Vincent, found on sponges. Three specimens
only.

CoS .——

147
Genus Amphoroidea, M. Edw.

Amphoroidea angustata, nh. sp.
Plate vi., figs. 1 to 10.

The body is narrow, smooth, moderately convex, with
the epimera not distinctly marked off from their respective
segments, and are almost vertical in direction. The head is
moderately depressed, and is longer than the first segment
of the thorax; there is a slight excavation of the margin
on each side of a small rostral process. The eyes are rather
small and slightly prominent. The first segment of the
thorax is rather shorter than the rest, which are subequal
in length. The posterior margins of the fourth, fifth, sixth,
and seventh project slightly behind in an increasing degree
serially. The anterior portion of the pleon shows the median
portion of a first segment; the second forms the whole of
the lateral portions; the others are obscure. The posterior
portion is dome-shaped, tapering behind, with an obtuse
rounded end, having a very faint insinuation, representing
a notch, scarcely visible from above.

The basal joints of the antennules are expanded into broad
sub-lamellar ovate plates, projecting in front of the head,
with their inner margins diverging. The second joints are
slightly expanded. The third joints much narrower, and
short. The flagellum has 7 joints, the two terminal ones
very minute.

The antenne have their third and fourth peduncular
joints rather more expanded than usual. The flagellum has
11 joints.

The epistome is large, quite like that in A. australis,
Dana.

The maxillipeds have the joints of the palp with small
lobes sparingly setose.

The legs are in a single series, and—except the first
gnathopods—subequal ; they are all hairy, and almost devoid
of spines. The basal joints are short.

The first gnathopods are somewhat twisted, the basis
and ischium are subequal in length, the merus is strong and
much broader than long, the carpus is insignificant, the pro-
podus is compressed—being flattened on the inner side—to
a narrow posterior edge, which, besides the hairs, has two
pectinate spines; the inner surface of the joint also bears
short hairs, which are not numerous. The dactylus is strong
with a terminal curved claw, and in place of the secondary
claw there are three strong teeth close together, followed by
a short series of very short teeth inwardly. The dactylus
moves at right angles to the plane surface of the propodus.

148

The second gnathopods are scarcely twisted, and are a
little longer than the following legs.

The pleopods are rather narrow. The first pair has the
endopod much smaller than the exopod, and is about twice
as long as broad; the inner margin is straight and slightly
thickened ; the outer insinuate, with a small turned-up point
near the proximal end. There is a ‘shelf,’ on which rests
the inner margin of the exopod. The exopod is broadly-
ovate. Areolate structure is well marked.

The second pleopods have an elongate endopod nearly
twice as long as the exopod. The appendix masculina is as
long as the lamina; on the lamina is a faint “shelf” on
which the appendix rests. The exopod is narrow-ovate, with
a much longer fringe than that of the endopod.

The third pleopods are shorter than the second; in them
the exopod is shorter and narrower than the endopod, and
has a nearly straight inner margin, and is without division

The fourth pleopods have both rami branchial.

The exopod of the fifth pleopods has two lobes at the
distal end, and two on the inner margin, one above the other,
a short distance; a division is not plain; the external margin
is almost devoid of setules.

The uropods are broadly lamellar, ovate, the inner ranmu
projecting beyond the end of the pleon, the outer project-
ing a little beyond the inner. The outer ramus is a little
smaller than the inner.

Gulf St. Vincent, shaliow water. One male specimen and
two immature.

Amphoroidella, new sub-genus of A mphoroidea.
Amphoroidella elliptica, n. sp
Plate vi., figs. 11 to 18.

The body is ovate, convex in both directions above, con-
cave beneath, covered with a kind of skin that can easily be
scraped off, the ‘‘skin” thrown into a median dorsal fold or
thickening, rendering each segment of the thorax apparently
tuberculate in the larger specimens. First and second joints
of the antennules, segments of the thorax, anterior and pos-
terior divisions of the pleon, with the uropods, much ex-
panded, so that only the head and extremity of the pleon are
not concerned in the outline.

Head short, somewhat depressed; anteriorly there is
an insinuation each side of a small rostral projection not more
developed than is usual.

The lateral expansions of the first thoracic segments ap-
proach those of the second joints of the antennules; there is,

149

however, a much wider gap between these than between any
of the other side expansions, the ends of the two uropods
excepted. The margins of all the expansions have a dense
membrane-like fringe, with projecting hairs. The head and
all the segments of the thorax do not differ much in length.
The epimera of all except the first are separated by distinct
‘sutures from their respective segments, and project nearly
in the same curve as the segments.

The anterior portion of the pleon is short, marked with
the usual lines, which do not extend on to the lateral plates,
showing probably that only the more anterior segment bears
the expansion. The posterior portion of the pleon is convex,
and has anteriorly a median low convexity; it tapers quickly
to a narrow rounded end, which is without notch, being only
channelled below in the faintest manner; the sides and ends
are thin.

The third joint of the antennule is of the usual size,
the flagellum short, with 8 or 9 joints.

The epistome is arcuate and very distinct, without an
- anterior prolongation. The upper lip is large.

In the mandibles the molar is much reduced; on the
left mandible the spine row and secondary plate are not dis-
tinctly. differentiated; in the right the spimes also are
coalesced. The incisory plates of both are well developed and
dentate. In the male the mandibles are normal.

The maxillipeds have the lobes of the joints of the palp
‘short, especially that of the penultimate, which is subequal
in length to the last. The sete are rather scanty.

The legs are in a simple series, and all are similar—
except the first gnathopods—and do not differ much in size.
The carpus of each, except the first, has an insinuation on
one side; all are nearly spineless. The dactyli are short,
but the principal claw is rather long and acute.

The endopod of the first pleopods is much longer than
broad; it has a ridge, or shelf, on which the inner margin
of the exopod lies. The exopod of the third pleopod is
ovate, and is without division; the endopod is much longer
than broad. In the male the rami of the fourth pleopods
are very thin, but both are well marked with branchial folds.
‘The exopod of the fifth pleopods has a division and two lobes
on the distal portion, and two at the inner distal angle of
the proximal part opposite each other on each side. There
are no small sete on the external margin of this ramus.

In the uropods the peduncle and endopod are fused, and
the exopod occupies a notch in the side. The end of the
endopod slightly exceeds the end of the pleon.

150

The description and figures are taken chiefly from female
specimens ; the males I possess, which appear to be full grown,
are much smaller.

This genus bears much external resemblance to Chitin-
opsis, Whitelegge.

Gulf St. Vincent, shallow water.

Moruloidea, n. gen.

Moruloidea lacertosa, n. sp.
Plate vii., figs. 1 to 10.

The body is expanded, moderately convex, the epi-
mera of the thorax extending obliquely, and form, with their
segments each side, a longitudinal shallow groove, which
converges a little behind, continuing a similar groove ex-
tending round the pleon.

The head is short, with a small depressed rostral pro-
jection ; much narrower than the first segment of the thorax ;
nodular and abruptly declivous in front.

The eyes are small.

The first segment of the thorax is broad and longer than
any of the others which follow, rather nodular, its sides
showing three faint tubercles on each margin; it is depressed
anteriorly rather deeply; the extreme antero-lateral angles
beneath the eyes are bifid or emarginate. Of the epimera of
the following segments the fourth is longer fore and aft
than the rest, the last is very short; they (six) are slightly
accentuated at each posterior angle by a slight nodule or
tubercle.

The anterior portion of the pleon, which is produced to
a pointed plate laterally, is short, with the sutural lines
scarcely showing. The posterior portion is dome-shaped and
tuberculate, with its anterior angles also produced to points,
the sides are slightly insinuate, thin, ending posteriorly in
acute teeth, which do not reach the level of the sides of the
posterior notch, the margins between which are insinuate.
The notch is oblique in direction, rather deep, rectangular,
its base slightly convex.

The basal antennular joints are not much expanded ;
they are uneven, rounded, and project very little beyond the
head; the distal end of the first joint is not notched, or
scarcely so; the second joint is short, small, and has a back-
ward direction; the third joint is narrower and longer than
the second; the flagellum short and slender, with 11 joints.

The antennz are unusually large, all the joints of the
peduncle are robust, the second has a distal obtuse tooth

151

on the inner side, the fifth joint is a little longer than the
preceding one, slightly curved, and bent back at an angle with
it. The flagellum, the first four joints of which are robust,
is turned in the opposite direction; it bears 11 joints, the
‘terminal ones being very small. ‘

The epistome is short, broader than long, with the small
anterior surface nearly at right angles to the posterior part;
it is rough, and tapers quickly to an acute point be-
neath the rostral projection ; the upper lip is slightly convex.

In the maxillipeds the lobes of the palp are rather long,
‘resembling those in the Cymodocine.

The first gnathopods are very robust in contrast to the
‘rest of the legs, a short thick basis is subequal in length to
the ischium; the three following joints are sparely pro-
vided with spines (3 each), which are not serrate, but are
apically split. The dactylus is strong, not forming with the
propodus a subchelate or prehensile organ, but being some-
what inclined that way.

The first pleopods are smaller than the rest; the exopod
is nearly oblong, and, lying obliquely, projects at its base
-beyond the edge of the peduncle; the endopod is slightly
longer than broad. The second pleopods have the endopod a
-good deal longer than broad, with a thick appendix mascu-
lina, which reaches as far as its fringe; the exopod is ovate
and smaller than the endopod. In the third pleopods the
exopod is longer than the endopod, with an oblique suture
ending in a small notch on the inner margin. The exopod
of the fifth pleopod has the division very near the end;
terminally there are two lobes nearly on the same level, and
two small or rudimentary at the inner end, one above the
-other, below the suture.

The uropods are placed on the edge of the
pleon, they are sublaminar; the peduncle has an anterior
‘projection slightly over-reaching that of the antero-lateral
angle of the pleon ; the inner ramus is broad, curved, and dis-
tally bifid, its end scarcely reaching the posterior tooth of the
pleon ; the outer ramus is shorter and narrower, and has its
upper surface slightly carinate, with its outer side nearly
‘straight, the inner convex, the end acute.

One male specimen.

This genus seems to differ considerably from any others
‘of the group that I am acquainted with. The much-deve-
loped antenne and the large first pair of gnathopods are, ae
far as I know, unique.

Gulf St. Vincent.

152
Genus Dynamenopsis, new gen.
Dynamenopsis obtusa, n. sp.
Plate vii., figs. 11 to 17; and plate viii., figs. 1 to 7

The body is smooth, except on the pleon, which is rather
rough, glabrous, very convex, becoming slightly wider at the
end of the thorax.

The head is anteriorly rounded, without a transverse
anterior ridge, longer than the first segment of the thorax.
The eyes are rather small.

Of the segments of the thorax the first and seventh are
longer than the rest, and subequal in length. The seventh
almost completely covers the anterior portion of the pleon;
its posterior border has four short lobes, the two median
ones projecting somewhat behind. The epimeral plates of
the thoracic segments are vertical in direction; that of the
first segment is well produced anteriorly, but posteriorly very
little; the following four are subquadrate; that of the sixth
is wedge-shaped and produced behind, more than overlap-
ping that of the seventh segment and the lateral portion of
the anterior part of the pleon.

The posterior portion of the pleon is dome-shaped, and
has a conical tubercle each side of the median line, with a
smaller one posteriorly just above the posterior notch. The
posterior notch is a transversely-ovate foramen, a closed slit
below forming a funnel-shaped tube, the two sides form a
small notch at the immediate end, while the sides of the
pleon are turned under, enclosing the pleopods much more
than is usual.

The first joint of the antennulary peduncle is not very
broad; it is about twice as long as the second, and is with-
out distal notch or produced angle. The second joint has a
slight keel; the third joint is as long as the second, expand-
ing a little distally. The flagellum is as long as the last two
joints of the peduncle together, and has 8 short joints. The
antennal peduncle is only a little longer than that of the
antennule; its flagellum has 11 joints.

The anterior part of the epistome is not separated from
the depressed rostral projection; this fits into a notch of the
epistome with a sutura] line marking the union, the whole
being in the same curved surface with the front of the head.
The labrum is quadrate.

The mandibles are abnormal, without distinct incisory
plates, secondary plate, and spine rows, neither is there a dis-
tinct molar, but the part corresponding to the posterior edge
of the molar bears a few brown recurved spines.

The maxillipeds are rather slender.

153

The first pair of gnathopods are robust, the ischium has
an anterior lobe, the merus is short and wide, with a smal]
distal spine behind, as also has the wedge-shaped carpus and
the propodus; the dactylus is robust. The remaining legs
are robust, with a few spines, but with the furry pads on
the usual joints. The dactyli are well developed in all.

The endopod of the first pleopod is considerably longer
than broad, thickened on its inner margin, with the outer
margin slightly insinuate, but with a proximal angle or pro-
jection. The exopod is much larger, although reaching the
same distance as the endopod; it lies obliquely, and the
fringes of both are long. The outer end of the peduncle of
this limb narrows out somewhat. In the second pair the
exopod is much shorter and smaller than the endopod; the
appendix exceeds the length of the endopod, inctuding its
fringe; there is a short ridge on the inner side of the endo-
pod. The third pleopod has the peduncle much longer at
its inner side; the exopod is divided near its end.

The uropods are lamellar, subequal in size, rounded on
their distal margins, the outer one being slightly concave
above.

The two processes of the seventh sternite of the thorax
are short.

This species, represented by only one male, is from
Denial Bay, and was collected by Drs. Verco and Torr in
January, 1908.

Genus Circeis, M. Edw.
Circeis tridentata, M. Edw.
Plate viil., figs. 8 te 16.

This species is the type of the genus, and is here noted
for purposes of comparison.

The body is shaped typically, being somewhat vertically
compressed, with the head gradually declivous and narrow-
ing considerably, and is very like (’. acuticaudata, Haswell ;
in fact, the females are hard to distinguish from those of
that species.

The posterior notch of the pleon in the male is deep, nar-
row, widening inwardly, the median process slightly raised,
broadly triangular, obscuring the base in a dorsal view, not
projecting as far as the arms of the notch, which are ter-
minally obtuse. |

The distal end of the first joint of the antennule has the
posterior limb of the notch curved, and projecting much
more than the anterior limb, but not quite reaching the end
of the second joint.

The exopod of the first pleopod has 11 strong teeth.

154

The exopod of the second pleopod has 21 teeth.

The exopod of the third pleopod with a division and 10
teeth.

The exopod of fifth pleopod with two lobes on the distal
portion, and two on the inner margin, near the middle of
the lamina.

The legs in both sexes are provided with the furry pads:
so common in this group.

The female is more convex than the male, with a more
ovate outline. The posterior portion of the pleon is more
dome-shaped, the small median tubercle less marked, and
this portion is less hairy. The posterior notch is simple,
narrow, rather deep, cut nearly vertically, U-shaped. The
uropods are similar in shape to those of the male, but smaller.
The legs are less) robust, and the teeth on the pleopods
smaller.

The eggs I have found deep in the body, quite to the
dorsal surface, and the usual modifications of the mouth
parts and viscera occur.

Circeis trilobata, n. sp.
Plate viul., figs. 17 to 20; and plate ix., figs. 1 to 7.

The body of the male narrows anteriorly, as seen in
other species of this genus; it is smooth—except on the pos-
terior portion of the pleon, where there are a few small
granules—and glabrous.

The head is longer than the first thoracic segment and
narrower, with a very small depressed rostral projection.

The eyes are large, and slightly projecting.

The first segment of the thorax and the seventh are
subequal in length, and are longer than the remaining seg-
ments. The epimeral plates are marked off from their re-
spective segments by faint longitudinal grooves; the antero-
lateral angle of the first segment projects forward very much,
but not much posteriorly ; the succeeding plates project be-
hind each in a slightly increasing degree, except the last,
which also is not so deep.

The anterior portion of the pleon is subequal in length
to the seventh thoracic segment, and it is slightly raised in
the middle. The posterior portion bears three bosses, the
median one of which is somewhat triangular and abrupt be-
hind, the lateral ones less so; behind these is a semicircular
depression, but the immediate region of the posterior notch
is tumid. The notch is simple, cut nearly vertical, quad-
rate, with a convex base, but no real process.

The epistome is long, anteriorly appearing thickened,
but actually slightly turned upward at the tip, occupying

—_— el eee

155

most of the interantennulary space. When viewed in profile
the two posterior limbs each show two small projections, one
above the other, on the inner borders.

The basal antennular joint is rather short, its posterior
distal angle produced, reaching nearly to the end of the
second joint; the anterior angle is scarcely produced. The
second joint is distally truncated, and does not show a slight
notch or insinuation above, as in CU. tridentata and C. acu-
ticaudata. The under keel is well marked. The third joint
is much narrower and about as long as the second; the
flagellum has 10-11 joints.

The antenna has a flagellum of 13 joints, and is slightly
longer than its peduncle.

The legs are of the usual type, rather robust, sparingly
spined, their places being occupied by furry pads, even in
the first pair of gnathopods. The dactyli are short.

The mandibles have incisory plates, moderately strong
and dentate; the left mandible has a secondary plate, tri-
dentate. The spine row and molar of each are well developed.

The filaments of the male on the seventh thoracic sternite
are short.

The endopod of the first pleopods is nearly twice as broad
as long; the exopod has a row of well-marked teeth on the
external border. The exopod. of the second pleopod has a
row of teeth and a row of small simple setz close to the
external border ; the fringes of the usual setz are very dense.
The appendix masculina is short, and proceeds from about
the middle of the inner border of the endopod. The exopod
of the third pleopod has a suture rather near the end, and
5 or 6 distal teeth, also a row of small simple sete near
the external border. The exopod of fifth pleopod has a dis-
tal suture very obscure; the two lobes which this carries are
rather distant from each other. A third small lobe is on the
proximal division, rather far down on the inner side.

The uropods are lamellar.

The female resembles the male when not young-bearing.
The young-bearing female is broader or more ovate and
shorter, and the legs are much slenderer; the posterior notch
is similar in shape, but rather deeper; the greatest difference
is found in the uropods, the shape of which is seen by reference
to the figure. The marsupial plates are large and overlap-
ping, and the young and eggs are found deep in the body.
The mouth parts are strongly modified. The young males
and females bear great resemblance to the females of /as-
wellia emarginata.

Gulf St. Vincent, from jetty piles.

156
Circeis obtusa, n. sp.
Plate ix., figs. 8 to 17.

The body is rather broad, convex, the surface is rather
rough, with granules becoming well developed on the pleon,
glabrous.

The head is not so pointed as in other species of this
genus; rather short, anteriorly strongly declivous, with an
anterior faint transverse ridge.

The eyes are well developed.

The epimeral plates of the thoracic segments are not dis-
tinctly marked off from the segments. They are vertical in
direction.

The anterior portion of the pleon is short. The posterior
portion dome-shaped, with a very slight depression each side
of a median faint elevation. The posterior notch is well
marked, narrower at its apex than at its base, with a V-
shaped median lobe, which reaches about halfway to the end.
In a side view the end appears slightly turned up.

The epistome has its anterior portion slightly convex.

The basal joint of the antennular peduncle has a distal
notch whose posterior limb does not reach the end of the
second joint; the anterior limb is nearly as long as the pos-
terior, and is slightly turned forward at its apex. The third
joint is narrow and slightly longer than the second; the
flagellum has 11-12 short joints of a moniliform appearance.

The flagellum of the antenna has 13 longer joints.

The mandibles are large, the primary plates are well
developed and dentate; the secondary plate also is well deve-
loped, as also are spine rows and molars.

The maxillipeds have the plate of the second joint as
long as the joint itself; the palp is well developed.

The legs are strong. The first gnathopoas have well-
developed spines on fourth, fifth, and sixth joints. In the
other legs the spines are replaced mostly by the furry pads.

The first pleopods have short endopods, much broader
than long. The exopod is without marginal teeth, or with
only one or two faint ones. Internally, from the usual row
of marginal sete, there is a row of setules, as noticed in other
species. Second pleopods, with the endopods also short, bear-
ing the appendix, nearly halfway along its internal border.
The appendix is thick, and nearly of the same diameter its
whole length. The exopod has 4-5 small teeth on its ex-
ternal border and a row of setules. The exopod of the third
pleopods has a division and a row of setules, as in the others.
The exopod of the fifth pleopods has three lobes, which are
slender, the most distal one projecting horizontally, the most
proximal close to the inner margin. The division is very
obscure.

157

The uropods are lamellar, rather broad, the inner ramus
distally truncate and exceeding the end of the pleon. The
outer ramus rather ovate, slightly exceeding the inner, the
margins of both faintly and irregularly serrate.

This species is represented by two males, the females
being unknown.

Gulf St. Vincent.

Haswellia emarginata, Haswell.
Plate ix.. fig. 18; and plate x., figs. 1 to 11.

The body becomes narrower anteriorly, smooth, with
very few hairs towards the lateral margins.

The head is slightly longer than the first segment of the
thorax, with a well-marked rostral projection very acute at
the tip.

The eyes are large, and project slightly.

The segments of the thorax behind the first increase in
length successively behind, while the seventh tapers to a
long process, which extends beyond the end of the pleon, and
is terminally truncated and notched or emarginate.

The epimeral plates of the thoracic segments are pro-
duced subacutely behind, except that of the seventh, which
is large and rounded; sutures marking off these plates are
not evident.

The anterior portion of the pleon is covered, except at
the sides. The posterior portion is depressed and slightly
granular. The posterior notch is very deeply cut, its median
process projecting well beyond the sides, is truncated, and
slightly notched.

The first joint of the antennular peduncle is rather
broad; there is a deep distal notch, the arms of which are
equal in length, and do not reach the end of the second
joint ; the anterior one is curved outwards a little at the end.
The second joint has a prominent keel below, ending distally
in an acute tooth. The flagellum has 17 small joints.

The antennal flagellum has 17 joints.

The mandibles are rather slender, the incisory plates are
entire, the other parts are well developed.

The legs are similar to those found in the genus C2rcevs.

The exopods of the first and second pleopods are toothed,
as also in the genus mentioned. The appendix masculina is
small, and originates rather far along the inner margin of
the endopod of the second pleopods. In the third pleopods
the transverse suture is near the end; the setules noticed
before are present.

The uropods are broad and very rigid. The exopod has
the inner margin more convex than the outer; this is
minutely serrate. The inner ramus is large and slightly

158

sigmoid, its inner margin has a slight prominence near the
distal acute end; both are densely fringed with short setz, as
well as having hairy surfaces, and project slightly beyond the
median process of the seventh thoracic segment.

In an egg-bearing female the first and second pleopods
are areolate in both rami; the exopods in both instances
have teeth, but they are less numerous and weaker than in
the males. The setules near the margin are present.

The marsupial plates are large and overlapping, the
eggs are internal in densely packed masses up to the dorsal
region, and even amongst the muscles which control the
pleopods. The mouth parts are very much modified.

The end of the pleon has a deep vertical notch with its
roof slightly projecting behind; this is rather obtusely pointed
and conspicuous from the side.

Females without brood and young males approach each
other, though at an early stage the young male has a short
developing process to the seventh thoracic segment. In both
these cases the posterior notch, though not so deep, is more
roofed over by the triangular process than in the female with
brood, and the process is more acute.

I have repeated the observation with regard to the eggs
with Circeis acuticaudata, Haswell, and have found the
young deep in the body apparently as well developed as those
immediately under the marsupial plates; few were in that
position, the majority—very numerous—were within the
body, even over the pleopods.

As Dr. Hansen remarks, Haswellia is closely allied to
Circeis, there being, as far as I am aware, only the character
of a dorsal process separating them.

Gulf St. Vincent ; a common species.

Haswellia cilicioides, n. sp.
Plate x., figs. 12 to 23. |

The body is very convex, gradually narrowing towards
the anterior end; smooth, except on the pleon and uropods,
which are granulate and glabrous, except the margins of the
uropods, which are slightly hairy.

The head is obliquely declivous and rounded in front.
The eyes are scarcely raised above the surface.

The first and sixth thoracic segments are subequal in
length, the seventh produced as a process which is rather
broad, curved downwards, and distally obtusely rounded,
over-reaching the end of the pleon and excavated a little
underneath. The epimeral plates of the thorax are vertical
in direction, not forming with their respective segments a
perceptible longitudinal groove.

159

The anterior portion of the pleon, with its two trans-
verse sutures, are well seen at the sides. The posterior
portion has three lobes, the middle one slightly projecting
behind more than the others; below these the surface is
slightly excavated medianly, and then descends obliquely to
the posterior notch. The posterior notch is shallow, the
channel becoming deeper inwardly ; there is a median triangu-
lar process which over-reaches the sides, is oblique in direc-
tion, and subacute.

The first peduncular joint of the antennule has the
usual distal notch, the posterior limb of which is longer than
the anterior, but does not reach the end of the second joint.
The third joint is longer and narrower than the second. The
flagellum has 14 joints.

The antenna has the last peduncular joint longer than
the one which immediately precedes it; its flagellum has 16
joints.

The epistome shows very slight projections in the cor-
responding positions as in Curceis trilobata.

Mandibles well developed, with the usual features well
marked.

The first gnathopods are shorter and stouter than any
of the legs which follow, though not markedly so; the basis
is thickened, the ischium subequal in length to the three suc-
ceeding joints taken together, these are posteriorly spined ;
the dactylus is moderately developed.

The following pairs of legs are moderately long, and
differ only in the relative length of the joints; they are poorly
or scarcely at all spined. The furry pads are present on the
usual joints.

In the first pleopods the endopod is much broader than
long. The exopod has 6-7 marginal teeth; both rami are
areolate. The exopod of the second pleopod has areolate
markings, and the row of setules near the outer margin;
on the same margin there are 12 teeth. The appendix mas-
culina is short and thick, and is attached to about the middle
of the inner margin of the endopod. The endopod is broader
than long, and has a few areolate markings. The third
pleopods are larger than the two pairs which precede them
without marginal teeth on the exopod, but with the row of
setules as in the others. The division is near the end, and
there are indistinct areole. |The endopod is distally trun-
cate. The exopod of the fifth pleopod has three lobes, the
two distal ones well developed and well apart, the third on
the inner margin also well marked.

The uropods have the inner ramus much reduced, the
outer one strongly developed, subcylindrical, curved inwards,

160

fringed with fine hair, and over-reaching the median process
of the seventh thoracic segment.

The female of this species has not been recognized.

Gulf St. Vincent.

DESCRIPTION OF PLATES.

All figures are from adult males, except where otherwise
mentioned.

The legs are drawn to approximate proportion in each indi-

vidual.
Pusare bi.
Fig. 1. Cymoduce longicaudata, n. sp., magnified 23 diameters.
2. Es : side view of male.

ROO: , e pleon from below.
See: sy os antennula, antenna, and epis-
tome.
eee a ns left mandible.
iP2G: i a maxilliped.
> Baa first gnathopod.
cS +" ae second gnathopod.
ae a @. fourth pereiopod.
po ae Me : second pleopod.
me u + exopod of fifth pleopod.
yy 12s ” tuberculosa, Gishbatie magnified 4 diameters.
son Leds A h pleon from below.
pipe bs as a antennula, antenna, and epistome.
, ko: e at second pleopod.
Puate IV. .

,, 1. Cymodoce hamata, n. sp., magnified 4 diameters.

; female, magnified 4 diameters.

side view of male.
pleon from below.
female pleon from below.
antennula, antenna, and epistome.
- maxilliped.
iy first gnathopod.
second gnathopod.

bo)
29
bP]
bp)
39
,

z3

ets sh ie fifth pereipod.

saat a A second pleopod.

., 12. Cilicwa curtispina, Haswell, magnified 23 diameters.

pols. i ~ side view of male.

tA, 54 MF female, magnified 2} diameters.

, 1d x ., ' pleon from below.

fg I oe mn “e emale pleon from below. |

Ms + i antennuia, antenna, and epistome.
PuaTE V. ’

,, 1. Cilicea curtispina, Haswell, left mandible, with palp.

sp the 4 s maxilliped.

ot ee $, a first gnathopod.

ae * second gnathopod.

hal 5 >; a fifth pereiopod.

Gs a #4 endopod ‘of first pleopod, anterior and
posterior aspect.

She 7 Ks is He exopod of fourth pleopod.

by hae e exopod of fifth pleopod. |

., 9. Dynamene ramuscula, n. sp., magnified 6 diameters.

bt 10: 2 Ms side view of male.

161

Fig. 11. Dynamene ramuscula, female, magnified 6 diameters.

12.

99
93
>)
99
33
9)
93
+3

99
a
99
39
29

79)

23

39

93

>

i)

99
Prate VII.
. Moruloidea lacertosa, n. gen., n. sp., magnified 3} diam-

bye 3 2)
. Dynamenopsis obtusa,

pleon from below.

temale pleon from below.
antennula, antenna, and epistome.
maxilliped.

first gnathopod.

second gnathopod.

fifth pereiopod.

second pleopod.

third pleopod.

. Puate VI,
. Amphoroidea angustata, n. sp., male magnified 4 diam-

eters,
pleon from below.
antennula, antenna, and epistome.
maxilliped.
first gnathopod right.
second gnathopod right.
third pereiopod right.
first pleopod.
second ples od.
exopod of ffth pleopod.

_ Amphoroidella elliptica. n. sub-gen., n. sp., magnified

23 diameters.
oral region from below.
pleon from below.
right mandible.
second gnathopod.
fifth pereiopod.
first pleopod.
ae pleopod.

eters.

side view.

antennula, antenna, and epistome.

maxilliped.

first gnathopod.

second gnathopod.

fifth pereiopod.

first ote Se

second pleopod.

exopod of fifth pleopod.

n. gen., n. sp., magnified 5 diam-
eters.

side view.

antennula, antenna, and epistome.

pleon from below.

left mandible.

right mandible.

maxilliped.

Puate VIII.

. Dynamenopsis obtusa, n. gen., n. sp.. first gnathopod in-

side view left.
second gnathopod left.
fifth pereiopod left.
first pleopod.
second pleopod.
third pleopod.
exopod of fifth pleopod.

162.

Mocs itd tridentata, M. Edw. magnified 24 diameters.

—_

eee on

3)
3’)

>)
99
oi)

9?
>>

99
9)

female, magnified 24 diameters.
side view of male.

antennula and epistome.
maxilliped.

pleon from below, male.

first gnathopod.

fourth pereiopod.

second pleopod.

trilobata, n. sp., magnified 4 diameters.

side view of male.

pleon from below, male.

female pleon (egg-bearing) from below.
Puate IX.

Circeis trilobata, n. sp., antennula, antenna, and epis-

tome.
maxilliped.
first gnathopod.
second gnathopod.
fifth ee aa
sedond pleopod. .
exopod of fifth pleopod.

obtusa, n, sp., magnified 3} diameters.

23
9?

oe)

side view.

pleon from below.

antennula, antenna, and epistome.
maxilliped.

first gnathopod right.

second gnathopod right.

fourth pereiopod right.

second pleopo

exopod of Bfth pleopod.

_ Haswellia emar ginata, Haswell, magnified 3 diameters.

Pratt X.
Haswellia emarginata, Haswell, pleon from below.
rs young female, magnified 3 diam-
eters.
- female pleon from below.

Sane SS) Na SOS ONS
’ w - 2s

be pleon of young male from above.
i pleon of egg-bearing female.
Ie antennula, antenna, and epistome.
; mandible of young female.
: exopod of second pleopod young
female.
7 exopod of second pleopod egg-
bearing female.
f second pleopod.
exopod of fifth pleopod.

cilicioides, n. sp.. magnified 33 diameters.

oN side view.

be pleon from below.
ne epistome.

Ai antennula.

a left mandible.

re maxilliped.

59 first gnathopod.

6 second gnathopod.

if fifth pereiopod.

yi second pleopod.

i exopod of fifth pleopod.

163

SECONDARY y RADIATION.

By J. P. V. Mapsen, D.Sc. (Adel.), B.E. (Syd.), Lecturer
in Electrical Engineering, University of Adelaide.

[Read July 17, 1908.]

INTRODUCTION.

As a result of the passagé of y rays through matter, sec-
ondary rays of two types make their appearance. As it will
be necessary to distinguish between the secondary rays which
proceed from the sides at which the original y rays enter and
emerge from the plate which they penetrate, we shall refer
to these as the “incidence” and ‘“‘emergence’”’ rays respectively.

The secondary radiation consists of B and of y rays.

The former appear on both sides of the plate; the “in-
cidence” B rays have been recently investigated in some de-
tail by Kleeman (Phil. Mag., Nov., 1907) and by Eve (Phil.
Mag., June, 1908).

In papers by Professor Bragg and myself (Phil. Mag.,
May, 1908; Trans. Roy. Soc., S. Aus., v. xxxii., 1908) it is
shown that most of the experimental results so far obtained
with these rays can be very simply explained on the “mate-
rial” theory, if we suppose that the 8 radiation is produced
directly from the y particle and at the outset moves in the
direction of the original y radiation, subsequently under-
going scattering in the ordinary manner of 8 rays.

The second type of secondary radiation resulting from
the primary y rays, viz., the secondary y rays, have been
investigated on the incidence side of plates of different mate-
rial by Kleeman (Phil. Mag., May, 1908), and later by Eve
(Phil. Mag., Aug., 1908).

It was a deduction made by Professor Bragg (Trans. Roy.
Soc., S. Aus., Jan., 1908) from the theory of the material
nature of X- and of y rays previously propounded by him,
that “the existence of modified or softened y rays might be
suspected, since there is an analogous effect in the case of
X-rays; and probably they would be found more at the back
of the penetrated plate than in front of it.” The back and
front sides spoken of here refer of course to the sides of
emergence and incidence respectively.

It will be shown in the present paper that this predic-
tion is fulfilled very exactly; that the want of symmetry in
the amount of radiation from the two sides of the plate is
very marked, that a softening of the original rays is effected,

F2

164

and that in addition there is in some cases a lack of sym-
metry in the quality of the emergence and incidence y radia-
tion.

Kleeman, from a study of the incidence radiation, has
advanced a theory of selective absorption, not only for the
secondary but also for the primary y rays. In the light of
the more comprehensive information which can be obtained
from a study of both the emergence and the incidence radia-
tion, an attempt will be made in the present paper to show
that most of the secondary ray effects can be explained, if
we suppose that from the radium there are originally emit-
ted two sets of homogeneous y rays, which each subsequently
suffer modification by the process of scattering, becoming
softened and in some cases broken up, giving rise to B rays.

The present paper is intended to give a preliminary out-
line of the experimental work and general theory.

The measurements are in many cases small and difficult
to make with any very great accuracy, but the effects to be
described seem well marked. It will be necessary to extend
with greater care many of the details of the work before it
can be considered as at all complete.

§ I.

The arrangement of apparatus employed in the first ex-
periments is shown in fig. 1. The radium is placed near the

To Elec

The y radiation proceeds from the Ra through the conical
hole. Radiators may be placed in its path as at e. The quality
of the secondary radiation may be tested by the domes h,h or the
cylinders 1,4. When measuring the effects of the secondary inci-
dence radiation, the ionization chamber is inverted and radiators
placed as at p,p.

165

apex of a conical hole made in a block of lead. By means
of a powerful magnet, the poles of which are shown, most
of the 8 rays could be prevented from passing out of the
conical hole. The magnet and lead block containing the Ra
were surrounded by an iron case, to prevent the magnetic
field from producing any effect in the ionization chamber.
Resting upon the iron case and suitably insulated from it
is placed a lead plate one inch thick, with a circular por-
tion removed from the centre. The ionization chamber stand-
ing upon this lead plate is made of lead 1°25 mm. thick, and
contains an insulated electrode in the form of a circular
wire ring, suitably protected by sulphur, and connecting to
the electrometer or to earth by suitable keys.

In the path of the y radiation which proceeds from the
conical hole, plates of material which are used as radiators
can be placed horizontally as at e. When increasing the
thickness of radiator the top plate is always kept in the
position e, and additional thicknesses are placed immediately
below and in contact with it. When large thicknesses are
required, plugs of the material may be inserted in the coni-
cal hole.

The ionization chamber was filled with ethyl-chloride ;
this increased the effect considerably and worked very satis-
factorily.

It was necessary to balance the leak due to natural ioni-
zation in the chamber, and to y radiation which was not
completely absorbed by the lead block and plates. For this
purpose a balance chamber of about the same size as the
ionization chamber was placed against one of the sides of

the iron case insulated from it.

This was connected up in the usual manner, and was
found to give quite sufficient balance with the ionization pro-
duced by the y radiation which came through the sides of
the lead block containing the Ra. The electrometer was a
sensitive instrument of the Dolezalek pattern, giving a scale
reading of about 4,000 divisions per volt; each division could
easily be subdivided to tenths. The charge was allowed to
pass into the electrometer for 30 sec., and the mean of the
first and second swings was taken as the deflection.

In fig. ii., curve A shows the effect of increasing the
thickness of a Pb radiator. In an experiment, the zero leak
was first obtained as a mean of several determinations, and
this was subtracted from the measurement obtained with the
radiator in position. It will be seen from the curve that
the effect increases until a thickness of between 5 and 6
mm. of Pb is reached, after which it decreases gradually.

Ss aa
San 5°85 ae
PTT SS BEB
] SReaae ris
: Beesrceesaece
AEas BESHDEaESE s
sestaeeseees
Pye
ERGSUSEaGeaa
HEE HP eEEEEEE EEE PEPER sueesavanrssestefanssveet
PEE SosseeeSSeReeeens ap Sessa foeesteneetsteccazat KH He et HH
~

Seeaisteceititte rH
aGsee, GeacsseceLunanseesnaue
ane’ aa bette CSEEEEESESETTESee

=F fressssitdietetitite
ee BEESESEESeEeEEEeeese
‘AB RRS S|

|
a BEaeb RH ete | Bes US
|| wep tT zoe sag pt coon oe x a HH

EE Seues poh ieea] EEE
pee sails
If, now, a hemispherical dome of Pb 4 mm. eae with
its central portion removed so as not to intercept the origi-
nal stream of y rays, be placed in the position shown by /,h,
fig. i., and a set of observations be taken as before, sub-

tracting the reading with the radiator in from that with it
not in position, the curve B is obtained. Again, a maxi-

mum is reached for about the same thickness of radiation |

as before, but the effect is for the different thicknesses of
radiator about 60 per cent. of its previous value. We may
conclude that it is y radiation which is being intercepted
by the dome, as in neither case can any but a very small
amount of 8 radiation pass obliquely through the thickness
of 1:25 mm. of lead forming the sides of the ionization
chamber; that from the radiator are proceeding second-
ary emergence y rays which produce ionization in the test-
ing chamber, as shown in previous papers by means of—
(a) “tertiary emergence” B rays as at 1;
(b) tertiary incidence B rays as at k;
(c) B radiation produced in the gas of the chamber from
the y rays as they pass through it;
(d) possibly some ions produced directly in the gas by
the y rays; and
(e) subsequent 8 and y ray effects of a higher order.

+ fice SR

167

The results of a similar set of experiments without a
Pb dome and with Zn as radiator are shown in fig. ii.,
curve A. The maximum value of the effect measured is con-
siderably greater than in the case of Pb and occurs at a
thickness of about 2 cm. of the radiator ; for increased thick-

ERAUS EROS OSSeAS wae
BSS Shee PEP Lin
ewe Uno Bees LAL

Ban
" cane
: Bagg5
2 be an “= Pert prri st
mi BRESEL Or TA CR ORSSeoeeee TELE LLL Loe
PCC Ce ACCEL eet ree
som mC eiNeiai eee ee Noe eb oleate ogi ok eb totale
ae mf Pphett Tir tii et NL eet ei ce eer ie
aa Rested fated a eke eee Pc deep dee Te delonpry
fs PER : eee ett
Qc ; PREECE Ee ee
+ oO SCC CCEC CeCe
mL BUABares BS tea BRL Ane ee BBRER BEES
i557 eeeecese Pe ouene
3Ja8Unee Co CCN
eho HI ATE
1S ne ] SSGGkes ee SEeeN
AY os aS CoC See
i gcc Co CNT
3 ea eet eae keel
yt Pe st ie el
BH SEE SEE EH
v PNILECEELLEELUALILLOEN +114
POSTCLOSE RET
S ACCEL CCS

a
SEONG RAE SS SER RPESIeR'
BIBL ESR AS SRB SEES
PASAY
BES ASS
BEn ES BSS DESRESARTARE
agu oe a DReSReeeACes
a {SIRE SBR PRE See
att TRRARERTL DRCURDRRESRSD aS

Ae. | | HEE SHE
Edt TUR SD BOR ARREARS RS SABRR

DESERET ARED CREME NESE ERE ER eee

BEELER ES BIDE eRe RASA oeee

nesses the curve falls as in the case of Pb. It will be noticed
that with sufficient thickness of radiator in this case the
curve falls below zero. This was found to be due to the
fact that a considerable amount of secondary y radiation,
proceeding from the sides of the conical hole in the Pb block
containing the Ra, could enter the ionization chamber as

168

shown by the line c,f (fig. i.). As any radiator is increased
in thickness it not only sends out its own secondary, but
absorbs that coming from the sides of the conical hole. It
will be shown later how proper correction can be made for
this effect.

A third set of experiments was carried out with Al as
radiator ; the effects were of a similar nature as those from
Zn, the maximum value being. about the same in amount
as for Zn, and was obtained with a thickness of about 4°5
em.; but it was found that an appreciable difference was
made when a plug of Al was placed at 0 in place of d as
shown in fig. i., even though the total thickness of Al was
kept the same in both cases. It will thus be seen that some
secondary radiation can, after emerging obliquely from a
depth of several cm. of Al, produce an effect in the ioni-
zation chamber. The present form of apparatus was there-
fore not suitable for obtaining from Al all! the results so far
obtained for Pb and Zn ; in these latter it was found that
similar errors were very small. It may, however, safely
be said for Al as for Zn that the effect produced is consider-
ably greater than for Pb.

We have so far neglected all consideration of the sec-
ondary radiation which comes from the sides of the conical
hole; this it will now be shown is by no means small, but
the correction which it introduced was found not to be suffi-
cient to interfere with the deduction just made.
Consequently we may say that Zn and Al both give out
more secondary emergence y radiation than does Pb, pro-
vided of course that the quality of the radiation in the two
cases is not so different as to balance the effect.

In order to find the amount and nature of the radia-
tion which proceeds from the sides of the conical hole, Pb
domes were placed as at h,h, or Pb cylinders as at 2,7, fig. 1.
When the latter were used, their equivalent thickness was
found in terms of corresponding domes. A cylinder was
found to be approximately equivalent to a dome 1°5 times
its thickness.

The results of experiments upon the radiation from the
sides of the cone are shown in fig. iv., curve A, in which
thicknesses of dome are shown horizontally and the corre-
sponding leaks per 30 sec. vertically.

The curve 4 can be represented approximately by the
expression 500+ 570e-1'25d.

That the radiation comes from the sides of the cone can
be shown by placing at e, fig. i., Pb plates in which circular
holes are cut so as not to intercept the main stream of y
radiation coming from the Ra.

169

The results now obtained for different dome thicknesses
are shown by curve B, fig. iv., which it will be seen can again
be represented approximately by the expression 500+
430e-1°25d.

It seems reasonable to suppose that besides the constant
normal leak in the ionization chamber, secondary y radia-
tion from the sides of the conical hole can enter the chamber,
and that this radiation may for the purposes of correction
to which it is to be applied later on, be taken as equivalent
to a homogeneous radiation for which A=1°25.

If now a Pb plug, 4 cm. deep, be placed in the coni-
cal hole in the position shown by a, fig. i., so as to intercept
the main stream of y radiation, but still leave the sides of
the cone exposed to the ionization chamber, and a set of ex-
periments similar to the above be performed, the results
shown in curve C, fig. iv., are obtained. These again are
approximately represented by 500 + 270¢-1°20d.

| FEE eee ert
NS SBaeeeeS SESE essen:

Rei HS SREC TEE aoe

Secein’ Sustasttesitssteasins ESTES reer

Bei pees a
DRIAL RU Soe ARRAS RAE SNRs
S EEE TB AEE AEH TRNAS Peel cures erp Mp engenye fiat a gna ge ype foam pa
aya URS RRR RAS SR eet

ed
j HSeeieBabae Be ne ae

ie ere ae ee (et el ee ICIS CLM R Pole | flew ale ted ee A Rea REE
{s Na SRR. VON SM Uae eRe hee ee ee we BoB
Sf Ne fe EN AEE te STH Ma Ree @
SS SRS RDG EON See PRI FL RRR RRR Al 78 ADE Dee see
La. SSS RS OME BEBE ZEB E AeA aa
SEECEEEEAS EEC INCE
| eee feta Teles aE Pee ena haere ed sede L ari: erepe arse popen pete yas
PY oo SEB 3GNS earn BRS
fet 2: DESSEa ees ig

BErIa

} INE

BSR BRSSS

= = a
SES AOA DORE R he [SRS KES SSeS Ae
Pipe Li teLcL LULL LLL tee PSEC Cee
ef ee =
ah the | ff eae PSS Sens SA eee
SSESEesesceee fb EEECEEEEE EERE EE EEE ECE EET Rie oo
SRB ReS ian

Hare ert eo Hale

It is not surprising that the constant normal leak has
not been reduced to any appreciable extent, for it will be

170

seen from fig. i. that the plug would hardly intercept any
y radiation passing directly from the Ra to the ionization
chamber. On the other hand, we obtain a rather important
result, for assuming, of course, that the interpretation put
upon these experiments is correct, even when the Ra is com-
pletely surrounded by a thickness of 4 cm. of Pb, a sec-
ondary radiation escapes, which has a value of A approx.
1°25. Now it has been shown by Wigger (Jahrbuch der Rad.
Band 2, ’05) that practically all soft y rays coming from
the Ra are stopped by a thickness of Pb considerably less
than 4 cm., and that the hard y rays which can penetrate
such a thickness have a value of A='24.

Again, the amount of the secondary radiation has only
been reduced from 570 to 270 by the insertion of the 4 cm.
plug of Pb, so that we must suppose most of the secondary
radiation we are dealing with to be produced from the hard

y rays and very little of it from the soft y rays. This re-
sv it will be shown later, is supported by other experiments.

It is now iets to apply the necessary correction to
the curve A, fig. 11. The result is shown by the full line
curve C, the proper correction being obtained by adding a
quantity 400(1 —e-5x125)d) to the original values. Part of
the secondary radiation from the sides of the cone was in
these experiments cut off by suitable Pb screens ; the factor 1°5
is introduced to allow for the obliquity with which the rays
coming from the sides of the cone cross the radiators.

ax St Biiminiiae
BEN ; CI

dy h

eee 7

spe aeunceseeer’

heer, 2 Or. ee

o/nesreneee |

t |
WN
t |
|
|
N
LS
[|
J
sees

ee
Tt
an
Sana
as
Lt
ga
=a
ab
be
AB
on
an
an
we
BS
ae

GR ISV A AeSd4neeaea

SN
NWN

AAS TL epee

e+} 4

PRE A

seeteessar
Soenoee in

ra BboPSEEEE Ze cue aeeeene

Sen... 4. Tulse ew 40 4ES) Aes

PCE EEE Ae
Ci ey Pe AA

BERAa2e 8
sistercsts sf
EEIEE EEE
HH ae a Se:

Poy to ke

aot

171

In order to investigate now the quality of the secondary
radiation which comes from the Pb radiators, a Pb plate
5 mm. thick was used as radiator, and the emergence radia-
tion was absorbed by Pb domes. In each experiment the
dome having been placed in position, two sets of measure-
ments were taken, one with, the other without, the radia-
tor, and the results of these subtracted. The mean of a
number of experiments is shown in table i., and in fig. v.,
curve A, the value of the thickness of the dome multiplied
by its density is shown horizontally, and the log. of the cor-
responding current vertically, the reading with no dome being
reduced to 100. It will be seen that the emergence radia-
tion from Pb, within the range of thickness of dome, over
which it has been measured with sufficient accuracy, is ap-
proximately equivalent to a homogeneous radiation for which
A=1°33.

Now these results require correction on account of the
absorption by the 5 mm. Pb radiator of the secondary radia-
tion from the sides of the cone. As, however, this latter
has been shown to have approximately the same value of J,
viz., 1°25, it is hardly necessary at the present stage to at-
tempt to apply the correction.

The quality of the radiation from Pb was now tested
by Zn and by Al domes. The results are shown in the
curves B and C, fig. v. It will be seen that A/A is of much
the same value when the radiation is tested by Zn or Al;
but is considerably greater when tested by Pb. This is simi-
lar to the results which are obtained when the original y
radiation coming from Ra, which apparently consists of a
mixture of hard and soft rays, is tested by small thicknesses
of absorbing screen.

TaBLeE [.
Ps Domes.
Radiation from Pb
Thickness of Dome, mm. ... 0 1 4 6 10

100 ~=80 60 3843 26°5

Radiation from Zn

Thickness of Dome, mm. ... 0 2 4 6 10
100 64 46 3a 21

Radiation from Al

Thickness of Dome, mm. ... 0 2 4 6 10
: 100 63 45 32 20

172

ZN Domes.
Radiation from Pb
Thickness of Dome, mm. ... 0 O4 bL-7 ee

100 85 67:5 44

Radiation from Zn
Thickness of Dome, mm. ... 0 D4 11:7 25:3
100 84 63 34
Radiation from A]

Thickness of Dome, mm. ... 0 4 LiF aa
100 81 59 aa

AL DomgEs.
Radiation from Pb
Thickness of Dome, mm. ... 0 21

8
100 88 75

Radiation from Zn

Thickness of Dome, mm. ... 0 21
100 74

Radiation from Al

Thickness of Dome, mm. ... 0 21
100 72

It has already been shown that the radiation from the
sides of the cone is approximately of the same quality as that
from a Pb radiator; we may therefore assume without much
possibility of error that the value of A by Zn for this radia-
tion is ‘34.

It is now possible to apply the necessary correction to
the curve 4, fig. 111. A quantity 570(1 —e-(1'5*"54)d) has been
added to the previous readings; the result is shown in the
full-line curve B. The last two readings require a slightly
less correction on account of the Zn plug cutting off some of
the original y radiation which produces the effect from the
sides of the cone; the necessary correction in this case was
determined by a separate experiment.

The quality of the emergence radiation from Zn and
from Al was now tested by Zn and by Al domes. The re-
sults are given in table i., proper correction being applied in
each case for the absorption of the radiation from the side
of the cone.

173

The Zn radiator was 12 mm. thick, the Al 17 mm.
-Measurements were also made with radiators of other thick-
nesses, but the results were not sufficiently accurate to enable
one to say whether the quality of the emergence radiation
varied with the thickness of radiator.

The results are plotted in fig. v., from which it will be
seen that the radiation from Zn and Al is far from homo-
geneous when tested by Pb domes.

The emergence radiation from Zn and Al appears to
consist of two sets of y rays—-one of much the same quality
as those which are produced from Pb, the other a very much
softer bundle. A rough analysis of either the Zn or Al
curve, if such is legitimate, would suggest that it may be
derived from a hard and soft bundle of y rays, for which the
values of A by Pb are 1°3 and 5 respectively, the effect of
the hard bundle being initially almost twice that of the soft.

It will be seen from the figure that mass for mass Al
and Zn domes are not able to bring out so clearly as Pb
domes the distinction between the quality of the secondary
radiations from Zn and Al as compared with that from Pb.

This, again, is much the same as is found when one at-
tempts to sort out the original hard and soft y rays of Ra
by such screens.

However, the radiation from Pb always appears some-
what harder than that from Zn and Al, no matter what
screen is used.

This result has been checked on different occasions with
care, and is of importance, as the results obtained by Klee-
man from the secondary incidence y rays, and the theory of
selective absorption founded thereon, and extended to the
original y radiation, should apparently apply also to the
secondary emergence rays.

§ II.

To investigate the secondary incidence y rays the ioni-
zation chamber, fig. i., was inverted, and the large plates
which served as radiators were laid directly upon the ioni-
zation chamber as at p,p. This enabled the secondary inci-
dence rays from the radiator to enter the ionization cham-
ber, not only by the sides 7,2 but also through the
top of the chamber, and should more than compensate for
any decrease in effect due to the primary y rays falling upon
a larger area than they did in the case where the emergence
radiation was measured.

174

The secondary incidence radiation increased in amount
as the thickness of the radiator was increased. In fig. vi.
is shown the relation between the mass of the radiator and

arked\

PT ate eT CTT ==
See pees Ec Cio ote alee ct Bama esas
ff) jipeetar beac t dots EESSGERREEREP
Pl aot ehsta eters | er == SSRSSSSRSE008 43) 20ee
eco s Sea ee oe
San BCE CE ce epee “TT 11) er
iskaa at aot ar ict lars! CER ee
ERReeeeee ee eee pee ee een eee ROSES ESEenEneee
EEG Mo ere te lei niet oh ele
e Cee eRe Renee Cit el Ce eenen Pree
SESE Ene we Beer ones
D @CECE EET Re 7 nates PEE
Ct p ap eo MBOML AE
S HZ BeBe bset te peace
= CT MRR:
py ana it BSE0RGE as
iS mal x4 SRSEGEERE
8 a BRMRESER Conoco!
= SERERSMEOR Ee os
x FEHR a tee ea
3 Peto eae
; aa be
“Heel

f

Le aapepe eee Ue mie ardetc (actrees

ras

| SO ee
= cy Estate ttt ea
2 leit | i aaa

es Ho aes

the amount of the secondary incidence y radiation for C,
Al, Zn, and Pb.

C and Al give maximum values of nearly the same
amount, viz., 300; Zn not quite so much, viz., 270; while
Pb gave only 100. Comparing these with the corrected
values for the emergence radiation from Pb and Zn respect-
ively, which were 680 and 1400 approximately, it 1s
seen that the lack of symmetry between the effects
on the two sides of a plate is very marked—the effect on the
emergence side being from about 4°5 to 65 times that on
the incidence side. The quantities on the incidence side are
consequently so small that they become difficult to measure
with any great accuracy, especially when an attempt is made
to determine the quality of the radiation.

To measure the quality of the incidence radiation the
top of the ionization chamber was covered with a lead sheet
about 1 cm. thick, from the centre of which was cut a cir-
cular hole 17°5 cm. diameter. One of the larger domes was
then inverted and placed so as to intercept the radiation from
the radiator, which was placed in the large circular hole just
mentioned. A_ thickness of radiator sufficient to give the
maximum effect was used in all cases. There appeared to
be very little difference in the quality of the radiation re-

175

turned from C, Al, and Zn. A Pb dome 4 mm. thick re-
duced the effect to approximately 20 per cent., indicating a
radiation for which the vaiue of A is 4, if we can suppose
it homogeneous.

In the case of Zn and Al it will be seen from table i.
that a 4 mm. Pb dome reduces the effect of the emergence
radiation to about 45 per cent. There is thus a considerable
difference in the quality of the emergence and the incidence
y radiations from these substances.

That the incidence radiation from these substances is
softer than the emergence, is also supported by the experi-
ments of Kleeman and Eve already referred to, both these
observers having found the value of A for the incidence rays
from these or similar substances to be of the order 4, meas-
ured by Pb. In the case of the incidence radia-
tion from Pb the measurements were not sufficiently accu-
rate to decide whether the incidence radiation was softer
than the emergence; it appeared to be of much the same
quality, 7.e., X=1°3 approximately.

§ III.

As the apparatus described in fig. i. was unsuitable for
measuring the amount of secondary emergence radiation from
substances such as Al and C, and as we do not know that
the distribution of the emergence ‘radiation is the same in
all directions for all substances an experiment was set up as
shown in fig. vii.

The lower portion of the diagram shows the arrange-
ment of the Ra, magnet,’ and iron case which is the same as
previously described. Some distance above the Ra was sup-
ported—upon an insulated stand—a flat cylindrical ionization
chamber. The floor of this chamber was of sheet lead 1°25
mm. thick, the sides were of Zn, and for a lid was used a
thin Al plate. The conical chamber, shown by dotted lines,
was used in experiments to be described later. The radia-
tors were in the form of flat plates, the first of which in
any experiment was placed in the position p,p. Additional
thicknesses were added immediately below p,p and in contact
with the top plate, while for very great thicknesses plugs of
the material could be inserted in the conical hole in the Pb
block, through which the y radiation streamed.

In the first set of experiments the Pb plates L,L were
used in the position shown, the large central hole in them

176

To Electromefer

To Cells

[Tage
[7 y 7 fi;

BGS
(ei
YY py

FIG. VIL.

The radiators shown by horizontal dotted lines below p,p
intercept the radiation from the Ra. By means of Pb plates L,L
an amount of the secondary radiation may be prevented from
entering the ionization chamber. The dotted conical chamber
was used in a separate set of experiments.

allowing the y rays to pass without obstruction to the ioni-
zation chamber ; while a considerable amount of secondary y
radiation from the radiating plates p,p was prevented from
reaching the chamber. A strong magnetic field was applied
during the experiments. The floor of the ionization chamber, con-
sisting of Pb 1°25 mm. thick, was sufficient, as has been
shown in previous papers, to give the full amount of emer-
gence 8 radiation. Several readings were taken with each
thickness of radiator in position, and the readings were suf-
ficiently large with the chamber filled with air. From any
reading it is necessary to subtract an amount corresponding

177

to the leak produced by the natural ionization in the cham-
ber, to the radiation which comes directly from the Ra and
has not all been cut off by the interposed screens, such as
L,L, and to secondary y radiation from surrounding bodies,
which may be able to enter the chamber. This latter quan-
tity was found to be by no means negligible, and so far as
I know has not been allowed for in many experiments by
previous observers. To obtain with great accuracy the zero
reading necessary for subtraction, is a course exceedingly
difficult.

In the present experiment a close approximation to its
value was found by inserting a large Pb plug in the coni-
cal hole and placing plates of Pb above this, so as to make
in all a thickness of about 20 cm. This, as shown by pre-
vious observers, should be sufficient to reduce even the hard
y radiation, which streamed through the conical hole, to
almost a negligible amount, while it should not affect to any
great extent the secondary radiation coming from surround-
ing bodies.

The results of experiments with different materials used
as radiators are given in table ii., and in fig. vill. are shown
by full-line curves the thickness of radiator multiplied by
its density, plotted horizontally against the logarithm of the
corresponding currents vertically. The value of the current
with no radiation in position at p,p has in each case been
reduced to the common value 100, and the zero for the ordi-
nates has in some of the curves been altered so as to pre-
vent overlapping. It will be seen that Pb, Bi, and Hg give
results almost identical; while Sn, Zn, Al, and C all give
results very similar to each other, but differing from those
of the first group in that a more sudden drop of the curve
is shown for the initial thicknesses of radiator. From a
value of @A =7 onwards the curves for all the substances
become practically parallel.

The Pb screens Z,L, fig. vii., were now removed, and
radiators were used in the form of large, flat plates, the
first of which was placed horizontally just below the floor
of the ionization chamber, merely separated from it by a
small thickness of ebonite for insulation.

Successive thicknesses of radiator were added immediately
below the first. By this means it was thought possible to
allow a large proportion of all the emergent secondary y
radiation to add on its effect in the chamber. The results

178

91.6 9.99

99.€ 9.99

06.7 9.97

O1.8 9.96 OL.€ 0.00T
08.6. 9.96 LIP 8.201 66.9 0.08
OV.LT 9.16 LE.9 8.28 06.8 0.09

00.66 9.91 82.g 06.99 00.6 8.29 O78 0.07
OV-Tes S90 -SO.0T- <O0L-S8 = “O27 " BLr= 209.96 = 0.08
06.70 Gb 6.91 06.96 00.16 826 08:86 0.76
097g §0.¢ 09.26 OL9T O88€ 866 08.77 OST
06.69 4%.Z 06-88 OG.01 O2T9 O.GT- OPL9 O.6T
09-68 LT 09.79 G1.G 09:29 $8.2 09.62 21.9

00.001 0. 00.001 00.0 00.001 0. 00.00T 0.0

Pp I p SEF | Pp ‘A Pp
dd Tg ug uz

‘MOOT ava'yT

ea et ‘TI WIavy,

L.GT
6.66
8.G¢
6-69
6.19
G.EL
G.98
G.66
0.00T

0.861
0.66
0.92
0.0¢
0.0%
0.0€
0.06
0.0T
0.0

gi
J0 2 2 GS ee aa eee Se Ek 5B. AV @ Stee SEG

ee ee ee apt

net man in
iy AP.
mw al.

ne ar:
PA
eet tt A
Bae ‘A

ae SCOPE
peep Webel

aae =
DMB SRAM ane JAP aS AUS? 4. Reese Sees
a A AA

a tt a ff Sf Sf es
en | | af are Se A AA? a OS a Bd
aly ie te ae ee

LuFSsar As guava |
220 a6 200) A020 /e or ao Pt i
4 fee [a] wc sf sp TY ge Le

r-. e ©,

mts

180

GP.9 0.16

G0.6 0.62

O€.IT 0.19 i G8.V 0.601

OL-E1. 0.19 GG. 0.18

O1-8T 0.g¢ 0.97 0.96 CT:OL- ~=6(0.62_ a9 0.686
08-61 0.69 0:00T-=6:0 OV-.& 00.79 O€:ST —-0:79--06.08" 0.661
O16 0.99 us CT.g 00.0G 09.¢T 0.89 OL7L 0.691
09.66 0.0F 9.2 0.6€2|0.16 §.S1 008 00.79 09.06 0.69 08.06 0.671

OE-Ge Po ret a- LE OO Ore 0.8 08:0L + 08.18 — O2€---0:690-~- 08.08 0:26 | 09.46") 0.6cT
OE-GP >: O:8G ~4-OT-- 0691 | 0.001 0:0 OZ-FI . -OL.98~— 0.66 -- 0.681 09:14 +..0.86-"- OP be. _0-61T
OG.1¢ 9.1¢ 9.06 --0:68T ‘SH 02-81 09.16 4.67 0.201 00.09 9.16 09-26 0.96
07.19 £91 —¥.08> O.ZIT O18 0.22 00-02 =~ 08-91... 8:80 — OLS SOG Goss cai | 00-38 20-62
00.69 40.21 |) G8 7082-1 F716 - 0-81 7 1090:68 — 06-09-77 0:69- Uni Dee eG 08.79 0.19
00.72 0.6 G79 0.7 | 0.001 0.0 OL.GS - OL.G G62. OdS -- 06-78 — 20.9 00.62 O0.PE
01.68 0.9 GLL 0.16 Ss OG-IL GG.Z 0.88 22 0.08 Obs Eee 0¢.68 O21

0168 0.€ 1262001 |1.08) ‘O00. 00.pee OT. 0.68 0.01 09.26 0.8 00.76 0.01
00.001 0.0 0.00T 0.0 0.00T 0.0 00.00T 00.0 0.001 0.0 00.001 0.0 00.00T 0.0
mregert
vi ? £ E I ‘“ ib P I Nm r id Y i Bier <2
UZ IV on dd O beat’ IV
‘dOOTT NOMUVO ‘mOO1q AvVaT

“[I]T fav

181

of these experiments, given in table iii. and shown by the
dotted curves in fig. viii. show that this anticipation was
realized.

The dotted curves ey and (zx!) need not be consid-

ered at present; they were obtained with a carbon floor in-
troduced into the ionization chamber.

Al, C, Zn, Fe, 8, and Sn give results which are all very
nearly identical, and the curves show a considerable differ-
ence in slope to what they did in the previous experiment.

Pb and Hg, however, are distinctly different from the
other substances, of which we may hereafter take Zn as typi-
cal.

The curve for Pb has not been altered to such a large
extent by the change of arrangement of the experiment as
oe that for Zn and such substances.

eens

Tee
|

p

ie
—aae

Saas

eee eee
4
Bescon
AGE WeseES
seSSHESeeteee
‘ Eaves Renee sane
BRUaE we4ey ones
vane a
‘oe nome
aus Se) Sao EeRESS

Hae <4
SERGE RARER Tee ae iC

SESS) SeSne

jae RT N
gaze ECE ee WEES Care RL Er are Dr rer
BS @eeenEe oe. Pert

Pp seieieais SeGcGeneenan Eeasa t BL
j= +f! ae SasepLane INS segtesinasstasifasis ea oe

eesststssesssetes SS
SS SSS
Baan

182

The results for Zn are shown separately in fig. ix. by
curves A and B, in which the values of thickness of absorb-
ing screen multiplied by its density are shown horizontally
and the corresponding currents vertically. The difference
between the ordinates for any value of d A represents the
amount of secondary radiation which it was possible to cut
out by the Pb screens L,Z in the first experiment. This
difference is shown by the dotted curve (. It will be seen
that the amount of secondary y radiation increases with the
thickness of absorbing screen or radiator, until a value cor-
responding to dA =18 has been reached, after which it grad-
ually falls. For certain values of d A the effect produced by
the secondary y rays may be almost as great as that which
is being produced by the primary y rays.

It is thus seen that the effect produced in an ionization
chamber in an ordinary absorption experiment depends
largely upon the position of the absorbing plate relatively
to the ionization chamber, and the shape of an absorption
curve may consequently be made to vary between consider-
able limits. The shape of the chamber, however, appears
to make very little difference to the shape of the absorption
curve, within of course certain limits.

A conical ionization chamber, as shown by the dotted
diagram in fig. vil., gave results for the first few thicknesses
of radiator almost the same as those shown by the dotted
curves, fig. vill.; while, again, with the plates placed at p,p
results similar to those shown by full-line curves in the same
figure were obtained, without of course the necessity of using
Pb screen such as L,L.

This is readily explained if we remember that probably
most of the effect produced in the ionization chamber is due
to emergence and incidence 8 rays coming from the floor and
lid of the chamber; these rays being the product of the ori-
ginal y rays and of the secondary y rays. The B rays as a
result of the scattering they undergo emerge in all direc-
tions from the floor and lid of the chamber, and any altera-
tion in the shape of the chamber will affect the ionization
produced by the 8 rays, which come from the secondary y
rays to much the same extent as it will those which come
from the original y rays.

Returning to fig. vii. it will be found that the ordinary
absorption curve, corresponding to the dotted curve Pb l,
7é., in which as much secondary radiation as possible is in-
cluded, can be represented very accurately by the expres-
sion : 30¢~ 324-4 70¢-1'35d.

Again, the full-line curve Pb 2, from which as much as
possible of the secondary radiation has been excluded, is re-

183

presented by the expression: -24¢-%2¢d+476e-155d. The dif-
ference between these two expressions, viz., 6(e-%2¢ — ¢-1°35d.)
is a measure, therefore, of the total emergence secondary y
radiation from Pb. Now it has been shown in previous ex-
periments in this paper that the secondary y radiation from
Pb can be approximately represented by a homogeneous radi-
ation, for which the value of A is 1°25; we are, therefore,
able to account for the results which have just been obtained
if we suppose that the original hard bundle of y rays, which
proceed from the Ra, makes all, or, at least, very nearly all,
the secondary radiation which comes from Pb; this is in
agreement with the result obtained previously (page 169).

In the case of substances of the nature of Zn the differ-
ence between the two absorption curves, as shown in fig. ix.,
cannot be explained so simply. The secondary radiation after
reaching its maximum value falls off more rapidly than we
should expect, had all the secondary been derived from the
hard set of original y rays. We must suppose that in such
substances the soft y rays from the Ra also produce a certain
amount of secondary emergence radiation, or that even
though such may be produced in all substances it is better
able to escape from such substances as Zn than from sub-
stances of the nature of Pb. This of course is merely an-
other way of saying that Pb absorbs the softened secondary
radiation to a much greater extent than Zn.

Again, it has been shown earlier in this paper that the |
emergence radiation from such substances as Zn appears, when
tested by Pb, to be divisible into two quantities correspond-
ing to a hard and soft bundle of y rays, the hard having
about the same penetrating power as the secondary rays
from Pb. As it will be shown presently that there is good
reason to believe that two distinct bundles of y rays—a hard
and a soft—are given out from the Ra, we may for the pre-
sent look upon the two bundles of secondary rays which are
produced from Zn and such substances as the products of the
corresponding hard and soft bundles of the original radia-
tion.

It will be seen from fig. viii. that when as much second-
ary radiation as possible is excluded the curves for all sub-
stances very nearly correspond. Let us suppose that had it
been possible to exclude all the effects of secondary y radi-
ation, the curves for all substances would have become iden-
tical. This supposition must apparently be very near the
truth, for it can be seen from the geometry of the arrange-
ment in fig. vii. that by no means can all the secondary radia-
tion have been excluded in the first set of experiments. We
arrive, then, at this result: that, excluding all secondary y

184

radiation and its effects, we may consider the Ra to give
out two distinct sets of y rays, one more penetrating than
the other, each practically homogeneous, with values of
A/ A='028 and ‘012 respectively, these values being practi-
cally independent of the nature of the absorbing substance.

When the secondary y radiation is allowed to produce its
effect in addition to that produced directly by the original
y rays, this law may be modified to a very considerable ex-
tent. In the usual arrangement of apparatus used for de-
termining the quality of a radiation the absorbing plates are
as a rule placed close to the ionization chamber, and the
values of A deduced from the tangent to the absorption curve
—that-is to say, it is generally with the dotted line curves
of fig. viii. that we are dealing, and the effects of secondary
radiation may, as has already been shown, be in some cases
very nearly as important as the effects produced directly from
the original y radiation.

This, for example, affords a ready explanation of the
effect observed by Eve (Phil. Mag., Aug., 1908), who states:
—‘“TIt is noteworthy that the Ra in 2°2 cm. of nickel-steel
gives an effect about 1°5 times as great as when the Ra is
in 1 em. of Pb. From the relative densities we should ex-
pect 2°2 cm. of steel to be equivalent to 15 cm. of Pb, and
therefore the Ra in the steel cylinder should give, by the den-
sity law, two-thirds of the effect of the Ra in Pb. It actu-
ally gives one and a half times as much; thus the primary
y rays traverse steel much more readily than Pb, but the
rays passing through iron are subsequently absorbed more
readily by Pb than if the Ra were in Pb.”

From the results of the present paper we can say that
in going through 2°2 cm. of steel or 1°5 cm. of Pb, the soft
primary y rays will have suffered in each case the same num-
ber of collisions, but that the effect of a collision with an
atom of Pb, or rather with the constituent of such an atom,
is much more definite than in the case of substances of lower
atomic weight ; that 1n the case of Pb the collision has broken
the original y ray up, immediately sending out a B ray, or
has so shattered the original y ray as to make it easy for Pb
to subsequently complete the process.

In the case of Zn, etc., the effect of the collision has
not been so definite: much scattered y radiation is produced,
somewhat softened by the effects of collision, but still able to
suffer further modification as a y ray before being eventually
broken up and sending out the B ray.

It must be noticed that in experiments upon the second-
ary incidence y rays, such as have been carried out by Klee-
man and by Eve, the nature of the secondary effect may be

—— ee “

185

modified to a very considerable extent if the Ra be covered
directly by a considerable mass of a substance such as Zn.
Where a similar screen of lead would appear to have hard-
ened the primary beam which is being experimented with, the
screen of Zn may very well appear in some cases to have
softened the primary beam, more especially if the secondary
effects produced by hard and by soft rays do not conform to
the same law of distribution.

It may be observed that the value of A; A obtained in
the present investigation for the hard y rays from Ra is °028,
whereas the mean value obtained by Wigger was ‘021. The
difference probably arises from the fact that Wigger appears
to have taken the natural ionization in the chamber as the
amount to be subtracted from all the readings. It seems
quite possible that a considerable amount of secondary radi-
tion from surrounding bodies may have been able to enter
the chamber, in which case the correction should have been
greater, and this applied to all the readings would increase
the value of A/A which he obtained.

Again, since the hard y rays produce a considerable
amount of secondary radiation in Pb, it is not surprising
that with a long, narrow chamber, such as Wigger used, the
shape of the absorption curve for Pb differs from that ob-
tained in the present experiments.

We have now sufficient information to enable us to con-
struct at least a working theory. The main points to be ob-
served are, firstly, the lack of symmetry in the amounts, and,
secondly, a lack of symmetry in some cases in the quality of
the secondary y radiation.

The asymmetry shown by the secondary emergence and
incidence 8 rays, which are produced from the primary y
rays of Ra, has already been put forward as an argument
in favour of the “material” theory propounded by Professor
Bragg.
The modification of the ether-pulse theory, recently ad-
vanced by Professor J. J. Thomson, may possibly furnish a
partial explanation of the facts: but there are many diff-
culties in the way of a pulse theory, even modified to this
extent: some of these have been pointed out in a recent paper
by Professor Bragg and myself (Trans. Roy. Soc., 8. Aus.,
v. xxxil., 1908).

When one attempts to further explain by the pulse theory
the lack of symmetry which exists in the case of the second-
ary y rays, the difficulties become much greater.

If we are to suppose that the incidence and emergence
y rays are true secondary effects produced by vibrations of
electrons in the absorbing material, the effect resembles very

186

closely that of fluorescence. The corresponding optical pro-
blem, however, gives rise to no such lack of symmetry; we
find in its case no corresponding asymmetry of distribution
or of quality of the secondary effect.

If, however, we attempt an explanation upon the “mate-
rial” theory, these difficulties at once disappear.

Let us consider in the first place the effects produced by
a homogeneous bundle of hard y rays. These in passing
through matter suffer collision ; the effect of such collision is
to change the direction of motion of the incident primary
ray—-in other words, to scatter it; at the same time the scat-
tered ray loses a certain amount of energy—it has become
softened ; this softening may be due either to a change in its
speed or to a change in moment of the y pair, or it may be
both. The distribution of the scattered radiation will pro-
bably depend upon the nature of collision, and may be in-
fluenced largely by the atomic structure of the matter
with which the y particle has collided. © We have seen,
for instance, that in the case of Pb, where the secondary
radiation is produced mainly from the hard bundle
of y rays proceeding from the Ra, that much more of the
scattered y radiation moves on in the direction of the original
rays than returns in the opposite direction.

Consider the case of a fine stream of homogeneous rays
moving in the direction v, a plate of absorbing material of
thickness Z being placed in their path, at right angles to the
direction of motion of the particles. Let 7, be the number
of y particles which are sent out by the Ra per unit time.
The number Z which are able to proceed a distance 7
through the absorbing plate without suffering appreciable
effect is such that 7Z=JZ,¢-A*. In a distance, dx, the number
which have suffered serious collision is 7,Ae-A%dx. Of these
let a fraction, g, be merely scattered, at the same time soft-
ened or reduced to what we may call an intermediate stage,
in which their coefficient of absorption (so called) is A’.

The remainder represented by the fraction (l1—q) are
turned into 8 rays at once. Let 7,=q/,\¢ —A*dz.

As a result of scattering in a direction inclined to the
original at an angle 6, let 7,F@ represent the number of par-
ticles per sec. which cross the unit area of a spherical sur-
face of unit radius described with centre at the point where
scattering occurs; then the number of scattered rays which
emerge per sec. from the flat plate of thickness 7

qT, 7
er —rx —N(L—-2) Sec. 0

= Qr Sin. 0. FO. q 1, e dé dx
fo) Tv

2

ee ——*

187

In addition to these rays we have emerging per sec. a
number J,¢-A/ which have suffered no scattering.

We are not at present able to evaluate the expression
given above, from want of knowledge regarding /6. How-
ever, we may proceed to make an approximate calculation of
the effect which might be expected in such a case as we have
investigated in fig. 1.

Considering as before a fine pencil of homogeneous y
rays falling normally upon a plate of thickness 1, we may ex-
press the emergence radiation as—

L_)xz -ad(L—2) KIX [2 -aNL
kT, x{ ee dz = Ea ave )

where £& is a constant, A the coefficient of absorption of the
primary set of rays, \’ a similar coefficient for the secondary
rays, and a a constant obliquity factor, which in the present
case is taken as 2, a value obtained by considering the geo-
metrical arrangement of the radiators in fig. i. with regard
to the ionization chamber.

Let us now apply this result to the case of a Pb radi-
ator: the values of A and A’ are °32 and 1°3 respectively. The
curve corresponding to e-“%2L—e¢-26L jis shown by the dotted
line in fig. 11., the maximum having been adjusted to the
same value as for the experimental curve.

The agreement between the theoretical and the actual
curve is very good.

The maximum value is reached for about the same thick-
ness of radiator, and for thicknesses of radiator greater than
that required to give the maximum effect the curves slope ™
away to about the same extent. This, taken in conjunction
with previous experiments, seems to show that practically all
the secondary y radiation obtained in these experiments from
Pb may be considered as derived from the original hard y
rays of the Ra.

It must, however, be remembered that the secondary
emergence rays have to penetrate the Pb sides of the ioni-
zation chamber, and allowing for obliquity this corresponds
to a thickness of about 2 mm., so that it is still quite pos-
sible that a fair amount of very soft secondary y radiation
may have escaped detection.

If we now proceed in a similar manner to construct the
corresponding curve for Zn, viz., e—~2L—e-"é4L, it is found
that it by no means corresponds to the experimental curve.
If, however, we assume that for a thickness of about 10 cm.
of the Zn radiator the primary soft bundle is producing very
little of the secondary emergence y radiation, the curve as

188

calculated above may be placed in the position shown by C,
fig. iii. The curve D is now drawn to represent the differ-
ence between the curves B and C. We may now see how
closely this remainder corresponds to what might be expected
if the soft bundle of original y rays produced a correspond-
ing softer secondary. The maximum in the case of this re-
mainder curve is further to the left than in the case of curve
C, and after reaching its maximum value the curve falls away
much more rapidly than does C. It corresponds, in fact,
very well with what we might reasonably expect to be pro-
duced by the soft bundle of y rays coming from the Ra.
Again, although for any given thickness of radiator the ratio
of the ordinates to the curves ( and PD is by no means con-
stant, it is of the order indicated in fig. v. by the curve A’’.

If, now, the curves C and D represent the effects due
respectively to the hard and soft y rays from the Ra, it
should be possible to show experimentally that the quality
of the radiation from a Zn radiator depends to some extent
upon the thickness of the radiator. No serious attempt has
so far been made to carry out this investigation. However,
we may check the result in another way. The quality of the
radiation from Zn should show some change if we absorb
some of the soft y rays coming from the Ra by means of a
Pb screen or plug before allowing the radiation to fall upon
the Zn radiator. As we have already seen, it is possible in
this way to reduce the softer radiation without cutting down
the hard to such an extent as would be necessary if a plug
of material such as Zn were used.

. Using 17 mm. of Al as radiator, with no plug, the read-

ing with no dome was to the reading with a 6 mm. dome as
100:31. With a 9 mm. plug, however, inserted in the coni-
cal hole just over the Ra the reading with no dome was to
the reading with a 6 mm. dome as 100:39. A similar effect
was also obtained with a Zn radiator.

We see, then, that hardening the primary radiation has
the effect of hardening the secondary, and this is in agree-
ment with the suggestion put forward, viz., that in the case
of Zn, Al, and such substances the secondary emergence y
radiation consists of two bundles corresponding to, in fact
derived immediately from, the two corresponding bundles con-
stituting the original y radiation.

In fig. ix. the dotted curve ( has been plotted to a larger
scale, and the curve D obtained previously in fig. ii., and
shown in that fig. curve B, has been plotted with the same
maximum value as ©’ for comparison with it. It will be
noticed that the curve D reaches its maximum for a smaller
thickness of radiator than does C’. This we might expect

(an lin

189

as the secondary rays will be able to emerge from a greater
depth of the radiator, when some of them come out more
normally, as happens in the case represented by curve C’.

In the experiment from which the curve VP is derived
the rays emerge very obliquely, and their self-absorption by
the radiator is much greater for a given thickness of radi-
ator.

Otherwise the curves are in very good agreement. It
is to be noticed that in curve CC’ certain effects may show
themselves which are probably not present to such a large
extent in the case represented by D. Soft radiation, for in-
stance, has a much better opportunity of producing its effect
in the former case.

Returning now to a brief consideration of the second-
ary incidence y radiation. Although no attempt has as yet
been made to determine whether the radiation from different
substances is strictly homogeneous, it was thought advisable
to find out how its amount varied for any substance as the
Ra was covered with different screen thicknesses of Pb.

In these experiments C, Zn, and Al showed much the
same effect. With no plug, a5 mm. plug, and a 10 mm.
plug over the Ra, the corresponding readings were as
100:60:35. Now, since the value of A for the soft y radi-
ation from Ra is 1°35 for Pb, it should have required about
8 mm. of Pb to reduce it to 35 per cent. of its original value,
and had the incidence secondary radiation been due entirely
to the original soft y rays it should apparently have been
reduced to much the same amount. It is shown above that
10 mm. of Pb, placed in the path of the primary, reduces
the secondary effect to 35 per cent., so that it appears that
very nearly all the secondary incidence y radiation from Zn
and such substances is derived from the soft bundle of pri-
mary y rays.

In the case of the radiation from Pb the measurements
could not be performed with any great accuracy. However,
it was found possible to place a 2 cm. Pb plug over the Ra
without cutting off all the incidence radiation; the reading
was reduced to about 30 per cent.

The experiment is accurate enough to enable us to say
that the secondary incidence radiation from Pb is derived
to a large extent from the original hard bundle of y rays;
its quality, as tested by Pb domes, shows also that it is of
much the same nature as the emergence radiation, which ap-
pears to be the product of the hard y rays.

In all these experiments, and especially in those which
deal with the incidence radiation, it must be borne in mind
that the radiation has to penetrate a thickness of Pb, cor-

190

responding to 2 mm. before its effect is measured, and con-
sequently the effect of very soft y radiation may have been
missed.

The lack of symmetry in quality of the emergence and
incidence radiation from some materials may be explained
if we suppose the distribution of the scattered radiation which
is produced from the hard y rays is not the same as for that
produced from the softer rays. The secondary radiation pro-
duced from the hard y rays appears to move on more in the
direction of the original stream than do the secondaries pro-
duced from the softer rays.

The distribution of the secondaries may also to some ex-
tent depend upon the nature of the medium in which scat-
tering has taken place, and it does not seem at all unlikely
that the atomic structure of the radiator should determine to
some extent the nature and result of a collision between the
y particle and the constituent part of the atom.

It has already been stated that these experiments give
little or no support to the theory of selective absorption ad-
vanced by Kleeman; the effects seem much simpler than we
might be led to suppose from that theory. It seems possible,
also, to suggest probable causes for the effects which Klee-
man has observed. In some cases the absorbing screens used
by Kleeman seem not to be of sufficient thickness to pre-
clude the possibility of a certain amount of 8 rays, given off
by the radiator, penetrating the screen. Secondly, it has
been assumed that the incidence y radiation from all the sub-
stances experimented with is homogeneous. If, for example,
the incidence radiation from Pb contained a very soft bundle
in addition to the hard, many of the results obtained by
Kleeman could be immediately explained. With the present
form of apparatus I have not of course been able to test this
point ; it does not, however, seem at all improbable that Pb
should give out an exceedingly soft bundle of y rays, the
product of the soft y rays in the original radiation ; indeed,
if it is safe to make comparisons from the behaviour of such
substances as Zn, it would be surprising if such a soft bundle
did not exist, although of course its effect may be small.
Thirdly, in dealing with the very soft y rays, which consti-
tute the secondary incidence radiation, it seems necessary to
take into account the effect of tertiary radiation.

In conclusion it may not be out of place to discuss one
or two points of some interest which have arisen during the
progress of these experiments.

In fig. viii. it will be observed that for a mass of ab-
sorbing screen 70 the result of cutting out a considerable
amount of the secondary radiation has been to change the

OO

191

value of the effect produced with Zn screens from 56 to 43.
In the case of Pb the corresponding change is from 38 to
30. In other words, the ratio of the effect produced by a
Zn screen to that produced by a Pb screen of the same mass
is apparently much the same whether secondary radiation is
included or not. It appears almost as if the effect produced
in the ionization chamber were due more to the secondaries
produced from the hard y rays than to direct effects of these
hard y rays. The hard y rays are not apparently broken up
as the result of the first collision; a few may be, but most
of the rays seem capable of passing into what we may for
convenience speak of as an intermediate stage. A second
collision when the ray is in this stage may be more effective
in breaking up the y ray and causing the B particle to be
sent out. In some cases the y ray may still retain the char-
acteristics of a y ray even after many collisions.

It would seem possible for a y ray to produce some
ionization in a gas as a result of its passage through that
gas, slow-speed delta rays being produced from the atoms of
the gas. Where high-speed electrons appear they are to be
considered as having been produced from the y ray itself,
being originally a part of it, as already suggested by Pro-
fessor Bragg.

It has been found by Eve (Phil. Mag., 1906) that the
y rays from Thorium have an absorption curve, measured by
Pb, very nearly the same as that for Ra. We should ex-
pect, then, that Thorium gave out two homogeneous sets of
y rays as does Ra, the values of A by Pb for these groups
being °32 and 1°35. It has also been found by Eve that the
value of A for the y rays given out by Ur is 1°4, and that
these rays appear nearly homogeneous. The y rays of Ur
appear, then, to correspond very closely with soft bundle of
rays emitted by both Th and Ra.

Again, it seems rather striking that the secondary rays
produced by the hard y rays of Ra produce in Pb, and ap-
parently in all substances, a secondary, for which the value
of A is of the same order as for the Ur rays and the soft
rays. of Ra and Th.

In the case of the secondary rays produced from the hard
y rays of Ra it has been possible to treat them as practically
homogeneous over the range of thickness of screens which
have been used. It will, however, require much more care-
ful research to determine the exact quality of this radiation.

Again, the value of A/A for the soft primary bundle
of rays has been shown to be nearly four times that of the
hard. It seems possible that this may have some connection
with the result obtained previously by Professor Bragg and

192

myself for the 8 rays which are produced from the y rays
of Ra. It was found that the value of A for the hard and
soft 8 rays was approximately as one to four.

SUMMARY.

1. The y rays of Ra and probably of Th appear to con-
sist of two distinct homogeneous bundles, the value of A/ A
for the soft set being approximately four times that for the
hard.

2. For each set of rays the value of \/A is constant and
practically independent of the nature of the absorbing mate-
rial with which \ is measured, provided that in the case of
the soft rays secondary effects be excluded.

3. Secondary y radiation appears on both sides of a plate
which is penetrated by a stream of y rays. There exists a
marked lack of symmetry between the amount of secondary
radiation which proceeds from the two sides.

4. A lack of symmetry exists in the case of some sub-
stances between the quality of the radiation on the two sides.

5. The last results seem very difficult to reconcile with
a pulse theory. On the “material” theory propounded by
Professor Bragg no such difficulty arises.

6. The secondary y radiation appears to be derived from
the primary by a process of scattering. This process gene-
rally involving a reduction in the subsequent penetrating
power of the ray affected.

7. There appears to be reason to believe that the dis-
tribution of the scattered radiation depends to some extent
upon the hardness of the radiation which is scattered ; also
upon the nature of the material in which the scattering is
produced. .The softer radiation appears to be turned back
to a somewhat greater extent than the hard. Materials of
high atomic weight seem to be able to produce more com-
plete scattering than those of lower atomic weight.

8. The absorption of y radiation which has already passed
through a thickness of one substance by screens of a differ-
ent substance may not in all cases give a true measure of
the absorption of the original radiation which has been
effected by the first screens.

In conclusion, it is a pleasant duty for me to acknow-
ledge my indebtedness and sincere thanks to Professor Bragg
for his keen interest and advice during the progress of these
experiments.

University, Adelaide,
Sept., 1908.

193

NOTES ON SOUTH AUSTRALIAN MARINE MOLLUSCA,
WITH DESCRIPTIONS OF NEW SPECIES.—PART VIII.

By Jos. C. Verco, M.D., F.R.C.S8.
[Read June 2, 1908.]

Pirates: XX]. vo ALT.

Emarginula subtilitexta, n. sp. Pl. xi., figs. 6, 7, 8.

Shell ovate, rather thin, white. Apex well curved, one-
sixth of the length from the posterior end. Convex anter-
iorly from apex to margin; posteriorly concave below the apex,
then convex, then somewhat spreading near the margin. Slit
narrow, margined by a low thin erect lamella. Posterior
two-thirds closed; closing callus sunken, scalloped with trans-
verse erect lamelle convex towards the apex. Sculpture: 60
radial ribs, low and flatly rounded, about one-half as wide as
the interspaces, projecting beyond and crenulating the mar-
gin. Concentric narrow erect lamelle rather crowded can-
cellate the surface. Interior smooth and white.

Dim.— Length, 6°5 mm.; breadth, 4°9; fissure, 1°4 mm. ;
height, 2 mm.

Locality.—110 fathoms, off Beachport, 1 dead.

Diagnosis.—E. superba, Hedley, has the same number of
radial ribs and the dentate margin, but has higher concentric
lamelle. F#. dilecta, A. Adams, has a similar sunken scal-
loped slit fasciole, and nearly the same number of radials,
rather more; but has ruder ribs wider than their interspaces.

Puncturella (Cranopsis) corolla, n. sp. PI. xi., figs. 1 to 5.

Shell thin, roundly oval, depressed conic. Apex eccen-
tric, one-fifth of the length from the posterior end, spiral,
well curved backwards. Protoconch projects on the right
side and consists of two whorls, the first turn and a half are
smooth, convex, glistening; the second half turn, which in-
creases rapidly, is minutely crowdedly granular; at the junc-
tion of the two is a minute scar, the tirst part fitting into the
second. In the adult shell the latter part of the protoconch
looks directly backward. The sculpture of the shell begins
gradually as accremental wrinkles, and next as radial riblets.
Where the wrinkles commence the slit begins. The dorsum
in front is a uniform convex curve, behind it is a continuous
concave curve. The perforation occupies the middle third
of the dorsal slope,’ and is lanceolate. Between it and the

¢

194

protoconch its previous site is closed by a sunken lamina with
subdistant erect transverse lamella, convex posteriorly. Be-
tween it and the anterior margin is a differentiated rib,
broader and higher than the rest, fissured superficially
throughout. In its upper part the fissure is as wide as the
perforation, but is nearly closed internally by horizontal
laminz from the sides. It gradually contracts anteriorly
to a fine line; in its upper half the fissure communicates with
the interior, in the lower it is shut off. The slit fasciole and
perforation are bounded on each side by a delicate erect lam-
ina, highest at the perforation, in front of which the laminz
gradually approximate to form the differentiated rib. From
the protoconch to the margin this lies a little to the right of
the actual median line of the shell. Sculpture: Radial ribs,
well rounded, nearly smooth, about as wide as their inter-
spaces, sixteen primary, but increasing rapidly by intercala-
tion of secondary and tertiary riblets to 90 in a shell of 10
mm. length, and crenulating the margin. These riblets ap-
pear first as gradually enlarging tubercles in the centre of
the intercostal spaces, situated on the concentric lamina,
which conspicuously cross the interspaces, slightly scale the
bases of the ribs, but are barely visible under the microscope
on their summits. They produce radial lines of punctations
in the interspaces, and in old dead specimens, where the glaze
disappears from the interior, these appear as_ perforations.
The ribs posteriorly are broader and closer together. Inter-
nally a small shelf or septum convex towards the interior, with
a sharp simple margin anteriorly hides the upper fourth of
the perforation, being attached to the shell at a distance from
the margins of the perforation about equal to the width of
the perforation; it gets gradually narrower and less obvious
posteriorly. Its dorsal surface slopes up to the slit fasciole,
the. last one or two scales of which roof in the back of its
cavity. From the perforation anteriorly runs a gutter to
the margin; in older examples this becomes a thin central
ridge. Shallow radial furrows correspond with the external
ribs. As individuals get older, the shell grows more rapidly
posteriorly, so that the apex gets less eccentric, and the back
part becomes very flat and sloping.

Dim.—When half-grown, length, 10 mm.; width, 8 mm. ;
height, 1'4 mm.; apex, 1°8 mm. from the posterior end. When
full-grown, length, 18 mm.; width, 15°4 mm.; height, 4°7 mm. ;
apex, 54 mm. from the posterior end.

Locality.—130 fathoms, off Cape Jaffa, 20 whole or
broken ; 300 fathoms, 4, all dead.

Obs.—The shell appears to fall within the limits of
Cranopsis. I have no shells of this genus with which to com-

195

pare it, and the illustrations in Tryon’s “Manual” are very
small; but the perforation on the slope and the internal sep-
tum coincide with its definition. One can see in different
individuals the varied aspects of the shell at successive stages,
first a depressed spiral shell with a simple aperture; then an
emarginula-like form, with a slit and slit fasciole; then a
rimula-like shell, with a perforation just above the margin,
continued as a narrow fissure to the border, and finally with
the fissure closed and the perforation complete.

Modiola projecta, n. sp. Pl. xiii, figs. 12 and 13.

Shell solid, narrowly oblong, inequilateral. Umbo direct-
ed forward at the junction of the first and second fourth of
the shell, approximate, round, inflated. Anterior dorsal mar-
gin with a uniform rounded slope, commencing just behind,
and within the apex of the umbo, over the front of which it
is reflected. Posterior dorsal margin straight, very gently
convex. Anterior end round; posterior end sloping convex.
Post-dorsal angle a very obtuse curve, post-ventral angle a
much smaller curve. Ventral border nearly straight, slightly
concave, almost parallel with the dorsal borders. Margin
simple, smooth. A groove increasing in width runs from the
umbo backwards within the post-dorsal border for three-quar-
ters of its length, formed by a stout, projecting internal la-
mina, which widens for half its length, and then gradually
dwindles. The posterior muscle scar is rather deep. Of the
two oblique umbo-ventral ridges the anterior is the more
distinct. Externally there are obsolete accremental striz,
and in the earlier stage distant, rounded, low, concentric
ridges, more marked towards the front. Traces of a dark epi-
dermis are present.

Dim.—Antero-posterior diam., 10°9 mm.; umbo-ventral,
4°] mm.

Locality.—_Off Beachport, 200 fathoms. One right valve.

Modiolaria semiradiata, n. sp. Pl. xiti., figs. 14 and 15.
Shell oblong-ovate, ventricose. Umbo terminal, flattened,
directed forward, applied to the front end of the shell. Post-
dorsal border straight, short, thin, then faintly curved. Pos-
terior end round; ventral border straight, anterior end round.
Margin crenulated on the edge, with rounded teeth along the
curved part of the post-dorsal border and at both ends. The
ventral border shows no teeth, but probably because it is a
little eroded. A narrow oblique furrow runs between the
apex of the umbo and the adjacent front margin of the shell.
An inflated ridge runs from the umbo to the posterior end,
steep on the dorsal side, and gently sloping on the ventral.
a2

196

Accremental strie irregular in distance and size mark the
surface, and form rude flat concentric ridges at intervals.
Well-marked radial strie cover all the posterior half of the
shell, extending from the umbo to the ventral border, some-
what interrupted at the edges of the concentric ridges; these
are quite absent from the anterior half.

Dim.—Antero-posterior diameter, 8°99 mm.; umbo-ven-
tral, 5°2; sectional of one valve, 3°5 mm.

Locality.—Cape Jaffa, 130 fathoms, one valve.

Arcoperna scapha, n. sp. Pl. xi., figs. 1 to 5.

Shell small, solid, white, oval. Umbos terminal, round,
inflated, directed slightly forward, approximate but not in
contact. Prodissoconch very distinct, separated definitely
from the dissoconch by a fine groove; its earliest third is quite
smooth, its later two-thirds engraved with concentric lines,
gradually growing more valid. Post-dorsal border nearly
straight for 1:7 mm., forming an open rounded angle with
the posterior border, which is nearly straight for 17 mm., then
sweeps with a slight convexity into the short-curved, circular,
ventral border. The anterior dorsal border is very short, al-
most entirely under the umbo. The antero-ventral border is
slightly convex. The whole dorsum is engraved with crowded,
slightly-curved, radial lines, latticed by concentric lines nearly
as valid; some of the latter at distant intervals in the early
stages of growth are much deeper, so as to form slightly imbri-
cating ledges. The inner margin of the shell has fine denti-
culations from the end of the post-dorsal border all round
and almost to the central extremity of the anterior dorsal
border under the umbo; they do not reach the outer edge of
the shell. The straight edge of the prodissoconch is set some-
what obliquely to the anterior dorsal border, the central ex-
tremity of which extends slightly behind the centre of the
edge of the prodissoconch. The post-dorsal line is provided
with many (more than 20) close-set, low, vertical teeth on its
inner surface. Beneath them is the scar of the ligament for
the anterior three-fourths of their extent, somewhat increas-
ing in width posteriorly, and having a rounded end. It seems
to pass out between the prodissoconch and the anterior dor-
sal hinge-line to become external. The anterior dorsal bor-
der has a few denticulations and one tooth, and is supported
by a sort of thickening which projects slightly into the cavity
of the shell and has a rounded central end. Two elongated
muscle-scars occupy the middle third of the sides of the shell,
not far from the margin, narrowing dorsally ; the posterior is
rather the larger.

197

Dim.—Antero-posterior diameter, 3°2 mm.; umbo-ventral,
4°5 ; sectional of closed valves, 3°6 mm.

Locality.—Off Beachport, 49, 100, 110, 150, 200 fathoms ;
off Cape Jaffa, 90 and 130 fathoms; off Cape Borda, 55 fa-
thoms ; east of Neptunes, 45 fathoms. Only one living speci-
men was taken in 45 fathoms. Valves were secured in num-
bers, chiefly between 45 and 110 fathoms; beyond this depth
they were few. Mr. Hedley reports to me that it has been
taken in 80 fathoms, 22 miles east of Narrabeen, New South
Wales.

Diagnosis.—It somewhat resembles Crenella globularis,
Tate, a tertiary fossil ; but this is a wider shell comparatively,
and more symmetrical.

The generic location of this shell has been somewhat diffi-
cult, and Mr. Hedley and Mr. Etheridge and Mr. Kesteven
have compared it with allies in the Australian Museum, Syd-
ney, and discussed its characters, and as a result it has
been placed in Arcoperna, and becomes a second recent Aus-
tralian species of this previously fossil genus, the first, 4.
recens, having been figured and described by Tate in Journ.
Mal. Soc., Lond., 1897, p. 181.

Leptothyra carinata, n. sp.

Figured in Trans. Roy. Soc. of S. Austr., vol. xxxi., 1907;
erssax.; ip. 8.

Shell minute, solid, three and a half whorls. The first
two whorls are smooth, white and convex. The spire-whorl
shows three rounded carinations, one just below the suture
which is channelled by it, the second about one-third the
distance between the sutures, and the third about one-fourth
the distance from the lower suture. The! interspaces are con-
cave, and have spiral cords, equidistant; two in the upper
space, the posterior the smaller; three in the middle space,
small and equal. The body-whorl has seven carinations
which become gradually lower towards the base, and closer ;
interspaces concave, and provided with spiral lire, varying
from six to two, according to the width of the spaces. The
lowest carina forms a margin to the umbilicus which is wide
and sculptured with about eight spiral lire. The spirals are
cut up at irregular intervals by radial incisions, and marked
by very fine crowded microscopic radial scratches. The aper-
ture is circular; its inner surface smooth, and its outer scal-
loped by the spirals. Colour, very light amber; some ex-
amples are white, others faintly tinged with pink

Dim.—Largest diameter 1-4 mm., smallest 1 mm.; height
1‘1 mm.; width of aperture, ‘7 mm.

198

Locality.—20 fathoms, outside Backstairs Passage, with
six other examples, dead.

Diagnosis.—From L. arenacea, Pritchard and Gatliff;
in its marked carine, more widely canaliculated suture, and
wider umbilicus. From Liotia alazon, Hedley, in being a
smaller shell, with less valid carine, and in its radial in-
cisions.

Cuspidaria dorsirecta, n. sp. Pl. xi., figs. 9 and 10.

Shell small, moderately solid, oval, equilateral. Umbo
prominent, acute, prosogyre. Post-dorsal line straight; ante-
rior concave in front of the apex, then straight; the front end
uniformly widely curved, ventral border gently curved, with
very slight incurving at the base of the rostrum, which is very
short and wide. Well-marked granulated ridge from the umbo
to the postero-inferior angle of the rostrum; a second ridge
cuts off its upper fourth. In front of the former is a mode-
rate depression. Surface smooth but for sublenticular accre-
mental strie. It has one anterior and one posterior lateral
tooth well developed, roundly-triangular ; the latter slightly
the larger, and from its end a very low but gradually rising
lamina is continued nearly to the end of the rostrum, and
forms a narrow, slightly-widening groove with the dorsal
margin.

Dim.—Antero-posterior diameter, 5 mm.; umbo-ventral,
3°3 mm.

Locality.— Off Beachport, from 40, 100, and 110 fathoms ;
off Cape Borda, 60 fathoms; valves.

Cuspidaria alta, n. sp. Pl. xiii, figs. 8 to 11.

Shell small, thin. Umbo tumid, blunt. Anterior dorsal
border very faintly convex sloping; posterior dorsal border
concavely sloping. Anterior end sharply rounded ; posterior
moderately and broadly rostrated. Ventral border uniformly
widely arcuate, running concavely into the rostrum. An
oblique, gradually-widening depression between the body and
the rostrum, and an oblique ridge between its lower angle and
the umbo; there is a second ridge close to the median line,
the intervening space nearly flat. Outer surface smooth, but
for sublenticular concentric strie, which are much more
marked on the rostrum. Right valve with an anterior and
posterior triangular lateral tooth, the latter the larger, and
its groove running some distance into the rostrum. Left
valve edentulous, and lies within the margin of the right. The
pallial line ends by a nearly vertical curved line from the
umbo.

Dim.—Antero-posterior diameter, 6°8 mm. ; umbo-ventral,
4 mm.

199

Locality.—Off Beachport, in 100 fathoms, 1 valve; 150
fathoms, 2 valves. Off Cape Jaffa, in 90 fathoms, 20 valves;
in 130 fathoms, 1 valve. South-west of Neptunes, 104 fath-
oms, 3 alive and 26 valves.

Cuspidaria angasi, E. A. Smith.

Neera angasi, n. sp., E. A. Smith, Chall. Zool., vol. xiii.,
1885, p. 47, pl. ix., f. 2. Type locality.—Sta. 1648, off the coast
of New South Wales, 410 fathoms, green mud.

Dredged in 130 fathoms, off Cape Jaffa, 2 alive, 1 dead,
3 valves.

The ventral border and the lower border of the rostrum
of the right valve lie within the margin of the left valve,
while its dorsal borders, anterior and posterior, extend beyond
those of its fellow.

Cuspidaria exarata, n. sp. Pl. xii, figs. 6 and 7.

Shell ovately-pyriform, subequilateral, thin. Umbo
round, inflated, directed backwards. Anterior dorsal margin
slightly convex ; front end with a round, uniform curve; ven-
tral border gently arcuate, joining the rostrum with a short
incurvation. Post-dorsal slope nearly straight, barely in-
curved; rostrum short, slightly tapering. Fossette small,
directed obliquely backwards. Right valve has no distinct
tooth, but a low lamina runs from the fossette backwards for
half the length of the posterior slope, to make a shallow, nar-
row furrow with its slightly more projecting border. The an-
terior dorsal slope is bevelled on its inner side, and has the
trace of a furrow within it near the fossette. Interior glis-
tening, smooth, white, with subdistant radial translucent lines
ending at the simple pallial line. Externally about twenty
triangular concentric ribs, with sharp lirate summits and sub-
lenticular concentric strise on their sides; the ribs become
less costate and more lamelliform towards the ventral margin,
and at the depression in front of the rostrum, over which they
are only irregular vertical strie. Colour dull opaque white,
with faint axial less white striations.

Dim.—Antero-posterior diameter, 13°2 mm.; umbo-vent-
ral, 7°5 mm.

Locality.—35 miles south-west of Neptune Islands, in 104
fathoms, one right valve perfect and the posterior half of a
left valve, which if whole would be half as large again as the
type.

is Diagnosis.—It closely resembles C. trailli, Hutton, as
figured by Mr. Hedley in Trans. N.Z. Institute, vol. 38, 1905,
p. 72, pl. ii., figs. 9, 10, 11, dredged in 110 fathoms, east of
the Great Barrier Island. It is also about the same size, mine

200

probably varying from 13 to 19 mm.; his example was 15 mm.
Three differences appear. My species is more concave along
the post-dorsal border, shows only bare traces of umbo-rostral
lire, and has no teeth in its right valve projecting beyond the
vertical plane. Mr. Hedley tells me he has the same shell
from 250 fathoms, off Sydney.

Cuspidaria (Cardiomya) pinna, n. sp. PI. xiii. figs. 5 to 7.

Shell squarely oval, ventricose, rather thin, umbos in-
flated, rounded, approximate. Front dorsal border short,
straight, scarcely convex, joining by a rounded slightly ob-
tuse angle the straight barely incurved anterior end. This
with a faint angulation joins the open-curved ventral bor-
der, which, after a definite incurvation, unites with the lower
border of the rostrum. The post-dorsal border is feebly-con-
cave to the end of the rostrum, which is rounded at its rather
attenuated end.

The sculpture is very bold. Three distant valid round
ribs curve from the umbo to the posterior third of the ven-
tral border. In front of these are about seventeen subequal
less prominent rounded ribs, equal in width to their inter-
spaces. Behind them are two rather distant, less valid ribs,
and three more extend from the umbo to the end of the
rostrum. All these ribs furrow the inside of the shell, and
all crenulate or scallop the ventral border in the ratio of
their size and distance. The border of the rostrum is not
scalloped. There are microscopic accremental striz, most
marked and erect towards the end of the rostrum. Imme-
diately beneath the umbo is a small triangular cartilage pit,
wider than high. In the right valve is a triangular laminar
posterior lateral tooth, with a slight furrow forward to the
pit and backwards nearly to the rostrum. Anteriorly, there
is a long invalid lamina just within the border. The left
valve has an anterior lamina, which forms, with its front
dorsal margin, a shallow furrow to receive the lamina of the
right valve. The post-dorsal margin of the left valve and
its anterior lamina form a straight line, only interrupted by
the notch of the cartilage pit.

The left valve lies inside the right valve throughout its
post-dorsal border ; the right valve lies inside the left, mark-
edly along the posterior two-thirds of the ventral border,
barely along its anterior third, and distinctly along the
straight anterior end, where the right valve has a rather more
roncave edge than the left.

Dim.—Antero-posterior diam., 6°5 mm.; umbo-ventral,
4*1; section of united valves, 2°75.

201

Hab.—Off Cape Jaffa, in 300 fathoms, 3 alive and 12
valves; in 130 fathoms, 1 alive and 11 valves.

Diagnosis.—It is very closely allied to the Cuspidaria
perrostrata, Dall, Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool., Harvard Coll., Cam-
bridge, xii., 1885-1886, p. 296, pl. ii., figs. 3a, 3b, obtained in
339 fathoms, off Tortugas, and in 416 fathoms, gray ooze,
near Grenada. Also in Bull., 37, United States National
Mus., 1889, p. 66, pl. 1i., figs. 3a, 3b. My species has a shorter
rostrum, and the three bold ribs give it a distinct aspect.
Dall says there is a good deal of variation in this group, and
though my specimens vary scarcely at all, they may prove
to be a variety of Dall’s species: This shell contributes ano-
ther new subgenus to the South Australian record, viz., Car-
diomya.

Cuspidaria (Halonympha) ros, n. sp. Pl. xiii., figs. 1 to 4.

Shell small, inflated, pyriformly orbicular, very thin,
diaphanous. Umbos visible, tumid directed somewhat back-
wards. Post-dorsal border a gentle incurved slope; anterior
nearly continuous with the posterior for about two millimetres,
then sweeping with an almost circular curve round the whole
front and ventral border, to merge into the obliquely upward
slope of the lower border of the rostrum, which is short,
rather tapering, and round-ended.

Immediately beneath the minute approximate apex of
each umbo is a projection carrying a tiny elongate cartilage
pit. Some little distance behind this a wide-curved hollowed
lamina, like half the bow] of a spoon, stands out in each valve.

There is a small elongate laminar cardinal tooth in front
of the fossette of the right valve; none in the left.’

The surface is smooth, but for microscopic concentric
striz, chiefly near the ventral margin.

Dim.—Antero-posterior diameter, 6 mm.; umbo-ventral,
4; sectional of closed valves, 2°5 mm.

Locality.—300 fathoms, off Cape Jaffa, 2 alive and 3
valves; 130 fathoms, 3 alive and 14 valves.

This new species introduces, for South Australia, a new
subgenus, Halonympha, created by Dall and Smith, with
Neera claviculata, Dail, as the type (Bull. of Mus. of Comp.
Zool., Harvard Coll., Cambridge, vol. xii., 1885-1886, p. 301).
It is characterized by an acute cardinal tooth in the right
valve, none in the left; a small central fossette, and by a
clavicular rib or myophore in the posterior part of each valve.

Our shell is very closely allied to Newra claviculata, Dall,
Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool., 1881, vol. ix., p. 112, and Halo-
nympha claviculata, Dall, Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool., Harvard

202

Coll., vol. xii., 1885-1886, p. 301, pl. 11., figs. 2 and 2a; also
No. 425, p. 68, pl. ii., figs. 2 and 2a, in Bull. of the U.S.
National Mus., xxxvil., 1889. Type locality.—North Atlan-
tic, from 100 to 539 fathoms; also Chall. Zool., xiii., 1885,
p. 52, pl. ix., figs. 8, 86. Locality.—Bermudas, 425 fathoms,
coral mud; here by the artist’s mistake the clavicular process
is omitted from the figure. But, judging from the illustra-
tions and measurements given, our species differs in having
a slightly longer rostrum, in being much smoother, and in
its more spoon-shaped clavicle.

EXPLANATION OF PLATES.

Puate XI.
Fig. 1. Puncturella (Cranopsis) corolla, Verco, ventral view.

”? 2. ”? 9 9 ” young _ specimen
showing proto-
conch.

sy, tem is ne Ms iz dorsal view.

ci. tol, as a ie 7% sculpture.

” 5. soe = 9 29 pro le.

» 6. Emarginula subtilitexta, Verco, Bema ‘

re en a e orsal view.

altar oF i cl bie mn sculpture.

P89: Cuspidaria dorsirecta, Verco, exterior.

AG: 7 Fe 8 interior.

; Piate XII. .

», Ll. Arcoperna scapha, Verco, prodissoconch.

yy th. 4 if 4 rofile, joined valves.

yy (ee 66 - iF interior.

ay G4. nS = 5 exterior.

Seo: i ms 5, Shell tilted up, so as to show
the deep groove for the re-
ception of the ligament.

», 6. Cuspidaria exarata, Verco, exterior.

pe oh sf _ interior.

PuateE XIII.

», 1. Cuspidaria ros, Verco, exterior, lateral.

nae a eo 4 6 joined valves.

”? of 9 ” >» hinge.

” : 0 K 0) Sake

PRP ey 2% Cuspidaria pinna, Verco, exterior, lateral.

9) 6. 2) 3) 3) hinge.

” ti. 4 yh ale ” ” t5d

», 8. Cuspidaria alta, Verco, exterior, lateral.

» 9. ” » 5, hinge.

oS) 10. 39 3) 9) 3

39) di, oe 4 99 39 93

jade. Modiola projecta, Verco, interior, lateral.

ae Lee exterior.

oy) : 1 ae ey *
», 14. Modiolaria semiradiata, Verco, exterior, lateral.
jet by i i interior.

203

DESCRIPTIONS OF AUSTRALIAN CURCULIONIDA, WITH
NOTES ON PREVIOUSLY DESCRIBED SPECIES.

By ArtHuR M. LE&a.
Pant VE
[Read August 4, 1908.]

SUBFAMILY LEPTOPSIDES.
ONESORUS SQUAMOSUS, ND. Sp.

Black, densely clothed with soft, pale-brown, round
scales; interspersed with fine sete.

Head with small dense concealed punctures; inter-ocular
fovea minute. Eyes narrowly ovate, finely faceted. Ros-
trum stout, not much shorter than prothorax, rather strongly
dilated at apex; with a strong central carina, but rest of
sculpture hidden. Scape about half the length of funicle,
the latter with first joint slightly longer than third, but
distinctly shorter than second. Prothorax moderately trans-
verse, sides strongly rounded, base and apex almost equal ;
ocular lobes strong and rounded; with large, deep punctures
or fovee occupying most of the surface. Scwtelluwm distinct.
Elytra very briefly ovate or subcordate, much wider than
prothorax, sides strongly and regularly rounded; with regu-
lar rows of very large, partially concealed punctures; inter-
stices regularly convex. Legs rather robust; tibiz apparently
not denticulate below. Length (excluding rostrum), 103-11
mm.
Hab.—North-Western Australia: Onslow (C. French).
The scales are almost uniformly distributed, but are
slightly paler on the under surface and legs than elsewhere ;
they are almost perfectly circular, very closely applied to
derm, and have a peculiar velvety appearance. The sete,
especially on the elytra, are very fine and hair-like. The
triangular apical plate is almost hidden by sete, as in the
description of Obesus, but that species (amongst other dis-
crepancies) is said to have three sordid ochraceous vitte on
the prothorax.

Some specimens in the Macleay Museum have the cloth-
ing almost white.

CATASTYGNUS DENSUS, DN. sp.

Reddish-brown or black. Densely and almost uniformly
covered with scales of a very light-brown colour, but in places

204

with a slight golden gloss; elytra with paler markings and
with dense sete, usually slightly. darker than the scales
amongst which they are placed.

Rostrum tricarinate, carine normally concealed, but
median one rather acute, the longitudinal depressions with
rather coarse but concealed sculpture. LProthorax mode-
rately transverse, sides moderately rounded, base not much
wider than apex; witn rather coarse partially concealed
sculpture, but leaving a feeble median node exposed. Slytra
considerably wider than prothorax, very feebly dilated to
beyond the middle; with very large punctures in striz, but
appearing much smaller through clothing. Length (exclud-
ing rostrum), 11-13 mm.

Hab.—Queensland: Brisbane (R. Illidge and E. W.
Ferguson).

The larger of the two specimens before me is (except
as to its clothing) of an almost uniform reddish-brown, whilst
the smaller one is black, but with parts of the appendages
diluted with red. On each elytron of the larger specimen,
just before the summit of its posterior declivity, there is a
small patch of white scales, extending across two interstices,
and vaguely connected with the shoulder by a stripe of scales
slightly paler than most of those on the elytra; on the
smaller specimen these markings can be just traced. They
appear to be remnants of the V common to several species
of the genus. The elytral sete are not in two almost regu-
lar rows on each interstice (as in the description of Rivu-
losus), but are fairly dense, and although not in regular
rows, generally three or four (sometimes more). can be traced
at any one line between the interstices. ;

CATASTYGNUS OCHREIPENNIS, n. sp.

Black, elytra and parts of legs obscurely diluted with
red, scutellum dull red. Densely clothed with greyish or
light-brown scales, thickly interspersed with fine sete; but
elytra with decided ochreous scales and sete, except towards
the sides, where the clothing is mostly black or sooty.

Rostrum tricarinate, the median carina acute and shin-
ing, the others less regular; sublateral sulci almost as deep
as scrobes. Prothorax rather lightly transverse, sides mode-
rately rounded; base distinctly wider than apex, granulate-
punctate; with a distinctly impressed median line. Scutel-
lum distinctly transverse. Llytra distinctly but not much
wider than prothorax, sides feebly dilated to basal third;
with large but partially concealed punctures in strie. Length,
123-15 mm.

Hab.—Queensland: Mackay (C. French).

205

The elytra are without trace of a V, but have dark
sides, as in scutellaris, textilis, and others. The clothing is
sparser on the upper surface of the head and rostrum than
elsewhere. The femora are very feebly annulated.

Readily distinguished from all others of the genus by
the conspicuous ochreous clothing of the elytra. The legs are
stouter than in any other species of the genus known to me,
and the prothorax is wider in proportion. The elytral cloth-
ing, except in its colour, is much as in feztilis.

CATASTYGNUS ELEGANS, 0. sp.

Black; parts of appendages obscurely diluted with red.
Under surface with dense pale scales, having a more or less
decided golden lustre ; elytra with dense whitish scales, thickly
interspersed with sete, clothing of sides (except the extreme
margins) blackish, the dark parts meeting at apex and run-
ning irregularly along suture to base; prothorax almost
glabrous.

Rostrum with coarse partially concealed punctures;
median carina very distinct, the others rather feeble. Pro-
thorax moderately transverse, sides rather strongly rounded,
base distinctly wider than apex, with coarse vermiculate
sculpture, and with a rather feeble median line. JLlytra
much wider than prothorax, shoulders somewhat rounded,
parallel sided to beyond the middle; punctures in striz large
and deep, but partially concealed. Length, 123-14 mm.

Hab.—Queensland: Coen River (H. Hacker).

The elytra appear to have two wide stripes of white
scales; the dark sutural marking is not quite so dark as on
the sides. On one specimen almost the whole of the scales
on the under surface are black, but this may be due to

ease.

The elytral markings somewhat resemble those of cer-
tain specimens of /zmbatus, but the shoulders are square and
the elytra are not dilated posteriorly. The prothorax is
without the white lateral stripe nearly always present in mem-
bers of the genus. In shape it is like tertilis, and the elytral
clothing (except about the suture) is much the same.

AMISALLUS TUBEROSUS, Boh.

In the specific diagnosis of this species the antenne are
described as “‘subtenues,”’ but in the generic diagnosis they
are described as ‘“‘validiuscule,’’ and the scape as “‘‘apice valde
incrassato,’’ with the two basal joints of the funicle elongate.

Four specimens before me (from Blue Mountains, Jeno-
lan, and Forest Reefs) evidently belong to the species. They
differ from nodosus in having the elytra flatter, with the

206

shoulders squarer, the tubercles more numerous and more
obtuse—some of the basal ones on the inner interstice are
almost obsolete, and the basal one does not overhang the
prothorax. They also have a small but rather conspicuous
tubercle on each side of the scutellum.

AMISALLUS WHITEI, Waterh.

Specimens of this species vary in length from 73 to
12mm. The species occurs in the coastal districts of E. Aus-
tralia from the Clarence River, in New South Wales, to Mac-
kay, in Queensland.

POLYPHRADES CONCINNUS, 0. sp.

Blackish, appendages dull red. Very densely clothed
with soft white or whitish scales, in places on the upper sur-
face very feebly variegated with pale brown. With short
dense setz, not conspicuous on prothorax, but semierect on
elytra, on which they form two or three rows on each inter-
stice.

Head wide. Eyes briefly ovate, strongly convex, finely
faceted. Rostrum slightly longer than wide, diminishing in
width from base to apex; apical plate feeble, not triangu-
lar, and not sharply limited; inter-antennary space convex,
rather narrow and almost parallel-sided. Scape thin, dis-
tinctly curved, passing eyes; first joint of funicle not much
longer than second, second slightly longer than third, the

others transverse; club moderately long. Prothorax mode-

rately transverse, sides rather strongly rounded, base much
wider than apex. Llytra somewhat ovate, base almost trun-
cate and very closely appled to prothorax, widest at basal
fifth, thence strongly diminishing in width to apex. Front
tubie rather long, moderately curved, feebly denticulate.
Length (excluding rostrum), 4-44 mm.

Hab.—N.W. Australia: Roebuck Bay (C. French).

A pretty little species, with more prominent eyes than
usual. In its very dense elytral seta it resembles setosus, but
the two species have little else in common. The scape when
drawn back passes the front margin of the prothorax, a
Cherrus-like character. On the head the scales mostly have
a silvery gloss, but on the muzzle and under surface they
mostly have a greenish or opalescent gloss.

On abrasion the head is seen to have small and not very
dense punctures, and to be transversely impressed at its junc-
tion with rostrum. The rostral carina is very feeble. The
prothorax has dense and rather coarse punctures, and is with-
out granules. The punctures in the elytral strie are large
and not much narrower than the interstices; before abrasion,
however, they appear to be much narrower.

en . eeee

207

PoOLYPHRADES EMBLEMATICUS, Nl. Sp.

Black, appendages dull red. Densely clothed with soft
scales, mostly muddy-brown on upper surface, and whitish
(usually with a faint bluish gloss) on under surface. With
dense and very stout but not conspicuous sete.

Head wide. Eyes briefly ovate, rather coarsely faceted.
Rostrum shorter than its width at base, sides decreasing in
width from base to apex, apical plate small but with rather
coarse punctures; inter-antennary space narrow, incurved,
depressed, and apparently not carinated along middle. An-
tennz stout; scape rather long, strongly curved, passing the
eye; first joint of funicle not much longer than wide, dis-
tinctly longer than second, all the others transverse; club
rather briefly ovate. Prothorax rather lightly transverse,
sides strongly but not quite regularly rounded, base distinctly
wider than apex, and both somewhat rounded. Elytra wider
than usual, ovate-cordate, base conjointly rather strongly
arcuate, distinctly wider than prothorax in both sexes, but
especially in female. Front t:b1e comparatively short and
stout, rather strongly denticulate. Length, 44-5} mm.

Hab.—North-Western Australia (Macleay Museum).

In shape somewhat like exoletus, but setz very different,
the scape shorter, stouter, and more noticeably curved, the
space between scrobes narrower, etc. The sete are stouter
even than in setosws, and are more depressed. The pro-
thoracic punctures, however, readily distinguish it from all
other species known to me.

The colour of the derm appears to be usually black or
blackish, but in some specimens is of a dingy reddish-brown.
The head has a very vague median line; on the prothorax
two very faint discal lines can sometimes be traced, and on
the elytra there are usually small irregularly distributed
pale spots. The sete (which are unusually stout) are (contrary
to the normal fashion) more noticeable on the prothorax than
on the elytra, and on the posterior declivity of the latter they
are no more conspicuous than elsewhere.

On abrasion the head is seen to be closely covered with
irregular longitudinal ridges, some of which are continued
on to the rostrum. On the prothorax there are no granules,
but the punctures are remarkable; they are of two kinds,
large ones impressed each in the form of a crescent, the
convex side of each directed towards a median line which has
simple punctures only; between the arms of each crescent
there is usually one small puncture; the rest of the surface
has rather dense smali punctures. On the elytra the punc-
tures in the strie are rather large, and the interstices are

208

moderately convex; before abrasion the punctures appear to
be much smaller and the interstices scarcely separately convex.

POLYPHRADES LATUS, 0. sp.

Black, antenne and tarsi almost black. Densely clothed
with brown, slightly mottled scales. With stout and rather
dense setz. — |

/lead wide. yes ovate, coarsely faceted. Rostrum
about as long as wide, almost parallel-sided, inter-antennary
space somewhat cordate, decidedly lessened in width pos-
teriorly ; apical plate sharply defined and with distinct punc-
tures, depressed, but not carinated along middle. Antennz
rather stout; scape rather strongly curved, distinctly
passing eyes; first joint of funicle distinctly, but
not much, longer than second, second slightly longer than
third, fifth to seventh transverse; club moderately elongate.
Prothorax almost as long as wide, sides strongly rounded,
base not much wider than apex. Slytra wide, briefly sub-
ovate, base conjointly lightly arcuate and not margined, sides
rather strongly rounded. Front tzbie moderately long,
rather lightly curved, moderately denticulate. Length, 64-74
mm.

Hab.—Queensland: Cairns, Kuranda (H. Hacker).

An unusually wide species, with strongly curved scape
and the eyes with coarser facets than usual. The rostrum,
although wide, has the space between the scrobes rather
narrow in front, and very narrow behind. The elytra are
about as wide as in laticollis, but the prothorax is wider and
more globose; the two species, however, have little in common.
There is a vague resemblance to some dingy specimens of
esalon, but the rostrum is utterly different. On the under
surface the scales are paler than on the upper, and usually
have a faint golden gloss.

On abrasion the head is seen to be coarsely and rugosely
sculptured, with small dense punctures on the raised portions ;
the rostrum is densely and rather coarsely punctate. The
prothorax has dense granules, except ‘close to apex, these being
quite easily traceable before abrasion; the punctures are
small and dense, with some larger ones scattered about, even
on the granules. The punctures in the elytral strie are
rather large, and not much obscured by the clothing, but the
dense and minute ones on the interstices are normally con-
cealed.

POLYPHRADES PARVUS, D. Sp.

Black, appendages dull red. Densely clothed with soft
feebly variegated scales. With thin and rather sparse sete,
suberect only on posterior declivity.

209

Head wide. Eyes large, ovate, rather finely faceted.
Rostrum slightly longer than wide, almost parallel-sided ;
inter-antennary space rather wide, parallel-sided ; apical plate
sharply defined and with distinct punctures, with, from its
apex, a narrow but normally concealed carina extending
backwards. Antenne rather stout, scape rather lightly
curved and passing eye; first joint of funicle as long as second
and third combined, second distinctly longer than third, third

to seventh transverse; club elongate-elliptic. Prothorax
moderately transverse, sides strongly and regularly rounded,
base and apex equal. LHlytra somewhat ovate, conjointly

lightly arcuate at base, at widest part distinctly wider than
prothorax in female, not much wider in male. Front tihie
moderately long, rather lightly denticulate. Length, 32-4}
mm.

Hab. — Queensland: Brisbane (A. J. Turner and H.
Hacker).

A small and apparently somewhat variable species as re-
gards its clothing.. In general appearance it is very close to
meonspicuus, but the scape is slightly curved (in :nconspicuus
it is quite straight). The pattern of the markings (obscure
in both species) is not quite the same, but before abrasion
the only valid distinction that I can find is in the scape.
On abrasion, however, the prothorax in imconspicuus is seen
to be covered with flattened densely punctate granules, some
of which are connected together, and with spaces between
causing a somewhat vermiculate appearance. In the present
species the granules are smaller, more rounded, all (or at
least where I have abraded the surface) isolated, and with
sparser punctures. On the upper surface the scales are of
a pale dingy brown, faintly variegated with grey, the grey
forming feeble rings around the eyes, a feeble line on fore-
head, a very feeble stripe (distinct only towards the base)
on each side of middle of prothorax, and a feeble line from
each shoulder to near the middle, when it is obliquely direct-
ed towards (but not to) the suture, elytra elsewhere with very
feeble spots. On the under surface and sides the scales are
mostly grevish white, sometimes with a faint silvery or golden
gloss.

On abrasion the head is seen to be feebly subgranulate
and with small but distinct punctures, the rostrum has dis-
tinct punctures, and there is a transverse impression at its
base. The prothorax has numerous granules, except at apex,
but they are greatly obscured by clothing; the punctures in
the elytral striz are rather large, but normally appear to be
very small.

210

PoLYPHRADES GRANICOLLIS, n. sp.

Black, antenne and tibize dull red. Densely clothed with
blackish-brown scales, more or less variegated on upper sur-
face; under surface mostly with greyish-green scales. With
thin and rather numerous sete, suberect only on posterior
declivity of elytra.

Head very wide. Eyes ovate, coarsely faceted. Rostrum
about as long as wide, almost parallel-sided ; inter-antennary
space rather wide, parallel-sided ; apical plate large, sharply
defined, and with distinct punctures, a narrow but acute
carina proceeding backwards from its apex. Antenne not
very stout; scape lightly curved, passing eye; first joint of
funicle the length of second and third combined, second
distinctly longer than third, the others rather feebly
transverse; club elongate-elliptic. Prothorax rather lightly
transverse, sides rather strongly rounded, base slightly wider
than apex, the latter slightly sinuous. Hlytra ovate, base
conjointly arcuate and closely applied to prothorax, wider
than prothorax in both sexes and widest just before middle.
Front tvbie moderately long, lightly curved, moderately den-
ticulate. Length, 44-6 mm.

Hab.—South Australia: Mount Lofty (A. M. Lea).

The eyes are more coarsely faceted than usual, and the
species at a glance appears to belong to Hssolithna (its re-
semblance to echimys is quite striking), but the claws are not
single. The prothoracic granules aré much more conspicuous
before abrasion than usual. Although not a striking species
it does not seem close to any other before me. One specimen
has the tibie and femora pale as well as the tarsi. On the
head the pale scales form three distinct but irregular lines,
on the prothorax they form two very irregular lines on each
side, and on the elytra they form numerous small spots about
the punctures.

On abrasion the head is seen to be feebly subgranulate,
and to have small punctures, the latter becoming denser
and more distinct on the rostrum. The prothorax (except at
its apex) is closely covered with round flattened granules
(these being traceable before abrasion) and with dense small
punctures interspersed (even on the granules) with a few
slightly larger ones. The punctures in the elytral strie are
rather large, and normally not much concealed.

POLYPHRADES CORDIPENNIS, 0. sp.
Black. Densely clothed with pale golden-brown scales,
becoming bluish-white (in places with golden gleams) on
under surface and sides. With dense, moderately stout,

211

more or less erect sete, more noticeable on elytra than on
prothorax. Club with black sensitized pubescence.

Head moderately wide. Eyes large, ovate, finely faceted.
Rostrum distinctly, but not much, longer than wide, sides
very feebly increasing in width almost to apex; inter-anten-
nary space fairly wide, parallel-sided, widely depressed and
apparently feebly carinated along middle; apical plate sharply
defined, curvilinearly triangular, with dense punctures.
Antenne rather stout; scape almost straight, just passing
eye; first joint of funicle as long as the two following com-
bined, second distinctly longer than third, the others rather
feebly transverse; club elongate-ovate, with black sensitized
pubescence. Prothorazx lightly transverse, sides strongly and
regularly rounded, base, if anything, slightly narrower than
apex, the latter slightly sinuous. EHlytra cordate, widest
(and considerably wider than prothorax) near base, thence
strongly diminishing in width to apex. Front tzbi@ rather
long, feebly curved, denticulate, but with a strong apical
spur. Length, 74 mm.

Hab.--Queensland: between Charters Towers and Clon-
curry (H. Hacker).

The elytra are quite remarkably heart-shaped ; even more
so than in tumidulus. Compared with that species it differs
in the elytra having longer and more erect sete, the pro-
thorax more globose, the rostrum with normal triangular
plate, the space between the scrobes narrower and differently
shaped, eyes less coarsely faceted, etc. The scape when ex-
tended forwards appears to be too short to reach the hind
margin of the eye, but when drawn backwards just passes
it. The spur at the apex of the tibize is very conspicuous,
and is not at all concealed by clothing.

Where I have abraded the head of the unique specimen
before me it is seen to be covered with small granules and
small dense punctures, but I have not abraded much of it,
nor any portion of the rostrum. The prothorax has dense
granules (a few of which are traceable before abrasion) and
numerous small punctures. The punctures in the elytral
strie are large, but normally greatly obscured by the
clothing.

SUBFAMILY GONIPTERIDES.
OxYOPS FRENCHI, 0. sp.

Black; muzzle, antenne, and parts of legs obscurely
diluted with red. Rather densely clothed with short stout
setose whitish scales, becoming sete on antenne and parts

of legs.

212

Head with small, dense, and usually concealed pune-
tures; inter-ocular fovea small, narrow, and deep. Rostrum
about once and one half as long as greatest width; with a
fine median carina, on each side of which is a shallow groove,
but, except at apex, where the carina and grooves are absent,
sculpture more or less concealed. First joint of funicle al-
most as long as second. Prothorax with coarse irregular
punctures; disc somewhat flattened; with a feeble median
carina on apical half. Hlytra wide; with rows of large deep
punctures, becoming somewhat smaller posteriorly; with
granules rather densely scattered about; second interstice
with a tubercle at summit of posterior declivity, third with
the largest of all near base, fourth with one near that on
second, preapical callus conical and distinct, shoulder with a
large tubercle. Intercoxal process of mesosternum strongly
produced, but obtuse. JZvbie apparently not denticulate.
Length (excluding rostrum), 10 mm.

Tab.—Queensland: Somerset (C. French).

On the prothorax the scales are rather stouter than else-
where, and are interrupted by four feeble irregular longi-
tudinal lines, which, under a lens, appear to be granules
formed by the irregularity of the punctures. To the naked
eye each elytron appears to have a row of tubercles com-
mencing near the suture and directed towards the side at
the basal fourth; but only two of these tubercles (the ones
on the second and fourth interstices) are at all distinct, the
apparent presence of tubercles on the sixth, eighth, and ninth
being caused by rather numerous nude granules; the sixth,
however, is really slightly elevated.

At a glance not unlike large specimens of witzosa, but the
third interstice with one tubercle only instead of three. The
type (except as to its clothing) is almost entirely black;
but a second specimen (perhaps owing to immaturity) is al-
most entirely of a dull red.

OxyoPs SCABRA, Nn. sp.

Black; antenne almost black. Irregularly clothed with
whitish scales and sete.

Head with dense and minute punctures; inter-ocular
fovea rather small, narrow, and deep. Rostrum about once
and one half as long as greatest width; with a smooth min-
utely punctate median line, on each side of which are several
irregular rows of large partially concealed punctures; apex
with small punctures interspersed with some of moderate
size. Prothorax with coarse irregular punctures, causing an
appearance in places as of irregular granules; with a strong
but irregular median carina. #lytra much wider than usual ;

a

213

with rews of very large irregular punctures, many of which
are separated from each other only by a large shining
granule ; third interstice with a large and coarsely granulated
tubercle near base, and a large subconical one at summit
of posterior declivity ; shoulder tuberculate and laterally pro-
duced ; preapical callus granulate but not very conspicuous ;
fifth imterstice elevated and granulate, but scarcely tubercu-
late beyond the middle; elsewhere with numerous shining
granules, some of which (especially about the middle of the
disc of each, and on the basal third near the suture) are of
considerable size. Intercoxal process of mesosternum mode-
rately acute. TZibie feebly denticulate. Length, 12 mm.

Hab.—Queensland (C. French).

The median line of the rostrum could scarcely be re-
garded as a carina. The type is probably partly abraded,
but represents such a distinct species that I have not hesi-
tated to describe it. Between the two large tubercles crown-
ing the posterior declivity there is a very distinct and sub-
triangular patch of scales, but this may be due simply to the
tubercles protecting it from abrasion. At a glance it looks
somewhat like a large rough specimen of the preceding species,
but the rostrum is smoother, and the third interstice has two
tubercles.

OXxYOPS MUCRONATA, 0. Sp.

Black, antenne and tarsi obscurely diluted with red.
Rather densely clothed with long thin whitish sete, shorter
and sparser (but still moderately dense) on elytra than else-
where.

Head with rather large but normally almost concealed
punctures ; inter-ocular fovea unusually small. Rostrum (ex-
cluding the glabrous apical portion) subquadrate; with a
conspicuous median carina, on each side of which is a dis-
tinct and rather wide groove. /Prothorax with dense and
partially concealed punctures of moderate size; with a strong
but irregular median carina in the middle of a wide and
rather shallow depression. Hlytra wide, rather strongly nar-
rowed from near base to apex; apex strongly mucronate; with
rows of large rugose punctures, becoming smaller posteriorly ;
each with three large tubercles, one on the fourth interstice
near base, one on the third about middle, and the preapical
callus ; with numerous flattened granules scattered about. In-
tercoxal process of mesosternum strongly produced and acute.
Tibie apparently not denticulate. Length, 11-12 mm.

Hab.—Queensland: Bowen (Aug. Simson).

The elytra are much more strongly mucronate than in
any other species known to me. The large basal tubercle
situated on the fourth interstice instead of on the third is
unusual.

214

At first sight apparently belonging to Gonipterus, but
the intercoxal process of mesosternum is quite strongly pro-
duced. In most species of Oxzyops the eyes are strongly
convex, and the head appears to be suddenly constricted be-
hind them, so as to give them an appearance as of project-
ing; but in the present species the eyes, although moderately
convex, appear to be quite regularly embedded (as in the
species of Pantoreites). When alive specimens are probably
covered with an ochreous meal, as on one specimen this meal
is caked in places.

OXYOPS GRIFFITHI, n. sp.

Black or piceous black, antennze and _ tarsi obscurely
diluted with red. Moderately, in places densely, clothed
with whitish sete, varying from thin to thick, and in places
appearing as elongate scales, and forming a distinct post-
median fascia.

Head with dense, more or less concealed punctures ; inter-
ocular fovea large, rather wide and deep. Rostrum about
once and one third as long as greatest width; with
a rather feeble, shining, and feebly punctured median
line, on each side of which are coarse irregular rows
of partially concealed punctures. Two apical joints
of funicle somewhat transverse. Prothorax — with
coarse irregular punctures, causing an appearance as of
granules in places; with a rather fine median carina, on each
side of which the surface is somewhat flattened, and the
punctures less irregular than elsewhere. Hlytra with rows
of very large punctures, becoming smaller posteriorly ; third
interstice with two tubercles, a large one near base, and a
smaller somewhat elongate one at summit of posterior de-
clivity; fifth elevated but scarcely tuberculate beyond the
middle, shoulder tuberculate, preapical callus large but ob-
tuse ; with numerous granules scattered about and dense on
tubercles. Intercoxal process of mesosternum not very acute.
Tibie feebly denticulate. Length, 9-94 mm.

Hab. — Queensland: Townsville “(H. H. D. Griffith),
Upper Endeavour River (C. French).

The postmedian fascia occupies the upper half of the
posterior declivity, and is directed obliquely forwards so as to
touch, or almost touch, the margins. One of the three speci-
mens before me (except as to its clothing) is almost entirely
of a dull red, but this may be due to immaturity.

With a vague resemblance to fasciata, but fascia not
narrowed to suture, and the third interstice abruptly tuber-
culate at summit of posterior declivity. From vitiosa it
differs in the third interstice having two tubercles only.

3) a Eo ae

215

OXYOPS DECIPIENS, nN. sp.

Black; antenne and tarsi obscurely diluted with red.
Rather densely clothed with thin sete, becoming much shorter
on elytra.

Head with dense and small more or less concealed punc-
tures ; inter-ocular fovea rather narrow. Rostrum about once
and one third as long as greatest width; with dense and
coarse punctures; with two feeble shallow grooves, between
which is a very feeble carina or punctured line. Antenne
unusually short; first joint of funicle slightly longer than
second, second feebly, all the others strongly, transverse.
Prothorax with coarse irregular punctures, in places becom-
ing foveate and in places small; with a feeble and inter-
rupted median carina. LHlytra wide at base, strongly nar-
rowed from shoulders to apex$ with rows of large punc-
tures, becoming very large and deep on an oblique space
from near shoulders to suture at basal third; each with three
tubercles near base, one on third interstice, one on shoulder,
and a strongly conical one between shoulder and side; pre-
apical callus obtuse. Intercoxal process of mesosternum dis-
tinctly produced, but obtuse. Tzbie strongly denticulate.
Length, 84-94 mm.

Hab.—Queensland (C. French).

On the elytra the clothing is very dense and short, ex-
cept for a wide oblique irregular seminude stripe where the
punctures are coarsest. To the naked eye the preapical cal-
losities appear to be feebly fasciculate and surrounded by a
slightly darker space than the surface just outside of this space.
The elytra also to the naked eye appear to have a wide
oblique and rather feeble postmedian fascia. The granules
of the under surface are rather more conspicuous, and the
parts of the metasternum overhanging the hind tibie are
much more produced than usual.

At a glance quite a typical Gonipterus, but the mesos-
ternum produced, and the subhumeral tubercles placed in a
line with the others near the base, instead of behind them,
as in Gonipterus. The eyes are more convex, but otherwise
much as in mucronata.

OXxYOPS RUFA, N. Sp.

Of a rather bright flavous-red, rostrum darker ; head and
claws black. Rather densely clothed with whitish set, ex-
cept on prothorax and elytra, where they are sparser.

Head with very dense but almost concealed punctures ;
inter-ocular fovea rather small and narrow. Rostrum about
once and two thirds as long as greatest width; apical por-
tion with small punctures and smoother than usual, else-

216

where with dense and coarse punctures; with a narrow but
sometimes partially concealed median carina. Prothoraz
granulate-punctate; sides more evenly rounded than usual;
disc somewhat flattened and scarcely carinate. lytra almost
parallel-sided from shoulders to beyond the middle; with
regular rows of large round punctures, becoming smaller pos-
teriorly ; with numerous small and more or less depressed
granules. Intercoxal process of mesosternum strongly pro-
duced but obtuse. 7 vbue moderately denticulate. Length,
64-9 mm.

Hab.—Victoria (C. French); New South Wales: Jeno-
lan (J. C. Wiburd).

The sides of the prothorax and some of the punctures
on the elytra are sometimes stained with black or brown,
and on the elytra this causes a feeble mottling, or an appear-
ance as of feeble interrupted fascie. On the prothorax the
setz are condensed so as to form a moderately distinct median
line, and feeble lateral ones. On the elytra they appear, to
the naked eye, to form very feeble transverse patches, but
on one specimen there is a distinct postmedian fascia, which
might quite fairly be regarded as formed by scales. On both
prothorax and elytra there are black sete scattered about
amongst the others.

In some respects close to description of rutila, but head
darker than rest of body and elytra smooth.

OxyYOPS PALLIDA, ND. sp.

Pale flavous-red, antenne somewhat darker, claws and
parts of muzzle black. Densely (very densely on parts of the
under surface) clothed with white setz, shorter and some-
what sparser on the elytra than elsewhere.

Head with regular but partially concealed punctures ;
inter-ocular fovea (for the genus) very small. Rostrum (ex-
cluding the muzzle) about as long as greatest width (which is
at the base instead of near the apex); without a median
carina or line, and with rather small and even, partially con-
cealed punctures. Prothoraz less transverse than usual, sides
evenly rounded; densely granulate-punctate; with a distinct,
but irregular, median carina. LHlytra evenly convex, sides
feebly diminishing in width from shoulders to near apex;
with regular rows of round, and (for the genus) rather small
punctures, becoming smaller posteriorly ; with numerous small
depressed granules. Intercoxal process of mesosternum acute.
Trbie feebly denticulate. Length, 94 mm.

Hab.—North-Western Australia: Ashburton River (C.
French).

4 es =

217

Entirely pale except for the combs of tibie and the
claws, which are deep black; the combs are unusually con-
spicuous, owing to the colour of the tibie and tarsi, but they
are of quite normal size. The specimen described is appa-
rently not immature, as Mr. French has another specimen
of exactly the same colour. The eyes are almost exactly as
in mucronata. The joints of the funicle are of normal pro-
portions, but are rather more cylindrical than usual.

OxyoOPS PARALLELA, Blackb.

The length given in the description of this species is 2
lines, but Mr. Blackburn informed me that 2 was a misprint
for 4. A specimen from Port Darwin before me is but
34 lines.

OxYOPS UNIFORMIS, Lea.

A specimen from the Grampians (Victoria) of this species
has a moderately distinct transverse fascia of pale clothing
before the middle, and an irregular stripe one-third from
the apex of the elytra. On the type these markings can be
just perceptibly traced.

PANTOREITES MAJOR, N. sp.

Black or blackish-brown; elytra, tip of prothorax, and
appendages (except claws) more or less reddish. Clothed
with thin whitish or ochreous sete, and with glistening white
scales.

Head with dense partially concealed punctures; inter-

ocular fovea narrow and partially concealed. Rostrum

slightly dilated towards, but not to, apex, almost twice as
long as greatest width; with dense punctures throughout,
but smaller and exposed towards apex, and more or less
concealed towards base. Two basal joints of funicle subequal
in length, but first somewhat stouter than second. /Pro-
thorax with very dense punctures of moderate size. Hlytra
with regular rows of rather large punctures, but which are
quite concealed in places, shoulders strongly rounded, sides
feebly diminishing in width. to beyond the middle, and then
strongly to apex. Intercoxal process of mesosternum ob-
tusely produced. Tibie strongly denticulate. Length, 7-84
mm.

Hab.--South Australia: Murray Bridge (H. H. D.
Griffith) ; Victoria (C. French), Sea Lake (J. C. Goudie).

The sete are rather sparse, but the snowy scales (which
from some directions are faintly opalescent) are very dense
except on head and base of rostrum, where, however, they
form a moderately distinct line. On the prothorax they
form three lines, which gradually dilate to the base. On the

218

elytra the suture is clothed throughout, the second inter-
stice becomes clothed beyond the middle, and the third about
one-third from the apex; the fifth interstice is clothed from
the basal fifth, and the white stripe is dilated posteriorly so
as to cover the fourth and sixth as well; the three lateral
interstices are clothed throughout. The under surface and
legs are also densely clothed with white scales.

In appearance somewhat close to wittatus, but larger (it
is the largest of the genus yet known), and silvery clothing
covering a much greater portion of elytra and somewhat dif-
ferently disposed. One of the specimens (except as to its
clothing) is almost entirely of a dull red.

PANTOREITES TRILINEALBUS, Nh. Sp.

Head, rostrum, and prothorax reddish-brown ; elsewhere
paler, but claws black. Densely clothed with white glisten-
ing scales, but in places more or less setose, and with an
ochreous meal.

Head with very dense but concealed punctures; inter-
ocular fovea of moderate size, but partially concealed. Ros-
trum subparallel-sided, about once and two thirds as long
as greatest width; apical half nude, and with small punc-
tures, basal half with much coarser but partially concealed
ones. First joint of funicle stouter but distinctly shorter than
second. Prothorax scarcely, if at all, wider than long, base
and apex subequal in width; with dense but more or less
concealed punctures. Hlytra considerably wider than pro-
thorax, shoulders rounded, almost parallel-sided to near apex ;
with rows of rather large but usually concealed punctures.
Intercoxal process of mesosternum scarcely produced. Tibie
curved and moderately denticulate. Length, 4% mm.

Hab.—New South Wales: Gosford (A. M. Lea).

The derm and punctures are almost entirely concealed
by clothing. The clothing of the under surface is entirely
white, except that from certain directions it appears to be
slightly opalescent. On the upper surface the sete or thin
scales, which are mixed with an ochreous kind of dust or
meal, form a stripe on each side of the middle from apex of
prothorax almost to apex of elytra, and a more feeble’ stripe
on each side for the same length. In consequence the pro-
thorax appears to have three conspicuous white stripes, each
of which is dilated towards the base; and the elytra to have
three stripes, of which the sutural one is the narrowest and
most conspicuous. The sublateral white stripes have several
small nude spots about their middle,..and these are probably
not accidental, as they are much the same in the’ two speci-
mens before me. It is probable that after immersion in

eS ee ee ee

ie

oe ie

es, we

219

some fluids the darker stripes (especially on the elytra) would
lose their ochreous meal and become less conspicuous.

In appearance somewhat like micans, but outline of
elytra not almost continuous with that of prothorax, and
the clothing more conspicuously bicolorous. In shape it is
much like :dlluminatus and vittatus.

IPTERGONUS, n. g.

Eyes strongly convex and projecting, owing to constric-
tion of head immediately behind them. LElytra without sub-
humeral! tubercles. Intercoxal process of mesosternum
rounded. Body very short and compact. Other characters
as in Oryops and Gonipterus.

This genus is proposed to receive a number of small and
very robust species, which differ from Gonipterus in the ab-
sence of subhumeral tubercles, and from Oxyops in the simple
mesosternum. The type of the genus is Gonipterus cionoides,
Pasc.; but I also refer to it Oxyops aberrans, Lea. To judge
from the description Oxyops hyperoides, Pasc., belongs to it,
and Ozyops turbidus, Pasc., may also do so.

The Australian genera of Gonipterides may be tabulated
as follows :—

Tarsi three jointed ee es “ ... Syarbis.
Tarsi four jointed
Club continuous with funicle na ... Bryachus.
Club not continuous with funicle.
Eyes not prominent... ii af ... Pantoreites.

Eyes very prominent. (1)
With a distinct tubercle on each side
near base of elytra (2) Oe ... Gonipterus.
Without such a tubercle. (3)
Intercoxal process of mesosternum
produced ae ny ... Oxyops.
Intercoxal process not produced. Iptergonus.

IPTERGONUS BIFURCATUS, 0. sp.

Reddish-castaneous, under surface darker in parts;
claws black. With snowy-white scales on head, forming three
lines on prothorax, and lines at sides of elytra, dense on
scutellum and parts of under surface and legs; elytra with
several fascicles of white or ochreous scales. Rest of surface
with scattered setz or scales.

(1) In several species of Oxyops the eyes are but little more
prominent than in Pantoreites, but the two genera are otherwise
very distinct.

_ (2) Not on the shoulder, which, however, is often more or less
tuberculate. ;

(3) In Oxryops, a tubercle is sometimes present near the base,
but these species differ from Gonipterus in having the mesosternum
produced.

220

Head with quite concealed punctures; inter-ocular fovea
more or less concealed. Rostrum about once and one third
as long as greatest width ; non-carinate ; apical portion strongly
convex and with dense and rather small punctures; basal
two-thirds with coarse but more or less concealed punctures.
First joint of funicle slightly longer than third, but distinctly
shorter than second. Prothorax with dense punctures of
almost even size; sides rather strongly diminishing in width
from base to apex. Jlytra briefly subcordate, much wider
than prothorax; shoulders very feebly produced; with rows
of deep, more or less oblong punctures; with small dense
eranules, and with feeble tubercles. 7ibiew strongly denticu-
late. Length, 45-5 mm.

Hiab.—Queensland (Horace W. Brown), Blackall Range
(H. Hacker).

The white stripe on each side of the prothorax is con-
tinued on to the elytra. On perfectly fresh specimens it
clothes the shoulders, but these are usually abraded; on the
sixth interstice it terminates at the middle, but the eighth
and ninth are clothed almost to the apex, and the tenth is
clothed near the base and again near the apex. On each
elytron there are five feeble tubercles crowned with feeble
fascicles (white on two specimens, ochreous on two others,
and all apparently easily abraded); of these there are three
on the third interstice, the basal one being elongate and very
feeble, and the hind one on summit of posterior declivity.
On the fifth interstice there are two, of which one is post-
median, and the other is the preapical callus. When com-
pletely abraded some of the tubercles appear to be little more
than feebly elevated spaces, with rather more numerous
granules than usual.

Readily distinguished from aberrans by the stripe on
each side of prothorax bifurcating on to elytra, instead of
stopping at the base.

IPTERGONUS NIVEOPICTUS, MN. Sp.

Reddish-brown, appendages somewhat paler ; claws black.
With snowy-white scales on head, forming three lines on
prothorax, lines and fascicles on elytra, and dense on scut-
ellum parts of under surface and. legs; elsewhere with sparse
ochreous or white setz or scales.

Head, rostrum, antenne, and prothorax much as in pre-
ceding species. Hlytra much less parallel-sided, and with
much coarser punctures, interstices narrower and with less
numerous granules; tubercles apparently much the same.
Front ¢ibi@ rather strongly curved and all strangly denticu-
late. Length, 44 mm.

ee eee CL) lhl Eee

221

Hab.—New South Wales: Sydney (A. M. Lea).

The only specimen before me is evidently in perfect con-
dition. On the elytra the snowy scales clothe the suture and
parts of the sides, and form three oblique stripes on each,
with each stripe ending in a fascicle; one commences near
the shoulder and terminates before the middle, one commences
a short distance behind the first and terminates beyond the
middle, and the third terminates on the preapical callus. Of the
fascicles (which are of such a nature that they may be easily
abraded) there are three on the third interstice and three

‘on the fifth, with several feeble ones elsewhere.

In some respects close to description of hyperoides
(described as from Queensland), but smaller (two instead of
two and a half lines), and with conspicuous elytral fascicles.

SUBFAMILY BELIDES.
BELUS CRISTATUS, NR. sp.

Piceous-brown, antennz and claws somewhat paler.
Clothed with white pubescence, margining eyes, forming
three feeble lines on prothorax, forming numerous small spots
in the subsutural depression (especially towards the base) and
three feeble rows of small spots elsewhere on each elytron,
and rather dense on under surface.

Head with dense clearly defined punctures, becoming
rather coarse between eyes. Rostrum slightly shorter than
head and prothorax combined, feebly inflated at insertion
of antennz, the sides very feebly incurved between these and
apex; behind antennz with rather coarse but partially con-
cealed punctures, between antenne with fairly large punc-
tures but becoming very small to apex. Antenne thin, first
and third joints subequal, eleventh shorter than ninth and
tenth combined. Prothorax strongly inflated towards base,
with a wide but slightly interrupted median channel, the sides
of which are rather more strongly elevated than‘ usual; with
dense but irregular granules and punctures. Scutellwm mode-
rately transverse. Hlytra shallowly depressed on each side
of suture, each depression bounded by a distant carina, which
gradually runs out towards the base, but is rather suddenly
terminated towards the apex, a feeble carina outside the
first one and about half its length, each separately strongly
rounded and granulate at base; apex acutely produced and
passing abdomen for a greater length than its apical seg-
ment; with dense and rather coarse punctures, and with
rather numerous granules at base. Metasternum with a few
small granules. /emora edentate, posterior passing middle
of second abdominal segment; front tibie moderately, the
others feebly denticulate below. Length, 12 mm.

222

Hab.—South Australia: Port Lincoln (Macleay Museum).

The type is probably a male; on its metasternum there
are two nude spots on each side piece and numerous smaller
and irregular nude spots (mostly caused by granules) else-
where. The abdomen is densely clothed at the sides, and with
a nude spot on each side of each segment, but these nude
spots open into the nude median portion, instead of being
isolated.

From bison (which at a glance it strongly resembles) it is
distinguished by the elytral carine, and these being two on
each elytron (instead of three) distinguish it from the descrip-
tion of perplexus. From semipunctatus (which also in shape
it strongly resembles) it is distinguished by its edentate
femora.

BELUS VARIPILIS, n. sp.

Black; part of antennz and the claws obscurely diluted
with red. Clothed with stramineous (on the elytra becoming
ochreous) pubescence at the sides of the eyes, forming three
lines on prothorax (the median line interrupted in middle),
dense on scutellum, and forming numerous more or less feeble
spots in feeble rows on elytra. Under surface with a dense
line on each side from the eye to apex of abdomen, but with
two nude spots on side piece of metasternum.

Head with dense and irregular punctures, becoming
coarse between eyes. Rostrum thin; in female the length of
head and prothorax combined, in male somewhat shorter ;
with fine punctures almost throughout in female, but be-
coming rather dense and coarse behind antenne in male.
Antenne (for the genus) not very thin, first joint as long as
second and third combined, eleventh stout and about the length
of ninth and tenth combined. Prothorax strongly inflated to-
wards base, with a wide but interrupted median channel;
with dense clearly defined and mostly rather large punctures.
Scutellum moderately transverse. Hlytra depressed on each
side of suture, the depression bounded on each side by a
strong carina, outside of this on each elytron a shorter and
finer carina, then a feeble depression and then a feebly raised
line or very feeble carina; base strongly separately rounded ;
apex acutely produced and passing abdomen fully the length
of its apical segment; with dense and fairly large punctures.
Femora edentate, front pair stout, especially in female,
hind pair not extending to middle of second abdominal seg-
ment; front tibiz strongly, the others feebly denticulate
below. Length, 13-15 mm.

/ab.—Queensland: Somerset (C. French), Endeavour
River (Macleay Museum).

223

The spots are numerous in the subsutural depression and
form three rows (of which only the median one is at all dis-
tinct) elsewhere on each elytron. The metasternum is glab-
rous in the middle, but not towards the sides. On both speci-
mens before me the pubescence on each side of the basal seg-
ment of abdomen is suddenly interrupted, so that at its apex
it is glabrous, the three following segments have each a
similar but much smaller glabrous space, and these three have
as well a small spot of pubescence which is sometimes joined
to the lateral stripe. On one of the specimens the pubescence
is of an almost snowy whiteness. There are no distinct
granules on either prothorax or elytra, although about the
base of the latter the punctures: are so irregular as to cause
(from some directions) the apparent presence of a few. The
elytra are not suddenly elevated behind the scutellum.

In general appearance close to semipunctatus, but wider,
femora edentate, and tibie and tarsi dark. Also very close
to the preceding species, but basal joint of antennz consider-
ably longer, the two carinz on each elytron. much stronger,
with traces of a third and the clothing of abdomen different.
It is also rather more robust, with the prothorax much less
elevated on each side of the median channel. Perplexus is
described as having “three well-defined carinz on each of its
elytra” ; in the present species two carinz are distinct, but
the outer one, if indeed it should be regarded as a carina at
all, is very indistinct; the inner one commences quite close
to the base, very much nearer, in fact, than “at a distance
from the base about equal to a quarter. ot the length of the
elytra” ; the prothorax also is not “ruguloso-granuloso.”

BELUS PULVERULENTUS, N. sp..

Black, antenne and claws feebly diluted with red.
Clothed with white pubescence, margining eyes, forming an
interrupted median line on prothorax, and feeble lateral lines ;
forming numerous feeble spots about suture (these more or
less tinged with ochreous), and two very feeble rows on each
elytron elsewhere; and rather dense, but irregularly distri-
buted, on under surface.

Head with dense and rather coarse punctures; scarcely
transversely impressed behind eyes. Rostrum slightly longer
than prothorax; with dense and fine punctures at apex,
becoming slightly sparser and larger to antenne, but thence
more rapidly so till on the base itself they are coarse. An-
tenne thin, moderately long, first joint distinctly longer than
second and third combined, eleventh the length of ninth
and tenth combined. /Prothorax rather strongly inflated to-
wards base, with a wide but interrupted median channel,

224

closely covered with rounded and usually flattened granules.
Scutellum moderately transverse. HLlytra feebly depressed on
each side of suture, the depression bounded by a slight
elevation but not by a carina, base suddenly raised and
granulate behind scutellum; each separately strongly (some-
what angularly) rounded and granulate at base; apex pro-
duced and passing abdomen for rather more than the length
of its apical segment, with rather dense punctures, becoming
towards base interspersed with round granules, interspaces
between punctures and granules with very small punctures.
Metasternum with a few rather conspicuous granules. Front
femora stout, with two minute teeth placed transversely near
apex, the others edentate, posterior extending almost to
middle of second abdominal segment; front tibie strongly,
the others feebly denticulate below. Length, 174 mm.

Hab.—Queensland: Gayndah (Australian Museum),
Chillagoe (J. A. Anderson).

On the under surface the clothing is dense (except for a
nude spot on each side piece of the metasternum), on the
sides of sterna and fairly dense in their middle, and forms
a rather large but loose spot on each side of each of the
abdominal segments, also a fairly large spot on the middle
of the first segment; the second and third have a feeble white
line along the middle, and there are minute scattered spots
elsewhere. The elytral granules from all directions are dis-
tinct only near the base, but from some directions they ap-
pear to extend almost to the apex. In addition to the sub-
sutural depression each elytron has a feeble longitudinal de-
pression about its middle. One specimen differs from the
type in being (except the head and rostrum, which are black)
of a deep reddish-brown, with pale antenne, tibie, and tarsi.
Its abdomen is apparently partly abraded, as, except for the
clothing on the sides and middle, it is practically glabrous.

Moderately close to semipunctatus, but elytra noncarinate
and with a hump about scutellum; the hump is much more
prominent than in puncticeps, and the basal joint of its an-
tennz considerably longer. Anguineus, to which it is also
very close in appearance, has edentate femora.

BELUS NIVEOPILOSUS, nN. sp.

Blackish-brown, antenne and claws of a dingy red.
Clothed with white pubescence, margining eyes (rather sparse
elsewhere on head), forming a distinct median and feeble
lateral lines on prothorax, rather dense on scutellum, forming
three rows of spots on each elytron, and dense but irregu-
larly distributed on under surface.

225

Head with dense and coarse but partially concealed
punctures. Rostrum (for the genus) rather stout, the length
of prothorax, feebly inflated at insertion of antennz, behind
which the punctures are rather coarse and in front of which
they are fine, especially towards the apex. Antennz not very
thin, first joint slightly longer than third, second and third
equal in length, eleventh slightly shorter than ninth and tenth
combined. Prothorax rather strongly inflated towards base,
median channel rather feeble, with dense granules and punc-
tures throughout. Scutellum rather strongly transverse.
Elytra flattened but scarcely depressed along suture, not sud-
denly raised behind scutellum; each separately strongly
rounded at base, apex somewhat acutely produced and pass-
ing abdomen for about the length of its apical segment ; punc-
tures and granules, except that they are smaller and more
numerous, much as in preceding species. Granules of metas-
ternum almost entirely concealed. Femora edentate, front
pair very stout, posterior just passing apex of first abdominal
segment. Length, 12 mm.

Hab.—Queensland: Endeavour River (C. French).

On each elytron the rows of spots tend to become con-
fused towards the base; the sutural row consists of larger but
less clearly defined spots than elsewhere; the spots on the
outer row are small and also rather ill-defined. On the sterna
and sides of abdomen the clothing is dense, but there is a
nude spot on each of the side pieces of the metasternum. The
basal segment of abdomen is rather densely clothed in the
middle, as well as on the sides, and the second segment has a
small supplementary spot on each side. Although in general
appearance quite a typical Belws, the scrobes are very short
(not half the length of the basal joint of antennz) and ab-
ruptly terminated; so that they could quite fairly be called
foveiform.

The edentate front femora distinguish from hemistictus
and puncticeps, the comparatively short rostrum and short tail
from anguineus and cristatus; amplicollis is considerably
larger, and has a rather prominent hump behind the scutel-
lum. It is close to the description of helms:, but the antenne
are not black, and the size is less than 7 lines.

BELUS BREVIPES, N. sp.

Blackish-brown, apical half of rostrum and appendages
more or less diluted with red ; scutellum and elytra of a rather
light brown, but the latter almost black at apex; third, fourth
and fifth abdominal segments tipped with flavous. Clothed
with pale ochreous pubescence, margining eyes, rather dense
on sides of prothorax, forming a spot on the middle of its

H

226
base, and forming rows of spots on the elytra and dense but
almost white on sides of under surface; abdomen in addition
with a patch of pubescence in middle of basal segment and a
feeble spot on each side of middle of the three following seg-
ments.

Head with dense but partially concealed punctures. Ros-
trum thin, the length of prothorax; with fairly coarse punc-
tures close to base, becoming much smaller to apex. Antenne
(for the genus) not very thin, first joint almost the length
of second and third combined, eleventh slightly longer than
ninth and tenth combined. V/rothorax moderately inflated
towards base, median channel rather feeble, densely granulate-
punctate throughout. Scuwtellum very narrow and transverse.
Hlytra flattened but scarcely depressed along suture, not sud-
denly raised behind scutellum; each separately strongly
rounded at base, apex denticulate, feebly produced and pass-
ing abdomen for a short distance only; densely punctate-
granulate throughout. Metasternwm with a few feeble
granules. Hach side of each segment of abdomen at its base
with a small, opaque, densely punctate space. /emora eden-
tate, front pair very stout, hind pair not passing apex of
basal abdominal segment; front tibize strongly, the others
feebly denticulate below. Length, 12 mm.

/1ab.—Queensland: Cape York (H. Elgner).

The elytral spots of pubescence are small and feebly
defined, but are rather numerous close to the suture; on the
disc of each there is a very feeble row of small spots, and
the sides are almost glabrous. There is a conspicuous nude
spot on each side piece of the metasternum. Each abdominal
segment in addition to the lateral spots has two small spots,
except the basal segment, which has a large subtriangular
median spot. The denticulations at the apex of elytra are
partially concealed by short blackish pubescence. The elytra
at apex are shaped much as in brunnews, but the two species
have little else in common.

j Two specimens from North-Western Australia are rather
smaller (10-1G5 mm.) than the type, and have the abdomen
with sparse pubescence in addition to the white spots; on
one of these the peculiarly punctate spaces at the bases of the
segments are exactly as on the type; but on the other these
spaces are almost or quite concealed by the clothing.

BELUS GRANICOLLIS, n. sp.

Black ; apical half of rostrum, tibie and part of antennze
more or less obscurely diluted with red; claws of a rather
bright red. Clothed with pure white pubescence, margining
eyes, forming a median line, and two very feeble lateral ones,

Minis 2

227

on prothorax, dense on scutellum, and forming numerous
feeble spots about suture and feebly distributed elsewhere on
elytra; dense on under surface but leaving a nude spot on
each side piece of metasternum, and on each side of each of
the abdominal segments.

Head with dense and minute punctures at base, but
rather coarse between eyes. Rostrum comparatively stout,
the length of prothorax, feebly inflated at insertion of an-
tennz, behind which the punctures are rather dense and
coarse, and in front of which they are mostly small. An-
tennz somewhat inflated towards apex, first joint the length
of second and third combined; second, third, fourth, and
fifth of equal length inter se; eleventh briefly obpyriform, and
shorter than ninth and tenth combined. Prothoraz mode-
rately inflated towards base, regularly convex, median line
very feeble, disc densely the sides sparsely granulate. Scutel-
lum moderately transverse. Elytra not at all depressed
along suture, not suddenly raised behind scutellum, each sepa.
rately strongly and somewhat angularly rounded at base;
moderately produced at apex and passing abdomen for about
the length of its apical segment; granulate-punctate through-
out. Femora edentate, front pair stout, especially in female,
hind pair just passing apex of first abdominal segment ; front
tibie rather strongly the others very feebly denticulate
below. Length, 75-85 mm.

Hab.—Australia (W. W. Froggatt). Given to me with-
out exact locality by Mr. Froggatt, but probably from New
South Wales or Queensland.

On the elytra of one of the specimens there appears to
be a very feeble row of spots midway between the suture and
each side. On the under surface the pubescence, although
fairly dense in the middle, is not so dense as on the sides. The
second, third, fourth, and fifth joints are of equal length,
a most unusual feature, although the antenne of parallelus
and acacia are somewhat similar.

In general appearance close to parallelus, but somewhat
shorter and more robust and basal segments of abdomen with
nude lateral spots only; acacie, to which it is fairly close,
has bidentate front femora, and is somewhat narrower ;
pudicus is larger, and has the first joint of antenne shorter
than the second and third combined.

‘BELUS NIGRICEPS, n. sp.

Light brownish-red; head, base of rostrum, scutellum,
meso- and metasternum, base and sides of abdomen and
third tarsal joint more or less black, antenne feebly infus-

H2

228

cate towards apex. Upper surface (except for a small amount
of pubescence near eyes and on scutellum) glabrous; under
surface with dense regular white pubescence.

Head longer than usual; punctate-granulate between
eyes and densely punctate elsewhere. Rostrum slightly longer
than prothorax, feebly inflated at insertion of antennz; in
male with coarse punctures and a distinct median impression
behind antennz, and impunctate elsewhere; in female with-
out the median impression and with coarse punctures at ex-
treme base only. Antennz long and very thin, first and third
joints subequal, eleventh shorter than ninth and tenth com-
bined. Prothorax (for the genus) rather feebly inflated to-
wards base, median channel very feeble, densely and finely
granulate. Scutellum almost round. Elytra not at all
depressed along suture, each separately strongly rounded at
base, apex gently and regularly narrowed and passing abdo-
men for a very short distance; with dense punctures rather
larger towards base than elsewhere, and in almost regular,
closely placed rows. Under surface with dense but more or
less concealed punctures. /emora edentate, front pair rather
stout, especially in female, hind pair just passing apex of
basal abdominal segment; tibie longer than usual, the front
pair feebly the others very feebly denticulate below; basal
joint of all the tarsi much longer than usual. Length,
8-9 mm.

Hlah.—New South Wales: Forest Reefs, Armidale;
Tasmania: Ulverstone (A. M. Lea).

A very thin species. The type is a male; a female differs
from it in having the rostrum entirely red, and a transverse
space behind the eyes diluted with red. To the naked eye
there appear to be small nude spots at the sides of the
abdomen, but this appearance is due solely to the colour of
the derm, except in the single Tasmanian specimen, where
they are really present. The elytra from some directions ap-
pear to be closely covered with rows of granules, but there
are two quite regular rows of granules on the suture itself.

In general appearance remarkably close to a Western
Australian species which I have identified as acicularis, and
which has the antennze more noticeably (although not
strongly) inflated towards the apex, with the eleventh joint
but little more than twice as long as wide, and the tenth
much less than twice as long as wide. In the present species
the eleventh joint is more than three times as long as its
greatest width, and its tenth joint is slightly more than
twice as long as wide. In the Western Australian specimens
also the basal joint is almost black (a character not men-

229

tioned by Pascoe), whilst in the present species it is no darker
than the rest of the antenne. Its basal joint of tarsi is also
slightly longer. It is also close to longicornis, but is larger
and paler.

BELUS SEMIPUNCTATUS, Fab.

2? cyaneipennis, Boh.
? bispinosus, Perr.

The typical form of this species has somewhat ochreous
pubescence only in the subsutural depression and in a line
outside of the second carina on each elytron, except for a few
feeble spots near the shoulders.

It seems probable that cyaneipennis is a synonym of
this species, despite several discrepancies in the description.
The elytra of semipunctatus are certainly not cyaneous, al-
though they usually have a violet or purplish gloss, and
the elytra are not “almost three times the length of the pro-
thorax,’ but fully four times the length. The prothorax
of one large specimen measures 23 and the elytra 11 mm.
Boheman also makes no mention of the conspicuous elytral
cost, but his description is so full and tallies in so many
respects with semipunctatus (a quite common species about
Sydney) that my surmise will probably prove to be correct.

It is also possible that 6zspinosus is a synonym, al-
though Perrond describes the prothorax as granulate. In the
typical form the prothorax could certainly not fairly be called
granulate, although from certain directions certain parts of
it appear to be so, owing to the density of the punctures ;
these, however, are quite clearly defined, and not confluent
in most places. In some of the varieties, however, the pro-
thorax might almost be called granulate-punctate.

Variety A.—Two specimens from Mackay differ from the
normal form in having two additional rows of spots on each
elytron; the extra rows being at the side and between the
two carine. Their derm at the subsutural depression is also
largely: diluted with red, but this also occurs in forms hav-
ing the typical clothing.

Variety B.—A specimen from Whitton differs from the
normal form in being very small (10 mm.) and thin, and with
the clothing of an almost snowy whiteness.

A specimen from Cairns agrees in its clothing with the
typical form, but its elytra are of a decided green, without
the least trace of violet, and the legs and abdomen are
somewhat similarly coloured. The colour, however, may be
due to immaturity. Another specimen from Cairns is smaller
(11 mm.) than usual, and has the small sublateral spots of
the abdomen absent, but this may be due to abrasion.

230

BELUS BISON, Blackb.

Three specimens under examination (two from South
Australia and one from Tasmania) evidently belong to this
species. In one of them the antennz are really black, in
another they are slightly diluted with red, and in the third
decidedly diluted with red.

BELUS TIBIALIS, Blackb.

This species is evidently very close to Jimearis,‘4) and
agrees with it in the very remarkable tibiz and tarsi. The
description of the abdominal! clothing, however, does not agree
with specimens of linearis before me.

BELUS AMPLICOLLIS, Jekel.

Four specimens before me (from Port Denison and More-
ton Bay) evidently belong to this species, but all differ in their
abdominal clothing, this, however, being almost certainly due
to abrasion. On a specimen, apparently in perfect condition,
the abdomen is densely clothed with white pubescence at the
sides from base to apex, the basal segment in addition has a
large white spot on each side of middle, and the three fol-
lowing segments each have similar but smaller spots. In two
of the other specimens faint traces of these spots can be
noticed, but in one of these the clothing at the sides of the
basal segment has evidently been worn away through friction
with the femora; in the fourth specimen the median spots
are entirely absent, With age the violet gloss of the elytra
is apt to disappear.

BELUS BIDENTATUS, Don.

This species varies considerably in the intensity of its
colour, some specimens being (except for the head, which is
always black) of a rather pale reddish-brown, with still paler
femora and tibie; whilst others have the derm and appen-
dages almost entirely dark-brown. Some have numerous
minute spots in addition to the two conspicuous ones on each
elytron. On each elytron there are usually three caring,
but of these only the one nearest the suture (being the third
interstice raised for a portion of its length) is always distinct,
the others usually being feeble and sometimes altogether
wanting. The male has the rostrum behind the antenne with
denser and coarser punctures than in the female.

BELUS LONGICORNIS, Lea.

Two specimens from Hobart appear to belong to this
species, but differ from the type in being smaller (6 mm.),

(4: Described from Queensland; my specimens are from King
George’s Sound.

231

with paler prothorax (but not its disc), elytra and legs (but
not tarsi); the antenne are also somewhat stouter, but this
may be sexual.

Betts pupicus, Lea.

A specimen from Brisbane differs from the type in having
the pubescence of the upper surface and on the sides of the
lower surface somewhat ochreous; the elytra paler, but with
the suture black. The nude space on the middle of the third
and fourth abdominal segments is probably due to abrasion.

BELUS HEMISTICTUS, Germ.

This species appears to be intermediate between those
having a distinct carina bounding each side of a subsutural
depression and those without such. On one specimen the
carina on each side of the depression is quite distinct to the
naked eye, appearing as a shining line from the basal third
to the apical fifth; on two others it is faintly traceable to
the naked eye but practically disappears under a lens. On
a fourth it is more noticeable on the right than on the left
elytron. In the original description the elytra are said to be
obsoletely carinate.

BELUS PHGNICOPTERUS, Germ.

This species varies in length from 12 to 18 mm., and
some specimens are much paler than others. The femoral
teeth are occasionally so small as to be seen only with diffi-
culty.

BELUS SUTURALIS, Boi.

A specimen from Western Australia is much smaller
(95 mm.) than usual, and has the pubescence of a snowy
whiteness, instead of more or less stramineous.

The species of Belus known to me may be tabulated as
follows : —

A. Basal half of elytra strongly contrasted
in colour with apical half ... sf ... divisus, Pasce.
AA. Basal half not strongly contrasted.
B. Front tibia with a_ strong subbasal
tooth ... linearis, Pase.
BB. Front tibia at most denticulate.
C. Elytra carinate.
a. Femora edentate.
b. Each elytron with two conspicu-
ous spots of unequal size bidentatus, Don.
bb. Elytral spots not isolated and
conspicuous.
c. First joint of antennze longer
than second and third com-
bined ; varipiis, Lea.
cc. First joint shorter than second
and third combined ... ... eristatus, Lea

232

aa. Femora dentate.

d. Klytral carine feeble
dd. Elytral carine distinct.

e. Abdomen almost glabrous except
for two conspicuous spots on
each side ey

ee. Abdomen with a
stripe on each side

CC. Elytra not carinate.

D. Elytra conspicuously striped (not
spotted) along suture and _ no-
where else.

f. Femora dentate .
ff. Femora edentate.

g. Rostrum suddenly paler in
front of antennz

continuous

gg. Rostrum nowhere suddenly
paler.
h. Abdomen with two pale
stripes oa
hh. Abdomen w ith three

DD. Elytral clothing not as in D.
E. Suture ‘suddenly and strongly
raised at base.
. Elytra: each with a single con-
spicuous spot... ee

. Elytra without such spots.

a Elytra not strongly produced
at apex.

k. Rostrum (when viewed late-
rally) with two colours
strongly contrasted

kk. Rostrum differently
oured ...

jj. KElytra strongly produced at
apex.

1. Prothorax with median
channel wide and _ con-
spicuously interrupted in
middle a i: om

1k. Prothorax with median
channel narrow and _ not,
or scarcely, interrupted
in middle.

m. Abdomen not conspicu-
ously striped along
middle . ...

Abdomen conspicuously
striped along middle.
n. Each elytron with two

col-

mm,

stripes or rows. of

SPOts as vin eis

mn. Each elytron with
three... ie: ay

EE. Suture not suddenly and

strongly raised at base.
F. Femora dentate.
o. Elytra with conspicuous iso-
lated ochreous spots

hemestictus, Germ.

ruficornis, Lea.

semipunctatus,
Fab.

suturalis, Boi.

tenuts, Lea.

subsuturalis, Lea.
vertebralis, Lea.

bomaculatus, Pase.

grayt, Jekel.

punctirostris, Lea

pulverulentus, Lea.

Jekel.

preus,

subparallelus,
[ Jekel.
reqgalis, Blackb.

plagiatus, Pasc.

233

oo. EKlytra with a conspicuous
mediosutural ochreous spot
ooo. Elytral spots, if present,

not both conspicuous and
ochreous.
p. Klytra feebly increasing in
width to beyond the
middle

pp. HElytra parallel- sided or

decreasing in width to be-
yond the middle.

q. Abdomen uniformly

clothed except for nude

lateral spots

qq. Abdomen differently

clothed.
r. Elytra feebly produced
at apex sea sat
rr. Klytra acutely pro-
duced at apex.
s. Abdomen (for the

genus) rather spar-

sely clothed at sides

ss. Abdomen densely
clothed at sides.

t. White clothing of
abdomen (except
on basal segment)
confined to sides.

au. Nude spot of
metasternal
episternum con-
spicuous and
transverse =

uu. Nude spot
feeble and longi-
tudinal

tt. White clothing of
abdomen not con-
fined to sides.

v. Elytra with con-
spicuous spots
halfway be-
tween suture
and sides.

vv. Elytra without
such spots

KF. Femora edentate.
G. Prothorax and elytra of a
rather bright chestnut-red.
w. Elytra immaculate.

x. Tenth joint of antenns
less than twice as long
as wide ... ai

xe. Tenth joint more than
. twice as long as wide .

centralis, Pasc.

pictirostris, Lea.

acacie, Lea.

brunneus, Guer.

acrobeles, Oll.

insipidus, Blackb.

phoenicopterus,

[Germ.

puncticeps, Lea.

sparsus, Germ.

acicularis, Pasc.

nigriceps, Lea.

234

ww. Elytra maculate on su-
ture towards apex.
y. Head partly black Op
yy. Head not at all black
GG. Prothorax and elytra not
both bright chestnut-red.
H. Second joint of antenne
no shorter than third.
z. Rostrum entirely dark ...
zz. Rostrum partly red
HH. Second joint of antennz
shorter than third.
I. Metasternal episterna
without nude spots.

a. Basal joint of front
tarsi almost as long
as second and third
combined.

b. Suture with feeble
subapical spots

bb. Suture without such
spots me. a!

aa. Basal joint of front
tarsi much _— shorter
than second and third
combined.

c. Lateral pubescence of
abdomen with nude
spots at :

ec. Lateral pubescence
without nude spots

II. Metasterna]l episterna
each with one or two
nude spots.

J. Abdomen with four
pale stripes ... Lif

JJ. Abdomen differently
clothed.

K. Elytra distinctly
paler than protho-

ee a :

KK. Elytra slightly, or
nob, aba, paler
than prothorax.

L. Abdomen with
three nude _ iso-
lated spots on
basal segments ...

LI.. Abdomen differ-

ently clothed.

. Rostrum decid-
edly reddish on
at least the
apical half.

d. Elytra passing
abdomen for
more than
length of api-
cal segment

filus, Jekel.
rubtcundus, Lea.

niveopilosus, Lea.
granicollis, Lea,

longicornis, Lea.

filijormis, Germ.

pudicus, Lea.

inconstans, Lea (in
[part).

ganglionicus, Pase.

brevipes, Lea.

parallelus, Pasc.

edentulus, Lea.

235

dd. Klytra_ pass-
ing abdomen
for . a... less
length.
e. First joint
of anten-
ne (if any-
t ba me)
slightly
shorter
than third angustulus, Germ.
ee. First joint
longer than
third ... anconstans, Lea (in
MM. Rostrum at [part).
most reddish at
extreme apex
only.
N. Elytral cloth-
ing (except at
base) confin-
ed to suture scalaris, Germ.
NN. Elytral cloth-
ing not con-
fined to.
suture.
O. Elytral cloth-

ing ochre-

ous zh:
OO. Elytral
clothing
white.
PeCETy tra
gradually
and (for
the gen-
us, rather
feebly
produc-
ed atapex amplicollis, Jekel.
PP. Elytra
sud den-
By: a n-
stro n gly
prod uc-
ed at apex
. Protho-
racic
chan-
wher
n a r-
row ... anguineus, Pasc.
QQ. Pro-
tho r-
acic
chan-
nel con-
siderab-
ly wider /ison, Blackb.

vetustus, Pasc.

236

Notes on above table.

D. In sealaris and brunneus, the white elytral clothing,
although confined to the suture, in places appears as spots.

E. In phenicopterus, amplicollis, brunneus, and some
others the suture is slightly elevated at the base; but in
all the species included in E the elevation is strong and
sudden.

oo. In the variety granulatus the suture is irregularly
spotted about the middle.

G. The apex of the prothorax (but not its disc) is some-
times stained with black.

HH. In acacia and vetustus, however, it is very little
shorter.

RHINOTIA SIMPLICIPENNIS, 0. Sp.

Black, mandibles and appendages more or less diluted
with red, prothorax and elytra reddish flavous, two stripes
on prothorax and scutellum darker. Clothed with fine
pubescence.

Head with very dense punctures. Rostrum slightly longer
than prothorax and scutellum combined; with punctures
behind antennz much as on head, and with a feeble median
carina or impunctate line, elsewhere with small and sparse
punctures. Antenne (for the genus) rather thin, first joint
almost as long as second and third combined. Prothorax
scarcely wider than long, sides rather feebly rounded, median
line distinctly impressed on basal half only; with dense but
more or less concealed punctures. lytra very feebly im-
pressed on each side of suture, apex conjointly rounded ; with
almost regular series. of rather large punctures. /emora
stout, the front pair stouter than the others and acutely
bidentate, the teeth transversely placed, the others uniden-
tate, posterior extending to middle of second abdominal seg-
ment; tibiz denticulate below, the front pair very distinctly
the others rather indistinctly so. Length (excluding rostrum),
8-9 mm.

Hab.—Queensland: Mackay (C. French).

ihe stripes on the prothorax are close together, com-
mence at the apex and gradually narrow towards the base,
which they do not quite touch, the median line towards the
base is of the same colour as the stripes. The eyes are mar-
gined with ochreous pubescence above and flavous below; on
the prothorax and elytra the clothing is ochreous; on the
under surface and legs it varies from white, through ochreous,
to black.

In general appearance close to venusta, but smaller,
femora dentate, antennz much thinner, with the first joint

237

distinctly longer than the third, eyes completely margined
with pale clothing, the stripes on prothorax much paler, not
conjoined at apex and the elytra nowhere black.

RHINOTIA PARVA, N. Sp.

Black, basal half of elytra flavous. Clothed with short
pubescence.

Head strongly convex, with very dense punctures. Ros-
trum comparatively short, very feebly curved, with dense
punctures except at apical fourth, which is smooth and shin-
ing. Antenne long, and not very thin, first joint not as long
as second and third combined, and about half the length of
eleventh. Prothorax more convex than usual, not much wider
than long, median line absent, sides rather strongly rounded ;
with very dense punctures. Scutellwm strongly transverse,
feebly bilobed. Elytra very thin, parallel-sided to near
apex, which is very distinctly denticulate; with fairly large
and almost regular series of punctures; the second, fcurtn,
and sixth interstices feebly raised. Legs rather thin; femora
edentate, posterior extending to middle of second abdorainal
segment; front tibie feebly denticulate, the others not at
all. Length, 6 mm.

Hab.—New South Wales: Tweed River (W. W. Frog-
gatt).

The black part of the elytra is slightly advanced along
the suture, and retarded at the sides, and occupies rather less
than half of the surface. The eyes are margined on the
front with ochreous pubescence, there is a small spot of
similar clothing on each side of base of prothorax, and the
pale part of the elytra has similiar clothing, the rest on the
upper surface being black. On the under surface the cloth-
ing is mostly white and sparse, but is dense below the eyes
and across the second, third, and fourth abdominal segments.

The smallest and thinnest species of the genus. The
denticulations at the apex of the elytra are rather larger and
less numerous than in elytrwra (which has also the suture
mucronate).

RHINOTIA H@MOPTERA, Kirby.
kirby, Bohem.

Fresh specimens of this species have parts of the sterna
clothed with a most beautiful purplish pubescence, which,
however, is invisible from certain directions, and becomes
obscured with age.

Two specimens from New South Wales differ from the

typical form in having golden pubescence (interrupted in the
middle) in the median channel of the prothorax, as well as

238

on the sides; and their elytra slightly smoky, although to a
much less extent than in marginella.©

RHINOTIA ELYTRURA, Pasc.

This species may be readily identified by its very strongly
convex metasternum and mucronate elytra. It is almost
certainly the species commented upon by Lacordaire ©) as
being in Paris under the name (evidently M.S.) of spini-
pennis, and as having the elytra truncate and denticulate at
apex with the suture spinose.

Var: BEULA}m)<war.

Three specimens from New South Wales (Jenolan, Bull,
and Sydney) differ from the typical form in having the
greater portion of the elytra black; the red in these specimens
is confined to the margins, to a more or less small space at
the apex, and then follows the line ot the suture on the second
and third interstices, then is confined to the second, and then
at the middle becomes sutural, finally disappearing almost
at the scutellum.

ISACANTHA DERMESTIVENTRIS, Boi.

fascicularis, H. & J.

pectoralis, Kr. (Rhinotia).

var. fumigata, Germ. (Belus).

This is a very variable species, ranging in length from

9 to 13, and in width from 24 to 44 mm. The clothing of
the elytra varies from almost entirely greyish, but with a
few minute dark spots, to almost entirely dark; the dark
clothing is generally in spots (many of which have a velvety
appearance) of which there is often a large one on each side
of suture about the middle. Ochreous pubescence is often
scattered about and sometimes rather thickly so on the suture.
On cne Victorian specimen the surface (more noticeably
towards the suture than elsewhere) is thickly covered with
small white spots, many of which are somewhat ochreous
(although not at all eye-like in character) at the sides. The
clothing on the prothorax is also variable. The rostrum varies

(5) This species is very close to hemoptera, but apart from
its smoky elytra it may be distinguished by the terminal joint of
its antenne being longer and by its somewhat more prominent
post-scutellar hump.

(6) Gen. Coleop., VI., p. 526, note 1.

(7) A rather curious mistake occurs in Erichson’s description
of this insect. He says ‘‘Coleoptera thorace paulo longiora,’’ evi-
dently meaning ‘‘latiora’’; as the elytra are more than thrice the

length of the prothorax.

a

239

from reddish-brown to black, and is often diluted with red
at the apex and sides. The prothorax in some specimens
is much more conspicuously inflated at the base than in others.

The appearance of the specimens is often considerably
altered by immersion in alcohol and by abrasion.

ISACANTHA RHINOTIOIDES, Hope.
congesta, Pasc.

This species has been redescribed by Pascoe under the
name of congesta; it is to be noted that the appearance of
the upper surface is considerably altered by alcohol. But it
is readily distinguished from all others of the subfamily known
to me by the clothing of the metasternum. In several col-
lections I have seen the name riinotioides applied to dermes-
teventris, which, however, has the metasternal clothing very
different.

ISACANTHA PAPULOSA, Pasc.

The conspicuous spotting of the elytra of this species is
subject to great alteration with age and abrasion, etc.

SUBFAMILY TYCHIIDES.
ELLESCHODES PICTUS, n. sp.

Black; head, rostrum, antennz, shoulders and apex of
elytra, tibie, tarsi, and parts of femora more or less red.
Upper surface with stout white sete in spots or patches, the
interspaces with fine, dark, and indistinct pubescence; under
surface and legs with whitish pubescence, denser on sides
of meso- and metasturnum than elsewhere.

Rostrum not very thin, the length of prothorax in male,
very little longer in female, moderately curved; with a fine
median carina and with four very feeble ones caused by rows
of punctures; sculpture partially concealed behind antennz
in male, at base only in female. Antenne rather thin, in-
serted one-third from apex of rostrum in male, two-fifths
in female. Prothorax about once and one third as wide as
long, with traces of a very feeble median carina; with; very
dense, round, and (except beneath spots of sete) well-defined
punctures. /lytra cordate, hardly parallel-sided anywhere;
seriate (scarcely striate) punctate, punctures of moderate size
but smaller towards suture than sides; interstices fairly wide,
not separately convex, with small scattered punctures. A 6bdo-
men with dense, partially concealed punctures. Femora
rather stout, very feebly dentate. Length, 2} mm

Hab.—New South Wales: Forest Reefs, Glen Innes (A.
M. Lea).

240

The reddish parts of the elytra are not sharply limited,
and in one specimen the red from the shoulder’ is obscurely
connected with the apex; in another the apex is scarcely paler
than the rest of the elytra; the femora, especially the hind
pair, are more or less diluted with red. There is a very dis-
tinct white spot of setae between the eyes, and three at the
base of the prothorax; on the elytra the white sete form
distinct patches, which are sometimes broken up into feeble
spots ; but in the normal form they appear to clothe the suture
at the base and near the apex, and to form two feeble
transverse fascia—a very irregular subbasal one (at times so
loosely formed as almost to cover the basal third) and a more
regular but shorter one at summit of posterior declivity ;
there are generally also white sete on the slight preapical
callosities.

The three patches of snowy-white sete at the base of
the black prothorax render this species very distinct, although
it is closely allied to ewcalypti.

ELLESCHODES MODICUS, n. sp.

Black; head, rostrum, antenne, and legs (the femora
more or less deeply stained with black) more or less red.
Clothed with setz or pubescence, white on the under surface
and legs, variegated on the upper surface.

Rostrum and antennz as in preceding species. Prothorax
and elytra much the same, except that the prothorax is slightly
wider, and its punctures are slightly less numerous and more
obscured by the clothing. Abdomen and femora much the
same, except that the femoral dentition is somewhat stronger.
Length, 2-24 mm.

flab.—New South Wales: Armidale (A. M. Lea).

The elytra are more or less diluted with red on each side
of the base, and there is a rather indistinct subquadrate red-
dish patch at the apex; the head is sometimes darker than
the rostrum. There is a rather dense patch of straw-coloured
clothing between the eyes; the prothorax is similarly clothed
except that there is a darker spot (sometimes very indistinct)
on each side of middle. On the elytra the straw-coloured
clothing is nowhere condensed into distinct spots, but is fairly
dense in parts; there are also white sete, placed much as they
are in the preceding species.

The species certainly belongs to the ewcalypti group, but
the clothing on the elytra is denser and more uniform in ex-
tent, although somewhat variable in colour, than on any of
the close allies of that species. The prothorax and legs are
differently coloured to those of ewcalypti itself.

241

ELLESCHODES RUFULUS, D. sp.

Male. Dull reddish-brown. Densely clothed with straw-
coloured setz, with feeble darker spots; scutellum with dense
whitish clothing. Under surface and legs with fairly dense
whitish clothing.

Rostrum thin, slightly longer than prothorax and lightly
curved ; with a thin median carina, and with four very feeble
ones caused by rows of punctures; sculpture almost concealed
on basal half; antenne thin, inserted two-fifths from apex
of rostrum. Prothorax about once and one half as wide as
long, punctures normally concealed. Hlytra elongate-cordate,
nowhere parallel-sided; with series of not very large but
almost regular punctures; interstices not separately convex,
with small concealed punctures. Abdomen with dense and
regular punctures. /emora stout, rather strongly and acutely
dentate. Length, 24 mm.

Hah.—Victoria: Wangaratta (A. M. Lea).

On the prothorax of the type the darker spots amongst
the pubescence are very indistinct; but on the elytra they
are fairly distinct and about forty in number.

A specimen obtained at the same time as the type is
probably the female, it differs in being larger, in having
the dark elytral clothing covering most of the surface, the
paler clothing covering the base only, except for a few in-
distinct spots posteriorly, the rostrum thinner and decidedly
longer, and the antennz inserted almost in exact middle of
sides of rostrum.

ELLESCHODES SUTURALIS, n. sp.

Of a rather pale reddish-brown. Clothed with whitish
sete or pubescence, dense on sides and middle of prothorax
and on suture.

Rostrum thin, curved; in male slightly longer than pro-
thorax and longer in female than in male; with a fine median
carina and with four very feeble ones caused by rows of
punctures; sculpture partially concealed on basal third in
male, at base only in female. Antenne thin, inserted about
two-fifths from apex of rostrum. VLrothorax about once and
one third as wide as long; with dense, round, more or less
concealed punctures. Llytra rather elongate-cordate, nowhere
parallel-sided; with series of not very large punctures, but
becoming larger towards base and sides; interstices not sepa-
rately convex, with small and usually concealed punctures.
Abdomen with dense partially concealed punctures. Femora
moderately stout, very feebly dentate. Length, 13-2 mm.

Hab.—New South Wales: Galston (A. M. Lea).

242

Of three specimens one has the metasternum almost
black, whilst in the two others it is darker than the rest of
the under surface but not infuscated. The three whitish pro-
thoracic lines are distinct, but rather wider and not so
densely formed as the sutural one. The clothing of both
surfaces is practically of one shade of colour.

ELLESCHODES UNIFORMIS, Nn. sp.

Reddish-brown, scutellum, suture (very narrowly), and
sides near base, sterna, and three basal segments of abdomen
black; club infuscate. Moderately densely and almost uni-
formly clothed with whitish pubescence or sete, paler on the
under surface than elsewhere.

feostrum thin, hghtly curved, in male distinctly longer
than prothorax, and slightly longer in female than in male;
with a thin median carina, and with four very feeble ones
caused by rows of punctures; sculpture partially concealed
behind antenne in male, at extreme base only in female.
Antenne thin, inserted one-third from apex of rostrum in
male, two-fifths in female. Prothorax about once and one
third as wide as long; with dense but normally concealed
punctures ; apparently with traces of a feeble median carina.
Elytra elongate-cordate, parallel-sided for a short distance
near base; with series of rather large punctures (larger to-
wards base and sides than elsewhere), in rather shallow
strie; interstices feebly separately convex, with small but
usually concealed punctures. Abdomen with dense regulaz
partially concealed punctures. /emora moderately stout, very
feebly dentate, especially in female. length, 2 mm.

Hab.—Tasmania: Hobart (A. M. Lea).

On two out of three specimens the clothing on the elytra
is denser on the third, and to a less extent on the fifth and
seventh interstices than elsewhere, but the elytra do not
appear to be distinctly striped. The second, third, and fourth
abdominal segments are scarcely produced backwards at the
sides, a character which will readily distinguish the species
from all others known to me.

ELLESCHODES BRYOPHAGUS, Nn. sp.

Chestnut-brown; suture and sides of elytra near base

and parts of under surface black. Clothed with rather thin
greyish pubescence, denser and paler on scutellum than else-
where.

Rostrum rather stout. feebly curved; in male the length
of prothorax, in female slightly longer and thinner than in
male; with a fine median carina and with four very feeble
ones caused by rows of punctures; sculpture partially con-

243

cealed on basal half in male, at base only in female. An-
tenne thin, inserted one-fourth from apex of rostrum in
male, one-third in female. Prothorax depressed, about once
and cne-half as wide as long; with small and dense but more
or less concealed punctures. Hlytra elongate-cordate, parallel-
sided from near the base to beyond the middle; with series
of small and rather narrow punctures, becoming larger (but
not large) and more rounded towards base and sides; inter-
stices not separately convex, with small and more or less con-
cealed punctures. Abdomen with dense punctures, larger and
sparser on basal and denser on apical segment than on the
others. #emora stout and feebly (especially the front pair)
dentate. Length, 2-24 mm.

Hab.—Tasmania: Mount Wellington, Hobart (in moss,
A. M. Lea).

An elongate, depressed form, with the elytra somewhat
wider than the prothorax than is usual. The meso- and
metasternum appear to be always black. The two basal seg-
ments of the abdomen are sometimes no darker than the others,
but are sometimes (and especially the first one) deeply in-
fuscated. From some directions the pubescence or sete ap-
pears to have a faint golden gloss; on the elytra it is not
quite depressed, and it is denser on the upper than on the
under surface. Except towards the sides, there is an almost
complete absence of striation from the elytra.

ELLESCHODES SIMILIS, n. sp.

Female (?). Dark reddish-brown ; rostrum and appendages
paler, under surface black. Moderately densely clothed with
greyish pubescence, becoming whitish on under surface and
legs.

A ftostrum thin, moderately curved, slightly longer than
prothorax; with a fine median carina and with four feeble
ones caused by rows of punctures; sculpture not concealed by
clothing. Antennz thin, inserted two-fifths from apex of
rostrum. Prothorax depressed, about once and two thirds as
wide as long; with small, dense, and only partially con-
cealed punctures. EHlyira elongate-cordate, scarcely parallel-
sided anywhere; punctures and interstices much as in pre-
ceding species. Abdomen with rather more regular punc-
tures than in the preceding species, but the femora much the
same. Length, 2} mm.

Hab.—Tasmania: Mount Wellington (in moss, A. M.
Lea).
Close to the preceding species, but darker and wider,
elytra less parallel-sided and not so wide in proportion to the
prothorax, and the prothoracic punctures less concealed. The

244

clothing is much the same, but is darker on the upper and
paler on the lower surface, on the elytra also it is feebly
variegated with single but rather thickly scattered paler
sete. The rostrum is more strongly and uniformly curved,
and ihe antenne are inserted at a greater distance from the
apex.

ELLESCHODES PALLIDUS, Nn. sp.

Pale testaceous. Moderately clothed with straw-coloured
or slightly golden pubescence.

Hostrum thin, moderately curved, slightly longer than
prothorax, parallel-sided ; behind antennz with a fine median
carina and with others caused by rows of punctures, in front
of antenne with fine punctures only. Antenne thin, in-
serted two-fifths from apex of rostrum. Lrothorax depressed,
almost twice as wide as long, widest (but not by much)
slightly in advance of middle; with dense but more or less
concealed punctures. Hiytra elongate-cordate, parallel-sided
from near base to beyond the middle; punctures and inter-
stices almost exactly as in ellipticus. Abdomen with mode-
rately dense and only partially concealed punctures; apical
segment depressed in middle. Femora stout and feebly
(especially the front pair) dentate. Length, 2-2} mm.

flab.—South Australia (Macleay Museum).

On the elytra of one of the two specimens before me
(both apparently of one sex) some of the pubescence is of a
brownish colour, but it is very indistinct, and the clcthing
everywhere is very similar in colour to the derm on which it
rests.

ELLESCHODES SCUTELLARIS, N. sp.

Bright red; scutellum black; suture and parts of sterna
more or less intfuscated. Moderately, in places sparsely,
clothed with short whitish pubescence.

Rostrum thin, moderately curved, longer than prothorax ;
with a fine carina behind antennz, and with other very feeble
ones caused by rows of punctures; in front of antenne with
fine punctures only. Antenne thin, inserted two-fifths from
apex of rostrum. /rothorar somewhat depressed, about once
and one third as wide as long; with numerous round and
only partially concealed punctures. H/ytra cordate, nowhere
parallel-sided ; with series of not very large punctures (larger
towards base and sides than elsewhere) in rather feeble strie ;
interstices feebly separately convex, with small and rather
numerous, but more or less concealed punctures. Abdomen
with moderately dense and distinct punctures. Femora
stout, feebly but acutely dentate. Length, 2-24 mm.

Hab.—Western Australia: Swan River (A. M. Lea).

245

In general appearance somewhat close to the preceding
species, but prothorax larger and the sides less rounded,
scutellum black, etc. In colour (except of under surface) it
somewhat resembles bryophagus, but it is much more robust
than that species. The two specimens described are appa-
rently females.

ELLESCHODES PLACIDUS, 0. sp.

Reddish-castaneous. Densely clothed with straw-coloured
pubescence or sete, sparser and paler on the under than on
the upper surface.

Rostrum (for the genus) rather stout, moderately curved,
slightly longer than prothorax; behind antennz with a fine
median carina, and with rather coarse rows of punctures,
in front of antennz with distinct punctures only, and feebly
decreasing in width to apex. Antenne (for the genus) not
very thin, inserted two-fifths from apex of rostrum. /7ro-
thorax about once and two thirds as wide as long; with
dense, round, partially concealed punctures. 4lytra elongate-
cordate, parallel-sided from near base to about the middle;
with series of fairly large punctures in rather feeble striz ;
interstices feebly separately convex, with small dense and
partially concealed punctures. Abdomen with dense, partially
concealed punctures. Femora very stout, strongly and acutely
dentate. Length, 34 mm.

Hab.—Western Australia: Karridale (A. M Lea), King
George's Sound (Macleay Museum).

On two of the four specimens before me the clothing is
absent from the middle of the prothorax, and from a sub-
triangular space behind the scutellum, but this appears to
be due to abrasion.

ELLESCHODES COMPACTUS, 0. sp.

Of a rather bright red; sterna black; moderately clothed
with rather loosely applied pubescence or sete, whitish on
sterna, straw-coloured elsewhere, and longer on prothorax
than on elytra.

Rostrum thin, feebly curved on its upper surface, almost
straight on its lower, feebly but regularly decreasing in width
from base to apex; behind antennze in male with rather
coarse but concealed sculpture (in female at base only), in
front of antennz with fairly distinct punctures in male, but
very fine ones in female. Antenne rather thin, inserted
slightly nearer base than apex in male, and nearer the base
in female; scape about half the length of funicle; funicle with
first jot as long as second and third combined, second
longer than third; club oval, distinctly jointed. Prothorax

246

convex, sides strongly rounded,about once and two thirds
as wide as long, apex incurved to middle, base not bisinuate
but very feebly and continuously rounded ; with dense, round,
partially concealed punctures. “lytra cordate, wide, strongly
convex, parallel-sided from near the base to about the middle,
shoulders rounded; with series of large punctures in rather
shallow striz, interstices feebly separately convex, with fairly
large but partially concealed punctures. Abdomen strongly
convex; with rather coarse partially concealed punctures;
suture between first and second segments almost as distinct
across middle as at sides. /emora stout, strongly and acutely
dentate ; tibiz with a fringe of teeth at apex; each claw with
a stout supplementary basal piece. Length, 23-3 mm.

Hab.—New South Wales: National Park (H. J. Carter),
Sydney (A. M. Lea).

The colour as described is that of three specimens, but
in a fourth the head, base of rostrum, scutellum, apex of
prothorax, and sides of elytra are also black, and the suture
is slightly infuscated ; in a fifth the sides of the elytra and
the under surface of the head are infuscated. The pubescence
on the elytra is rather denser on the third, fifth, and seventh
interstices than on the others, but it is not sufficiently dense
to cause the appearance of distinct stripes.

This and the following species will probably not rest in
Hlleschodes, but at present no good purpose would be served
by proposing a special genus for their reception.

ELLESCHODES NIGIROSTRIS, n. sp.

Bright red; head, rostrum, funicle, club, front femora,
and tibiz, and middle femora black or blackish. Elytra
moderately densely clothed with golden or straw-coloured
pubescence or setz, some of which are suberect; elsewhere
more or less sparsely clothed.

Rostrum rather stout, moderately curved, slightly longer
than prothorax, parallel-sided ; behind antennz with a feeble
median carina and with distinct rows of punctures; in front
of antennze with distinct punctures only, and these not in
regular rows. Antenne thin, inserted about two-fifths from
apex of rostrum; scape more than half the length of funicle
and club combined ; funicle with first joint as long as second
and third combined, second longer than third; club elongate-
ovate, rather loosely jointed. Prothorax convex, about once
and one third as wide as long, sides rounded but decreasing
in width from base to apex, apex truncate, base not bisinuate
but gently and continuously rounded ; with dense, round, and
rather small punctures; with a very feeble median carina or
impunctate line. Hlytra subcordate, strongly convex, wide,

247

nowhere parallel-sided, shoulders embracing prothorax; with
series of large, subquadrate punctures; interstices feebly
separately convex only towards base and sides, with rather
dense but partially concealed punctures. Abdomen and
femora much as in preceding species, except that the abdom-
inal punctures are rather smaller but less concealed. Length,
34 mm.
~ Hab,.—Queensland: Brisbane (R. Illidge).

Allied to the preceding species, and with similar claws,
and probably also variable in colour, but I have but one
specimen (probably a male) to judge from. The shape of
the rostrum, the length of the scape, and the shoulders
(apart from colours) will readily distinguish the two species.
The elytra are rather densely clothed, but from some direc-
tions appear to be almost glabrous; possibly the prothorax
and head of the type are partly abraded.

HIBBERTICOLA, n.g.

Head rather large, but not wide. Eyes of moderate
size, rather distinct, finely faceted. Rostrum short and stout ;
scrobes oblique, directed beneath eyes, their tips not visible
from above. Antenne rather short; scape rather thin;
funicle seven-jointed, basal joint rather large; club briefly
ovate, joints fairly distinct. | Prothorax moderately trans-
verse, base not bisinuate; without ocular lobes. Scutellum
small. Elytra cordate. Metasternum rather short. Abdo-
men with suture between first and second segments feeble,
across middle, second, third, and fourth rather feebly
drawn backwards at sides, fifth rather small. Legs rather
stout; femora edentate; tibie almost straight; claws appen-
diculate.

The finely faceted eyes will readily distinguish this from
the other Australian genera of the subfamily. The male has
a distinct pygidium, and which encroaches upon the middle
of the apical segment of abdomen. In the female the pygi-
dium is concealed, and the apical segment of abdomen is
rounded at its apex. The only known species lives in galls on
Hibbertia sericea, and Mr. Griffith writes me of it:—‘“I have
only seen the gall around Black Hill, Athelstone, but JH.
sericea is a common enough plant on our hills, so probably
the gall is to be found all around. These galls are very
plentiful at base of Black Hill, and the beetle is abundant.
I know nothing of the habits of the weevil beyond the fact
that they are always 7m the gall, sometimes two or three in a
large one, yet so far I have found no more than one larva
in each gall, and have opened a good many scores, large and
small.”’

248

HIBBERTICOLA ECHINATA, DN. sp.

Reddish-castaneous. Rather densely clothed with loose
pubescence or setz, whitish on the under surface, straw-
eoloured or slightly golden on the upper; the elytra in addi-
tion with dense, more or less erect sete.

Head with rather numerous punctures. Rostrum short
(scarcely more than half the length of prothorax), stout,
straight, parallel-sided; with rather coarse but partially con-
cealed punctures on basal half, and finer but less concealed
on apical half. Antenne rather thin, inserted almost in
exact middle of sides of rostrum; scape almost the length of
funicle; funicle with first joint stout, the length of second
and third combined; club briefly ovate, rather indistinctly
jointed. Prothorax about once and one third as wide as long,
rather strongly convex, sides rounded, apex truncate, base
gently and continuously rounded; with dense, round, par-
tially concealed punctures. Hlytra somewhat elongate-cor-
date, each separately rounded at base, nowhere quite parallel-
sided; with series of fairly large punctures, in distinct
striz ; interstices separately convex, with fairly numerous punc-
tures. Abdomen with very dense but more or less con-
cealed punctures. Length, 14-2} mm. .

Hab.—South Australia: Athelstone (H. H. D. Griffith).

The club is infuscated or almost black, but is sometimes.
no darker than the rest of the antenne. Some specimens
are slightly darker than others, and some parts are slightly
darker than other parts; but (except for the club) no parts are
black or even deeply infuscated. The disc of the prothorax
in all the numerous specimens examined is glabrous. The
erect elytral setae are dense and apparently irregularly dis-
tributed, but when viewed from behind or the front are seen
to be in regular lines. The punctures, both on the inter-
stices and in the striz, are partially concealed by the clothing.

SELLECHUS, n.g.

Head of moderate size. Eyes rather large, coarsely
faceted, moderately distant. Rostrum moderately long and
thin; scrobes lateral, their commencement scarcely visible
from above. Antennz rather thin; scape rather long; funicle:
seven-jointed, basal joint large; club ovate, joints distinct.
Prothorax transverse, base feebly bisinuate, ocular lobes
very obtuse. Scutellum small. Elytra cordate. Metasternum
moderately long. Abdomen with suture between first and
second segments feeble, across middle, second, third, and fourth
drawn backwards at sides, fifth rather large. Legs stout;
femora edentate ; four front tibiz of male suddenly excavated

249

towards apex; each claw with a rather stout supplementary
piece at the base.

Readily distinguished from all Australian genera of the
subfamily by the remarkable structure of the male tibiz,
which is described at length under the species.

SELLECHUS TIBIALIS, nN. Sp.

Black; antennze (the club excepted), tibie, and tarsi
reddish, rostrum obscurely diluted with red towards the
apex. Upper surface rather densely clothed with short dark
pubescence or setz, with paler setz or pubescence scattered
about, and sometimes condensed into small spots at the junc-
tion of the prothorax and elytra. Under surface, legs,
head between eyes, and base of rostrum, with whitish
pubescence. Tibiz of male, and especially the hind pair,
with long golden hair towards the apex.

Head with dense but more or less concealed punctures.
Rostrum thin, moderately curved, about the length of pro-
thorax ; with a fine median continuous carina, and with rows
of punctures, becoming very irregular, however, in front of
antennz ; sculpture on basa! half more or less concealed in
male, on basal fifth only in female. Antenne thin, in male
inserted about one-fourth from apex of rostrum, in female
almost in exact middle of sides; scape almost the length of
funicle in male, but shorter in female; two basal joints of
funicle elongate, but first longer. than second; club elliptic-
ovate. Prothorax rather feebly convex, about once and one
fourth as wide as long, apex much narrower than base; with
‘dense, rather fine and partially concealed punctures; usually
with traces of a very feeble median carina. Hlytra elongate-
cordate, almost parallel-sided from near the base to middle;
with series of rather small punctures; interstices, except to-
wards apex and sides, not separately convex, with small and
more or less concealed punctures. Under surface of male
with a wide shallow depression, continuous from near base
of metasternum to near apex of abdomen; in female this space
flattened. /emora stouter and more curved in male than in
female. Length, 24-3 mm.

Hab.—New South Wales: Tamworth (A. M. Lea).

Two of the eight specimens examined are of a piceous
brown, but all the others are of a deep black. To the naked
eve the upper surface appears to be of a rather dingy black.
The rostrum of the female is thinner and with much finer
sculpture than that of the male, its widest part is at the
base, and thence it is parallel-sided to the apex; in the male
its widest part is between the antenne and apex. Except
towards the apex and sides there is a complete absence of

250

elytral striation. The front tibize of the male are suddenly
and largely excavated near the apex, so that the apical por-
tion from some directions appears to form a rather large
basal tarsal joint; projecting over the excavation from the
lower edge is a strong obtuse tooth. The middle pair are
rather strongly emarginated on the lower surface towards
the apex, and behind the emargination are some long golden
hairs. The hind pair are stout, somewhat curved, and also
with long golden hairs. The female tibiz are quite simple.
The excavation of the under surface of the male is bounded
by denser clothing than elsewhere.

ELLESCHUS CONCINNUS, n. sp.

Black, appendages reddish; rostrum sometimes entirely
reddish, sometimes infuscated on the basal half, and some-
times on the sides of the basal half. Head, base of rostrum,
prothorax, scutellum, and a spot on elytra, with straw-
coloured or golden pubescence; rest of elytra with greyish
or brownish pubescence; under surface and legs with white
pubescence.

Rostrum in male moderately stout and curved, slightly
longer than prothorax, behind antennz with a fine median
carina and rather coarse but concealed punctures, in front of
antenne with fairly distinct punctures; in female the rostrum
is longer and thinner, and the punctures are smaller and
less numerous but concealed oniy at the basal fifth. Antenne
thin, inserted about two-fifths from apex of rostrum in
male, nearer the middle in female. Prothorax about once
and one half as wide as long, with dense, concealed punc-
tures. Hlytra cordate, nowhere parallel-sided; with series of
rather small punctures (but fairly large at base and sides)
in feeble strie; interstices not separately convex, except at
sides and apex, with small and usually concealed punctures.
Abdomen with rather dense partially concealed punctures.
Femora moderately stout, edentate. Length, 14-2 mm.

/1ab.--_New South Wales: Forest Reefs, Inverell, Tam-
worth (A. M. Lea).

The head is sometimes not black, but of a rather deep
brown. The pale spot of clothing on the elytra is distinct
in the four specimens examined, but is more sharply defined
in some than in others; it appears to be transversely oblong
in shape, and is situated on the suture at about the basal
third, and extends across three interstices on each elytron ;
in two specimens it is feebly connected with the shoulders.
On the prothorax the pubescence is so directed as to cause
a fairly distinct median line where it meets. Each claw ap-
pears deeply cleft under the microscope.

251

ELLESCHUS WELLINGTONIENSIS, 0. sp.

Reddish-testaceous; under surface black, but apex of
abdomen diluted with red. Rather densely clothed with
straw-coloured or slightly golden pubescence or sete; becom-
ing sparser and paler on under surface, both of body and
legs.

r Rostrum rather stout, feebly curved, distinctly shorter
than prothorax, narrow near base and then rather strongly
inflated; with fairly dense and distinct punctures on apical
half, but concealed on basal half. Antennz stout, inserted
about one-third from apex of rostrum; scape about half the
length of funicle and club combined. VProthoraxr feebly con-
vex, about once and one half as wide as long, sides rounded
and decreasing in width from near base to apex, base feebly
and continuously rounded; with small, dense, and usually
concealed punctures; with traces of a very feeble median
carina. Llytra elongate-cordate, scarcely parallel-sided any-
where; with series of fairly large punctures in feeble striz ;
interstices feebly separately convex, with fairly numerous but
usually concealed punctures. Abdomen with rather fine and
partially concealed punctures. Femora stout, edentate.
Length, 3 mm.

Hab.—Tasmania: Summit of Mount Wellington (A. M.
Lea).

The type is evidently a male. There are four other
specimens (also taken on the summit of Mount Wellington)
before me, which are possibly females, but the rostrum is of
very different shape, being quite straight, parallel-sided from
base to apex, thinner and longer. The antenne (and more
noticeably the scape) are thinner and inserted almost in
exact middle of sides of rostrum. The clothing is much the
same but rather paler. The colour of the abdomen of one of
these is exactly as in the type; in another only its base is
infuscated ; the two others being intermediate.

252
A CONTRIBUTION TO THE BOTANY OF SOUTH AUSTRALIA

By J. H. Maipen, Honorary Member.
[Read September 8, 1908. ]

INTRODUCTORY.

South Australia will ever be of especial interest to the
Australian botanist, because it was the first terra incognita
that Robert Brown explored (coastally). He was with Flind-
ers on his voyage of discovery, but the Australian
land first touched by that navigator, South-Western Aus-
tralia, had been previously visited, and some attention had
been given to its botany; but in South Australia Brown was
the first botanist to see its plants (with the reservation, as
regards Leschenault de la Tour, who visited, it is believed,
a portion of Eastern South Australia).

The Association for the Advancement of Science met at
Adelaide in January, 1907, and the Government of South
Australia graciously placed the steamer “Governor Mus-
grave,’ Captain P. Weir, at the disposal of a limited number
of local and visiting naturalists, in order that certain places
rich in historical associations or promising useful scientific
collections might be visited. The following formed the
party: —South Australa—Mr. Thomas Gill, I.8.0., Dr. R.
S. Rogers, Dr. W. Torr, Messrs. W. Howchin, D. Mawson,
B. 8. Roach, and J. W. Mellor; Victoria—Professors R.
Berry and E. W. Skeats, and Mr. Sweet; New South
lVales—Rev. Clement Wilkinson, Mr. Charles Hedley, Dr.
W. G. Woolnough, Messrs. J. Clunies Ross, T. G. Taylor,
and the writer.

It will thus be observed that various sciences were re-
presented, and valuable observations and collections were the
result of the cruise. Mr. Thomas Gill and Dr. R. 8S. Rogers
were my special mates for botany, and I am very grateful
to them for the unselfish help they gave me. The latter
has since sent me specimens from some of the places visited
by us, and also from other South Australian localities ; these
have been incorporated in the present paper, which is an
expression of gratitude and an indication that the hospitality
of the South Australian Government has not been bestowed
in vain. I would remark that the foregatherings of scien-
tific men from various States on occasions like these promote
good fellowship and make for the advancement of science.

1 was landed alone by the “‘Governor Musgrave” at Port
Lincoln, and spent several days in that botanically rich dis-

(1) Select Bibliogr: aphy (2).

253

trict, the scene of collecting trips by Robert Brown in 1802.
On the north I went nearly as far as Tumby Bay, and on
the west to Coffin Bay.

Proceeding up Spencer Gulf by steamer to Port Augusta
I spent a day there.

This paper is mainly a contribution to the local florulas
of South Australia. I much felt the want of such for the
places I visited, and incomplete as those are which I sub-
mit, I hope they may prove useful. No record has been
admitted into any of the lists for which a herbarium speci-
men is not available. Imperfect as they are, they will serve
as a hint for other naturalists to amplify them, for we have
much to learn in regard to the geographical distribution of
species in South Australia, as, indeed, in the other States.

The genera Eucalyptus and Acacia have been separately
dealt with as a matter of convenience.

SELECT BIBLIOGRAPHY.

(1) “The Botany of Kangaroo Island,” by Ralph Tate
(Tr.R.S.8.A., vol. vi., p. 116 [1883]).

See the bibliography of the fiora of Kangaroo Island
enumerated in (2).

(2) Presidential Address, Biology Section, Australian
Association for the Advancement of Science, Adelaide, 1907

Tt will be convenient to refer to certain papers on the
Euronotian Region under Y and L enumerated in (2).

For the plants from the following localities—Coobowie
and KEdithburgh (Yorke Peninsula) ; Althorpes; Cape Borda;
South Neptunes; Port Elliston (Port Waterloo); Flinders
Island; Fowler Bay; Point Sinclair (LeHunte Bay); Daven-
port River; Bird Rock; Murat Bay; Denial Bay; Laura
Bay ; Flagstaff Landing ; Streaky Bay; Venus Harbour; Tay-
lor Island; Cape Donington; Port Lincoln: Dangerous
Reef ; Althorpes (second visit): Rhino Point and the wrecked
‘“Willyama’”: Marion Bay; and Port-Moorowie—I am_in-
debted to Dr. R. 8. Rogers.

Kangaroo Island.
KINGSCOTE.

* Denotes an alien species. Compare Tate (1).

(T) Denotes also native of Tasmania.

RESEDACEZ—* Reseda alba, 1. A roadside weed.

GERANIACEE—(T) Pelargonium australe, I2ld.

Myrtace#-—(T) Melaleuca squarrosa, Don; Melaleuca
parviflora, Lindl.

Compostr#—(T) Cassinia spectabilis, R. Br.; Helichry-
sum retusum, Sond. and F. v. M.; Olearia rudis, F. v. i.
(Aster exsul), Ray florets blue, viscid leaves, 2-3 ft. high.

254

(T) Senecio odoratus, Hornem. (¥) Vittadinia australis, 4.
frch.

ApocynacE#z—(T) Alyxia buxifolia, PR. Br.

SoLanacEzZ—(*?) Solanum nigrum, /. Lycium australe,
ts TD) sae

Myoporacez—Eremophila Browniu, F. v. M@. Viscid
leaves, red flowers.

Lasiatz—* Marrubium vulgare, L.

CHENOPODIACEZ—(T) Salicornia australis, Sol.

THYMELZACEZ—Pimelea sp. 3-3 ft. 6. in. high, very abun-
dant, but not in flower.

SANTALACEZ—Choretrum glomeratum, ?. Br. This may
be C. chrysanthum, F/. v. M@. Bentham unites C. glomer-
atum and C. chrysanthum. Mueller and Tate keep them dis-
tinct, but I can see no other difference than that the flowers
are yellow in C. chrysanthum and white in C. glomeratum.

LittacEz—(T) Dianella revoluta, 2. Br. Tate has D.
levis only.

GRAMINE&—(T) Danthonia penicillata, F. v. M., var.
setacea. * Lagurus ovatus, 1. Well acclimatized.

HOG @EAY:

RaANUNCULACEZ—(T) Clematis microphylla, DC.
DiLLentAcEZ—(T) Hibbertia stricta, R. Br.
PrirrosporacEZ—Billardiera. (T) Bursaria spinosa, Cav.
STERCULIACE®—Lasiopetalum Baueri, Steetz.
ZYGOPHYLLACEZ—Nitraria Schoberi, L.
GERANIACEE—(T) Pelargonium australe, [V7lld.

Rutacez—(T) Correa speciosa, A7t. Locally called
“Honeysuckle.”
RuyamMNnacEz — (T) Spyridium eriocephalum, Fenzl.

Broad-leaved form, apparently an addition to the flora of
the island. (From J. M. Black.) Spyridium spathulatum, F.
v. M. The great viscidity of the flowers is not mentioned in
the “Flora Australiensis.” (TF) Spyridium vexilliferum,
Reiss. (J. M. Black). *

SAPINDACE®—Dodonea viscosa, /.., var. attenuata.

LEGUMINIOS#®—(TF) Goodia lotifolia, Salish. TI have seen
Tate’s specimen, and it is identical with my own. Tate
labelled his specimen G. medicaginea, 7. v. M. I follow
Bentham in reducing medicaginea to lotifolia; I cannot see
any difference between the Kangaroo Island plant and the
common Eastern Australian one (Salisbury’s plant). G.
medicaginea should be dropped from the South Australian
flora and G. lotifolia substituted.

RosacEz—(T) Acena sanguisorbe, Vahl.

Myrtace&—Callistemon coccineus, #. v. @. (T) Mela-
leuca gibbosa, Lahill.; Melaleuca uncinata, R. Br.

255

A1zoacE#Z—(T) Mesembryanthemum equilaterale, Han.

UmsBELLIFER£—(?T) Apium prostratum, Labill.

RusiaceEz—Opercularia hispida, Spr. Determination
doubtful. The seeds are like those of O. aspera, but the
habit and other characters are like O. hispida.

Compositm-——(T) Calocephalus Brownii, fF. v. M.
* Carduus lanceolatus, 1. *Carduus marianus, 1. *Cen-
taurea melitensis, /., called “Cockspur’ on Kangaroo
Island. (T) Cotula coronopifolia, 1. * PE eo, calen-
dulacea, R. Br. (T) Gnaphalium japonicum, Thunb.; Heli-
chrysum retusum, Sond. and F. v. WM. (T) Ixiolena
supina, FP. v. M@. A white or pale purple, weak, trailing
plant at Frenchman’s Rock; Ixodia achilleoides, #. Br. (I.
alata, Schlecht). (T) Olearia ramulosa, Labill. ; Oleses tere-
tifolia, F. v. M.

GooDENIACEZ—(T) Goodenia ovata, Sm. (T) Scevola
microcarpa, Cav. (?) New for the island.

PrRIMULACEZ—* Anagallis arvensis, JL.

GENTIANACEZ—(T) Erythrea australis, R. Br.

SoLanacEz-—Lycium australe, /. v. M@.; *Solanum sodo-
meum, LL.

Myororacex—(T) Myoporum insulare, RP. Br.

PotyconacE£—(T) Miihlenbeckia adpressa, Meissn. The
roots are boiled and the plant known as iene line

ProtTEacEZ—(T) Hakea rostrata, F. v. M.

CaSUARINACEEZ—( Casuarina distyla, Vent. (T)
Casuarina stricta, A7t.

ConirFeR&—(T) Callitris cupressiformis, Vent.; Callitris
propinqua, &. Br. (W. Gill). See my “Forest Flora of New
South Wales,” part xil., p. 54. Tate records C. verrucosa
(doubtless this plant) from Kangaroo Island, but there is
no evidence satisfactory to me of the occurrence of true C.
verrucosa on the island.

IripacEz—Sisyrinchium cyaneum, Lindl.

Lit1acEz—(T) Bulbine semibarbata, Haw. (T) Dian-
ella revoluta, A. Br.; Thysanotus dichotomus, R. Br.;
Xanthorrhea quadrangulata, F. v. M. “Yucca” is the name
on Kangaroo Island for Xanthorrhea, hence Yucca Gum,
which is an article of export.

GramMinEZ&—* Hordeum murinum, /. (T) Spinifex hir-
sutus, Labill.

CAPE COUEDIE (R. 8. Rogers).

CrucirER£—(T) Lepidium foliosum, Desv.

FRANKENIACEZ—(T) Frankenia paucifiora, DC. (levis,
Tate).

ZYGOPHYLLACEHZ—Nitraria Schoberi, 1.; Zygophyllum
Billardieri, DC.

256

RutacEzZ—(T) Correa speciosa, Azt.

RuaMNacez—(T) Spyridium vexilliferum, feiss.

SAPINDACEZ—Dodonza humilis, Fndl.

LeGuMINosS&—Eutaxia empetrifolia, Schl. (T) Lotus
australis, Andr. Leaves succulent.

Myrtacez—(T) Melaleuca gibbosa, Labill; Melaleuca
parviflora, Lindl.

A1zoacEzZ—(T) Mesembryanthemum australe, Sol.

Compositz—(T) Calocephalus Brownii, Ff. v. M.; Ixodia
achilleoides, R. Br.; Podolepis rugata, Labill. (T) Senecio
lautus, Forst. Very succulent.

GooDENIACEZ—(T) Goodenia ovata, Sm. Coriaceous
form, yellow-and-green leaves. (T) Scaevola crassifolia,
Labill.

CaMPANULACEZ—(T) Lobelia microsperma, F. v. M.

GENTIANACEEZ—(T) Sebza ovata, R. Br.

ScROPHULARIACE2—Buechnera (?) linearis, &. Br. In
fruit only. Doubtful in absence of flowers.

LauracEz—(T) Cassytha pubescens, R. Br.

THYMELHACEE—(T) Pimelea glauca, R. Br. Appar-
ently a new record for the island.

GRraMINEZ—(T) Poa cespitosa, Forst.

CAPE BORDA (Dr. R. S Rogers).
DitLentacEzZ—(T) Hibbertia stricta, R. Br.
TREMANDRACEZ—Tetratheca thymifolia, Sm.
OLacacE£—Olax Benthamiana, Wigq.
StackHousiacEz—(T) Stackhousia monogyna, Labill.
RuaMNAcEz=—(T) Spiridium vexilliferum, Reiss.
Lrecuminos#—Dillwynia hispida, Lindl.
HALoRRHAGIDACEZ—(T) THalorrhagis teucrioides, A.
Gray.

Myrracez—(T) Calythrix tetragona, Labill.

Composirz—(T) Ixiolena supina, F. v. M.; Ixodia
achilleoides, R. Br. A very distinct form with narrow linear
almost filiform leaves. Bentham describes the leaves as
“linear, lanceolate, or slightly spathulate.” Olearia tereti-
folia, F. v. M.

GooDENIACEZ—(T) Goodenia amplexans, F. v. M@. (T)
Scevola emula, FR. Br.

EpacripaceEz—Astroloma conostephioides, F. v. M.

Lasiata—Prostanthera spinosa, Ff. v. M.

PoLyconace#—(T) Muehlenbeckia adpressa, Mezssn.

THYMELEZACEZ—(T) Pimelea glauca, R. Br.

ORcHIDACEZ—(T) Caladenia latifolia, 2. Br. (T) Cala-
denia Patersoni, 2. Rr.

GRAMINEZ—(T) Stipa semibarbata, R. Br.

207

GREVILLEA ROGERSI, nova species.—In capite Borda, insula
Kangaroo Island, in solo arenoso crescens.

Frutex humilis intricate ramosus. Folia in brevissimis late-
ralibus ramulis conferta, similia fasciculo 4-5 mm. longa,
angusto-lanceolata dense revolutis marginibus, sxpe
curvata, dure texture et dense tecta brevibus et conicis
asperitatibus subtus lanata. Flores solitarii, vel in um-
bellis paucissimis floribus in brevibus foliosis lateralibus
ramulis ; pedicelli circiter 7-8 mm. longa. Corolle tubus
12-13 mm. longus, pars inferior leviter dilatata, glaber
in exteriore parte, intus inferne barbatus ad fundum
puniceus, obtusi et revoluti lobuli subflavi. Torus
obliquus. Hypogyna glandula semi-annulata. Ovarium
dense villosum, breviter stipulatum. Styla erecta quum
flores decidissent, circiter 214 cm. longa; stigma lateralis.

A low, dense, intricately-branched shrub about 18 to 30
in. high as seen, with terete rather thick branches covered
when young with crisp white hairs. Leaves densely crowded
on very short lateral shoots so as to appear clustered, rarely
alternate, and more distant on some elongated shoots, 4 to
5 mm. long, narrow-lanceolate, acute, with margins so closely
revolute that the under-side is mostly concealed, often
curved, of hard texture and densely covered on the upper
side with short conical asperities; woolly-hairy on the under-
side. Flowers solitary, in pairs or in very few-flowered um-
bels, terminal on the short lateral shoots, the pedicels slender,
about 7 to 8 mm. long, sparingly hairy. Corolla-twbe 12 to
13 mm. long, the lower part slightly dilated, pink to scarlet,
6-veined, glabrous outside, with a tuft of hairs inside near the
base, the upper part of the tube with the short obtuse lobes
revolute and of yellowish colour. Torus oblique. Hypogynous
gland semi-annular. Ovary densely villous, shortly stipitate. .
Style straight after flowering, about 24 cm. long, sparingly
hairy in the lower half; stigmatic disk lateral. Frat ovate-
oblong, about 13 mm. long, glabrous when old. Seed scarcely
winged.

This interesting new species belongs to Section i1.,
Plagiopoda, but is not closely allied to any described species
known to me. The peculiar clustered, hard and rough leaves
are unique in the genus; they remind somewhat of the leaves
of Dendrobium cucumerinum. It seems strange that such
a remarkable species should have remained undiscovered until
now, but Dr. Rogers writes that this part of Kangaroo Island
has been little visited by collectors on account of the diffi-
culty of reaching the place by water or by land. Dedicated
to Richard Sanders Rogers, M.A., M.S., M.D. (Edin.),

I

258

Honorary Physician to the Adelaide Hospital, etc., the lead-
ing authority on South Australian Orchids. He collected
this species at Cape Borda.

The Tasmanian Element in the Kangaroo Island
Fiora.

Tate (1) deals with this matter so far as certain species,
which he enumerates as not known in any other part of South
Australia, are concerned. In the same paper he deals fur-
ther with the Tasmanian element, and adds: —

The number of its (Kangaroo Island) peculiar species and
those of Tasmanian origin entitle it to a subregional rank.

He further states : —

The absence of a large number of species, alien and endemic,
widely spread over the continent would seem to imply isolation
before immigration of the extra-Australian species and those
endemic ones of marked exotic genera to the shores of the adja-
cent mainland. The isolation was, without doubt, subsequent to
that of Tasmania, though prior to the advent of man in Austra-
ha, botanical isolation’ being secured against man’s aggression by
reason of his inability to cross the Straits.

He also states that of 348 Australian species inhabiting
Kangaroo Island, 203 occur in Tasmania.

I have not time to bring these figures up to date, but.
will only point out that enumeration of the few species (pre-
cisely 100) collected by Dr. Rogers and me in Kangaroo
Island from four localities, gives us 67 Tasmanian species.
Species collected at more than one of the four localities have,
in these figures, been enumerated more than once.

Tate further says that Kangaroo island is the meeting-
ground of Tasmanian and Western Australian species. At
Proc, R.S.8.A.,: xi.,' 119, he «shows. «the affinity gon
Kangaroo Island plants and those of South Eyre Peninsula,
and observations in these two directions might well occupy
the attention of a young South Australian botanist now that
enumeration of the floras is better defined than when Tate
first made his statements.

Tepper’s paper, “Discovery of Tasmanian Plants near
Adelaide” (Journ. inn. Soc., xx., 72), may be referred to.

I have drawn attention to alien species by asterisks ; com-
pare Tate (1). .
Port Augusta.

Matvace#z—Sida corrugata, Lindl.

ZYGOPHYLLACEZ—Nitraria Schoberi, 1. Fruits purple
when ripe and saline to taste.

SAPINDACEZ — Dodonza viscosa, /., var. attenuata,
Fv. M. Twenty feet high, and with stem diameter of 6 in.

LreGumMiInos#—Cassia eremophila, A. Cunn., var. platy-
poda, Benth. 3 to 4 ft. high. Cassia Sturtii, #. Br., var.

259

coriacea, Benth. 3 to 4 ft. high. Templetonia egena, Benth.

AizoacEz—Mesembryanthemum equilaterale, Haw.;
Mesembryanthemum crystallinum, L.

LorantHaceE#£—Loranthus sp. on Acacia salicina, and
on Exocarpus aphylla. This seems to belong to the section
of Loranthus with the petals united to the middle, and with
adnate anthers. In that case it may be Loranthus angusti-
folius, R. Br., a South Australian species not in the Herb-
arium. Open flowers are required to determine the species
with certainty.

GoopENIACE£Z£—Scevola collaris, F. v. M.

BorraGinacE£—Heliotropium europeum, L.

SoLanaAcE&—Solanum nigrum, L.

MyororacEz—Eremophila scoparia, F. v. WM. With
purple flowers and 6 to 7 ft. high.

CHENoPpopIAcEZ— Atriplex angulatum, Benth.; Atriplex
holocarpum, F. v. M. Bassia diacantha, F. v. M. With
nearly always a third small spine on the fruits. Kochia bre-
vifolia, R. Br. ; Kochia oppositifolia, Benth. ; Salsola Kah, L.

NyctTacinacE&—Boerhaavia diffusa, L.

THYMELHZACE#—Pimelea microcephala, FP. Br.

EvrHorBiacE#—Phyllanthus Fuernrohrii, F. v. M.

CasuaRINACEZ—Casuarina glauca, Sieb. Some _ were
planted ; I am uncertain whether all were planted. Casuarina
stricta, A7zt.

SANTALACE#Z—Exocarpus aphylla, R&. Br.

GRAMINEZ—Cynodon dactylon, L. C. Rich.; Eragrostis
falcata, Gaud.; Stipa setacea, Rk. Br.

Murray Bridge.

My friend Mr. R. H. Cambage, of Sydney, accompanied
me to the locality, and we took the opportunity of examin-
ing the flora and comparing notes, and a list of our finds
is referred to below.

DILLENIACEZ—Hibbertia stricta, #. Br.

CruciFER£—* Diplotaxis tenuifolia, DC. See also page
268. The commonest local weed.

PirrosporacE£—Billardiera cymosa, F’. v. V.; Bursaria
spinosa, Cav.

MatvacE£—* Malva rotundifolia L.

STERCULIACEZ—Lasiopetalum Baueri, Steetz.

RutaceEz—Boronia cerulescens, F. v. M.

RHAMNACEZ—Stenanthemum leucophractum, Fevss.

SaAPINDACEZ—Dodonea hexandra, F. v. M.; Dodonxa
viscosa, L., var. cuneata, F. v. M.

Lrecuminos#—Cassia eremophila, 4. Cunn., var. platy-
poda ; Cassia eremophila, 4. Cunn., var. zygophylla ; Daviesia

12

260

genistifolia, A. Cunn. Leaves hardly articulate on the
branches. Daviesia ulicina, Sm., var. ruscifolia.
MyrtaceE&—Baeckia Behrii, Ff. v. M.; Leptospermum

levigatum, F. v. M@.; Melaleuca acuminata. We have two
dense shrubs, one with bright-green leaves, comparatively
broad. This is M. acuminata. It is mallee-like, and forms
a dense shrub of 5-6 ft. Only fruits available. A second
species which might casually be confused with it, has slightly
broader and less curved leaves. Size and habit about same.
Of a paler green. I refer this doubtfully to M. parviflora.
IT have not seen flowers. We have straight-, curved-, and
broad-leaved Melaleucas at Murray Bridge, showing how im-
possible it is to maintain M. curvifolia, Sch/., as a species.
These Melaleucas should be further examined.

CENOTHERACE£Z—* CEnothera biennis, L.

_ Ruptack#—Opercularia hispida, Sm. (See also Hog
Bay, Kangaroo Island.)

Compostr#—Athrixia tenella, Benth.; Cotula australis,
Hook.; * Hedypnois cretica, Iild.; Helichrysum apiculatum,
DC.; Olearia glandulosa, JLabill.; Olearia lepidophylla,
Benth.; Vittadinia australis, A. Rich. (2 forms).

GoopENIACE£—Goodenia geniculata, /?. Br.; Goodenia
lanata, R. Br.; Goodenia varia, Rk. Br. (with long, weak
branches); Velleya paradoxa, &. Br.

CaMPANULACE®—Lobelia microsperma, F. v. M.

EpacripACEZ—Leucopogon cordifolius, Lind.

BorraGinace&—-Halgania cyanea, Lind.

MyorporacE&—Eremophila Brown, F. v. M.; Myopo-
rum platycarpum, 77. Br. A medium-sized tree.

Lapiat£—Prostanthera coccinea, /. v. M.; Westringia.
rigida, R. Br.

CuENnopopiaceE®—Atriplex Muelleri, Benth. With large
leaves. Enchylena tomentosa, 2. Br.

LavuRaAcE£—Cassytha melantha, FR. Br.

Proteacem-—Hakea ulicina, A. Br.

THYMELHACEZ—Pimelea curviflora, #. Br.; Pimelea
serpyllifoha, 2. Br.

EvrHorpiacem—Adriana quadripartita, Gauwd.; Euph-
orbia Drummondii, Borss. .

SANTALACEZ—Exocarpus spartea, 7. Br.; Fusanus acu-
minatus, DC.

ConiFER£—Callitris propinqua, FP. Br. This handsome
Cypress Pine has often much the habit of a Pinus, say of
an Aleppo Pine. It has not a pointed top in large trees, and
is of spreading habit. There are trees with trunks 3 ft. in
diameter, but not proportionately tall. Foliage dark-colour-
ed, not glaucous. Would be called a Black Pine.
I believe I saw the same species at Quorn and other places

261

from a railway carriage. For further particulars concerning
this not well-known species, see my ‘Forest Flora of New
South Wales,’ part xii., p. 54. It should be extensively
cultivated for timber, and shelter purposes in dry country.

LittracEzx—Arthropodium paniculatum, #. Br.; Tri-
coryne elatior, #. Br.

CypEracE&—Gahnia deusta, Benth.

GramIngEx—Amphipogon strictus, &. Br.; Festuca
rigida, Mert. and Koch.; Panicum Mitchelli, Benth. Small
form. Pappophorum commune, /. v. M.; Stipa pubescens,
R. Br.; Stipa secabra, Lind!?.

Fowler Bay (121).(?)

The specimens from Fowler Bay were partly collected
by Dr. R. S. Rogers, and partly communicated by that
gentleman on behalf of Mrs. Tom Brown, of Nullarbor Sta-
tion.

PaPpAVERACEZ—* Papaver hybridum, JL. Introduced
from Europe.
CrucIFERH — Capsella cochlearia, F. v. M., var.

ochrantha, F. v. WV. (Thlaspi ochranthum, F. v. M.); Cap-
sella elliptica, Mey.; Lepidium rotundum, VC.; Stenopeta-
lum lineare, 2. Br.
PoLyGaLAcE&—Comesperma volubile, Labzi/l.
FRANKENIACE£—Frankenia pauciflora, DC.

Matvacem—* Malva parviflora, 1. Introduced from
Europe. | Plagianthus microphyllus, /. v. M.; Plagianthus
spicatus, Benth.

ZYGOPHYLLACEZ — Zygophyllum ammophilum, Ff. v.

M.(?) Determination doubtful. It differs from the type
by the greater number of stamens. It is either a form of
Zygophyllum ammophilum or a new species. More material
required. Zygophyllum apiculatum, F. v. M.; Zygophyllum
Billardieri, DC. Also a small-fruited form,(?) but no flowers
available. Zygophyllum fruticulosum, DC’., var. bilobum.
GERANIACEZ—* Erodium cicutarium, JL’Hér. Intro-
duced from Europe. * Oxalis corniculata, L.
Rutacrzx—Geijera parviflora, Lindl.
SaPINDACEZ—Dodoneza stenozyga, F. v. M.
Lrecuminos“£—Cassia eremophila, 4. Cunn.; Swainsona
lessertiifolia, DC.; Templetonia retusa, FR. Br.
Myrracr£—Melaleuca pustulata, Hook.
A1zoacE&—Aizoon zygophylloides, F. v. M@.; Tetragonia
diptera, F. v. M.(?) Ripe fruits required to confirm the de-
termination. New for South Australia if correctly deter-
mined. Tetragonia implexicoma, Hook.

(2) The numbers given after the localities are the pages in the
‘Australia Directory,’’ vol. i., 9th edition, 1897, where a descrip-
tion of each locality will be found. They are in regular sequence.

262

UMBELLIFER®—Daucus brachiatus, Sized.

RusiacE£—Galium umbrosum, Sol.

Composira—Brachycome pachyptera, Twurez.; Brachy-
come ciliaris, Less.; Calotis cymbacantha, F. v. M.; Calotis
hispidula, F. v. M.; Helipterum Haigii, F. v. M.; Helip-
terum incanum, DC.; Olearia exiguifolia, F. v. M.; Olearia
glutinosa, Benth.; Olearia Muelleri, Sond. ; Podolepis rugata,
Labill. (flower-heads usually small); Senecio lautus, Forst. ;
Senecio vulgivis, L.

GoopENIACE£—Goodenia pinnatifida, Sch/.; Velleia para-
doxasy#. 1.Br.

BorraGINaAcE£—Echinospermum concavum, F. v. M.

SoLtanacE£—Solanum aviculare, orst.

MyororacE#—Eremophila Brownii, 7. v. M. (form with
white tomentose leaves) ; Myoporum insulare, . Br.

LaBiat&—Teucrium sessiliflorum, Benth.; Westringia
rigida, f&. Br.

PLANTAGINACEZ—Plantago varia, R. Br.

CuENOPoDIACEZ—Atriplex vesicarium, Hew.; Chenopo-
dium Preissii, Diels (in fragments only, and therefore doubt-
ful) ; Kochia ciliata, 7. v. M.; Kochia pentatropis, Tate;
Kochia sedifolia, /. v. M.; Kochia villosa, Lindl.; Rhagodia
crassifolia, R. Br.

AMARANTACEZ—-Ptilotus obovatus, F. v. M.

THYMELZACEZ—Pimelea curviflora, 2. Br.

UrticacEx-—Parietaria debilis, Forst.

LitraceEa—Arthropodium minus, Rk. Br.; Wurmbea
dioica, F. v. M.
GRAMINE&—Danthonia penicillata, F. v. M.; Poa

nodosa, Vees.; Stipa scabra, Lindl.

Sinclair Point (LeHunte Bay). (123)
Sinclair Point is sixteen miles from Eyre Bluff.
CruciFER£—Sisymbrium orientale, L.
FRANKENIACEZ—Frankenia pauciflora, DC.
ZYGoPHYLLACEZ—Zygophyllum Billardieri, DC.
Comprosira — Helipterum incanum, DC.; Ixiolena

tomentosa, Sond. and F. v. M.; Senecio lautus, Forst.
GooDENIACE£—Scevola crassifolia, Labill.
SoLanacEZ—Nicotiana suaveolens, Lehm.; Solanum
hystrix, &. Br.
LabiaT&—Westringia Dampieri, R. Br.
CHENOPODIACEZ—Kochia villosa, Lindl.

Davenport River Clary:

Davenport is a mangrove creek on the southern side of
Tourville Bay, which is itself on the north-western part of
Denial Bay.

ZYGOPHYLLACEZ—Zygophyllum Billardieri, DC.

263

Lecuminos#£—Templetonia retusa, . Br.
Compositz—Helipterum incanum, DC.
PRIMULACEZ—Samolus repens, Pers.
VERBENACEZ—Avicennia officinalis, 1. (Mangrove).
CHENOPODIACEZ—Rhagodia crassifolia, R. Br.
SANTALACEZ—Santalum sp.

Murat and Denial Bays (132).

Murat Bay is the north part of Denial Bay.
PoLtyGaLacE£—Comesperma volubile, Labill.
Rutace#£—Geijera parviflora, Lindl.; Microcybe pauci-
flora, Turez. (Eriostemon capitatus, /. v. M.)
MyrtraceE&—Melaleuca pustulata, //ook., and a narrow-
leaved Loranthus (without flowers) on it.
Compositz—Brachycome trachycarpa, /. v. W@.; Olearia
Muelleri, Sond.
Lapiat&2—Westringia rigida, 2. Br.
CHENOoPOoDIACEZ—Atriplex paludosa, #&. Br. (?); not in
fruit.

Laura Bay (135).
PoLtyGaLacE£—Comesperma volubile, Labuill.
Composit#—Brachycome pachyptera, Turcz.; Ixiolena

tomentosa, Sond. and F. v. M.; Leptorrhynchos Waitzia,
Sond.
Laspiat£—Westringia Dampieri, 2. Br.
CHENOPODIACEZ—Atriplex paludosa, f. Br.
KuPHORBIACEZ—Beyeria viscosa, MZiq.
GraMINEZ—Danthonia penicillata, F. v. M.; Poa no-
dosa, Vees.; Stipa pubescens, 2. Br.

Streaky Bay (141).

GERANIACEZ—* Erodium cicutarium, L’Hér.; * Oxalis
corniculata, L.

RutacE£—Geijera parviflora, Lindl.

Lrecuminosz—* Melilotus parviflorus, Desf.

Composit#—Athrixia tenella, Benth.; Erigeron pappo-
chromus, Labill.; Helichrysum apiculatum, DC.; Olearia
glutinosa, Benth.

GooDENIACE£—Goodenia pinnatifida, Schl.; Goodenia
sp. Near the narrow-leaved form of G. elongata.

CaMPpaNULACEZ— Wabhlenbergia gracilis, DC.

LaBiaTz-—Teucrium sessiliflorum, Benth.

AMARANTACEZ—Trichinium spathulatum, F. Br.

“Venus Harbour (146).

PoLyGALACEZ—Comesperma volubile, Labill.
STERCULIACEZ—Lasiopetalum discolor, Hook.

264

ZYGOPHYLLACE£—Nitraria Schoberi, L.
GERANIACEZ—Erodium cicutarium, L’Hér.
CRASSULACEZ—Tillea verticillaris, DC.
MyrtracE£—Melaleuca acuminata, #. v. W/.; Melaleuca
parviflora, Lindl.
Composit#—Leptorrhynchos Waitzia, Sond.; Podotheca
angustifolia, Less.; Senecio lautus, Forst.
PrimuLaAcE&—* Anagallis arvensis, 1.; Samolus repens,
Pers
BorRAGINACE®—Echinospermum concavum, /. v. M.
MyoporacE£—Myoporum insulare, 2. Br.
VERBENACEZ—Avicennia officinalis, L.
CHENOPODIACEZ— Atriplex cinera, Porr.
AMARANTACEZ-—Trichinium spathulatum, F. Br.
LiLtiacE£—Bulbine semibarbata, Haw.
GRAMINEZ—Distichlis maritima, Fafin.; Poa cespitosa,
Forst.
Flinders Isiand (148).
The largest and central island of the Investigator group.
RaNUNCULACE#—Clematis microphylla, DC.
ZYGOPHYLLACEZ—Zygophyllum Billardieri, DC.
LrEGuMINoS£—* Medicago denticulata, Il"ild.; * Meli-
lotus parviflorus, Desf.; Swainsona sp.; Templetonia retusa,
Pf a 9
MyrraceEz—Calythrix tetragona, Labill.
A1zoacE#£—Tetragonia implexicoma, Hook.
CompositT=—Senecio lautus, Forst.
EpacrIDACE2——Leucopogon Richei, &. Br.
MyororacE&—Myoporum insulare, &. Br.
Lasrat£—Westringia Dampieri, 2. Br.
GRAMINE®—* Hordeum murinum, L.

Port Elliston (151).
On the east side of Waterloo Bay.
PoLtyGALAcEE—Comesperma volubile, Labzill.
Matvace#£—Hibiscus Wraye, Lindl.
PortTuLacacE£—Calandrinia calyptrata, Hook.
GERANIACEZ—* Erodium cicutarium, L’//ér.
SrackHousracE#£—Stackhousia monogyna, Labill.
Lecuminos£z—Eutaxia empetrifolia, Schl.; Lotus aus-
tralis, Andr.
MyrracE£—Malaleuca pustulata, Mook.
Composit®—Erigeron pappochromus, Ladill.; Helichry-
sum apiculatum, DCU.; Helipterum incanum, DC.; Podotheca
angustifolia, Less.; Senecio lautus, Forst. :
GooDENIACEH—Goodenia geniculata, R. Br.; Scevola
erassifolia, Labill.

265

PrimuLacEzZ—* Anagallis arvensis, L.
MyororaceE£—Myoporum humile, ?. Br.
Lasiat2—Westringia Dampieri, /. Br.
EvpHoRBIACEZ—Adriana quadripartita, Gaud.
GRAMINEZ—Poa cespitosa, Vorst.

Williams Island (168).

A gentle, undulating island, and covered with a dense
mass of hummocky bushes about 2 ft. high. The foliage is
_ almost entirely glaucous. Grasses almost absent. No trees
or grazing animals on the island. There are a few snakes;
these animals were very rare in the places we visited.

CruciFERZ—Lepidium foliosum, Desv.

FRANKENIACEZ—Frankenia pauciflora, DC.

ZYGOPHYLLACE#—-Nitraria Schoberi, L.

A1zoacEz— Mesembryanthemum equilaterale, Maw., but
the section scarcely triangular.

UMBELLIFERZ—Apium leptophyllum, F. v. M.
CHENOPoDIACEZ— Atriplex (?) campanulata, Benth. Very
common. Rhagodia (crimson fruit). A sea of Atriplex

cinerea, Porr.
GRAMINEZ—Bromus arenarius, Labill. Two feet high.

Neptune Isles.

Named by Flinders, February 21, 1802, “for they
seemed inaccessible to men.” They consist of the North and
South Neptunes. We landed on that South Neptune Island
(there are two) on which is the lighthouse. It is about two
miles round and about 120 ft. high.

SOUTH NEPTUNE (169).

- This has some interest as a granite flora. The vegeta-
tion is very hummocky and intensely succulent and saline.
Nothing higher than 2-3 ft. There are very few species.
There is a large number of big goats on the island, and
these animals have already changed the vegetation.

CrucirFER£—Lepidium foliosum, Desv.

FRANKENIACEH—Frankenia pauciflora, DC., with pleas-
ing, purple-pink flowers; very common.

CarvorHYLLACEZ—Spergula marina, Bar tl. and WW endl. ;
Spergularia rubra, Cambess.

Matvacez—Lavatera plebeja, Sims. ‘Marshmallow.”
Almost extinct owing to the goats. Also a Malva or Modiola
in leaf only. Everywhere eaten down.

ZYGOPHYLLACE®—Nitraria Schoberi, Z. A dense shrub
with fleshy spathulate leaves, oval- or egg-shaped fruits } in.,
brownish purple when ripe. Fleshy pericarp.

266

A1IzoacE£Z—Mesembryanthemum equilaterale, Haw., in
full fruit; crimson. You squeeze out the seedy pulp, which
has a peculiar flavour, partly saline, and with not too plea-
sant an odour. It is sweetish, and some people say they like
it. The blacks on the mainland are very fond of it.

UMBELLIFERZ—Apium australe, Thou. (leptophyllum) ;
*Conium maculatum, £. The Poison Hemlock! (Dr.
Rogers.)

Composit#z—Cotula australis, Hook.; Cotula coronopi-
folia, LZ. (occurs wherever there is a spring of fresh water) ;
Senecio lautus, Forst.; Sonchus oleraceus, L.

CHENoPoDIACEe—Atriplex cinerea, Pozr., locally called
“Blue Bush.” Atriplex Muelleri, Benth.; Enchylena tomen-
tosa, R. Br.; Salicornia australis, Sol.

GRAMINE#—Distichlis maritima, Rafin. There is only
one other grass not in flower. It is said that rabbits ate out
the grass.

Wedge Island (170).

is one of the Gambier Isles, is three miles long, and has an
average width of one mile. The “Australia Directory” says
that it is principally formed of limestone, is covered with
low bushes and Camarina trees, and a little grass, and has
been used as a sheep-run.
CrucirEr£—Cakile maritima, Scopoli.
RHAMNACEZ—Spyridium vexilliferum, Levss.
LreGuMINos#—Pultenea rigida, 7. Br. Not in flower,
but typical.
Composit#—Helichrysum leucopsidium, DC.; Ixodia
achilleoides, R. Br.; Senecio lautus, Forst.
GooDENIACEZ—Goodenia ovata, Sm.
CuHENoPoDIACEZ—Atriplex cinerea, Pozr.
SANTALACEZ—Exocarpus stricta, RF. Br.
CypPERACEZ—Scirpus nodosus, fottb.

Thistle Island (173).

Named by Flinders February 21, 1802, after the master
of the “Investigator.”” Here the eagles, as Flinders sup-
poses, mistook the men for kangaroos, and swooped at first.
It is nine miles long and rises to a height of 772 ft. in the
centre. The “Australian Directory” says: —‘‘Thistle Island
has from time to time been used as a sheep- and cattle-run,
but has not been found hitherto to answer, owing, it is
stated, to the cattle and sheep eating some poisonous herb
which grows on the island; otherwise it appears very fit for
grazing purposes.” At present it is used for grazing and
cultivation, and I could not find any plant which could be

267

looked upon as a poison plant. We landed at Whalers’
Bay, where there was a large area under barley. Fennel
very abundant; acres of it.

CruciFErR#—Cakile maritima, Scopolv.

STERCULIACEZ—Lasiopetalum discolor, Hook. Four feet
high, in full bloom, pink flowers, and forming a very hand-
some shrub. It is surely a very desirable plant for gardens in
marine situations.

GreRANIACEZ—Pelargonium australe, Iclld.

RHAMNACEZ—Spyridium vexilliferum, Levss.

Composit#—Brachycome ciliaris, Less. A very small-
flowered form. Disc achenes winged: achenes of the ligulate
flowers with rough sides and without wings. Calocephalus
Brownu, /. v. M.; Centaurea melitensis, L. Very plentiful.
Helichrysum apiculatum, DC.; Helichrysum leucopsidium,
DC.; Ixodia achilleoides, #. Br.; Olearia lepidophylia,
Benth.; Picris hieracioides, L.; Podolepis rugata, Labull. ;
Senecio lautus, Forst.; Sonchus oleraceus, L., var, asper.

GooDENIACEZ—Goodenia ovata, Sm. Coriaceous form,
very broad, yellow-green leaves (near G. varia).

MyororacE2—Myoporum insulare, 2. Br.; Myoporum
humile, &. Br. Very lovely dwarf-spreading bush, a blaze
of white flowers.

CHENOPODIACEZ-—Chenopodium microphyllum, Ff. v. M.

PoL_yGonacE£—Muehlenbeckia adpressa, Meissn.

EKupHorBIACEA— Adriana quadripartita, Gaud.

CasuaRINACEZ—The island is lightly timbered with
Casuarina stricta, Azt. —

SANTALACEZ—Exocarpus stricta, &. Br.

CypERACEZ—Lepidosperma gladiata, Labill.; Scirpus
nodosus, Rottb.

GRAMINEZ—Bromus sp.

Memory Cove (178).

PrirrosPporacEx—Pittosporum phillyreoides, DC. (with
rigid leaves).
STERCULIACEZ-—Lasiopetalum discolor, Hook.
ZYGOPHYI.LACEXZ —Zygophyllum Billardieri, DC.
Myrtace#£—Melaleuca parviflora, Lindl.
AIzoacEZ—Mesembryanthemum australe, Sol.
EpacripacE&—<Acrotriche patula, R. Br.
Lasiata—Westringia Dampieri, Rk. Br. These speci-
mens have three leaves in a whorl like W. rigida, but with the
long leaves of W. Dampieri. There is really no difference
between the two species: See Bentham’s note, B. Fl., v. 129.
W. rigida should be merged in W. Dampieri, the latter being

268

technically the older name, since in the original descriptions
of both (R. Br., Prod. 501) W. Dampieri comes first in se-
quence.

THYMELZACEZ—Pimelea sp. A large, bushy species
without flowers.

GRAMINEE—Poa cespitosa, Forst.

Taylor Isiand (180).

Named by Flinders after the midshipman of the “In-
vestigator’ who lost his hfe near Cape Catastrophe. It is
one and a half miles long and about half a mile broad. It
is mostly covered with scrub; the south end is grassy (“Aus-
tralia Directory’’).

RANUNCULACEZ—Clematis microphylla, DC.

CRUCIFERZ—Sisymbrium officinale, Scop.

MatvaceEz—Lavatera plebeja, Sims.

Composit#—Senecio lautus, Forst.

CHENOFODIACEZ—Chenopodium nitrariaceum, F. v. V.

PotyconacEz—Muehlenbeckia adpressa, Mezssn.

Cape Donington (182).

The north-east point of a, headland, on the south-east
side of the entrance to Port Lincoln.

ZYGOPHYLLACEZ—Zygophyllum Billardieri, DC., var.
bilobum.

RutacEz—Geijera parviflora, Lindl.

UMBELLIFERZ— Didiscus pilosus, Benth.

ApocynacEz—Alyxia buxifolia, #. Br.

PotyconacE£—Muehlenbeckia adpressa, Mezssn.

THYMELHACEZ—Pimelea flava, R. Br.

Port Lincoln (182).

DILLENIACEx-—Hibbertia Billardieri, F. v. J. Two
and a half miles along the old Western Road. A tall, flori-
ferous, very beautiful form.

Crucirerz£—* Diplotaxis tenuifolia, DC. The pest of
Port Lincoln, a yellow-flowering plant, 1-2 ft. high, very
bright and beautiful, and exceedingly abundant everywhere
at Port Lincoln; a worthless Wild Mustard. Called outside
“Port Lincoln Weed.” See also J. M. Black in “Journ.
Asric, SA” June, 1907, p. ear.

MatvacEz — Hibiscus Wraye, Lindl. Rich purple
flowers ; 4 ft. high.

STeRCcULIACEZ—Lasiopetalum Baueri, Steetz; Lasiope-
talum discolor, Hook.

Rutacezx—Correa speciosa, Andr. Stamford Hill.

269

LEecuMInos£—Eutaxia empetrifolia, Schl. A prick-
ly, uncomfortable shrub. Boston Island. Pultenza vestita,
Kk. Br.; Templetonia retusa, &. Br.; 6 ft. high.

Myrtace£x—Calythrix tetragona, Labill.; Melaleuca de-
cussata, Rk. Br.; Melaleuca parviflora, Lindl. Stamford Hill

and Kirton Point. Some trees remarkably beautiful in
shape. Melaleuca uncinata, #. Br. Boston Island, 6 in.
diameter, 20 ft. high. Papery bark.
ArtzoacEz — Mesembryanthemum equilaterale, Haw.
(Even on summit of Stamford Hill.)
Composir£x—Helichrysum apiculatum, DC.: Ixodia

achilleoides, R. Br. Stamford Hill; acres of it. Olearia cili-
ata, F. v. M.
CAMPANULACEZ—Wahlenbergia gracilis, DC.
Epacripacex—Acrotriche patula, R. Br.; Leucopogon
cordifolius, Lzndl.; Leucopogon Richei, &. Br.
ApocyNacE£—Alyxia buxifolia, R. Br.
ScROPHULARIACEZ—Veronica distans, f#. Br. (Dr.
Rogers).
MyoporacE£—Myoporum viscosum, /. Br.
CHENOPODIACEZ—Bassia (?) anisacantha. On seashore,
1 ft. high, and spreading. In leaf only. Boston Island.
PotyconacEZ—Muehlenbeckia adpressa, Meissn. Boston
Island.
LauRAcEZ—Cassytha glabella, R. Br.
EuPHORBIACEZ—Beyeria viscosa, Mig.
CASUARINACEZ—Casuarina stricta, Ait. Boston Island.
SANTALACEZ—Exocarpus aphylla, FR. Br. Stamford
Hill. Fusanus acuminatus, DC.: Leptomeria aphylla, 2. Br.
GraMINEZ—Distichlis maritima, Rafin.; Spinifex hir-
sutus, Labill.; Stipa scabra, Lind/?. All from Boston Island.

The following trees are planted in the streets of Port
Lincoln, and are doing well on the whole :—

Lagunaria Patersoni, G. Don; from Norfolk Island.
Schinus molle, L.; Pepper. Callitris propinqua,
FR. Br.; the Cypress Pine, native of the district.
Eucalyptus globulus, /abill.; a forest tree; seems
to be too large for street-planting. Pinus _ hale-
pensis, Mill.; does splendidly. Nicotiana glauca,
R. Grah.; a small tree. Cupressus sempervirens,
L. Moreton Bay Fig; not doing well. Pome-
granate. Oleander.

Port Lincoln to North Shields..
DILLENIACE£—Hibbertia sericea, Benth.

HypERIcEzZ—* Hypericum perforatum, L. A pretty
yellow-flowered plant. A weed pest.

270

CactacE& — * Opuntia monocantha, Haw. Prickly
Pear; not much of it along the road; apparently not a pest
there, but there is plenty at North Shields. This is a plant
which, however, requires watching, and, if necessary, deal-
ing with by authority.

Composit#—* Carduus lanceolatus, /. (the common
Black or Scotch Thistle). Not rare. Humea cassiniacea, F.
v. M. A squatty little plant, with the flowers sometimes soll1-
tary in the headlets. It appears to be uncommon. ~* Ono-
pordon acanthium, L. (the Cottony or Scotch Heraldic
Thistle). Not rare.

GooDENIACEZ—Goodenia ovata, Sm.

EpacripacE£x—Astroloma conostephioides, /. v. M.; As-
troloma humifusum, 7. Br.

PRIMULACEZ—Samolus repens, Pers.

ConvoLVULACEZ—Convolvulus erubescens, Szms..

CHENOPODIACE2—Enchylena tomentosa, lt. Br.

AMARANTACEZ—Ptilotus, sp.

ProteaceE#£—Hakea cycloptera, &. Br.

Lit1acgEx—* Asphodelus fistulosus, /. An onion-like
plant. A weed pest. Xanthorrhca semiplana, 7. v. M.
Occurs 3-4 miles out.

Port Lincoln to Lake Wangary and Mount
Dutton Bay.

RANUNCULACEZ—Clematis microphylla, DC.

DILLENIACE#2—Hibbertia Billardieri, F. v. M@. Remark-
ably fine, 4-5 ft. high, in shelter and very bushy. Hibbertia
sericea, Benth.; Hibbertia stricta, FR. Br.

PiTTOSPORACEZ— Bursaria spinosa, Cav. Called Christ-
mas-tree locally, because it usually flowers profusely at that
period. Pittosporum phillyrzoides, DU'., at 20 miles.

MatvaceE#Z—Hibiscus Wrayze, Lindl. ‘Port Lincoln
Rose.” Up to 6 ft. high, and nipped by stock.

STERCULIACEZ—Lasiopetalum (?) Baueri, Steetz, not in
flower; Lasiopetalum discolor, Hook.

LEGUMINOS&—Daviesia brevifolia, JLindl.; Harden-
bergia monophylla, called “Purple Lilac” in the district ; Pul-
tenza villifera, Szeb., var. australis, Benth.

RosacEz—* Rubus rubiginosa, P. J. Muell. “Sweet
Briar.” At say 7 miles.

Ha LorrHaGipacE&—Halorrhagis digyna, Labill., 2-3 ft.
high at 19-20 miles.

Myrtrace#—Beckia Behrii, Ff. v. M. With shorter
flower-stalks and shorter recurved point of the leaves, ap-
parently also of less erect growth; 2-3 ft. high in clumps or

271

amongst Xanthorrhea. Callistemon coccineus, Ff. v. M.
Very abundant. Large long masses. Walls of it 6-8 ft.
high. Melaleuca decussata, Rk. Br. Pink flowers. Mela-
leuca parviflora, Lindl. (curvifolia, Schl.). Everywhere.
Called “Black Tea-tree” from its usual dark aspect. Fine
rounded shapely trees giving the country a park-like aspect.
Melaleuca pustulata, Hook. White flowers. Melaleuca un-
cinata, R. Br. Brooms made of the plant, hence the name
“Broom-bush.”

A1zoacE®—Mesembryanthemum crystallinum, /.; Tet-
ragonia implexicoma, //ook.

CactacE&z-—* Opuntia monocantha, Haw. At Little
Swamp.

Compositr=—Athrixia tenella, Benth. * Inula grave-

olens, Desf. “Stinkwort.” Very bad. * Onopordon Acanth-
ium, L. Very plentiful at the edge of “Big Swamp.”
Senecio lautus, Forst. Vittadinia australis, 4. ch.

EpacripacE#£—Astroloma humifusa, #. Br.; Leucopo-
gon Richei, &. Br.; Lissanthe strigosa, /. Br.

BorraGINacE® —- Echium plantagineum, UL. See
“Agric. Gaz. N.S.W.,” March, 1905. Halgania cyanea,
Tindl.

SoLanacExZ-—Nicotiana suaveolens, Lehm.

MyororacE£x—Myoporum humile, &. Br. Sweet-scented
flowers.

CHENoPoDIACEZ—Atriplex cinera, Poir.

PotyGonacE£—Muehlenbeckia adpressa, Meissn. Called
“Sarsaparilla.”

ProtEacE#-——Adenanthos terminalis, 2. Br. Yellow-
flowered, prostrate shrub up to 2 ft. high. Wangary and
along the road, 18-19 miles out. Banksia emula, #. Br.
Wanilla Forest Reserve. Very handsome. Banksia mar-
ginata, Cav., 6-8 ft. high. Grevillea ilicifolia, 2. Br.
“Holly bush,” 2-3 ft. high. Greenish-white flowers. At 16
miles. Hakea cycloptera, Fk. Br. Large fruit. Appears
local in Port Lincoln district. Hakea rostrata, F. v. iM.

THYMELZACEZ—Pimelea glauca, 2. Br. In swampy land.

EuPHORBIACEZ— Adriana quadripartita, Gaud.

CASUARINACE#Z—Casuarina stricta, Avzt.

SANTALACEZ—Exocarpus cupressiformis, Labill.

ConIreR&—Callitris propinqua, Rk. Br. Not common.

LitiacEz—Thysanotus. Very beautiful, 3 ft. high in
clumps of Xanthorrhea, but apparently not collected.
Xanthorrhee semiplana, /. v. M. Common.

TypHAcCEZ—Typha angustifolia, Z., in pond near Big
Swamp.

272

CypERAcE#—Chorizandra enodis, ees. With small
dark-coloured spherical heads. Gahnia trifida, Labd/. At
“Eating House” and other places. Known as “‘Thatching
Grass.” Black Grass and Thatching Grass often occur to-
gether. Mesomelena deusta, Benth. Known as “Black
Grass.”’

GramMinE&—Anthistiria ciliata, Z. Triodia irritans, R.
Br., 20-22 miles out.

Sir Joseph Banks Group

consists of twenty isiands, islets, and rocks, in Spencer Gulf.
Revesby and Spilsby are the only islands on which water
is obtainable and where the vegetation is higher than low
bushes (‘‘Australia Directory,’ p. 193). We visited

Revesby.
Revesby (197).

A sandy island for the most part, and with a very coarse-
grained granite at the western end. It is three miles long.
The tree vegetation seems to be all Myoporum insulare and
Casuarina stricta. Of the latter only five remain alive now
out of ten formerly said to be growing.

There are said to be only two mallee plants on the island,
but I did not see them.

The ripe fruits of Posidonia australis, /H/ook., f., were
especially abundant in Spencer Gulf, off and on the shores
of Revesby Island, Port Lincoln, etc. Compare Tepper, these
Proceedings, iv., 1-4 and 47-9; also Ascherson, 26. v. 37-9.

FRANKENIACEEZ—Frankenia pauciflora, DC.

Matvacez—Lavatera plebeja, Seems. ‘“Marshmallow.”’
ZYGOPHYLLACEZ—Nitraria Schoberi, LZ. Very large
plants.

GERANIACEZ—* EKrodium cicutarium, L’Hér.
A1zoacE#—Mesembryanthemum crystallinum, L.
Composit£—Calocephalus Brownii, /. v. J/., 2 ft. high
and hummocky ; Senecio lautus, Forst.
Myvororace#£——Myoporum insulare, #. Br.
CuENnopopiacE®—Atriplex cinerea, Poir.; Atriplex
paludosa, R. Br.; Enchylena tomentosa, Rh. Br.
PotyconacE®—Muehlenbeckia adpressa, Meissn. A
small trailing plant, and also found on tallest shrubs.
CyprracE£—Scirpus nodosus, Rotth.
GRAMINEZ—Spinifex hirsutus, Labill.; Distichlis marit-
ima, Rafin.; * Hordeum murinum, L.

Althorpes (216).

Althorpe Isles are three in number, the south and larg-
est being four and a half miles from Cape Spencer and twenty-

273

six and a half miles from Cape Borda. “It is of an irregular
shape, about six cables across, nearly flat-topped, and 305 ft.
high” (“Australia Directory’).
CruciFerz—Lepidium foliosum, Desv.
CaRYOPHYLLACEZ—Spergularia rubra, Cambess.
Matvace£—Lavatera plebeja, Sims; * Malva parvi-
flora, L.
LecumMiInos£—Swainsona sp. (in leaf only).
Umpe._iirer£—Apium prostratum, Labill.
Composir#—Podolepis acuminata, f. Br.; Senecio lau-
5) Forst.

Marion Bay, Investigator Strait (286).

DiLLENIACEZ— Hibbertia stricta, PR. Br.

STACKHOUSIACEZ—Stackhousia monogyna, Labzill.

Lecuminosz—Kennedya prostrata, #&. Br.; Pultenea
tenuifolia, AR. Br.

Composit#—Olearia ciliata, fF. v. W.; Senecio lautus,
Forst.

EPACRIDACEE—Leucopogon Richei, &. Br.

PRIMULACEZ—* Anagallis arvensis, L.

LoGaNniacE&—Logania ovata, PR. Br.
SoLaNacE&—Solanum simile, /. v. MZ.
ScROPHULARIACEZ—Euphrasia Brownu, F. v. M.
MyororacE#—Myoporum insulare, 2. Br.
PoLyGonacEZ—Muehlenbeckia adpressa, Mezssn.
THYMELHZACEZ—Pimelea glauca, 2. Br.
LitracE£— Dianella revoluta, Rk. Br.

Port Moorowie, Yorke Peninsula (288).

Immediately east of Gilbert Point.

Composit£—Athrixia tenella, Benth.; Leptorrhynchos
squamatus, Less.

GooDENIACEZ—Velleia paradoxa, f. Br.

MyoporacEz—Eremophila crassifolia, F. v. W. The re-
markable and prominent resinous glands on the branches are
not mentioned in the description of this plant in the “Flora
Australiensis.”” The specimens agree in other respects better
with Mueller’s plate in his ‘““Myoporinous plants,” but the
description, “Corolla not twice as long as the calyx” (B. FI.,
v., 11), does not agree either with the specimens or with
Mueller’s figure. Myoporum insulare, 2. Br.

- Cape Jervis (316).

This is a wind-swept cape. The soil is poor, and, to add
to the troubles of a cultivator, there are rabbits galore.
Many plants are viscid.

274

RaNUNCULACEZ—Clematis microphylla, DC.

DILLENIACE#—Hibbertia stricta, #. Br.

PiTTosPpoRACEZ—Bursaria spinosa, Cav. Near the coast
quite stunted, and clinging to the broken ground.

STERCULIACEZ—Thomasia petalocalyx, fF. v. M. Near
the sea are dense, eaten-down tussocks of 1 ft. high and seve-
ral feet diameter. Further back the shrubs are 2-3 ft., and
with their pink flowers and soft foliage form very beautiful
plants well worthy of a place in gardens.

RHAMNACEZ-—Spyridium sp.

Lecuminos#—Hardenbergia monophylla, Benth. Very
broad leaves. Kennedya prostrata, &. Br.

MyrtacE£—Melaleuca parviflora, Lindl. Fine spread-
ing tree 2 ft. diameter, 30 ft. high.

CucURBITACEZ—Cucumis myriocarpus, Vaud., or Melo-
thria Muelleri, Benth. Probably the former. The two speci-
mens are hardly distinguished in foliage, but the fruits
are totally different.

A1zoacE£—Mesembryanthemum ezquilaterale, Haw.

RusracE£—Galium umbrosum, Sol.

Composit#—Calocephalus Brownu, F. v. M.; * Car-
duus marianus, L. Abundant. * Centaurea melitensis, L.,
is abundant, as many other weed pests; Erechtites quad-
ridentata, DC.; Helichrysum apiculatum, DC. Dwarf.
Ixiolena supina, /. v. M.; Olearia sp. Dense masses (small-
leaved), 4 ft., not in flower.

GoopENIACEZ—Goodenia amplexans, /. v. M. Broad-
leaved, viscid, stem-clasping, bushy, and spreading, 1 ft.-
1 ft. 6 in. A very handsome plant for places where there
is but little dust. Goodenia geniculata, &. Br. A dwarf
plant, radical-leaved, and then runners. Scevola micro-
carpa, Cav.

CaMPANULACEZ—Wahlenbergia gracilis, DC.

PrimuLtacEz—* Anagallis arvensis, L.

GENTIANACEZ—Erythrea australis, R. Br.

SoLanacE£—* Lycium australe, Ff. v. M. 3-4 ft. Fleshy-
leaved.

ProTEacEz—Grevillea lavandulacea, Schl.; Hakea
Tosuraca, J. v. MM. Wakes, rugosa, A. Bru

THYMELZACEZ—Pimelea glauca, &. Br. Dwarf.

CaSUARINACE®—Casuarina distyla, Vent.; * Casuarina
stricta, Ait. One of the few large trees.

LitiaceE#£ — Arthropodium paniculatum, fF. Br.;
Xanthorrhea. Not in flower.

CyprracEz—Gahnia lanigera, Benth. Forming tussocks.
Lepidosperma gladiatum, Labill.; Lepidosperma laterale, Z.
Br. Forming tussocks.

275

GRAMINEZ—* Bromus madritensis, L.; Distichlis mari-
tima, Rafin; * Hordeum murinum, L.

ACACIAS
(in alphabetical order).

A. acinacea, Lindl., 2-3 ft. Kirton Point, Port Lincoln.

A. anceps, R. Br. A coarse round-headed shrub, strag-
gly, of 4-5 ft. high. Has large, sweet-scented flowers; seen
growing on the limestone only. Point Kirton, Cape Doning-
ton, and Port Elliston (R. 8S. Rogers).

A. armata, R. Br. Hog Bay (Kangaroo Island), and
various other places; very plentiful. Pods viscid, hairy.

A. brachybotrya, Benth. Murray Bridge.

A. calamifolia, Sweet. A tall bushy shrub in flower at
Kirton Point; also at Port Lincoln in flower and fruit. Mur-
ray Bridge in young bud. At Lake Wangary only 2-3 ft.
high. Marion Bay, Yorke Peninsula (R. S. Rogers).

A. dodonefolia, Willd. <A viscid, tall shrub or small
tree. Hog Bay (Kangaroo Island), Boston Island, Stamford
Hill, and Port Lincoln.

A. longifolia, Willd., Kirton Point. A tall, bushy
shrub.

A. montana, Benth. Murray Bridge, neither in flower
nor fruit.

A. myrtifolia, Willd. Aldgate.

A. notabilis, F. v. M. Fowler Bay (R. S. Rogers).

A. pycnantha, Benth. Hog Bay, 10-15 ft., glaucous,
and affected with galls. Cape Couedie, Murray Bridge,
Memory Cove.

A. retinodes, Schl. At Hog Bay (Kangaroo Island), and
glaucous. At Aldgate, a medium-sized tree, with sweet-
scented flowers, and flourishing in damp situations. The
width of the phyllodes varies a good deal.

A. retinodes, Schl., var. Gillii (new var. Syn. A.
pycnantha, Benth., var. (?) angustifolia, Benth., B. Fl., ii.,
365), Port Lincoln to Marble Range (W. Gill, December,
1897). A thin, straggling, wiry shrub of 6 ft. or more, with
divaricate angular branches and coriaceous phyllodia, spread-
ing often in a right angle or even reflexed. Young branches
very angular, flexuous, frequently in a regular zigzag line.
Flower-heads solitary on axillary, rather long peduncles, or
racemose by suppression of the leaves, and then in a zigzag
line as the branchlets, occasionally exceeding the leaves in
length. Flowers, pods, and seeds as in the typical A. ret#-
nodes.

276

This Acacia has been brought under my notice seve-
ral times during the last ten years by Mr. Walter Gill,
Conservator of Forests of South Australia. The late J. G.
Luehmann, following Bentham, always named it dA. pye-
nantha, Benth., var. angustifolia, Benth., but while not
agreeing with Bentham’s view I did not wish to pronounce
judgment until I had seen the plant growing naturally. This
opportunity presented itself to me on the January, 1907,
trip. Mr. Gill’s notes are, “No higher than 5-7 ft. Has a
decidedly drooping habit. Marble Range, December, 1897,”
“Two miles out on the western road from Port Lincoln. De-
cember, 1900.”’ In examining some plants in the Herbarium
of the University of Adelaide I found the plant described
as, ‘‘Wand-like stem, 3 and 4 to 6 ft. high, drooping at the
summit. Heath lands, Port Lincoln” (Professor R. Tate,
without date).

I found it to be a thin, straggly, wiry shrub of 6 it.
or so. Extends over a considerable area in the Port
Lincoln district—e.g., at Green Patch and the Marble Range
(January, 1907). I cannot see that it is sufhciently distinct
from A. retinodes, Schl., to warrant its description as a
new species, although its appearance is striking enough. The
most striking difference of the variety (lla consists, in my
opinion, in the flexuous branches and inflorescence. In
some specimens collected by me some of the branches and
nearly all the racemes are actually zigzag. The phyllodes
spread generally at a right angle from the branches, and
are frequently even reflexed. The pedicels on the raceme are
also frequently reflexed or spread at a right angle. In A.
retinodes the branches are straight, the petiole of the phyl-
lodes forms an acute angle with the branch, and the raceme
is straight, with more erect pedicels, rarely spreading in a
right angle. In A. retinodes the raceme is much shorter
than the leaves ; in the new variety the raceme is often longer
than the leaves, at least in the specimens from Port Lincoln,
(J. H. M., January, 1907), but the inflorescence seems to be
very variable in this new variety. In the Marble Range (W.
Gill) specimens the inflorescence is one-headed, the head on
rather long, spreading, or reflexed peduncles. This seems to
be the normal inflorescence, and the zigzag racemes in the
Port Lincoln specimens are merely the upper parts of leaf-
less branches. Of course, all racemes can be regarded as leaf-
less branches with axillary racemes, but the transition state
is very apparent in forms of the new variety, while the typi-
cal A. retinodes has true racemes. The new variety frequents
dry situations; the normal species is usually found in de-
pressed and moist situations. The name G7/lii will commem-

277

orate Mr. Walter Gill, F.L.S., and also Mr. Thomas Gill,
I.8.0., to whom I have already alluded.

A. rigens, A. Cunn. A very broad-podded form. Port
Augusta. Figured in Part xxx. of my “Forest Flora of New
South Wales.”

A. rupicola, F. v. M. A very ornamental floriferous
wattle of 2-3 ft. at Kirton Point and Port Lincoln to Coffin
Bay. Cape Donington (R. 8. Rogers).

A. salicina, Lindl. Murray Bridge.

A. salicina, Lindl., var. Waye, new var. A specially
compact umbrageous shrub of 3-6 ft. high, chiefly distin-
guished by its habit and by its moniliform pods, which are
not fleshy at maturity as in the normal species. The flowers
are also frequently less than 20 in the head. A beautiful
small variety for cultivation, with bright-yellow flowers borne
in great profusion. Port Lincoln; also found at various
places on road to Wangary. Near a well at Dutton Bay a
bushy shrub of 5-6 ft. Thistle Island. At Kingscote (Kan-
garoo Island), a shrub of 3-4 ft. Collected by Dr. R. 8.
Rogers at Port Elliston and Marion Bay.

In the University Herbarium, Adelaide, from Southern
Yorke Peninsula, Kellidie Bay, and Ardrossan (the last in
immature fruit only and therefore doubtful). All collected by
Professor Tate.

This beautiful. wattle is named in honour of Sir Samuel
Way, Chief Justice and Lieut.-Governor of South Australia,
Vice-Patron of the Australasian Association for the Advance-
ment of Science (Adelaide meeting). It is much admired in
the Botanic Gardens, Sydney.

A. spinescens, Benth. Murray Bridge.

A. tetragonophylla, F. v. M. Aldgate.

A. vernciflua, A. Cunn. Aldgate.

Additional Acacia Notes.

The following notes are based on specimens in the Ade-
laide University Herbarium : —

A. Cambagei, R. T. Baker.

Cootanoorinna Creek, 8.A., May 10, 1891; Arkaringa
Creek, S.A., May 15, 1891; Gidgea; No. 32, Warrina, May,
1891.

All by R. Helms, Elder Exploring Exp. and named by
Tate (following Mueller) 4. homalophylla, A. Cunn., are A.
Cambagei, R. T. Baker.

I have not seen specimens of 4. homalophylla, A. Cunn.,
from South Australia, and the species should be looked for
in that State.

278

A. Merralli, F. v. M.

Camp 66, September 30, 1891; W.A. Elder Exped. and
Acacia (Tietkens, or Fowler Bay), both labelled by Tate
Meissnert; should be A. Merrallu, F. v. M.

Probably Fowler Bay is correct, as there is a specimen
of A. Merralli from “near Charra, Fowler Bay, Mrs. A.
Richards,” labelled obliqua.

EUCALYPTUS
(in alphabetical order).

1. #. calycogona, Turez., var. gracilis, Maiden (£. gra-
cilis, F. v. M., partim. See figures and full details in Part
iii. of my “Critical Revision of the Genus Eucalyptus”). On
Boston Island, Port Lincoln, it attains the largest size I
noted on the trip; a tall, graceful Mallee, with smooth bark
and narrow leaves, of a height of 30 ft. and a diameter of
trunk up to 1 ft. It occurs also at Stamford Hill (not high
up), at Memory Cove, and at Murray Bridge, including a
form with apparently larger fruits. Timber brown. Fruits,
suckers, and very young buds only seen. Found also at Cape
Donington (Port Lincoln) and Fowler Bay (Dr. R. S.

Rogers).
2. H. capitellata, Sm. Mount Lofty Range. My speci-
mens come very near the type (Port Jackson). See my

“Critical Revision of the Genus Eucalyptus,’ Part vii., p.
218.

3. EF. cladocalyz, F. v.. M. (#. corynocalyz, F. vy. M.)-
For remarks on the synonymy of this species see Proc. Linn.
Soc., N.S.W., xxix., 768. I studied this species pretty care-
fully from Port Lincoln to Lake Wangary, where, however,
the most valuable trees do not grow (the type, however, comes
from the Marble Range, close by Lake Wangary). It is, in
this district, an inferior species, and the warning is not in-
appropriate that seed collected from localities such as this
will produce inferior trees. It is a White Gum, more or
less scaly-barked like the eastern hwmastoma. Rather strag-
gling and spreading, a good head of dark-coloured, rather
broadish, shiny foliage. Timber whitish, hence ‘White
Gum”; looked upon locally as inferior to Red (lewcorylon).
“White ants go through it,” I was informed locally. At 7-8
miles from Port Lincoln (old road); it often has the grey
bark of one of the New South Wales Grey Gums (punctata).
Timber pale, but slightly brown in the middle. Abundant
at 11 miles. It often sheds the greyish outer bark, and then
becomes smooth brown all over like the eastern Angophora
lanceolata. At 12-14 miles we have an association between

279

it and Xanthorrhea semiplana. The cladocalyx does not im-
press me here. It reminds me of Angophora lanceolata in
its goutiness and gnarledness. It has a thick, sappy bark
of a rich orange colour. I also collected the species at Port
Augusta.

4. H. eneorifolia, DC. The “Narrow-leaf” of Kangaroo
Island. At Hog Bay it has a white stem and is rather tall,
up to 40 ft. when allowed to grow singly, but is usually
cut down, or of much smaller growth. As a large tree the
bark is slightly ribbony, the trunk rough, or box-scaly. It
has very narrow suckers and forms a scrub of extraordinary
denseness, impenetrable. The timber is red, both of the
large trees and the small scrubby form. Collected also at
Kingscote. The superficial resemblance between the ripe
fruits, in dense clusters, and those of /. incrassata, var. con-
globata, is remarkable. The ripe buds, “egg in eggcup,” also
display a considerable resemblance to those of var. dumosa.
The narrowness of the leaves and the redness of the timber,
however, sharply separate L’. cneorifolia from any form of
mcrassata.

0. HL. cosmophylla, F. v. M. Mount Lofty Range. This
appears to be the only species of Eucalyptus endemic to South
Australia. The fruits vary much in size, those from 4 in.
bare to } in. full, being found on the same branch. It is
abundant, both shrubs and small trees; bark ribbony, form-
ing a straggly, twisted tree. I have known it to be called ‘“‘Blue
Gum.” It is, however, not generally known that 2. cosmo-
phylla may attain a considerable size. In 1904 Mr. Walter
Gill, Conservator of Forests, Adelaide, wrote to me that in
the Hundred of Kuitpo he had measured a tree 2 ft. 6 in.
in diameter! It had 14 ft. of a trunk before branching,
and it then carried a head reaching quite 50 ft. from the
ground.

6. H#. dwersifolia, Bonpl. (See Part vii., “Crit. Rev.
Eucal.””) It is the commonest Eucalypt between Port Lin-
coln and Lake Wangary, existing in the greatest profusion.
The leaves of the seedlings vary a good deal, some of them
being stem-clasping and quite broadish. On Thistle Island
it is, say, 15 ft. high, and with a stem diameter of 4 in.
It has grey, thin bark, which peels a little. The timber is
pale throughout, darkening a little towards the centre. The
sizes of the fruits vary. Dr. Rogers collected it at Cape
Couedie (Kangaroo Island). Tate,‘ following Bentham, re-
fers #. Baxteri, “established on Kangaroo Island samples,”
to this species. At p. 213, Part viii., of my “Critical Re-

(3) Trans. Roy. Soc. S.A. vi., 141 (1888).

280

vision ” I have referred it to #. capitellata, Sm., and to this.
opinion [I adhere until a view of better specimens than I
have seen in various herbaria shows this opinion to be an.
erroneous one.

7. E. fasciculosa, F. v. M., is at Aldgate a small tree.
“KH. largiflorens, a Gum, 40 ft. high. Trunk grey. Bark
corky, 4 in., but thickening to } in. in old trees. Western
Cove, Nepean Bay (Kangaroo Island), Professor Tate, 1881,”
is in fruit only, and is, I think, #. fasciculosa. I hope the
species will be looked for on the Island. A similar specimen
by Tate in the herbarium of the University of Adelaide from
“The Wells” (Kangaroo Island) is labelled by him “larg-
florens var. or (?) hemiphloi.” In the Adelaide University
Herbarium is a specimen in bud and flower labelled by Tate-
“EH. paniculata, Kankarilla, October 9, 1882,” also, ““Tea-
tree Gully, December, 1882,” and “Willunga Road, Febru-
ary, 1883.” This is really L. fascrculosa, F. v. M., a species:
suppressed by Mueller himself in favour of FL. paniculata,
Sm., which is a very different tree. HH. paniculata should.
be removed from the flora of South Australia and F. fascicu-
losa substituted therefor.

8. H. Gunnw, Hook, f. var. rubida, Maiden (£. rubida,.
Deane and Maiden). Large trees near water occur at Aldgate.

9. #. oncrassata, Labill. For figures of this variable spe-
cies see “Crit. Rev. Eucal.,” Part iv. Specimens collected
at Murray Bridge have the fruits slightly corrugated, and,
as regards size, intermediate between those of the type and
of var. angulosa. It does not seem worth while to desig-
nate it as a new variety.

(a) Var. dumosa, F. v. M. At Hog Bay (Kangaroo:
Island) this form was known as ‘Wakeri” (my spelling; I
do not know whether it is correct) Gum or Mallee. This:
form has mallee-like stems, and is 20 ft. high; bark hard or
ribbony to smooth, dirty grey; leafy, umbrella-like tops. It
is nearest to var. dwmosa, but the fruits are rather larger
and more conoid than those of the type. At Kingscote, on
the same island, var. /wmosa has clean stems, and is, say,
20-25 ft. high. It is abundant, and the principal firewood.
The timber is pale-coloured, neither red nor brown. At Mur-
ray Bridge it is a “Broad-leaved or White Mallee.” It has:
dirty grey stems, less red in the bark than F. uncinata; tim-
ber pale. At Memory Cove it is the principal Eucalypt
near the beach. It is not rare at Port Lincoln (Kirton
Point), but appears to be uncommon on the Lake Wangary
Road. At, say, 2} miles from Port Lincoln (old road) the-
buds of var. dumosa display considerable similarity to those:
of var. conglobata.

281

(6) Var. conglobata. Port Lincoln is the home of this
variety, and I hitherto understood it to be always a shrubby
form, but it attains the dignity of a medium-sized tree. At
Boston Island the largest tree I saw is 2 ft. diameter for a
stem of 6 ft.; a spreading, straggly tree. It attains a
height of 30-35 ft. with smooth or ribbony stems, many of
‘which are 9 in. to 1 ft. in diameter. Mr. Dabovich, of Port
Lincoln, says there are some on the island 50 ft. high. I
saw some trees of this height on the island, but not close
enough to distinguish the species. At Kirton Point it is a
strong, coarse-growing, tall shrub near the sea, but larger
away from it. It occurs halfway down Stamford Hill. On
the western road from Port Lincoln it seems to first appear
at 24 miles (old road). Timber pale throughout (small sap-
lings).

Me Var. angulosa. This variety was the scarcest on my
trip. It occurs at Kirton Point; it is common around the
Flinders Monument (Stamford Hill). It was noticed at 18
miles from Port Lincoln, along the western road, with un-
usually elongated cylindrical fruits.

10. Z. leucorylon, F. v. M., is a common tree in South
Australia. I collected it at Mount Barker and Aldgate. At
‘Cape Jervis it is a gnarled, spreading tree, say of 20 ft.,
with a smooth stem. In the Port Lincoln district it bears
the name of “Red Gum,” and it attains a large size. On
the western road it is not very abundant. At 11-12 mules
it is common, and on the edges of the Swamp, ‘‘Sinclair’s
‘Washpool” (19 miles), are fine trees. The red-flowering form
appears to be rare. It occurs at 11 miles from Port Lin-
coln.

11. £. obliqua, L’Her. (See “Crit. Rev. Eucal.,” Part
u.) The fruit varies, sometimes approaching ovoid, some-
times nearly hemispherical. There is a good deal of varia-
tion in the texture of the bark.

The types of £. falcifolia, Mig. (see “Crit. Rev. Eucal.,”
li., 61): H. fabrorum, Schl. (op. cit., p. 60), come from
the Mount Lofty Range.

12. #. odorata, Behr. This is a very abundant species
and very variable. It has now a rather complicated syn-
onymy.‘?) Following are some field notes on the forms seen
by me on the trip. It usually goes by the name of “Pep.
permint.” The height to which the scaly or subfibrous bark
occurs up the trunk varies a good deal; the timber is brown.
Sometimes it is a fairly large tree; often it is only a tall
shrub. It may, for the purposes of these notes, be divided

Se eee

(4) See my paper in these Trans. xxvii., 240 (1903), in part.

282

into certain forms, which, however, run into each other :—

Form 1. Leaves thicker, and usually narrower; often
more or less glaucous. Oil dots not prominent. Fruits nearly
sessile, reminding one of those of wcrassata, var. dwmosa, and
with little or no rim, except when unripe. This form, the
type, is nearest to that named #. cajuputea,©) F. v. M. This
form includes /#. odorata, Behr., var. erythrandra, F. v. M.©
This is so named because of its dark-coloured (red) filaments
which do: not show this colour (or very rarely) when fresh,
but which darken with age. I got Yorm I mostly on the
Port Lincoln-Wangary Road. At 7-8 miles it is in mallee
form. At 13 miles we have a “Peppermint Mallee” or
“Black Mallee.” I only got green buds and unripe fruits and
suckers. Smooth bark, or a little ribbony, a very little scaly
near ground. Wood pale-brown like normal odorata. At 13-
14 miles I collected a very broad-leaved form, which at the
time reminded me of #. incrassata, var. dwmosa. At the
same time it has not the fruit-rim of typical #. odorata, ex-
cept perhaps when young. At 14-15 miles are small trees,
almost mallee-like. Smooth, ribbony towards butt, with a
little scaly bark. Timber brownish towards centre. FH. caju-
putea, F. v. M., appears to be that form of /. odorata near-
est to #. polybractea, R. T. Baker (£. fruticelorum, F. v.
M.). The oils of #. odorata and EF. polybractea are identical
in cemposition. See “Research on the Eucalypts” (Baker and
Smith).

Form 2 (E£. calcicultriz, F. v. M.). Leaves sap green,
thinnish, and oil dots rather prominent. Fruits pedicellate
and with marked rims. The juvenile leaves sometimes glau-
cous! Murray Bridge specimens have leaves with crenulate
margins and prominent oil dots; brown, not red, timber.
Some of the fruits are pear-shaped (? showing hybridization).
This is the ordinary odorata of Murray Bridge, and some are
large trees; Mr. Cambage and I did not find any tree be-
longing to the odorata group with a red timber. At Cape
Jervis at first forms dense, stunted masses of 1-3 ft. Almost
mallee-like, suckers narrowish. Oil dots of leaves prominent ;
variation in width of juvenile leaves remarkable. A little
further from the sea it is a small tree of, say, 20-25 ft.,
forming a belt. It is nearest of all the Mallees to the shore.
It is the commonest tree Eucalypt about Port Lincoln. It
seems to prefer limestone. It is sometimes a small, strag-
gling tree with black, rough bark. It is also a medium-
sized tree of drooping habit. The oil dots are not so promi-
nent as in the Murray Bridge specimens.

(5) These Trans. XXxvii., 249, :
(6) Ib., 248.

283

Form 3. This is a form with purple flowers, for which
I propose the name var. purpurascens, var. nov. Its partial
synonymy is #. Behriana, F. v. M., var. purpurascens, F. v.
M.; HF. purpurascens, F. v. M.; EF. hemiphlow, F. v. M.,
var. purpurascens; EH. Lansdowneana, Mueller and J. E.
Brown.‘8) The forms under the above names have puzzled
a good many people, because there is absolute transition be-
tween white- and pink- (sometimes deep pink) coloured flow-
ers. Following are field notes, and of some value for that
reason.

“Red Mallee” seems to be commonest in the Port Lin-
coln district; it is pink-flowering and very pretty. It is
usually a straggling, small tree of 10 ft. and more, with a
stem of 3 or 4 in. It is certainly not a variety of 2. hemi-
phloia, as has been supposed, from herbarium material.
“Pink Mallee’—for so it is also called—is at Kirton Point
much lke #. incrassata, var. dumosa; it has a small oper-
culum, but this is never grooved, and it is more pointed and
less rounded than that of var. dumosa. Pink Mallee is usu-
ally more compact in habit than the latter. The pale-pink
mallee occasionally attains the height of a tree, ¢.g., at Kir-
ton Point, where it is 1 ft. in diameter, and at other places
as much and more. It is common for a few miles along the
western road from Port Lincoln.

I cannot see any morphological difference between
the Pink Mallee and the tree known as _ Pepper-
mint (odorata). The Peppermint, the Pink Mallee,
and the “White” Pink Mallee (that is to say, Mallee that
cannot be distinguished from pink except by its white fila-
ments) are all in flower at the same stage. At 24 miles on
the old road I cut some timber of pink-flowering mallee. It
is brown inside. I also cut a piece of white-flowering mallee.
I could detect no difference in the two timbers. If we turn
to B. Fl., ii1., 214, we have the description of #. hemiphloia,
var. purpurascens, from “Lake Wangaroo (Wilhelmi).” The
modern spelling of this is Wangary, and most of my speci-
mens were collected and my observations made along the Port
Lincoln-Lake Wangary Road.

Then we have #. Lansdowneana, F. v. M. and J. E.
Brown, figured and described as the ‘Red-flowering
Mallee.” It was collected by Mr. Thomas _ Lans-
downe Browne on his “Pandura Run” in the Gawler
Ranges. “In the district where found the species is locally

(7) These Trans. xxvi., 12 (1902).

(8) Brown’s ‘‘Forest Flora of South Australia,’ part ix.,
t. 31 (1890).

284

referred to as the ‘Red-flowering Mallee,’ but Mr. Browne
explains that it is not a mallee proper, as it rises with one
stem only, like any ordinary tree.” . . “Imperfect
specimens of this species were collected in 1847 near Encoun-
ter Bay by C. Stuart, others in 1851 near Port Lincoln by
C. Wilhelm.” Luehmann says, “HL. Lansdowneana. I have
seen neither a specimen nor description, and Tate, who has
seen the plant, says it is not a tenable species’ (Proc.
A.A.A.S., Sydney, 1898, p. 535). There is a fragment in
the herbarium of the University of Adelaide. The plant,
like the rest of the “Pink” or “Red Mallee” of Port Lin-
coln, is referable to #. odorata, of which it is a_ variety,
though not a strong one. The name var. purpurascens may
be proposed for it, but it must be borne in mind that the
pink or purple colouration of the filaments is not constant.
The type specimen of 2. Lansdowneana from the Gawler
Range is of a deeper purple than I have seen it anywhere
else.

Sometimes 1. odorata is coarse and broad-leaved ; this
form is a good deal like 7. Behriana, but the timber is
brown, not red, as in F. Behriana. This form is common
near the seacoast. Then at Hog Bay (Kangaroo Island) we
have a “Peppermint” which is referable to H#. odorata,
though not typical. It is a small tree, and the timber is
esteemed for fencing. It has a black-looking bark like odor-
ata, very scaly, ribbony, rough branches; timber pale-
brown ; oil dots of leaves prominent.

We now turn to a very small-fruited form of #.
odorata, at 10-11 miles (Port Lincoln to Lake Wan-
gary), and also vicinity of Tumby Bay. It is a
small-fruited, narrow-leaved Mallee, with pale-brown tim-
ber and a ribbony, rough butt. Only green fruits and very
young buds were collected, but the smallness of the fruits
is an additional instance of the variability of the species. I
have dealt with FZ. odorata at some length, because South
Australia is the principal home of the species, and it is so
puzzling that I made special arrangements to study it.

13. H. oleosa, F. v. M., was collected at Murray Bridge,
Cape Jervis, and Port Lincoln. At Murray Bridge it was
in full flower; flowers large, white to yellow, young tips of
branches red, often the bark red, hence the name “Red
Mallee.” Glaucous buds, pointed operculum, broad, glau-
cous suckers. At Cape Jervis it was a small tree of 15 ft.
It is far less abundant than #. wncinata in the district; it
it apparently rarely gregarious. Operculum blunt, buds
almost ovoid. At Kirton Point it was in full flower, and a

285

beautiful object, with its large flowers and numerous yellow
stamens. Operculum medium, and the fruits varying in
shape.

14. E. rostrata, Schl. This is a common tree in
South Australia, so that brief notes will suffice. At 7-8 miles,
junction of old and new roads, Port Lincoln to Lake Wan-
gary, it is a smooth-barked, straggly tree, larger than the
local #. cladocalyx. Scaly, black-barked at bottom of butt.
At 16 miles the trees are larger, forming an avenue on both
sides of the road. It is the prevalent gum on the branch
road from Wangary to Dutton Bay.

15. £. uncinata, Turez. At Murray Bridge, a graceful-
looking, narrow-leaved, “‘broom-top” mallee. Timber pale
red or pink, when fresh. Suckers glaucous and broad in
comparison with their width. -At Cape Jervis it is very
abundant, and, say, 10 ft. high. It occurs sparingly from
Port Lincoln to Coffin Bay. At 15-16 miles it is a small
Mallee, very ribbony; timber red and tough. Opercula red.

16. #. viminalis, Labill. Collected at Aldgate, Mount
Lofty Range.

Appendix.

A. E£. amygdalina, Labill. A specimen in the herbarium
of the University of Adelaide labelled by Tate “#. amygda-
dina, Nangwary Forest Reserve and Tarpeena, J. E. Brown
and R. Tate, November 22, 1882,” is in bud and flower, and
is doubtfully that species. It requires further investigation
if on that specimen depends the inclusion of the species into
the flora of South Australia.

B. #. Stuartiana, F. v. M. A specimen in bud only (in
threes) from “Bigg Flat, December 9, 1883,’ is in the herb-
arium of the University of Adelaide. It was labelled £Z.
Stuartiana by Tate. It is most probably £. Gunniz, Hook, f.
var. rubida, Maiden (#. rubida, Deane and Maiden). I do
not know on what authority Tate includes #. Stuartiana in
the flora of South Australia. I do not say that it does not
occur in that Province, but its occurrence should be proved.

C. £. gonocalyr, F. vy. M. A specimen in the herbar-
ium of the University of Adelaide, labelled by Tate ‘‘F. gonio-
calyx, Teatree Gully,” is 2. Cambagei, Deane and Maiden.
I have never seen a specimen of the true goniocalyr from
South Australia, and recommend its removal from the flora
of that Province and substitution of 2. Cambagei.

D. £. macrorrhyncha, F. v. M. A specimen in the
herbarium of the University of Adelaide, labelled by Tate

286

“H. macrorrhyncha, F. v. M., (1?) Aldgate, R. Tate, Janu-
ary 9, 1883,” is H#. obliqua, L’Hér.° If #. macrorrhyncha
has been admitted to the flora of South Australia on the
authority of that specimen, it should be removed.

Summary (Eucalyptus).

1. #. fasciculosa, F. v. M., should be added to the flora of
South Australia, vice #. paniculata, Sm.

2. H. odorata, Behr., var. purpurascens, Maiden, is a new
variety.

3,4, 5. EH. amygdalina, Labill., F. macrorrhyncha, F. v. M.,
and F#. Stuartiana, F. v. M., are doubtful members of
the flora of South Australia.

6. H. Cambagei, Deane and Maiden, should be added to the
flora of South Australia, vice #. goniocalyz, F. v. M.

bo
00
—~]

DESCRIPTION OF A HITHERTO UNDESCRIBED SPECIES
OF SHARK FROM INVESTIGATOR STRAIT.

By A. Zietz, F.L.S., C.M.Z.S., etc.
[Read September 8, 1908. ]

Scyllium vincenti, sp. nov.

This species belongs to the group which has the nasal
valves not confluent and without cirrus. The interspace be-
tween the nasal valves is about as wide as the flaps, which
are turned up at their posterior margin. A short labial
fold round the angle of the mouth, each about one-fifth of
the length of the jaw. Teeth small, with a long median cusp
and a small cusp on each side. Gill openings narrow, the
first the largest, the following smaller, the last one only half
the length of the first; the last two are situated above the
base of the pectorals. The first dorsal has its origin behind
the middle of the total length. Both dorsals are of about
equal length. The origin of the anal is a little behind the
first dorsal and terminates about the middle of the second
dorsal. The lower caudal lobe originates about opposite the
termination of the second dorsal. The base of the ventrals
at their posterior margin is opposite the origin of the first
dorsal. The ventrals terminate in a point. The caudal has
a notch at three-quarters of its length and terminates in a
rounded flap. The skin is very finely chagreened and
glossy ; the dermal denticles are three cuspid and very finely
grooved. The colour is a reddish-brown above and on the
sides, with indistinct darker crossbars, which are widest on
the back. The head is uniformly dark-brown above. The
rest of the trunk carries scattered, small, and indistinct whit-
ish spots. The fins are darkest in the centre, but their mar-
gin is whitish. Under side, dirty white. The largest speci-.
men is about 18 in. long. The first specimen I obtained from
a fisherman, who caught it near the northern shore of Kan-
garoo Island while fishing for schnapper.

288

A SYNOPSIS OF THE FISHES OF SOUTH AUSTRALIA.
PART lI.

By A. “Aintz, Wop CO M.Z.5., sere.
[Read September 8, 1908.]

INTRODUCTION.

The first part of this deals with the Plagiostomi, in re-
lation to which I have adopted Professor T. W. Bridge’s
classification. In the Teleostei I have followed the classifi-
cation given by Mr. G. A. Boulenger.“) Considerable diffi-
culties have been experienced in identifying some species,
owing to the absence of important literature on the subject,
and also from the fact that none of the specimens identi-
fied and described by the late Count de Castelnau were avail-
able for comparison.

The only list of South Australian fishes hitherto pub-
lished» was the one by the late Count de Castelnau in the
Annual Report of the Acclimatization Society of Victoria for
the year 1872, in which twenty-seven species are enumerated.
This list was based upon the material collected chiefly in Gulf
St. Vincent by the first Curator of the South Australian
Museum, Mr. G. Waterhouse. About half a dozen species
were subsequently described by Messrs. Ramsay and Ogilby,
and also by Mr. de Vis, in the Proc. Linnean Society, New
South Wales.

I wish to express my thanks to those who have kindly
supplied me with specimens, and particularly to Dr. J. C.
Verco, F.R.C.8., etc., who kindly invited me to join him
on his dredging trips, which afforded an unusual opportu-
nity for obtaining fresh material. A number of species new
to me and also new to science were thereby obtained.

It is intended to publish this synopsis in parts.

Class, LEPTOCARDII (Lancelets).
Family, BRANCHIOSTOMATID A.
Genus, AsymMeTRon, Andrews (1893).

A single specimen of a Lancelet was dredged in about
100 fathoms of water about 40 miles east of Cape Spencer.
It was placed in a glass tube with seawater, but owing to
an accident with the machinery of the small steamer, and
the approach of rough weather, it had to be packed away,

(1) See the Cambridge Natural History, ete., vol. vii, 1904.

289

and was lost sight of for several days. When examining it
later it was found to be decomposed. For this reason the
species could not be identified.

Class, CYCLOSTOMATA.
Order, PETROMYZONTES.
Family, PETROMYZONTID:.
Genus, Grorria, Gray (1851).
1. Geotria australis, Gray.
Proc. Zool. Soc., Lond., 1851, p. 238, pl. iv., figs. 3 and 4.
(Wide-mouthed Lamprey.)
Genus, Morpacia, Gray (1851).
2. Mordacia mordax, Rich.

(Male; female unknown.)

Voy. Ereb. and Terr., 1846, p. 62, pl. xxxviii., figs. 3-6.
(Short-headed Lamprey.)

Genus, CaracoLa, Gray.
3. Caragola, sp.

Class, PISCES (Fishes).
Order, PLAGIOSTOMI (Sharks and Rays).
Sub-order, SELACHII.
Family, NOTIDANIDA.
Genus, Notoruyncuus, Ayres (1856).
4. Notorhynchus indicus, Agass.
Poiss. Foss. Feuilleton, 1835, p. 71. (Seven-gilled Shark.)

‘Family, HETERODONTID.
Genus, Hrteropontus, Blainv. (1816).
5. Heterodontus philippi, 51.
Schn. Syst. Ichth., 1810, p. 184. McCoy, Prod. Z. Vict. dec.,
xii., p. 118. (Port Jackson Shark.)
Family, SCYLLIDA.
Genus, ScyLuium, Cuv. Régne, An.
6. Scyllium vincenti, Zietz.
Trans. Roy. Soc., S.A., 1908, vol. xxxi., p. 287.

Genus, ParascyLiium, Gill (1861).

7. Parascyllium nuchale, McCoy.
Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist., 1874, xiii., p. 15, pl. 11.
A single specimen, 12 in. long, washed up at Brighton
Beach, Gulf St. Vincent.

J

290

Family, HEMISCILLIIDA.
Genus, ORECTOLOBUS, Bonap. (1836).
8. Orectolobus barbatus, Gmel.
Syst. Nat., ed. xiii., 1789, p. 1498. McCoy, Prod. Z. Vict.,
dec. v., pl. xlii., fig. 1. (Carpet Shark.)
Family, CARCHARIID A.
Genus, Muste.tus, Link. (1790).
9. Mustelus antarcticus, Gunth.
Cat. Fish., viii., 1870, p. 387. McCoy, Prod. Z. Vict., dec.
ix., pl. Ixxxvii., fig. i. (Sweet William.)
Genus, GaLEocerRDO, Mill. and Henle (1837).

10. Galeocerdo rayneri, McDon. and Bar.

Proc. Z.S., 1868, p. 368, pl. xxxii. (Tiger Shark.)

This fish is enumerated in this list upon the evidence
of a number of jaws from specimens caught by local fisher-
men, and which I referred to this species. The fish figured
by Macleay in the Proc. L.S., New South Wales, seems to
differ from the one figured by Day in his “Fishes of India.”
I have never seen this fish in a fresh state.

Genus, Carcuarias, Rafin (1810).
11. Carcharias gangeticus, Mill. and Henle.
Plagiost., 1838, p. 39, pl. xii. (Sea Shark.)
Genus, Prionacr, Cantor (1850).

12. Prionace glauca, Linn.

Syst. Nat., ed. x., 1758, p. 235. Mill. and Henle, Plagio-
stoma, pl. x1. (Blue Shark.)

Genus, Triacis, Mill. and Henle.
13. Triacis scyllium, Mill. and Henle., p. 63, pl. xxvi..

A single specimen, over 3 ft. long, was caught by the
late Dr. Wylde off the Semaphore Jetty, Gulf St. Vincent.
The type specimen came from Japan.

Genus, GALEUS, Cuv.

14. Galeus australis, Macleay,
Proc. L.S., New South Wales, vi., 1881, p. 354. McCoy,
Prod. Z. Vict., dec. vii., pl. Ixiv., fig. i1. (School Shark.)
Family, SPHYRNIDA.
Genus, Spuyrna, Rafin (1810).

15. Sphyrna malleus, Shaw.

Nat. Misc., McCoy, Prod. Z. Vict., dec. vi., pl. lvi., fig. 1.
(Hammer-headed Shark.)

291

Family, ALOPIIDZ.
Genus, Atopias, Rafin (1810).

16. Alopias vulpes, Gmel.

Syst. Nat., ed. xiii., 1789, p. 1496. McCoy, Prod. Z. Vict.,
dec. ix., pl. Ixxxvili. (Thresher Shark.)

I have seen this fish repeatedly leaping high out of the
water in front of the steamboat in which we were travel-
ling near Beachport, 8.E., on one of Dr. Verco’s dredging
trips.

Family, LAMNIDA.
Genus, OponTasPis, Rafin (1810).

17. Odontaspis taurus, Rafin.

Carat. Alc. Nuovi Gen., 1810, p. 10. McCoy, Prod. Z. Vict.,
dec. vii., pl. Ixiv., fig. i. (Grey Nurse.)

Genus, MitrsuKkurina, Jordan.

18. Mitsukurina owstoni, Jordan.
Proc. California Acad. Sci. (3), Zool., vol. i., No. 6, 1898.
One specimen of this rare and highly interesting Japan-
ese deep-sea shark, about 4 ft. long, was netted near the
mouth of the River Murray. Mr. A. 8. Woodward, the
able Curator of the Paleonthological Department of the
British Museum, wrote a most interesting account of its close
relationship with the extinct Scapanorhynchus, and that
among the recent species it appears to be nearest allied to
Odontaspis.
Genus, Isuropsis, Gill (1861).
19. Isuropsis glauca, Mill. and Henle.
Plagiost., 1838, p. 69, pl. xxix. (Blue Pointer.)

Genus, CarcHaropon, Smith (1837).

20. Carcharodon carcharias, Linn.

myst. Nat., edo =. 1758, p. 2385. McOsy Prod. Z.. Viet ,
dec. viii., pl. lxxiv. (White Pointer.)

Family, CETORHINIDA.
Genus, CEToRHINUS, Blainv. (1816).

21. Cetorhinus maximus, Gunner.
Trondh. Selskab, ii1., 1765, p. 38. McCoy, Prod. Z. Vict.,
dec. xi., pl. civ. (Basking Shark.)
Only two young specimens, about 8-10 ft. long, were
lai near our coast. Attains to a length of more than 30
32

299

Family, SPINACID.
Genus, AcANTHIAS, Risso (1826).

22. Acanthias vulgaris, Risso.

Eur. Mérid., iii., p. 1381. Mill. and Henle, p. 83. (Picked
Dog Shark.)

Family, PRISTIOPHORID.
Genus, PristiopHorus, Mill. and Henle (1837).

23. Pristiophorus cirratus, Lath.

T.L.8., 1i., 1794, p28) plshaxvi; xxvii figs me (Saw
Shark.)

Family, RHINIDA.
Genus, SquatTina, Dum. (1806).

24. Squatina squatina, Linn.

Syst. Nat., ed. x., 1758, p. 233. McCoy, Prod. Z. Vict., dec.
iv., pl.-xxxiv. (Angel Shark.)

Family, RHINOBATID.
Genus, Rurnospatus, Bl. Schn. (1801).

25. Rhinobatus banksii, Mill. and Henle.
Plagiost., 1838, p. 123. (Shovel-nosed Ray.)

Genus, TrrGonorruINA, Miill. and Henle (1838).

26. Trigonorrhina fasciata, Mill. and Henle.
Plagiost., 1838, p. 124, pl. xlili. (Fiddler.)

Family, RAITD.
Genus, Raga, Linn. (1758).
27. Raja lamprieri, Rich.
Ereb. and Terror, Pisces, p. 34, pl. xxiii. (Thorn-back Ray.)

Family, TORPEDINID.
Genus, Hypnos, Dum. (1852).

28. Hypnos subnigrum, Dum.

Rev. Mag. Zool. (2), iv., 1852, p. 279, pl. xii. (Numb Fish
or Electric Ray.)

Family, TRYGONID.
Genus, Trycon, Mill. and Henle (1838).

29. Trygon testacea, Miil]. and Henle.
Plagiost., 1838, p. 174, pl. lvii. (Common Sting Ray.)

293

Genus, DasyaTis, Rafin (1810).

30. Dasyatis pastinaca, Linn.

Syst. Nat., ed. xii., 1766, p. 396. Bloch. Ichth., iii., pl.
Ixxxii. (Smooth Sting Ray.)

Family, MYLIOBATIDA.
Genus, Myxiopatis, Dum. (1817).
31. Myliobatis australis, Macleay.

Proc. L.S., New South Wales, vi., 1881. p. 380. McCoy,
Prod. Z. Vict., dec. vii., pl. Ixiii. (Eagle Ray.

Order, HOLOCEPHALI (Ghost Sharks).
Family, CHIM ARID.
Genus, CALLORHYNCHUS, Gronovius.

32. Callorhynchus antarcticus, Lacép.

Hist. Poissons, i., p. 400, 1798. McCoy, Prod. Z. Vict., dec.
ii., pl. exii. (Elephant Shark.)

The number of Sharks and Rays inhabiting our coast
must be much larger; but owing to the fishermen cutting
them up for bait or otherwise destroying them when caught,
they are but rarely available for scientific purposes.

294

A SYNOPSIS OF THE FISHES OF SOUTH AUSTRALIA.
PART II.

By A. Zirrz, F.L.S., C.M.Z.8., ete.
[Read October 6, 1908.]

Order, TELEOSTEI (True Fishes).
Sub-order, MALACOPTELRYGII.
Family, CLUPEID.
Sub-family, ENGRAULIN &.
Genus, ENGRAULIS, Cuv. (1817).

33. Engraulis antipodum, Ginth.

Cat. Fish., vii., 1868, p. 386. (Anchovy.)

The only time that I observed this fish was at Port
Willunga, when great numbers leapt out of the water upon
the sand.

Distribution—New South Wales, South Australia, Vic-
toria, Tasmania, New Zealand.

Genus, Errumeus, Bleek. (1853).

34. Etrumeus jacksoniensis, Macleay.
Proc. L.8., New South Wales, iii., 1878, p. 36, pl. iv., fig. 1.
Gulf St. Vincent. I once noticed several specimens in
a fishshop in Adelaide. Only four specimens are on record
—three in the Australian Museum, Sydney, and one in the
South Australian Museum.

Sub-family, CLUPEIN.
Genus, CLupEA, Cuv.
35. Clupea sagax, Jen.
(Australian Pilchard or Sardine.)
Gulf St. Vincent and Spencer Gulf.
Distribution—New South Wales, South Australia, Vic-
toria, Tasmania, New Zealand.

Genus, Dorosoma, Rafin (1820).

36. Dorosoma Erebi, Giinth.
Cat. Fish., vii., 1868, p. 407. Rich. Voy. Ereb. and Terr.,
pl. xxxviii., figs. 7-10.
Lake Alexandrina, South Australia (Bony Bream).
Distribution—New South Wales, South Australia, Vie-
toria.

295

Genus, SPRATELLOIDES, Bleeker.
37. Spratelloides delicatulus (?), Beun.
Proc. Linn. Soc., New South Wales, vol. iv., p. 308.
Gulf St. Vincent. This species is recorded by Macleay
from Darnley Island, but Day records a second species, S.
malabaricus, Chevert Exped., from the west coast of India.

38. Dorosoma horni, Zietz.

Report on the work of the Horn Scientific Expedition to Cen-
tral Australia.

River Finke, Central Australia. (Type in South Austra-
lian Museum. )

Genus, Diptomystvus, Cope.
Bull. U.S. Geol. Surv., Ferrit., vol. i1., p. 808.
39. Diplomystus vittatus, Zietz. M.S.

A single specimen belonging to this most interesting
genus, which a few years ago embraced only fossil forms, I
found washed up at Encounter Bay, March, 1886. This
adds one more to the two species discovered by Mr. D. Ogilby
on the coast of New South Wales.

Family, SALMONID 44.
Genus, Retropinna, Gill. (1862).
40. Retropinna retropinna, Rich.
Voy. Ereb. and Terr., 1848, p. 121, pl. lii., figs. 1-3. (Smelt.)
Lake Alexandrina, South Australia.

Distribution—New South Wales, South Australia, Vic-
toria, Tasmania, New Zealand.

Family, GONORHYNCHID.
Genus, GonorHyNcHUS, Cuv. (1817).

41. Gonorhynchus gonorhynchus, Linn.
Syst. Nat., ed. xu., 1/766,.p.. 5238. Rich. Voy. Ereb. and
Terr. pl. xxix., figs. 1-6. )(Sand Fish.)
South Australian coast; also known from New Zealand,
the Cape of Good Hope, and Japan.

Family, SILURIDA.
Sub-family, CLARIIDA.
Genus, CnipoGLanis, Giinth. (1864).
42. Cnidoglanis megastomus, Rich.

Voy. Ereb. and Terr., 1845, p. 31, pl. xxi., figs. 1-8. (Hstu-
ary Cat Fish.)

Gulf St. Vincent ; also Port Darwin, Northern Territory.
Distribution—North coast of Australia, New South
Wales, South Australia, Victoria, Tasmania.

296

Genus, CopipoGLanis, Giinth. (1864).
43. Copidoglanis tandanus, Mitch.
Exp. Int. Aust., i., 1838, p. 95, pl. v., fig. 1. (Fresh-water
Cat Fish.)
River Murray, South Australia.
Distribution—New South Wales, South Australia, Vic-
toria, Western Australia.

Genus, NEOPLOTOSUS, Cast.
44. Neoplotosus waterhousei, Cast.
Research. Fish. of Australia, p. 45.
Gulf St. Vincent, South Australia (Castelnau).
I have not yet succeeded in finding a fish which corre-
sponds with Castelnau’s description.

Genus, OSTOPHYCEPHALUS, Ogilby.
45. Ostophycephalus duriceps, Ogilby.
Proc. L.S., New South Wales, vol. xxiv., pp. 154-186,
Gulf St. Vincent, South Australia, washed up (A.
Zietz) ; (type) bad state.

Genus, NrEosiLurus, Steindachner.
46. Neosilurus argenteus, Zietz.

Report on the work of the Horn Scientific Exped. to Cen-
tral Australia (Fishes). Appendix, pl. xvi., fig. vil.

In the original description I have placed this fish under
Piotosus, which have eight barbels. The absence of the sec-
ond dorsal fin would necessitate its removal to the genus
Neosilurus, with only six barbels. The Central Australian
form has eight barbels. For this reason I would suggest to
unite this species with Veositlurus, and to divide this genus
into two groups: —

(a) Species with six barbels—eosilurus hyrtlu, Steind.,

and WV. australis, Cast.

(6, Species with eight barbels—V. argenteus, Zietz.

This would avoid the creation of a new genus for
the Finke River and Cooper Creek fish.

Sub-order, SYMBRANCZHII.
Family, SYMBRANCHIDA, Mill.
Abhandl. Ak. Wiss., Berlin, 1846, p. 193.
Genus, SymBrRANcHUS, Bloch.
47. Symbranchus bengalensis, Bleek.

Spencer Gulf, dredged (Dr. J. C. Verco).
Distribution—Bengal, East Indian Archipelago, Dam-
pier Archipelago, South Australian coast.

297

Genus, CHILOBRANCHUS, Rich. (1845).

48. Chilobranchus rufus, Macl.
Proc. L.S., New South Wales, vi., 1881, p. 266.
Gulf St. Vincent (Red-banded Shore-eel).
Distribution—New South Wales, South Australia, Vic-

toria, Tasmania.
Sub-order, APODES.
Family, ANGUILLID.
Genus, ANGUILLA, Shaw (1804).
49. Anguilla australis, Rich.

Proc. Zool. Soc., 1841, p. 22, and Voy. Ereb. and Terr., pl.
xiv., fig. i. (The Common Eel.)

Mount Gambier district, fresh water.

Genus, ConcER, Cuv.
50. Conger wilsoni (?), Cast.

(The Conger Eel.) South Australian coast.

This species has also been recorded from Victoria and
Tasmania, but I am in doubt if the identification of our fish
is correct.

Genus, Mura@nicutuys, Bleek. (1853).
51. Murzenichthys breviceps, Ginth.

Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist., 1876, vol. xvii., p. 401.

Gulf St. Vincent and Spencer Gulf, Fowler Bay.

Distribution-—-South Australia, Tasmania.

Sub-order, HAPLOMI.
Family, GALAXITID A.
Genus, GaLaxtas, Cuv. (1817).
52. Galaxias attenuatus, Jen.

South Australia. In all the rivers and creeks entering
the sea. Also recorded from Victoria, Tasmania, New Zea-
land, Falkland Islands, Terra del Fuego, Magellan, and
Peru (?).

53. Galaxias olidus, Ginth.

Creeks in the Mount Lofty Ranges; only known from

South Australia. (Butter Fish.)

54. Galaxias coxii, Macl.(?)

Morialta Falls (Glen Stuart), Mount Lofty Ranges. It
is with some doubt that I include this fish in my list; it
seems to agree with the description and figure; it is found
in New South Wales and Victoria, but has not been pre-
viously recorded from this State. (Mountain Trout.)

298

Family, MycropHips.
Genus, AuLopus, Cuv. (1817).

55. Aulopus purpurissatus, Rich.

Icon. Pisc., 1848, p. vi., pl. ii., fig. i11. McCoy, Prod. Zool.
Vict., dec. vi., pls. liv. and lv. (Sergeant Baker.)

South Australian and Victorian coasts, New South
Wales, and Western Australia.

Family, SYNGNATHID.
Genus, SynenatTuus, Linn. (1758).

56. Syngnathus curtirostris, Cast.

Proc. Zool. Soc. Vict., vol. u., p. 79.
Spencer Gulf, dredged (Dr. J. C. Verco).

57. Syngnathus semifasciatus, Ginth.
Cat... Fish: , will} pl quo2:
Spencer Gulf, dredged (Dr. J. C. Verco).
Whidbey Island, near Coffin Bay.
Distribution--South Australia, Port Phillip (Victoria),
Tasmania.
58. Syngnathus peecilolamus, Peters.
Giinth. Cat. Fish., viii., p. 174.
Gulf St. Vincent and Spencer Gulf, dredged (Dr. J. C.
Verco).
59. Syngnathus pelagicus, Linn.
Giinth. Cat. Fish., viii., p. 165,
Spencer Gulf, dredged (Dr. J. C. Verco).
Distribution—Mediterranean Sea, Atlantic Ocean, Falk-
land Islands, New Zealand, China, Mauritius, South Aus-
tralia.
60. Syngnathus olivacea, Cast.
Proc. Zool. Soc. Vict., vol. ii., p. 77.
Gulf St. Vincent and Spencer Gulf.

61. Syngnathus argus, Rich.
Trans. Zool. Soc., iii. p. 183, pl. vii., fig. 11.
Gulf St. Vincent and Spencer Gulf, Fowler Bay.
Distribution—New South Wales, South Australia.

Genus, IcutHyocampus, Kaup. (1853).

62. Ichthyocampus filum, Giinth.
Cato; Bish. Vali.,\, De 445}
Spencer Gulf, dredged (Dr. J. C. Verco).
Distribution—Western Australia, South Australia.

299

Genus, Leproicutuys, Kaup.
Lophobr., p. 51.
63. Leptoichthys castelnaui, Macleay.
Proc. Zool. Soc. Vict., vol. ii., p. 77.
Spencer Gulf, dredged (Dr. J. C. Verco).
Distribution—South Australia.

Genus, Doryicutuys, Kaup.
Lophobr., p. 58.
64. Doryichthys heterosoma, Bleek.
Nat. Tyds. Ned. Ind., ii., p. 440.
Spencer Gulf, dredged; a single specimen (Dr. J. C.
Verco).
Distribution—Borneo, South Australia.

Genus, SOLENOGNATHUS, Swains. (1839).

65. Solenognathus spinosissimus, Giinth.
(Male and Female.)
Near Port Lincoln, Spencer Gulf.
Distribution—New South Wales, South Australia, Vic-
toria, Tasmania.

Genus, PHYLLoPTERyx, Swains. (1839).

66. Phyllopteryx foliatus, Shaw.
Gen. Zool., v., 1864, p. 456, pl. clxxx. (Leafy Sea-horse.)
Gulf St. Vincent and Spencer Gulf.
Distribution—New South Wales, South Australia, Vice-
toria, Tasmania.

67. Phyllopteryx eques, Giinth.
Proc. Zool. Soc., 1865, p. 327, pl. xv. (Spiny Sea-dragon.)
Spencer Gulf.

Genus, Hippocampus, Rafin (1810).

68. Hippocampus nove-hollandiz, Stiend.
5.B. Acad. d. Wiss. Wien, liii., 1866, p. 474, pl. i., fig. ii.
(Common Sea-horse.)
Distribution—New South Wales, South Australia, Vic-
toria.
69. Hippocampus breviceps, Peters.

M.B. Acad. d. Wiss., Berlin, 1869, p. 710. (Short-snouted
Sea-horse.)

Gulf St. Vincent and Spencer Gulf.

Distribution—New South Wales, South Australia, Vic-
toria, Tasmania.

ON A WANT OF SYMMETRY SHOWN BY SECONDARY X-RAYS

By W. H. Brace, M.A., F.R.S., Elder Professor of Mathe-
matics and Physics in the University of Adelaide.

[Read September 8, 1908.]

(ABSTRACT.)

Experiments were described showing that the secondary
X radiation appearing on the emergence side of a plate
traversed normally by X-rays, was in general greater than
that appearing on the incidence side. Aluminium and cellu-
loid showed the effect well, but copper and iron did not show
it until all the softer portions of the secondary radiations
had been removed by screens. The results were favourable
to the theory that X-rays were of a material nature. See
the following paper, p. 301.

301

ON A WANT OF SYMMETRY SHOWN BY SECONDARY X-RAYS.

By W. H. Brace, M.A., F.R.S., Elder Professor of Mathe-
matics and Physics in the University of Adelaide, and
J. L. Guasson.

[Read October 6, 1908.]

On the assumption that the Rontgen rays consist of
ether pulses it has been shown by J. J. Thomson (Cond. of
Elect. through Gases,” p. 323) that it is possible to account
for the existence of secondary Rontgen rays by as-
suming that the primary pulses set in motion elec-
trons over which they pass, and cause them to _ be-
come new centres of radiation. If the electron easily
follows the guiding force of the primary pulse, then
the secondary radiation resembles the primary in quality.
But if the electron is hampered by attachments to other
portions of the atom to which it belongs, then the new pulse
has not the same quality as the old; the time of motion of
the electron is dragged out, and the pulse produced is softer.

Now, if an electron becomes in this way a centre of
radiation the intensity of the secondary effect must be sym-
metrical about the line of motion of the electron. In par-
ticular, the intensity of the secondary radiation must be sym-
metrical about a plane passing through the electron perpen-
dicular to the primary ray, since this ray contains the line
of motion referred to. This deduction forms an integral
part of Thomson’s theory of secondary Réntgen radiation,
and its truth has been assumed in calculations intended to
show that experimental results are in agreement with theory.
Barkla proves the same deduction in a paper published in
“The Philosophical Magazine” of February, 1908.

Now it has recently been shown (Bragg and Madsen,
Trans. Roy. Soc., S.A., May, 1908) that the cathode radi-
ations excited by y rays show a very. marked want
of symmetry about the plane normal to the exciting ray ;
and again (Madsen, Trans. Roy. Soc., S.A., July, 1908)
that there is a similar want of symmetry in respect to the
secondary y rays. The y rays and X-rays resemble one an-
other so closely in all their known properties that it is fairly
safe to assume any effect found to be true of the one kind
to be true also of the other kind, though perhaps to a dif-
ferent degree. In this case indeed Cooksey (“Nature,” April

302

2, 1908) has already shown that the secondary cathode radi-
ations excited by X-rays are not at all symmetrical about
the normal plane, the emergence rays being greater than the
incidence, as in the case of the y rays.

It remained, therefore, to examine the secondary X-rays
excited by primary X-rays; and the experiments described

200 Volts

Electrometena=

pee
Ls
Letee 5
‘ie .
oa.

FIGIV.

Leit2 ---—-----"

-

'
Vy
ak!

303

in this paper were made with that object. We find that in
general the effect does exist, that it is sometimes very pro-
nounced, and that is in keeping with expectation based on
Madsen’s study of the secondary y rays. Hard y rays show
a very large difference between the quantities of emergence
and incidence radiation; for soft y rays the difference is
smaller. Since X-rays are to be looked on as a very soft
form of y rays, the difference should be smaller still; and
this is what we have found to be the case.

The general form of the apparatus which we have used
is shown in fig. i. Variations of the upper portion of it are
shown in figs. 11 and 111. A small pencil of X-rays passed
upwards through apertures in lead plates at A and B, and
then along the axis of the ionization chamber and out into
the open. In our first experiments the upper part of the
apparatus was arranged as in fig. iil. The primary rays did
not pass through the effective part of the ionization cham-
ber, being separated therefrom by the cylindrical screen S,S,
which could be made of various thicknesses and various mate-
rials. But if a thin sheet of any substance was laid over
the hole at B, secondary X-rays spread out therefrom, and
some passed through the screen S,S and caused a deflection
in the electrometer. The difference between the deflections
(a) without and (6) with the sheet at B was taken as a
measure of the emergence secondary X-ray radiation. When
the sheet was removed from #, and the same or a similar
sheet placed in the plane of the top of the screen so as to
be struck from below by the primary rays, then the measure
of the incidence secondary radiation was obtained as the
difference between the deflections fa) without and (c) with
the sheet so placed.

In this way it was easy to show that the expected want
of symmetry actually existed, particularly with aluminium,
celluloid, or paper as the radiators, substances of small
atomic weight. But the experiments were open to some extent
to the objection that a was too large compared with )—ce,
and that possibly the excess of emergence over incidence was
an apparent effect due to actual variations of a under dif-
ferent circumstances. The current a was in fact due to seve-
ral causes. There was a small natural ionization leak even
when the X-rays were not acting; there was an effect due
to primary X-rays which had penetrated the walls of the
chamber though they were made of zinc, one-eighth of an
inch thick. But the greatest part of a was due to a diffu-
sion of soft rays about the primary beam, much of which
came through the hole at B at such an angle as to penetrate
the screen S,S; it could be largely cut out by thickening the

304

screen. Again, part of a was due to radiation returned from
the open air above the ionization chamber. Some of these
radiations might be appreciably interfered with by placing
the radiating sheet at B or at the top of the chamber. We
were, however, able to satisfy ourselves by special experiments
that the want of symmetry was quite real, and that as a
matter of fact no valid objection could be made. But we
abandoned the first arrangement for a second which, as we
expected, would show the want of symmetry more clearly,
and which proved better than the first in every way: The
first method was exactly the same as that used by Madsen
in examining the secondary y rays; but it was clear that the
enormous difference which these rays showed was not going
to be repeated in the case of the X-rays.

Our new arrangement was, as shown in fig. 1., or, in-
verted, in fig. 11. Two cylinders of brass, each 2 in. long,
but of different diameters—4 in. and 2 in.—were fixed to a
connecting piece )),)), shown in plan in fig. iv. The latter
resembled a light brass wheel with four spokes, and various
thin screens cut in the form of flat rings could be attached
to it, filling up all the spaces between the spokes. In fig. ii.
the double cylinder is shown as arranged for the measure-
ment of incidence secondary radiations: the radiating sheet
was placed at C, supported by a sheet of celluloid lying flat
on the top of the cylinder. A hole was cut in the centre
of the celluloid sheet big enough to allow the primary beam
to pass through without touching the edges; and a fluores-
cent screen was used to make sure that this was the case.
The radiating sheets were of thin metal, about 14 in. square.
In fig. ii. the cylinder is shown as arranged for the measure-
ment of emergence secondary radiations; it hardly requires
further explanation.

We expected that this arrangement would show up the
want of symmetry better than the former, because the por-
tions of the emergence and incidence beams under compari-
son would be more nearly normal to the plate. Looking
upon the radiations as material we should naturally expect
the intensity of the secondary radiation to decrease gradu-
ally as its direction increased in inclination to the forward
direction of the primary ray. The emergence rays lie, in in-
clination, between 0 deg. and 90 deg. ; the incidence between
90 deg. and 180 deg. In our first arrangement we compared
the emergence rays between about 40 deg. and 90 deg. with
the incidence rays between about 90 deg. and 140 deg. There
should be a larger ratio of emergence to incidence with the
newer arrangement, since the emergence rays between about
30 deg. and 50 deg. would be compared with the incidence

305

between about 130 deg. and 150 deg. This proved to be the
case ; the improvement was considerable. Again with the new
arrangement the current with no radiator in position became
relatively far smaller. For example, when the radiator was
of Al, ‘4 mm. thick, and the absorbing screen D,D of tinfoil
(two thin sheets), the currents with and without the radiator
at B in fig. 1. caused deflections of 86 and 26 mm. in ten sec-
onds respectively ; the currents with and without the radia-
tor at B in fig. 11. were 220 and 35 respectively. There could
be very little error, therefore, in taking the inci-
dence and emergence radiations as 60 and 185 respectively ;
and the want of symmetry is beyond doubt.

It should be observed that the emergence radiation can
never be shown to an unfair advantage in these experiments,
and is often at a disadvantage, for the radiator, when
placed as in fig. 11., cuts down the very primary rays to
which the secondary radiation is due. It is not difficult to
show that if the thickness of the radiator is so adjusted as
to give the maximum emergence current (it can of course
be too thick or too thin), then the ratio of this maximum
to the maximum incidence current (which can be obtained
simply by making the radiator thick enough) is only 2/e of
the true ratio of emergence to incidence; provided that the
secondary rays are as penetrating as the primary, and that
we are considering homogeneous radiations. But if, other
conditions being the same, the secondary rays are less pene-
trating than the primary, then the ratio as found is more
nearly correct, and is very nearly so when the secondary rays
are much less penetrating than the primary, as, for example,
when we are considering secondary cathode rays due to X-
or y rays.

We have made a large number of measurements by the
method described above, using the following metal sheets as
radiators: —Pt, weight per square cm., ‘0150 gr.; Sn, *0096
gr.; Cu, ‘0083 gr.; Fe, 0077 gr.; Al, ‘105 gr.; celluloid,
‘20 gr. As screens we have used various thicknesses of Sn,

Cu, and Al.

The proportion of emergence to incidence radiation dif-
fers considerably for the different radiators, but is
much the same for different screens or different thicknesses
of screen, except that the proportion tends to increase slightly
as the screen is made thicker; and the tendency is most pro-
nounced in the case of those metals which give out a quan-
tity of soft secondary radiation. For example, Fe and Cu
show little difference between incidence and emergence radi-
ations until the screen is so thick that only a small fraction
of either of the radiations can pass through. The results

306

vary somewhat with the state of the bulb; and since these
variations are comparable with those which are met with on
changing the nature of the screens, we are not now in a posi-
tion to discuss smaller variations in detail. We must con-
tent ourselves with quoting a few results in order to show
the want of symmetry, which is a persistent effect. When,
for example, two tinfoils were used as screen (weight per
square cm. of each, 0056), we obtained the following figures,
which represent movements of the scale in mm. during 10
secs. : —

Radiator. Sn Cu Fe Al
Emergence Current ... ... ... 176 140 39 185
Incidence Current... ... ... 122 119 15 60
With four tinfoils the figures were : —

Radiator. Sn Cu Fe Al
Emergence Current ... ... ... 143 24 23 116
incidence Current) | ... git. of -26 1) 1.8 ) 34
Again, using a copper screen ‘002 cm. thick we found : —

. Cellu-
Radiator. Pit Sn Cu; die Al loid.

Emergence Current ... 86 140 361 118 80 138
Incidence Current ... 65 104 364 118 32 93

Putting together a number of results for Cu screens of
different thicknesses we obtain the logarithmic curves of ab-
sorption shown in the accompanying figures. It should be
observed that some of the results thus shown were obtained
at different times, so that too much must not be built upon
a comparison between them; only the relative positions of
the emergence and incidence curves of each substance are suf-
ficiently correct, and the form of each curve as showing the
homogeneity or otherwise of the various radiations. One
figure shows the emergence (#) and incidence (Z) curves for
Pt, Cu, and Fe; the other the corresponding curves for Sn,
Al, and celluloid.

The experiments described in this paper show that a very
marked want of symmetry occurs in the case of secondary
X-rays, the emergence rays being generally greater than the
incidence. This is another instance of the close parallelism .
between X- and y rays. On a material theory of X- and
rays the effect is easily explained, and is to be classed with
the scattering to which 6 and also, as lately shown clearly by
Geiger, a rays are subject. But if the X- and y rays consist
of energy bundles of very small volume, as suggested by J.
J. Thomson, then these bundles must be capable of deflec-
tion in going through atoms—that is to say, swung out of
their paths by the electrical forces to be found within the
atoms, just as neutral pairs would be in virtue of their elec-

Logarithm of Current

308

Thickness of Copper Absorbing Screen in mm.

309

trical fields: It seems hard to understand the distinction be-
tween such bundles and entities generally classed as material.

In the course of this investigation we have made a num-
ber of experiments on the quantities and qualities of the sec-
ondary radiations. This subject has been fully treated by
Barkla, some of whose recent papers have not yet reached us,
and any discussion we gave might be merely a duplication
of part of his enquiry. There is, however, one point to which
we should like to refer.

Very hard y rays follow a density law of absorption,
treating all atoms alike, except in respect to weight. Soft
y rays are not independent of atomic groupings of matter, and
are far more strongly absorbed by heavy atoms than by light
after allowance has been made for weight. The same is gene-
rally true of X-rays; but in the case of very soft X-rays
there is a tendency to revert to the density law again. For
instance, X-rays that have passed through the glass of the
bulb are soft to copper, silver, tin, and so _ on,
but hard to aluminium, carbon, and low atomic
weight generally. No doubt those rays which are
soft to such light atoms have already been absorbed
by the glass. But secondary X-rays from most sub-
stances are softer than anything emerging from the bulb
and contained in the primary ray. The difference is not very
great when the absorption is measured with the aid of screens
made of substances of the higher atomic weights, because to
these the primary rays are soft already. But if the screens
are made of aluminium, still more of filter paper, the differ-
ence now seems to be very great, for the secondary rays are
soft even to low atomic weights. For example, in one experi-
ment a sheet of copper weighing ‘018 gr. per square cm.
caused a drop of ‘401 in the logarithm (to base 10) of the
primary rays, and only of ‘447 in the case of the emergence
secondary rays from copper, of ‘645 in the case of platinum
rays, and °805 of iron rays. But when four filter papers
weighing ‘02 gr. per square cm. were used as screen, the drop
in the case of the primary rays was ‘010—only one-fortieth
of the drop caused by a copper screen of nearly equal weight.
In the case of the secondary rays, however, the same screen
caused a drop in the case of copper rays of °100, platinum
rays ‘053, and iron rays of ‘188—that is to say, for these
soft rays the filter papers are much more nearly on an equality
with copper, weight for weight, than they were for hard rays.
It is interesting to bear this in mind when considering the
very large quantities of secondary ionization which some sub-
stances seem to give. The ionization is always measured in
air, which of course consists of atoms not very different in

310

weight from those contained in filter papers. Consequently
primary rays, and secondary rays which differ very httle from
the primary, are very penetrating to air, and cause relatively
small ionizations therein. But secondary rays from Cu and
Fe are softened so much as to bring them within reach, so
to speak, of air, which rapidly converts them into cathode
rays, so that there is a very large ionization. For the cathode
rays produced from these secondary rays have probably but
little less energy than those produced from the primary ; the
speed of the cathode ray does not differ very greatly with
the penetration of the primary X-ray, so far as experiments
have shown. The very large secondary radiations, which some
substances appear to give, therefore owe their magnitude
largely to the fact that the air in which they are measured
is sometimes ten to twenty times as favourable to them as
to the primary rays which produced them. In this way we
may account to some extent for the startling results obtained
by Crowther in the case of arsenic and bromine (‘‘Phil.
Mag.,”’ Nov., 1907).

311

DESCRIPTIONS OF NEW AUSTRALIAN HESPERIADE.

By Oswatp B. Lower, F.Z.S., F.E.S., etc.
[Read October 6, 1908.]

The following insects are here described in order to allow
them to be figured in Messrs. Waterhouse and Lyell’s work
on the Australian Lepidoptera to be published early next

ear.
4 I intend to revise the whole of the Australian Hesper-
cade next year, and will then supplement my remarks on the
family.

HESPERILLA POLYSEMA, 0. sp.

2, 36 mm. Head, thorax, and abdomen dark-fuscous.
Palpi whitish (antenne broken). Legs dark-fuscous (imper-
fect). Forewings elongate, moderate, costa slightly arched at
base, thence straight, termen rounded, oblique; dark-brown-
ish-fuscous, somewhat shining ; markings white, faintly ochre-
ous-tinged ; a moderate cuneiform spot in end of cell; ovoid
spot lying on vein 1, just before tornus; a moderately large,
round spot lying between veins 2 and 3, at about 3 from
base of wing; a smaller, but similar spot immediately above ;
a row of three moderate subcostal spots, placed obliquely, at —
? from base; 2 small rounded spots, one above the other,
below and just beyond the 3 subcostal spots; cilia whitish or
white, barred with fuscous at extremities of veins. Hind-
wings with termen round; colour as in forewings, but with-
out markings; cilia as in forewings. Underside :—Colour
as above, but all margins minutely irrorated with ochreous
scales; markings of upperside reproduced in whitish, an ad-
ditional small fleck just above spot on vein 1. Hindwings
as forewings, excepting. that the whole of the wing is min-
utely irrorated with ochreous scales; markings white, edged
with fuscous; an irregular spot in end of cell; a round spot
just below middle of vein 8; an irregularly-curved series of
seven spots at about 4 from base; upper one smallest, round ;
Ist, 2nd, and 4th slightly nearer to base than the remainder ;
4th, 5th, and 6th somewhat elongate, others rounded; cilia:
of both wings as above.

Not very near any other known Australian species, but
approaches atralba, Tepp. The type being a 9 does not ad-
mit of its being placed in its correct genus; it may possibly
be a Trapezites.

312

Chillagoe, North Queensland. One specimen; taken in
February, by Mr. F. Dodd.
Type in Coll. Lyell.

HESPERILLA LEUCOSTIGMA, M. and L., var. PARASEMA, nov.
Var.

Having received further specimens of this species I think
it advisable to give the Northern form a varietal name as
above. It differs from the typical lewcostigma by the absence
in both sexes of the cellular spot, or at the least very faintly
indicated. I have not met with intermediate forms.

All the specimens under review were taken at Cairns
and Kuranda, Queensland.

Type in Coll. Lower.

HESPERILLA TYMBOPHORA, M. and L.

Q,32mm. Head, palpi, antenne, thorax, and abdomen
dark-fuscous, palpi whitish beneath, antenne annulated with
ochreous beneath, thorax and abdomen clothed with fine
ochreous hairs. (Legs broken.) Forewings elongate, mode-
rate; costa slightly arched at base, thence straight; termen
bowed, oblique; dark-fuscous, with purple reflections ; basal
hairs dull-orange; markings pale-yellow ; a moderate spot in
end of cell, indented on either side; a moderate quadrate
spot at base of veins 2 and 3; a smaller and more elongate
~ spot immediately above and slightly beyond ; a subcostal series
of 3 small dots placed obliquely at # from base; cilia deep-
dull orange, barred with black at extremities of veins. Hind-
wings without markings; colour and cilia as in forewings.
Underside of both wings dull-fuscous, more or less minutely
irrorated throughout with yellowish, especially hindwings ;
markings of upperside reproduced on forewings, hindwings
with a very obscure curved series of 3 or 4 dull-ochreous spots
at # from base.

Mount Kembla, New South Wales. One specimen.

Type in Coll. Waterhouse.

HESPERILLA MONOTHERMA, Low.
Telesto monotherm, Low. T.R.S.S.A., p. 169, 1907.
I think it better to regard this species as the Northern
form of ornata, Leach. The name is misprinted monotherm.

TELICOTA BRACHYDESMA, N. sp.
3, 28 mm. Head, palpi, thorax, and abdomen dark-
fuscous, more or less densely clothed with orange hairs, palpi
beneath dull-orange or yellow. Antennz dark-fuscous. Legs

313

dull-orange, somewhat infuscated. Forewings elongate, mod-
erate ; costa nearly straight, termen oblique, hardly rounded ;
dark-brownish-fuscous, with orange markings; a rather thick
costal streak from base to middle of cell, leaving extreme cos-
tal edge fuscous; cell filled in with orange; 3 narrow cunei-
form interneural subcostal streaks at #; between these and
costal streak are 3 more very narrow interneural streaks, only
separated by veins; 5 somewhat quadrate spots, placed ob-
liquely, lst, lying close to stigma, between veins 1 and 2, nar-
rower than two following; 2nd, immediately above, lying be-
tween veins 2 and 3, slightly indented on outer edge;
3rd, immediately above second, somewhat cartridge shaped ;
4th and 5th, immediately above and touching the cuneiform
subcostal streaks, the whole forming a continuous band, a
patch of dull orange lying on vein 1 from base to stigma, some-
what suffused at extremities; a moderate dorsal streak from
base to extremity of first of 5 spots; stigma blackish, entire,
very narrow, about 4 mm., oblique, extending from vein 1 to
vein 4, edged on either side with blackish ; cilia black, around
tornus becoming orange. Hindwings with termen moderately
rounded, somewhat prominent at tornus, colour as in fore-
wings ; basal hairs dull-orange; a small roundish spot at pos-
terior extremity of cell; a moderate orange submedian band,
edges somewhat crenulate, extending from vein | to vein 6,
continued on vein | as a fine streak nearly to termen and more
broadly towards base of wing; cilia orange. Forewings be-
neath dull-orange, markings of upperside except stigma re-
produced; the 5 spots edged on either side narrowly with
black ; dorsal half of wing blackish ; basal third of cell black-
ish. Hindwings dull-reddish-orange; markings of upperside
obscurely reproduced; submedian band edged narrowly on
either side with black; an elongate pale-yellowish cuneiform
streak filling up space between veins 1 and 2; dorsum broadly
blackish, with some orange ferruginous scales near tornus.

@,32mm. Head, etc., asin ¢ ; forewings dark-brown-
ish-fuscous, somewhat purplish-tinged; markings, except
stigma, as in 6, subcostal and cellular marks absent; 3 nar-
now interneural streaks hardly traceable in some specimens ;
cilia asin ¢. Huindwings with colour as in forewings; cellu-
lar spot not indicated; submedian band more irregularly
edged than in d, and inclined to be separated by veins; cilia
as im- ci.

This insect, which can immediately be separated from its
congeners, is at once known by the very narrow stigma and
abbreviated postmedian band. It is nearest bambuse, Mre.—
in fact, I am strongly inclined to think that it may possibly
represent the Australian form of that insect. It approaches

314

augias, Linn., but the postmedian band is never continued
along the veins as in that species.

Kuranda and Cooktown, Queensland; six ¢ and one
Q ; taken in March and April.

Types in Coll. Waterhouse.

TELICOTA EURYCHLORA, N. Sp.

go, 32 mm. Head, thorax, and abdomen dark-fuscous,
densely clothed with greenish-yellow hairs, palpi ferruginous
yellow ; beneath whitish-yellow. Antenne fuscous, annu-
lated with whitish, club beneath orange, apiculus well deve-
loped. Legs orange-yellow. Forewings elongate, triangular,
costa straight, termen oblique; dark-brownish-fuscous, with
orangé-yellow markings; a broad costal streak from base to
end of cell, intersected by veins on posterior half, and leav-
ing costal edge narrowly fuscous; whole of cell filled in with
orange-yellow; 3 narrow cuneiform interneural subcostal
spots, posterior edges excised, at # from base, lying between
veins 6 and 9, placed obliquely ; an oblique series of 5 quad-
rate spots at } from base, reaching from vein 1 to vein 6, all
excised on either side, 2 upper small, lower 3 rather large; a
moderately thick dorsal streak from base to }; a patch, scales,
and hair lying above vein 1, from base nearly to stigma;
stigma narrow, fuscous, oblique, from vein 1 to vein 4, bisect-
ed by veins 2 and 3, edged posteriorly by dark-fuscous ; cilia
dark-fuscous, becoming ochreous-orange around tornus.
Hindwings with termen rounded, slightly prominent at tor-
nus; colour as in forewings; markings orange-yellow ; dorsal
and basal hairs orange-yellow ; an ovoid spot in posterior end
of cell; a rather broad postmedian band extending from vein 1
to vein 6, lower edge crenulate, upper edge irregular, continued
as a fine streak along vein 1 to termen, sometimes a small
elongate spot just above vein 6; cilia orange, becoming fus-
cous towards costa. Underside of forewings dull-orange-yel-
low ; markings of upperside, except stigma, reproduced ; basal
third of cell dark-fuscous ; dorsum fuscous throughout; pos-
terior edges of lower 2 quadrate spots suffusedly edged with
dark-fuscous. Hindwings dull-orange-yellow, with a some-
what greenish tinge, markings of upperside faintly repro-
duced in dull-orange; an elongate cuneiform streak of rather
bright-orange lying between veins 1 and 2.

QO, 32 mm. Head, etc., as in 6; markings as /imeae
but ground colour darker; subcostal markings suffused with
fuscous, anterior half of cell filled with ground colour, the
3 large quadrate spots less excised at edges. Hindwings as
in ¢. Underside of both wings as in d, but more tinged
with dull-greenish-yellow.

315

This species is easily recognized by the colouration and
absence of markings of hindwings. It is nearest augias,
Linn., but is a much larger insect, and although augias
shows some geographical range of variation it does not ap-
proach the species under notice so as to be confused with it.

Ballina, New South Wales (Richmond River) ; taken in
February. Mr. Waterhouse informs me that so far as he
knows this species is confined to the above district.

Types in Coll. Waterhouse.

ERYNNIS TRICHOPEPLA, 0. Sp.

3 9, 38-46 mm. Head, palpi, thorax, and abdomen
bright-orange-yellow ; palpi and thomas beneath pale-yellow ;
posterior segments of abdomen ringed with blackish above,
beneath wholly yellow. Antennz dark-fuscous, club reddish-
yellow. Legs bright-yellow. Forewings elongate, triangular,
costa straight, termen oblique, gently rounded ; blackish-fus-
cous, with bright-orange markings; a broad costal streak,
leaving extreme costal edge fuscous, from base posterior ex-
tremity of cell, intersected by veins at posterior extremity ;
cell filled in with orange, except a small patch at posterior
extremity; 3 obliquely-placed elongate cuneiform spots be-
tween veins 6 and 9, posterior extremity excavated and finely
continued along both edges of veins to termen; an oblique
series of 5 somewhat quadrate spots from vein | to vein 6, pos-
terior edges strongly excised and continued as fine lines along
both edges of veins, nearly or quite to termen, excisions filled
in with black, anterior edges of 5 spots irregularly crenulate ;
a broad dorsal streak from base to beneath middle of 1st
quadrate spot; an elongate patch of hairs lying on vein 1
near base; cilia orange, strongly mixed with fuscous on
upper half of termen. Hindwings with termen rounded ; tor-
nus prominent; colour as in forewings; markings orange; a
moderately large tuft of orange-yellow hairs springing from
base of vein 7; vein 1 similarly haired from base to posterior
edge of postmedian band; an ovoid spot in posterior extrem-
ity of cell; a rather broad postmedian band, edges irregularly
crenulate, extending from vein | to vein 7, broadest on vein 1,
where it is continued as a fine line to termen and more
thickly to base; cilia orange-yellow. Underside orange-yel-
low, distinctly mixed with greenish, especially along termen ;
markings of upperside reproduced in orange; basal third of
cell blackish; a series of 7 well-defined black spots at pos-
terior extremities of apical and quadrate spots, 4th and 5th
spots also edged anteriorly by a small black spot ; dorsum and
wing below vein 1 wholly black. Hindwings pale-greenish-
yellow; markings of upperside reproduced in pale-orange ;

316

cellular spot edged posteriorly with black; postmedian band
edged on either side with well-defined black spots; a large
roundish black patch edged with orange at tornus.

The sexes do not differ except in size.

We (Meyrick and Lower) formerly called this insect pal-
marum, Mre. (T.R.8.8.A., p. 110, 1902), but the true pal-
marum of Moore is, so far as I know, not found in Australia.

An idea prevalent amongst some of my confréres that
this insect 1s Olivescens, of Herrich-Scheffer, but his figure
and especially the description certainly do not apply to this
insect; but I shall reserve my criticisms until I revise the
group.

Mackay, Townsville, Queensland; nine specimens; taken
in February and March.

Types in Coll. Lower.

APAUSTUS HETERO BATHRA, N. Sp.

3 9, 20-24 mm. Head and thorax dark-fuscous, thorax
clothed with yellowish hairs, palpi fuscous, mixed with
orange, beneath yellow. Abdomen dark-fuscous, more or less
densely clothed with orange, sometimes showing segmental
rings, beneath wholly yellow. Antenne dark-fuscous, annu-
lated beneath with yellow; club of ¢ beneath yellow, apicu-
lus black; club of @Q black, apiculus black. Legs yellow.
Forewings elongate, triangular ; blackish-fuscous, with orange
markings; a broad costal streak, from base to posterior ex-
tremity of cell; cell filled in with orange; a confluent patch
(indicating the usual 3 subapical spots) beneath costa at #;
an oblique of 5 quadrate spots extending from vein 1 to vein
6, 2 upper small, and meeting the apical patch, 3 lower very
much larger, with irregular edges; cilia black, becoming
orange around tornus. Hindwings with termen rounded ;
colour as in forewings, basal and dorsal hairs yellow; mark-
ings orange; a small spot at posterior extremity of cell; a
moderately broad, postmedian band, edges, somewhat crenu-
late from vein 1 to vein 6, continued along vein | almost to
base ; cilia yellow, orange at base. Underside of forewings with
area along termen greenish-yellow; markings of upperside
reproduced in orange, dorsum and wing below vein 2 black-
ish; basal half of cell black. | Hindwings yellowish-green ;
markings of upperside reproduced in orange; cellular spot
edged posteriorly with black; postmedian band edged on
either side with narrow black lunules; a blackish elongate
streak along dorsum, becoming blotch-like at termen.

Differs from its Australian congeners by the absence of
stigma in ¢ ; the club of the antennz affords a fairly accu-
rate guide in the determination of the species, but until we

317

are in possession of more material from other localities I
would not insist on this character being of any specific value ;
but in the other species of the genus known to me the club
of the @ on underside is yellow, as is also the ¢.
Mackay, Cairns (Kuranda), Cooktown, and Cape York;
twenty-five specimens ; taken between February and April.
The species show no variation.

Types in Coll. Lower.

LIBYTHEID%.
LIBYTHEA GEOFFROYI, Godt.

By an unfortunate error I confused the sexes of this
species when commenting (T.R.S.S.A., p. 169, 1907) on the
same. The ¢ is the lilac-blue form, the 9 is tawny-yellow.
My former remarks were vice versa.

318

NEW AUSTRALIAN TORTRICINA.

By Oswatp B. Lower, F.Z.S., F.E.S., ete.
[Read October 6, 1908.]

TORTRICID.
CAPUA EPIPEPLA, 0. sp.

36, 14 mm. Head, palpi, and thorax pale-ochreous.
Antenne whitish. Legs ochreous-whitish. Forewings elong-
ate, moderate, costa arched, termen nearly straight; 7 and 8
long-stalked ; pale-ochreous, irregularly strigulated with fus-
cous-ferruginous, and with fuscous-ferruginous markings;
costal fold rather broad, dull-ochreous; basal patch obsolete,
only indicated by a small patch of apparently raised scales
on dorsum at 4; median patch rather narrow, very oblique
from middle of costa to middle of wing, thence becoming con-
fused and blotch-like, terminating just above tornus, below
which the ground colour is mixed with ferruginous-fuscous ;
a moderate, somewhat triangular costal patch, from 2 costa
to apex, lower edge terminating on middle of termen; be-
tween this and median patch is a thick streak of ground
colour, which becomes a quadrate spot on costa; an extreme
apical streak of ground colour. Hindwings whitish-ochreous,
darker posteriorly ; cilia pale-ochreous.

Cooktown, Queensland. One specimen; in November.

Capua (?) TRIPSELIA, 0. sp.

3d, 14 mm. Head and antennz fuscous. Palpi ochre-
ous-fuscous. Thorax grey-whitish, with a posterior fuscous
quadrate spot. Legs ochreous-whitish, posterior pair paler.
Abdomen grey. Forewings rather broad, costa strongly
arched, apex obtuse, termen bowed ; pale-grey-whitish, irror-
ated throughout with fine fuscous strigule; markings well
defined ; brownish-ochreous; outer edge of basal patch from
beyond + costa to 4 dorsum, becoming blotch-like on lower
half and containing a dull leaden spot immediately above
dorsum; anterior edge of median patch from before middle
of costa to middle of dorsum; posterior edge from middle of
costa, thence very obliquely curved to tornus, causing the
patch to appear narrow on costa, thence rapidly dilated to
tornus; a moderately broad, elongate, triangular patch on
apical fourth of costa and termen, continued obliquely along
termen to above tornus; a narrow streak of ground colour

319

along termen, from apex to termination of patch ; cilia grey-
whitish. Hindwings and cilia grey-whitish. .

I doubtfully refer this species to Capua on account of the
form of the palpi, which are somewhat approximated to the
face, and veins 7 and 8 of forewings being extremely long-
stalked.

Kuranda (Dodd) and Cooktown (Olive). Three speci-
mens ; in September.

POLYLOPHA ELAPHRIS, N. sp.

3, 12mm. Head and palpi white, second joint of palpi
beneath at base, sharply dark-fuscous, terminal joint fuscous.
Antenne and thorax fuscous. Abdomen ochreous. Anterior
and middle legs whitish, tibize irregularly spotted with fus-
cous, tarsi banded with fuscous; posterior legs whitish-ochre-
ous, tarsi white. Forewings elongate, moderate, costa gently
arched, termen straight; surface with raised scales; 7 and
8 separate, both to costa; white, with fuscous markings;
three spots on costa, first, smallest, at base; third, largest,
at 4; a dull-fuscous shade, thickly irrorated with fuscous and
dark-fuscous spots throughout, extending from base along
dorsum to just beyond 4, limited on upper edge by cellular
vein, on which are placed 3 or 4 dark-ferruginous spots,
almost meeting costal spots; a moderately large dark-fuscous
spot in middle of wing, resting on upper edge of shade; a
broad, irregular fuscous shade along termen, narrowing to-
wards tornus, with a darker-fuscous median shade, which is
curved in on termen in middle and there becoming black,
thence continued suffusedly to tornus; space between median
shade and termen spotted with white; a more or less inter-
rupted ferruginous-fuscous line along termen; cilia dark-
fuscous. Hindwings brownish-ochreous; cilia grey, with a
fuscous median line.

North Queensland. Two specimens, received from Mr.
Dodd ; taken in December.

ACANTHOTHYSPODA, DN. g.

Thorax smooth. Antenne of <¢ ciliated (1). Palpi
moderate, somewhat appressed to face, second joint roughly
scaled, terminal joint short, distinct. Posterior coxe and
tarsi clothed with thick spinous scales, forming a dense mass.
Abdomen clothed with long, coarse hairs, especially later-
ally, beneath smooth. Forewings elongate, costa simple, 7
and 8 separate, 7 to termen. Hindwings elongate, trape-
zoidal, 6 and 7 from a point, 3, 4, and 5 approximated at
base.

Type eleodes.

320

A. ELZODES, 0. sp.

3g, 14-15 mm. Head, palpi, and thorax dull-green, palpi
tinged with ferruginous. Antenne ochreous. Abdomen dull-
grey, thickly clothed above and on sides with long black hairs
(absent in 2), beneath smooth. Legs blackish, anterior and
middle tibize banded with ochreous-white, posterior pair
wholly blackish, with a prominent thick patch of spine-like
scales on coxe (absent in 9). Forewings elongate, moder-
ate, costa hardly arched, termen nearly straight, hardly ob-
lique ; pale-dull-greenish, with ferruginous-fuscous markings ;
wing more or less crossed by waved oblique strigule ; outer edge
of basal patch obscure, from 34 costa to + dorsum; median
patch rather narrow, well developed, very oblique, from about
middle of costa to dorsum just before tornus, barely reaching
dorsum in Q ; a moderately large rhomboid patch in middle,
just before termen, edged on anterior edge by a fine line of
silvery-grey ; costa between base and outer edge of basal patch
strongly strigulated ; costa between outer edge of median patch
and apex with three somewhat small quadrate spots, separ-
ated by spots of whitish, each containing a minute blackish
spot, last of the three costal spots continued as a fine line
to middle of termen; a small spot at apex; cilia ferruginous-
fuscous, with a blackish basal line.

Cooktown and Cairns (Dodd), Queensland. Two speci-
mens; in October. JI have a specimen from New Guinea,
which appears to be this species, but not being in the best
of condition admits of some doubt.

EPITRICHOSMA, Nn. g.

Thorax smooth. Antenne in ¢ ciliated. Palpi moder-
ately porrected, second joint triangularly scaled, terminal
joint exposed, short. Abdomen with tufts of lateral hairs
posteriorly. Forewings elongate, moderate, with raised
scales; costa in ¢ with a patch of more or less curled hairs
from base to middle, longer on basal half. Middle and pos-
terior tibie roughly haired. All veins separate, 7 to termen.
Hindwings with veins 3, 4, and 5 approximated at base; 6
and 7 separate.

Differs from Acanthothyspoda by hairy costa and separ-
ation of all veins.

Type neurobapta.

E. NEUROBAPTA, N. sp.

3,14 mm. Head, palpi, antenne, thorax, and abdomen
pale-yellowish-ochreous. Abdomen orange-yellow, with tufts
of long yellow hairs, placed laterally on posterior segments.
Forewings elongate, moderate, costa gently arched, apex

321

rounded, termen rounded; costal hairs yellow; pale-yellow.
darker towards base; all veins more or less outlined with fer-
ruginous; basal patch obsolete; median patch ferruginous,
rather obscure, edges irregularly waved, anterior edge from
before middle of costa to middle of dorsum; posterior edge
from 2 costa to beyond middle of dorsum ; costal edge between
posterior edge of median patch and apex with 4 or 5 equi-
distant ferruginous spots; a fine interrupted line of ferrugin-
ous along termen ; cilia pale-yellow. Hindwings transparent ;
pale-greyish, sprinkled with yellow; all veins outlined with
orange-yellow ; dorsal hairs bright-orange-yellow; cilia grey-
whitish, with a yellowish basal line.
Kuranda, Queensland. One specimen; in December.

LEPTARTHRA HEMICOSMA, N. Sp.

gd, 12mm. Head, face, and palpi bright-yellow, basal
joint of palpi fuscous externally, crown fuscous-reddish. An-
tennz fuscous-reddish. Thorax fuscous-reddish, patagia
bright-yellow. Abdomen dark-fuscous. Legs fuscous, tarsi
banded with whitish. Forewings elongate, moderate, costa
gently arched, apex rounded, termen nearly straight ; 3 from
angle, 8 and 9 approximated at base; bright clear yellow,
costa very finely strigulated throughout with reddish-fuscous ;
a large reddish-fuscous apical patch, occupying posterior #
of wing, anterior edge limited by a curved fine waved fus-
cous line, from costa at 2 to dorsum beyond middle; within
the patch are two or three short longitudinal streaks of paler
and scattered fuscous strigulations; an interrupted blackish
line along termen ; cilia light-reddish-fuscous. Hindwings and
cilia smoky-brown; cilia with a greyish basal line.

Very like some species of Chrysoryctis (Tineide). The
approximation of veins 8 and 9 at base I regard as specific
only ; in all other respects it agrees with Leptarthra, Low.

Kuranda, North Queensland. Two specimens; in Octo-
ber (Dodd).

L. METALLOcosMA, Low.
Tortriz metallocosma, Low.

Having obtained further specimens for examination I

refer the above to Leptarthra.

DICHELIA LUNIFERA, N. sp.

@, 10 mm. Head, palpi, and thorax reddish-fuscous,
palpi whitish internally. Antenne fuscous. Legs greyish,
tibie and tarsi infuscated. Abdomen grey. Forewings elong-
ate, moderate, costa gently arched, termen oblique: reddish-
fuscous, somewhat coppery-tinged; some black scales along

K

322

costa: a somewhat lunate black mark in middle of wing; a
few black scales along termen; cilia fuscous, mixed with cop-
pery-reddish. Hindwings grey; cilia grey, with a pale-fus-
cous subbasal line.

This species may be an extreme form of atristrigana,
Meyr., but the ground colour of that is greyish-fuscous or
dark-fuscous, without any coppery tinge, and the markings
more complicated.

Broken Hill, New South Wales. One specimen; in No-
vember.

ToRTRIX EUPLECTRA, N. Sp.

d, 16-18 mm. Head and palpi dull-ochreous-fuscous,
palpi paler beneath. Thorax grey, with four indistinct trans-
verse fuscous lines. Antenne fuscous. Anterior and middle legs
greyish, posterior pair silvery-white, all tibiz and tarsi
banded with fuscous. Abdomen greyish-ochreous. Forewings
elongate, moderate, costa gently arched, termen nearly
straight ; smoky-fuscous, more or less finely strigulated with
darker ; costa strigulated with short oblique white marks, ar-
ranged in pairs, the separation being effected by fine lines
of ground colour, the one nearest apex is curved outwards
and continued to middle of termen, where it meets a simi-
lar but narrower streak from costa beyond; outer edge of
basal patch irregularly waved, from costa at + to dorsum at
4; a broad, fuscous, median patch, edges nearly straight ; an-
terior from middle of costa to middle of dorsum, posterior
from 2 costa to tornus, upper # much darker, and the 3 pairs
of white costal marks within the patch, which are filled with
leaden-metallic, are very oblique, and reach 4 across wing,
touching each other at termination; ground colour between
basal and median patch ochreous-whitish ; an elongate streak
of dull-ochreous-whitish above tornus; a somewhat rounded
spot of similar colour just above, only separated by a bar of
darker ground colour; a fuscous line along termen; cilia fer-
ruginous, spotted with darker. Hindwings smoky-fuscous ;
cilia grey, with a fuscous line at base.

Brisbane and Mackay, Queensland. Two specimens.

GRAPHOLITHID.
PHRICANTHES MACROURA, Nl. Sp.

gd, 18mm. Head, palpi, and thorax whitish, palpi and
thorax beneath white. Antenne fuscous. Legs whitish, an-
terior and middle tarsi banded with fuscous. Abdomen fus-
cous. Forewings elongate, moderate, costa hardly arched,
termen slightly oblique; 7 and 8 separate, both to costa;

323

white, with brownish-fuscous markings ; costa obliquely strig-
ulated throughout with short equidistant marks, posteriorly
becoming better defined, the last six separated by whitish
ground colour; a more or less interrupted blackish submedian
longitudinal streak, darkest on basal third and edged below
throughout by its own width with ferruginous-fuscous, ex-
tending from base to #, ground colour above whitish ; a patch
of pale-fuscous along termen, rather broad at apex, thence
curved inwards and rapidly attenuated to tornus ; an elongate
blackish spot in patch above middle, edged above by a streak
of whitish; a small blackish spot on termen above middle;
several fine, somewhat dot-like transverse strigule on pos-
terior half of wing; a narrow fuscous shade along dorsum ;
cilia whitish, with a ferruginous median line and some scat-
tered black poirts. Hindwings fuscous; cilia fuscous, with a
paler basal line.
North Queensland. One specimen; in January.

PALHZOBIA PELTOSEMA, N. sp.

Q, 12 mm. Head, palpi, and thorax very pale-green-
ish-white, palpi beneath whitish. Antenne pale-greenish-
white, fuscous-tinged. Abdomen greyish-fuscous. Legs
whitish, anterior and middle tarsi banded with fuscous. Fore-
wings elongate, moderate, costa hardly arched, termen rather
strongly sinuate beneath apex, apex somewhat produced ;
pale-greenish-white, finely stigulated throughout with light-
fuscous, paler towards base of costa; costa obliquely strigu-
lated with short fuscous marks; a rather large triangular fus-
cous patch on costa, extending from just beyond middle and
continued nearly to apex, apex of patch reaching nearly ?
across wing; in the patch are 4 or 5 small oblique pairs of
whitish marks; a fine fuscous, interrupted line along termen ;
cilia greyish-fuscous, with a sharp tooth of fuscous at apex,
being the continuation of the triangular patch. Hindwings
thinly scaled; pale-fuscous; cilia grey, with a fuscous sub-
basal line.

Mackay, Queensland. One specimen: in November.

STREPSICEROS LASIOPHORA, N. Sp.

36 9,16 mm. Head, palpi, antenne, and thorax dark-
brownish-fuscous, palpi paler internally and beneath. Abdo-
men pale-fuscous. Anterior and middle legs fuscous, tarsi
banded with white, posterior legs whitish, banded with fus-
cous. Forewings elongate, moderate, rather narrow, termen
nearly straight, hardly oblique. Costal fold of ¢ rather
broad, extending from base to near middle, and containing
a large tuft of ochreous wool-like hairs; brownish-fuscous,

K2

324

darker in d¢, and irrorated with dull leaden metallic scales,
more or less arranged in transverse series; costa shortly and
obliquely strigulated with dark-fuscous; various irregular
dark-fuscous transverse lines; an irregular patch of pale-fus-
cous in middle of wing (absent in 2); a somewhat trian-
gular patch of dark-fuscous on dorsum near tornus; a small
fuscous spot on costa near apex, from which proceeds a nar-
row waved transverse line of same colour to dorsum, at tor-
nus edged on either side by a dull leaden metallic line; a
second, similar, but more distinct waved line, from a fuscous
spot at apex, along termen; cilia dark-fuscous on upper %,
pale-fuscous below, mixed throughout with leaden metallic
points. Hindwings 3 and 4 stalked, 5 widely remote from
4; 6 and 7 separate; thinly scaled, fuscous, paler towards
base.

Very closely allied to Mfacropetana, Meyr., but appar-
ently distinct by the large costal tuft and absence of three
sharply-defined black streaks above tornus, which are rarely
absent in that species.

Townsville, Queensland. Five specimens; in March

(Dodd).

325

THE STRENGTH OF SOUTH AUSTRALIAN TIMBERS.

By Proressor R. W. Cuapman, B.A., B.C.E.
[Read October 6, 1908.]

The only previously recorded tests upon the strength of
South Australian timbers are some carried out by Professor
Warren at the University of Sydney, and chronicled in his
book on “Australian Timbers,” published in 1892. These
tests were on specimens of Sugar Gum, Blue Gum, Box, and
Red Gum, supplied by the South Australian Conservator of
Forests. Although unfortunately we have not in this State
timber for export, it is very desirable that we should have
a knowledge of the properties of the timbers indigenous to
the country, and during the year some 200 tests upon the
mechanical strength of South Australian timbers have been
made at the University on specimens supplied by Mr. Gill,

Conservator of Forests. The following timbers are repre-
sented : —
Botanical Name. Colloquial Name.
Eucalyptus rostrata Red Gum
rs fasciculosa Pink Gum
be obliqua Stringy Bark, Messmate
af vimmalis Manna Gum, White Gum
ie leucozylon Blue Gum
¥ rubida White Gum, Candle Bark
es hemiphlora Box Gum
Bs odorata Peppermint Gum
ay ~ cambagei Bastard Box
ie camtulata Stringy Bark, Messmate
corynacalyx Sugar Gum

Pinus insignis

All of these are indigenous to South Australia, with the
exception of Pinus insignis.

Most of the timber came either from Kuitpo or Wirra-
bara, and was sent in pieces about 7 ft. long and 6 in. by
4 in. The greater part of it came in a fairly green state in
July, 1907. A few tests were made soon after its arrival,
but most of 1t was stacked in the laboratory and no further
experiments made until February this year. As the summer
was hot and dry the timber, especially small pieces cut ready
for testing, became well dried by the time the strength tests
were made. The timber contained a percentage of moisture
(estimated on the weight of the dry wood) ranging from 20

326

to 50 per cent. on arrival, but by February this had de

creased in the smaller specimens to 10 or 12 per cent. The

moisture in the smallest pieces has not gone below 9 per cent.

During the process of drying the timber contracted very

considerably across the grain. The amount of this contrac-

tion was measured on a number of pieces

that had been turned to a cylindrical form

in the lathe in July, 1907. By February,

1908, instead of being round, the section

of every one was an oval, as shown rather

exaggerated in the figure. Contraction

had taken place in both directions, but

much more in the direction parallel to the

rings than in the direction at right angles

to them. The average results of a number of such measure-
ment were as follow:

Percentage of Mois- | Percentage of Con-
ture Compared traction in terms
with the Dry Weight. | of Original Diameter.
Timber.
On July 7, |On Feb. 18,; Parallel | Radial
1907. 1908. to Rings. | to Rings.
Red Gum ne ae 37 : 5°6 2-5
(#. rostrata)
Stringy Bark ... 22 1] fee 2-1
(E. obliyua) |
Pink Gum are Se 25 10 Ard 2°5
(EH. fasciculosa)
Blue Gum i ef. 26 13 6-2 1°6
(B. lewcoxylon)
Manna Gum ... 50 12 10°3 2°5
(#. vimmalis)
White Gum 24, ikea 6 1-7
(EB. rubida)

The contraction was of a very different character in dif-
ferent woods. With Pink Gum and Blue Gum, for example,
it was very uniform, and the wood remained smooth and even.
But with Red Gum the different rings of growth appear to
contract very unevenly, with the result that the specimens
became marked with longitudinal ridges. This wood warps
badly, as do also Manna and White Gum.

327

The weights of specimens of those woods that had been
stored in the laboratory for over twelve months, and con-
tained about 12 per cent. of moisture, averaged as follow : —

|
7 Timber, | Weight in Pounds per cubic foot.
|
Pink Gum 70°5
Red Gum 51
Manna Gum 52°9
Bastard Box 65°8
Stringy Bark Mi 54:3
Sugar Gum (matured) ... 70:7
Peppermint Gum 70°8
Box Gum 66°8
Blue Gum fey 1 58
Rubida (White Gum) ... 60:5

The amount of moisture contained in timber has a great
influence upon the strength. The more moisture the timber
contains the weaker it is, as has been clearly shown by the
experiments conducted by the United States Forestry Depart-
ment, and this is equally true, whether the moisture is the
natural sap or is water absorbed. The experiments carried
out. by Mr. Julius on behalf of the Western Australian Gov-
ernment have shown that the same is true for our Australian
timbers. It thus becomes important in chronicling the re-
sults of tests upon timber that the percentage of moisture
should be determined for each specimen, in order that com-
parisons may be of value. Accordingly, such determinations
were made for most of the pieces tested. A thin section was
cut out across the test piece, near the place where fracture
occurred, within twenty-four hours of the experiment. This
section was weighed and then placed in a drying-oven, where
it was kept at a temperature of 115 deg. Cent. for four
hours, when it was again weighed. Experiments showed that
it was unnecessary to keep it in the oven more than four
hours to get a determination sufficiently close for the pur-
pose, as a longer period of drying made a difference of only
1 per cent.

The experiments were made with a Riehlé screw-testing
machine, capable of exerting and measuring forces up _ to
100,000 fb., and each timber was subjected to five different
classes of tests—I., Transverse strain to determine its
strength as a beam: II., direct tension; III., shearing along

328

the grain; [V., compression along the grain; V., compres-
sion across the grain.

I.—BrEam EXPERIMENTS.

The timbers used for these tests were a little over 6 ft.
long, the depths of the beams ranging from 34 to 54 in.
In most cases the supports were placed uniformly 70 in.
apart, and the beams were loaded at the middle so that
the deflection was produced at the rate of $ in. per minute.
On one side of the beam at the middle a vertical engraved
scale of polished nickel was tacked. Across the front of this
was stretched a fine thread, stretched with a piece of elas-
tic between two small nails placed half-way up the beam, di-
rectly over each support. As the polished nickel acted as a
mirror the position of the thread on the scale could be read
with great accuracy.

The amount of deflection produced by a load on a tim-
ber beam depends upon the time that the load remains on
the beam, even when the load is only a small proportion of
that which is required to break the beam. As a conse-
quence the modulus of elasticity deduced from experiments
in a testing-machine, where the load is increased gradually
and continuously, is likely to be much higher than should
be reckoned on in practice when computing the deflection of
a beam under a load that is likely to remain on for a con-
siderable time. The curve shown in fig. 1 illustrates the re-
sult of an experiment on a beam of Sugar Gum, taken from
a tree twenty-nine years old. The beam was 34 in. wide,
33 in. deep, with a span of 70 in. Its ultimate breaking
load in the centre was 4,180 fb. This beam was loaded with
1,960 ib., and the deflection was ‘67 in. This deflection was
now kept constant, and the load required to produce it was
measured at intervals. At the end of six minutes the load
had dropped down to 1,900 fb. In one hour it was only 1,830
fb. In twenty-four hours it was down to 1,615 fb., and at
the end of three days, when the specimen had to be removed
from the machine to make room for other experiments, the
load required to produce this deflection of 67 in. was only
1.510 ib. Similarly, when a constant load is allowed to re-
main on a beam for any considerable time, the deflection
produced continually increases. So in using the ordinary
tabulated values of the modulus of elasticity for computing
the amount of deflection of a beam under practical loadings,
allowance must be made for this time effect, and the actual
value used for the modulus of elasticity should not be more
than half the usual tabulated value as deduced from the or-
dinary tests.

329

OUI} YIM gunoWe uUdAId &
kq wWeog Wns-IvdNng v Joopop 07 AressoooU 4YSIOM OY} UL UOTJONpsI [enpels oy} Surmoys

‘| ‘Si

Sqj 00s!

oogi

ooz!

008!

006!

0002

330

II.—Tension TEstTs.

The strength of most woods under direct tension is so
high compared with its strength in other ways, that wood
seldom fails in this manner in actual structures, and so these
tests are not of such practical importance as the others. A
number of tests were made upon specimens turned in the
lathe to a diameter of about 14 in., the length of the speci-
men being 22 in. over all and 10 in. inside the grips. The
stretching of the wood under tension was measured between
two points, originally 8 in. apart, by means of a Goodman
extensometer, enabling measurements to be made to the
sstoo Of an inch, and from these readings the modulus of
elasticity was computed.

III.—SHEARING ALONG THE GRAIN.

The failure of wood by _ shearing
or detrusion along the grain is one of the
‘commonest methods of failure in actual
structures, but the determination of the
shearing strength depends a good deal
upon the way in which the experiments
are made. The method adopted is the
standard method in the United States
Forestry Department. The test piece is
cut in the form of a block 2 in. square
and 16 in. long (as shown in fig. 2).
This is pierced by two morticed holes,
each 4 in. wide and 2 in. deep, one at
each end of the block in directions at
right angles. The block is held by a
bolt passing through the centre. A
steel key, 4 in. wide, is passed through
each mortice in turn, and pulled until
it forces out the wood at the end of the
mortice. In order that the key may
press evenly over the wood a small steel
bearing piece is fitted into the bot-
tom of the mortice; this has a
curved back upon which the _ steel
key presses.

When the mortice cuts across the rings
of growth at right angles the shearing
resistance is much less than when the
direction of the mortice is parallel to

He. the rings. In the tables append-
Form of Test ©, however, the average results are

Piece for Shear- given.
ing Experiments.

ool

1V.—ComPRESSION ALONG THE GRAIN.

Tests were made upon blocks 8 or 12 in. long, cut off
the uninjured ends of the beams after they had been broken
at the centre. The ends were cut off square in a lathe and
the blocks subjected to compression along their length. Fail-
ure occurred in every case by the fibres buckling over along
a plane inclined to the axis of the block, the greatest slope
of this plane being always parallel to the rings. In this
test the whole of the fibres of the test piece are subjected
to a uniform stress, and the test is regarded by some ex-
perimenters as the best test for comparing the strengths of
timbers.

V.—Compression Across THE GRAIN.

For this test blocks 8 in. long were used and 3 to 4 in.
thick. Each block was laid on its side on the table
of the testing-machine and subjected to compression by
means of a castiron block 4 in. wide, _ reaching
across the whole width of the specimen. There is
no definite stress at which failure occurs in tests of
this nature, and the general method is to record the
stress at which the iron block crushes into the wood—first
to an amount of 3 per cent., and secondly to an amount of
15 per cent. of the depth of the specimen.

HW

a

Fie. 3.
Apparatus for Measuring in Cross-compression Tests.

For this purpose the apparatus illustrated in fig. 3 was
devised. AV is a stiff metal arm turning freely about a pin
at A, supported on the block G, that rests on the edge of
the table. A vertical insulated pin, HF, passes through the
middle of the arm, being free to move downwards through
the arm, but is pressed upwards by a strong spiral spring.
It is tipped with platinum at the top, #, and a wire can
be attached at F. The pin at A rests beyond the edge of
the table; its centre is on the same horizontal plane as the
surface of the table, and also in a straight line with F and
three nicks, B, C, D, on the underside of the arm. The dis-

332

tances, 4B, AC, and AD, are, respectively, 20°61, 21°25, and
24°25 in. A vertical support, HA, rests on the table and
carries a knife-edge which can fit into any one of the nicks,
B, C, or D, and its height can be finely adjusted by the screw
L. When the specimen is placed on the table ready for test-
ing, this apparatus is placed alongside and parallel to it.
An electric battery is connected up to / and also to a_bind-
ing screw attached to the castiron plate that is to crush into
the specimen. In the circuit is an electric bell. The knife-
edge supported by HX is then placed in the nick B, and the
height of the arm adjusted until # makes contact with the
underside of the castiron plate. As soon as contact is made
the bell rings, and the position can be adjusted very accu-
rately. Then the knife-edge is moved out until it rests in
the nick C. This lowers # exactly 3 per cent. of its original
height, whatever that may have been. The machine is now
set to work until the plate crushes down so as to again, make
contact with #, when the bell rings and the record is taken.
HK is then slid back till the knife-edge rests in the nick D,
and this lowers # exactly 15 per cent. of its original height.
Crushing again proceeds until contact is made once more and
the bell again rings.

The results of the experiments so far made are given m
the tables that follow. For purposes of comparison the ave-
rage results of tests upon American Oak are given at the
bottom of each table, quoted from Professor Johnson’s work
on “Materials of Construction.”

The experiments made are not sufficiently numerous to
enable fair general average values of the strengths to be de-
duced, but are given as the first instalment of what it is hoped
to make a much more complete series of tests, to be carried
out as opportunity offers. It is of obvious importance that
we should have as complete a knowledge as possible of the
properties of our local timber in order to decide upon what
trees to grow for the extensive schemes of replanting forest
trees that must be undertaken in the future. The speci-
mens of the Pink Gum (Fucalyptus fasciculosa) that have
been sent to me are magnificent timber, and, so far as I
know, no other tests have been made upon this species. In
every form of test it gave splendid results, and the timber
is remarkably dense and uniform. The specimens of Sugar
Gum, taken from matured forest trees, also gave very fine
results, although the timber is not of such a uniform tex-
ture as the Pink Gum. Tests were made of this timber from
trees fourteen and twenty-nine years old, and although the
results were not so good as those from the mature tree they

333

showed that even at this age the timber is strong enough for
all ordinary engineering purposes, although it probably will

not have the same lasting properties.

Manna Gum and

White Gum (FZ. rubida) appear to be the poorest of our tim-

bers.

I am indebted to Mr. Gill for so willingly supplying me
with the necessary timber, and also for the interest he has
taken in the work, which has been done at intervals as other
work permitted. My thanks are also due to Mr. W. E. Gray
for assistance with the experiments.

Beam Experiments (S.A. Trpers),

Timber.

Blue Gum
Manna Gum
Pink Gum
Stringy Bark—
(a) EH. obliqua...
(b) EH. capitulat
Red Gum
Box Gum
Sugar Gum

Peppermint Gum
Bastard Rox _...
White Gum (ZL.
rubida) ce
Pinus insignus

American Oak ...

No. of
Tests.

OU

Average
Percent-

Modulus
of

Rupture.

Lbs. per
| sq. inch. |

— 10,550

9.880
12,578

14,040
14,343
11,373
13,900
15,662

9,019

eid

15,575

13,600
12,240

8,391
3,504

11,500

Modulus
of

Remarks.

Elasticity. |

Lbs. per
sq. inch.
1,598,300
1,426,000

1,596,000 |

1,979,000
1,915,500

1,220,000 .

2,058,000
2,215,009

1,544,000

2,234,000

2,374,000
1,637,000

1,550,000
1,059,000

1,800,000

From matured

| tree, Wirra-

| bara

‘From tree 29
years old,
Bundaleer

From tree 14
years old,
Malvern

Grown at Wir-
rabara

SrrencrH or Soutu AUSTRALIAN TIMBERS IN Direct TENSION.

334

Timber.

|

Blue Gum

Manna Gum

Pinte NGain

Stringy Bark (E.

obliqua)
Red Gum
Box Gum
Sugar Gum

Peppermint Gum

Bastard Box

White
rubida)

American Oak ...

Gum (E.

Average| Ultimate

No. of |Percent-| Strength

Tests.

DD WED Hee ep

bo bo

NS)

age of | in pounds

Moist- | per square
ure. inch.
13 10,675
52 6,400
12 9,151
26 | 10,430
10 | 12,029
11 | 14,100
Bi bls 10,14
LOO ei FOOS
11 11,257
10 | 7,204
13.4), 8.079
10 8,660
12 6,759
12 10,000

Modulus
f

)
Elasticity.

Lbs. per
sq. inch.
2,519,000

695,000
1,530,000
1,900,000
2,600,000

2.784,000
1,113,000
1,299,000
3,119,000
1,314,000

636,500
2

2
2,227,000

1,652,000

——
——

Remarks.

From Kuitpo

From matured
tree, Wirra-
bara

335

SHEARING STRENGTH OF SourTH AUSTRALIAN TIMBERS.

| ' ! |

American Oak ...

Average| Shearing |
timber, |RezofiPereent| Strength | Remark,
Moist- inch.
ure.
Blue Gum 2 26 834 |
Se RSI 4 10 1,162
Manna Gum 2 | 25 808
- Fee 0 943
Pink Gum 2 25 1,264
oy oe 10 1, 039
Stringy Bark (B :
obliqua) Pee 23 1,064
2 11 1,448
Red Gani: 2 22 1,243
“a 2 10 1, 554
Box Gum 2 9 1,710
Sugar Gum 4 9 | 1,762 |From matured tree
§ ‘ 2 1k | 1,661 From tree 29 years old
+ es nie 2 Bi 1,106 |From tree 14 years old
Peppermint Gum | 2 10 1,335
Bastard Box. 2 10 1,657
White Gum (HL.
rubida) 2 488

336

STRENGTH OF SoutH AUSTRALIAN TIMBERS IN COMPRESSION

Timber.

Blue Gum

Manna Gum

Pink Gum nS

Stringy Bark—
(a) HL. obliqua...
(b) E. capitulata

Red Gum a

Box Gum

Sugar Gum

Peppermint Gum

Bastard Box ...

White Gum (HL.
rubida)

Pinus insignus . .

American Oak ...

—_———————

age of in
Moist- | Compres-
ure. sion.
5 | 16 | 6,858
2 17 5,378
3 13 8,600
2 13 7,967
i iW 8,700
5 12 6,202
+ 18 8,176
5 16 8,400
4 15 6,953
2 12 1,933
+ 18 8,068
2 31 6,160
2 12 6,399
2 12 3,793
12 8,000

ALONG THE GRAIN.

Average| Ultimate
No. of |Percent-| Strength
Tests.

Remarks.

a

From fully matured
tree

From tree 29 years
old

From tree 14 years
old

337

STRENGTH OF SoutTH AUSTRALIAN TIMBERS IN COMPRESSION
ACROSS THE GRAIN.

Timber.

Blue Gum

Pink Gum

Red Gum
Box Gum
Sugar Gum

Peppermint Gum
Bastard Box ...
White Gum (H.
rubida)
Manna Gum
Pinus insignus
American Oak ...

Tests.

)

bo St bo

bo bo bo

peers Load Re-
No. of |Percent-

quired

Load |
Required |

age of | to produce} to produce |
Moist- | 3% Defor- |

ure.

12

|

mation

| Lbs. per

sq. inch.

4,628

4,899

3,529

4,243
2,940

°

©
Deformation. |

sq. inch.
Over 6,025

‘Over 7,033
|
5,303
5,681
Over 6,630

4,866

3,862

6,446
5,185

Remarks.

One specimen
beyond limits
of machine

Beyond limits
of machine

Beyond mach-
ine limits (ma-
tured timber)
Tree 29 years
old

Tree 14 years
old

338

NOTES ON SOUTH AUSTRALIAN MARINE MOLLUSCA,
WITH DESCRIPTIONS OF NEW SPECIES.—PART IX.

By Jos. C. Verco, M.D. (Lond.), F.R.C.S. (Eng.).

[Read October 6, 1908. ]

Pirates XIV: to XVIII.

Turbo jourdani, Kiener. PI. xviii., f. 32, 33.

This very rare shell was named and described by Kiener
in 1839 in the Rev. Zool. Soc. Cuvier, p. 324, and figured
in the Mag. de Zool. de Guérin, 1840, Moll., pl. ix. To
neither of these works have we access.

In 1843 Deshayes, in his edition of Lamarck’s Anim. s.
Vert., vol. 1x., p. 224, says it belonged to the collection of
Mons. Jourdan, after whom it was named.

In 1846 Philippi, in the Conch. Cab., ed. ii., Band u.,
Abt. 11. and i., p. 56, pl. xili., f. 4, gives a description
and figure, with the remark that he had never seen the
species.

In 1848 Reeve, in Conch. Icon., Sp. 41, pl. xiii., writes:
“Of this species there are two examples in the British
Museum.”

In 1873 Fischer, in Cog. Viv., Genus Turbo, p. 11, pl.
XVill., gives a description and an excellent illustration of the
smooth form.

In 1887 G. B. Sowerby, in the Thes. Conch., vol. v., p.
192, Sp. 8, pl. vi., f. 62, figures the form, which is validly
spirally ribbed in the spire-whorls and obsoletely in the body-
whorl.

The rarity of the shell is evident from the fact that all
the above references but two are to the single shell belong-
ing to M. Jourdan. Its habitat was the very indefinite one
of “Australia” and “New Holland.”

In 1888 Mr. M. M. Maughan found an immature ex-
ample on the beach of Moonta Bay, in Spencer Gulf. It was
identified by Prof. Tate, who held the opinion very strongly
that it had been transported thither in ballast. Mr.
Maughan saw no ballast about the beach, nor did he at any
time gather any foreign shells there, although he did much
collecting in the Bay. But no second specimen was ever
taken.

In July, 1888, Mr. T. C. Watson, of Streaky Bay, South
Australia, gave Mr. W. T. Bednall three specimens, the

339

largest and best of which, containing the operculum, he
presented to the South Australian Museum. It is nearly
full-grown, but has had all the coloured external layer re-
moved by erosion except near the aperture, where the mahog-
any tint and darker lines are still preserved.

On August 1, 1893, the late Prof. Tate, at a meet-
ing of the Royal Society of South Australia, exhibited a
specimen obtained in a subfossilized state from the silt of the
Port Adelaide Creek at a depth of 24 ft. (Trans. Roy. Soc.,
S. Austr., vol. xvi., p. 354). This proved the existence at no
very remote period of time of this species on the shores of
South Australia, and located it in our extra-tropical southern
coastline rather than in the tropical waters of Australia.

In 1905 Mr. A. Zietz kindly presented me with an im-
mature bleached individual, which he had received from
Fowler Bay.

In December, 1907, Dr. Torr and I searched the West
Coast of this State at Port Elliston, Venus Bay, Smoky Bay,
Streaky Bay, Scales Bay, Murat Bay, and Denial Bay, and
LeHunte Bay, without finding a fragment of this species. But
on St. Francis, the largest island in Nuyts Archipelago, we
discovered its habitat, and gathered a score of examples in a
state of greater or less dilapidation. Although Peron and
Baudin called here and carried home many shells from this
island and St. Peter’s, they seem to have overlooked this
Turbo. St. Francis les some thirty-two miles from Murat
Bay, and seventeen miles from the nearest point on the main-
land. It has a number of reefs running out into the sea in a
southerly, south-westerly, and westerly direction, with small
sandy intervening bays. The southern swell is constantly
breaking on these rocks and rolling as a surf into the tiny
bays. The Turbos were found wedged between the piled-up
boulders on the leeside of the reefs and in the crevices of
rocks, and their opercula were cast up on the sandy beaches.
It is really an ocean island, and is surrounded by water of
thirty fathoms in depth.

We sought for living individuals, but unsuccessfully.
Mr. Arnold, who has lived there for many years, found only
one, just below watermark, on a rock face on the north of the
island, some years ago. He says the animal is of a red
colour.

On the top of the rocks were large quantities of oper-
cula and fragments of Turbo stamineus, Martyn, which had
been taken by gulls from the reefs at low water, and smashed
so as to permit them to eat the shellfish ; but we did not find
a single fragment or operculum of 7’. jowrdani among these
remnants. Again, although immature 7. stamineus were

340

common among the abundant rock-shells cast up on the
shore, we collected only two tiny 7. jourdani. We con-
cluded, therefore, that this rare species lives at a greater
depth than 7. stamineus, hence the gulls cannot get them,
and they are but seldom washed up. Dr. Torr explored the
reefs in water up to his breast, secured by a safety-line to
prevent him from being carried away by the undertow of the
swell; but though 7. stamimeus was obtained in abundance,
not a single example of 7. jourdani was taken. This deeper
habitat probably accounts for its rarity in collections.

Since writing the above Mrs. J. F. Irvine, of Ingle-
side, Tasmania, tells me she has two fairly good specimens,
sent to her some years ago by Captain Irvine. They came
from Rottnest Island, off the western coast of Western Aus-
tralia. Dr. Torr also informs me that an individual was
taken alive by Mr. Kopp, when he was keeper of the light-
house at Cape Borda, Kangaroo Island, at low tide, between
Cape Borda and Snug Cove, on the shore of Investigator
Strait.

The operculum was unknown to Kiener. It is of an
oval shape, paucispiral, the largest having only five whorls,
with the nucleus at a distance from the wider end of about
one-fifth of the long diameter, proportionately much nearer
the margin than in any other of our Turbos. The internal
surface is slightly concave, with a low rounded cushion where
the new spiral touches the old; beyond this is a shallow,
rapidly-widening, slightly spiral depression, extending to the
border. The external surface is smooth and polished. One
margin, in an example 81 mm. in its long diameter, is 16 mm.
in thickness, and the opposite is 5 mm., with a gradual slope
between. A low spiral fulness runs obliquely across the
outer face corresponding with the depression on the other
side.

Turbo gruneri, Philippi. Pl. xviii, f. 36, 37.

Philippi, in Zeit. fur Malak, 1846, p. 98, gives the type
locality as ‘The Colony of Adelaide, New Holland.” It
occurs all along our South Australian coastline, as would
be expected since it is found in Victoria, and in Western
Australia as far round as Swan River (Sowerby). It has
been dredged alive in 12, 13, 15, and 16 fathoms in Inves-
tigator Strait and in the open sea outside Backstairs Passage.

The operculum is elliptical and thick, paucispiral, with a
chitinous layer on its inner surface. The outer surface is
smooth, but shows some curved earlike processes, similar to
but not nearly so valid as those found on the opercula of
T. stamineus.

341

This character would place it between the 7. undulatus,
Martyn, which is smooth on the outside, and 7. stamimeus,
which is markedly auriform and prickly. (Pl. xvi, f. 38,
39, and 34, 35.)

Gibbula legrandi, Petterd.

Fossarina legrandi, Petterd, Journ. of Conch., 1879, p. 104.

Gibbula legrandi, Petterd, Tate and May, Proc. Linn. Soc. ;
New South Wales, 1901, vol. Xxvi. partis, p..404). plw=xxiv.,. i
21, 22; Pritchard and Gatliff, Proc. Roy. Soc., Vict., 1902, vol.
XV. . part ek aa 5 8

Beachport, shell sand (Verco).

Gibbula galbina, Hedley and May.

Gibbula galbina, Hedley and May, Records of the Austr.
Mus., vol. vii., No. 2, 1908, p. 114, pl. xxii., f. 2. Type locality.
7106 fathoms, off Cape Pillar, Tasmania.

Taken in 110 fathoms off Beachport, two examples dead,
one specimen in 130 fathoms off Cape Jaffa.

Minos petterdi, Crosse.

Fossarina petterdi, Crosse, Journ. de Conch., 1870, p. 303;
fare. pe oce. pl, xit. T. 1; Tryon, Man. Conch., 1887, vol. ix.,
Pp: 275, pl. lii., f. 20, O1; Pritchard and Gatliff, Roy. Soc. , Vict.,
1902, vol. xiv. (N. S. 1; part 2, p. 94.

Minos petterdi, Crosse; Hutton, Proc. Linn, Soc., New South
Wales, 1884, 369 ; Lodder, Proc. Roy. Soc., Tasm., 1900, Cat.
Tasm. Shells es 12 of repr int) ; ; Tate and May. Proc. Linn. Soc.,
New South Wales, 1901, vol. xxvi., part 3, p. 403.

Fossarina simsoni, jibaiecnt Woods, Proc. Roy. Soc., Tasm.,
1876, pp. 149, 150; Tenison-Woods, Proc. Roy. Soc., Vict., 1881,
vol. XVil., p. 81; Tryon, Man. Conch., 1887, vol. ix., p. 275.

Glenelg Beach (W. L. Bragg) ; Henley Beach ; St. Fran-
cis Island (Verco).

Rissoina rhyllensis, Gatliff and Gabriel.

Rissoina rhyllensis, Gatliff and Gabriel, Proc. Roy. Soc.,
Vict., 1908, vol. xxi. (N.S.), D. sue, pl. ets f. 8. Type locality.
—Western Port, Victoria.

Dredged in Gulf St. Vincent, several; in 25 fathoms
Thorny Passage, one alive, and one dead; one dead in 49
fathoms off Beachport, in 55 fathoms off Cape Borda, and
in 90 fathoms off Cape Jaffa; in 110 fathoms off Beachport,
forty, some quite fresh; in 130 fathoms off Cape Jaffa, seven-
teen good and poor; and in 150 fathoms off Beachport, thir-
teen, fairly good. It seems, therefore, to live in about 100
fathoms, and to be less frequent in the shallower and deeper
water.

342

Rissoina lintea, Hedley and May.

Rissoina lintea, Hedley and May, Records Austr. Mus., vol.
wit, No. 2 4008s ip. U7), sole kaa tepoada: Type locality.—100
fathoms, off Cape Pillar, Tasmania.

Dredged at the same stations as the preceding species,
but in smaller numbers.

Turritella kimberi, n. sp. Pl. xv., f. 14, 15.

Shell thin, long, narrow, imperforate, of ten whorls with-
out the protoconch, which is absent. Another individual
shows a long tapering protoconch of four smooth convex
white whorls. Sutures deep. Spire-whorls well rounded;
with equidistant, low, spiral ribs, six in the penultimate, the
infrasutural one being the least valid, the upper slope of the
rib very steep and short, nearly vertical, the lower long and
sloping; the intercostal furrows appearing in the throat as
opaque white capillary spiral lines. The body-whorl has ten
spirals; base convex. Aperture slightly oblique, elliptical,
outer lip thin, uniformly convex; inner lip a scarcely percep-
tible glaze on the body-whorl; columellar lp nearly straight,
narrowly reflected; basal lip slightly effuse. Colour translu-
cent white.

Dim.—Length, 77 mm.; breadth, 1°7; length of aper-
ture, 1°4 mm.; width, ‘9.

Locality.—Type, Backstairs Passage, 20 fathoms, with
eight others fresh but dead. Port Willunga, one (Kimber).

Type in Dr: Verco’s collection.

Obs.—It may reach 8°5 mm. in length.

Dagnosis.—Turitella parva, Angas, differs in its brown
colour and its light chestnut sutural band, its three keels on
the whorls, its subquadrate aperture, and in its columella
thickened and produced at the base.

Seila attenwata, Hedley, superficially resembles it, but
differs in its anterior notch.

Seila attenuata, Hedley.

Seila attenuata, Hedley, Proc. Linn. Soc., New South Wales,
1900, vol. xxv., part 1, p. 91, pl. iii., f. 9, 9a. Type locality.—
Middle Harbour. Sydney. Pritchard and Gatliff, Proc. Roy.
Soc., Vict., 1906, vol. xviii. (N.S.), part 2, p. 60., Ocean Beach,
Point Nepean. .

Newland Head, 20 fathoms, one dead; Backstairs Pas-

sage and Gulf St. Vincent, eighteen.

Ovula formosa, Adams and Reeve.

Ovula formosa, Adams and Reeve, Voy. Samarang, p. 22, pl.
vi., f. 6; Tryon, Man. Conch., vol. vii., 1885, p. 251, pl. iv., f. 15,
16, ‘‘Borneo, Japan.” .

Dredged one example, during many years’ dredging in
waters from Beachport to the Neptunes, including Gulf St.

343

Vincent and Spencer Gulf. This was identified for me by
Mr. Hedley, who suggested that as a tropical form it had
migrated round the western coast of Australia to South
Australia, not being found on the eastern coast. This was
supported by the securing of a second specimen in better
condition, in 30 fathoms, off St. Francis Island, in the Great
Australian Bight, during one day’s dredging.

Septa petulans, Hedley and May.

Septa petulans, Hedley and May, Records Austr. Mus., vol.
vii., No. 2, 1908, p. 118, pl. xxili., f. 14. Type locality.—Piraie’s
Bay beach, near Cape Pillar, Tasmania; also 100 fathoms off Cape
Pillar.

I found a specimen some years ago on the beach at
Eagle Hawke Neck, Tasmania, which is identical with the
type (teste Hedley). Also dredged broken in 200 fathoms
off Beachport.

Cymatium columnarium, Hedley and May.

Cymatium columnarvuwn, Hedley and May, Records Austr.
Mus., vol. vii., No. 2, 1908, p. 119, pl. xxii., f. 15. Type locality.
——100 fathoms off Cape Pillar, Tasmania.

Dredged in 40 fathoms off Beachport, one good; in 60
fathoms north-west of Cape Borda, one immature; in 100
fathoms off Beachport, one good (identified by C. Hedley
from the type); in 110 fathoms off Beachport, one good; in
130 fathoms off Cape Jaffa, one good, immature; in 150
fathoms off Beachport, one poor, and in 200 fathoms off
Beachport, two poor.

Pyrene plexa, Hedley.

Columbella plexa, Hedley, Proc. Linn. Soc., New South
Wales, 1901, part 4, p. 702, f. 25. Type locality.—Port Jackson:
Hedley and May, Records Austr. Mus., vol. vii., No. 2, 1908, p.
112, 100 fathoms off Cape Pillar, Tasmania.

Dredged in 104 fathoms, 35 miles south-west of Neptune
Islands, fourteen examples.

Arcularia mobilis, Hedley and May.

Arcularia mobilis, Hedley and May, Records Austr. Mus., vol.
Mave. 2. p. 2b pl ax... f.'16, with var. costata, ft. 17. “Type
locality.—100 fathoms, off Cape Pillar, Tasmania.

Dredged in 100 fathoms off Beachport, one immature ;
in 130 fathoms off Cape Jaffa, twelve, some good, mostly
poor; in 150 fathoms off Beachport, two nearly matvre;
in 200 fathoms off Beachport, one immature. No
examples were taken alive. They do not quite conform
either to the type or the variety. As regards the axial coste
they are intermediate, and the spirals are sharper, and wider
apart than in either form.

344

One shell, taken in 150 fathoms off Beachport, is much
more attenuate than the type. This measures 7 mm. by
4 mm., whereas that is 6 mm. by 2°9 mm.

Arcularia grandior, n. sp.
Plate! xv.j 710,27:

Shell large and solid. Whorls nine. Protoconch 2}
turns, smooth; apex scarcely exsert; first whorl depressedly
convex, second vertically flatly convex. Spire-whorls convex,
shouldered ; the angulation starting in the first whorl close
to the suture, proportionately more distant from it and less
acute in each succeeding whorl, in the penultimate just above
the middle. Suture distinct, undulating, narrowly margined.
Body-whorl scarcely shouldered. Aperture axially obliquely
ovate ; outer lip simple, thin, in profile slightly centrally con-
cave; columella concave, obtusely angled at the commence-
ment of the canal which deviates well to the left and is re-
curved ; inner lip, a smooth glaze, complete; notch marked.
Sculpture bold; axial coste, 16 in the penultimate, extend-
ing from suture to suture, acute, concavely rounded, as wide
as the interspaces, and narrowing over the base to the notch ;
spirals valid, sharp, concavely rounded, as wide as the spaces,
crossing and transversely tuberculating the axials, three in
the first whorl, six principals in the penultimate with three
intercalated secondaries, 20 altogether in the body-whorl ex-
tending validly to the notch; irregular crowded interstitial
accremental striz.

Dim.—ULength, 32°5 mm. ; of body-whorl, 13 mm. ; width,
15 mm.

Locality.—Dead in blue clay in 110 fathoms off Beach-
port, 3 large ; 100 fathoms, 3 fragments ; 150 fathoms, 3 fresh,
juvenile; 200 fathoms, 2 ‘fresh, juvenile; off Cape J affa, in
300 fathoms, 2, juvenile ; off Cape Borda, in 55 fathoms, ]
embryonic.

Type in Dr. Verco’s collection.

Obs.—A second. individual, figured (pl. xv., f. 17), is
rather less elate, and the angled shoulder is more persistent.
The type is stained blue, but another example is of a light-
yellowish-brown tint.

Coralliophila elaborata, H. and A. Adams.

Coralliophila elaborata, H. and A. Adams, Proc. Zool. Soc.,
Lond., p. 433. Type locality.—‘‘Sandwich Islands. Gatliff and
Gabriel, Proc. Roy. Soc., Vict.; 1908, vol. xxi. (N.S.), part 1,
p. 369, "San Remo and Lorne.”

Taken at St. Francis Island, west coast of South Aus-

tralia, alive in a rock pool, and dead in numbers. Some

345

specimens are quite white, but others are of a deep bluish-
purple in the aperture and on the columella, and the colour
is faintly visible through the shell. The largest example is
26 mm. long, and 16 mm. in its greatest diameter.

This species was kindly identified by Mr. Gatliff, from
Victorian specimens, compared with the British Museum
type by Mr. Gabriel, with Mr. E. A. Smith’s help.

Coralliophila rubrococcinea, Melvill and Standen.

Coralliophila rubrococcinea, Melvill and Standen, Proc. Zool.
Soc., Lond., 1901, p. 401, pl. 21, f. 2. Type locality.—‘‘Persian
Gulf.” Gatliff and Gabriel, Proc. Roy. Soc., Vict., 1908, vol.
XX. (N. S.), part 1, p. 368, “Port Fairy and San Remo, Vic-

Port MacDonnell Beach.
Identified by Mr. Gatliff, as in the previous species.

Trophon columnarius, Hedley and May.

Trophon columnarius, Hedley and May, Records Austr. Mus.,
vol. vii., No. 2, 1908, p. 121, pl. xxiv., f. 22. Type locality.—100
fathoms off Cape Pillar, Tasmania.

Dredged in 40 fathoms off Beachport, three good (one
identified by C. Hedley, from type in Austr. Mus.).

Trophon molorthus, Hedley and May.

Trophon molorthus, Hedley and May, Records Austr. Mus.,
vol. vii., No. 2, 1908, p. 122, pl. xxiv., f. 23. Type localaty.—100
fathoms, off Cape Pillar, Tasmania.

Dredged in 150 fathoms off Beachport, five; in 200
fathoms, five; also, in 130 fathoms off Cape Jaffa, three: all
dead shells; identified by C. Hedley, from type in Austr.
Mus., Sydney.

Marginella columnaria, Hedley and May.

Marginella columnaria, Hedley and May, Records Austr.
Mus., vol. vii., No. 2, 1908, p. 120, pl. xxii., f. 19. Type locality.
—100 fathoms, off Cape Pillar, Tasmania.

Dredged in Gulf St. Vincent at depths below 25 fathoms,
one alive, six good, ten poor; in Backstairs Passage, 22
fathoms, five alive, and in 12, 15, 17, and 20 fathoms, eight
dead; in 40 fathoms off Beachport, three good, three poor;
in 45 fathoms east of Neptune Islands, one good, immature;
in 55 fathoms north-west of Cape Borda, two good and four
immature; and in 90 fathoms off Cape Jaffa, one very poor.
This species seems, therefore, to live chiefly at about 20
fathoms, and beyond 60 fathoms to be found only in poor
condition.

Limza eit ap: navi... b eyigt.,10 to 13;

Shell small, thin, white ; obliquely aay Umbos central,
inflated, projecting approximate. Hinge-margin straight;

346

dorsal area transversely elongate, narrowly triangular. An-
terior dorso-lateral angle obtuse, about 135 deg.; posterior
about 100 deg. Anterior border slightly concave for about
one-fourth of its length, then uniformly slightly convex.
Posterior border much shorter, at first sub-concave, then
nearly straight. Ventral border semicircular, joining the
anterior border with a more open sweep than the posterior.
Surface convex; with sixteen radial ribs, smooth, rounded,
' nearly as wide as the interspaces, with several intercalated
riblets. Concentric strie granulate the intercostal spaces, and
form sublenticular costule on the sides, more marked on the
anterior, near the dorsal border.

The cartilage-pit is sub-central, and triangular crossing
the dorsal area to the umbo, concave. Huinge-plate narrow
near the pit, widest at the angles; teeth about seven on each
side, diverging, extending slightly along the lateral borders.

Interior slightly furrowed by the ribs. Ventral border
squarely denticulated. |

Dim.—Umbo-ventral diameter, 3°55 mm.; 3°7 mm., in-
cluding the umbo; antero-posterior, 3 mm.

Hab.—-Type locality, 104 fathoms, 35 miles south-west
of Neptune Islands, 40 valves; 90 fathoms off Cape Jaffa, 1
valve.

Type in Dr. Verco’s collection.

Mytilicardia crassicosta, Lamarck.

Cardita crassicosta, Lamarck, Anim. 8S. Vert., 1819, vol. vi.,
pt, 1,..p.,'24,-Noi, ds:

Cardita citrina, Lamarck, op. cit., p. 637, No. 21.

Cardita crassicostata, Reeve; Conch. Icon., 1848, vol. i., pl. 2,
MPs ks ay ire oe

Cardita tridacnoides, Menke; Moll. Nov. Holl., 18438, p. 39,
No. 222.

Dredged alive at all depths from 8 fathoms to 24, in
both Gulfs and Straits. Very young individuals have been
taken alive in 45 fathoms off Beachport and east of the
Neptunes, and in 55 fathoms off Cape Borda. Small valves
occur in numbers in 100 and 110 fathoms off Beachport, and
in 130 fathoms off Cape Jaffa. It would appear as if very
few mature shells are found above 15 fathoms, though the
range of the smaller individuals extends to over 50 fathoms.

Some small specimens are of a uniform rosy-pink colour ;
others have the dorsal two-thirds of the posterior half of a
very dark-brown internally. The ventral border may be
quite straight, or very deeply excavate in front of its centre.
There may be a sort of dorsal fin just in front of the posterior-
dorsal angle, due to expansion of a radial rib. The shell may
be elongate transversely and low umbo-ventrally, or short

347

and very high. The ribs may be acute and scaly, or may
become nearly obsolete, especially behind the umbo-ventral
ridge. :
it may attain a transverse length of 65 mm., 10 mm.
more than that of Lamarck’s type. This may vary consider-
ably in proportion to the umbo-ventral height, as may also
the prominence of the curved costal scales.

Mytilicardia calyculata, Linneus.

Chama calyculata, Linnzus; Syst. Nat., 1767, p. 1138.

Cardita calyculata, Lamarck; Anim. 8. Vert., 1819, vol, vi.,
part 1, p. 24.

Cardita aviculina, Lamarck; op. cit., p. 26, No. 20.

Cardita excavata, Deshayes; Proc. Zool. Soc., Lond., 1852,
p. 100, pl. xvii., f. 1-3.

Mytilicardia tasmanica, Tenison-Woods; Proc. Roy. Soc.,
Tasm., 1876, p. 161.

Taken on the beach at Venus Bay, West Coast of South
Australia; very rarely dredged.

Mytilicardia concamerata, Chemnitz.

Cardita concamerata, Reeve, Mon., t. 9, f. 42.
Thecalia macrotheca, A. Adams and Angas, Proc. Zool. Soc.,
Lond., 1864, p. 39.

Mytilicardia concamerata, Chemnitz, Tate, Trans. Roy. Soc.,
S. Austr., vol. ix., 1886, p. 100.

The habitat is given as “‘under stones at low tide,”
“Rapid Bay, South Australia” (Coll. Angas). But there were
no specimens in Tate’s collection. J have not taken it any-
where, nor has any collector other than Angas recognized it.
It does not appear to have been recorded from Victoria, Tas-
mania, or Western Australia. Possibly some shells from else-
where were by mistake placed among those in Angas’s collec-
tion from South Australia.

Venericardia dilecta, E. A. Smith.
1. xiv. 8.

Cardita dilecta, E. A. Smith; Challenger Rep., Zool., 1885,
vol. xili., p. 213, pl. xv., f. 4, 4a. Dim.—Length 8 mm., height
6 mm., diameter 55. Hab.—‘‘Off East Moncceur Island, Bass
Strait,’ in 38 to 40 fathoms.

This has been dredged in Backstairs Passage in 17
fathoms, two alive and many valves; in 22 fathoms, two alive
and forty-eight valves; and in Gulf St. Vincent, depth un-
noted, many alive and dead ; in 25 fathoms off Beachport, two
poor valves; in 45 fathoms east of the Neptune Islands, one
alive and eighteen valves; in 55 fathoms off Cape Borda, two
poor valves; in 100 fathoms off Beachport, eight valves in
poor and nine in moderate condition ; in 130 fathoms off Cape

4

348

Jaffa, one whole shell and one valve, both in poor condition.
This species would seem to live in water up to 45 fathoms, but
not beyond. Its limit in shallow water below 17 fathoms is
unknown.

My examples are 8°2 mm. by 67, and 81 by 69 mm.,
and are, therefore, proportionately somewhat higher than the
type, but otherwise correspond. One is 9°25 mm. by 75, a
large specimen.

Venericardia dilecta, E. A. Smith. Var. excelsior, var. nov.
PL aga ENG,

It closely resembles C. usheeee Smith ; but is rather more
ventricose, is less equilateral, the ‘umbo being more anterior,
the post-dorsal border is longer and less sloping, the umbo-
ventral depth is greater, the ribs are not quite so valid, the
ventral margin is more curved, it has not the pink tinge
about it, it is blotched and articulated with a darker brown.

Dim.—Length, 7°8 mm.; height, 7:3 mm.

Hab.—55 fathoms off Cape Borda, one valve ; 100 fathoms
off Beachport, six alive, and more than 750 valves quite fresh ;
130 fathoms off Cape Jaffa, four alive, thirty-three valves
quite fresh; 150 fathoms off Beachport, one alive, 750 valves ;
200 fathoms off Beachport, forty-nine valves, and one alive.
The proper habitat of this shell is evidently from 100 to 150
fathoms, only one valve having been found at a less depth.
This circumstance, with the hiatus of about 50 fathoms be-
tween it and I. difecta, almost suggests its right to be con-
sidered a separate species.

It is much more orbicular than my specimens of I.
dilecta, and still more so than the type. Curiously enough
Mr. Smith’s artist has drawn a figure which, instead of cor-
responding with the dimensions in his text, measures exactly
26°5 mm. both in height and length, so as to represent an
orbicular shell, instead of 26°5 in Tength and 19°9 in height,
which are the proportions of his described type.

Some of my specimens are quite white, and some have
concentric bands of a less opaque white in them.

Type in Dr. Verco’s collection.

Venericardia amabilis, Deshayes.

Cardita amabilis, Deshayes; Proc. Zool. Soc., Lond., 1852, p.
102, pl. xvu., f. 8, 9, Hab—“‘New Zealand’’ "Tate and May,
Proc. Linn. Soe., New South Wales, 1901, part Py p. 434, “South
coast of Tasmania’; Pritchard and Gatliff, 1 tee Roy. Soc., Vict.,
1904, vol. xviii. (N.S.), part 1, p. 232, ‘“Western Port, Victoria. *

Dredged alive in Spencer Gulf in 17 fathoms and 20
fathoms, about two-thirds full-grown size; in 25 fathoms off
Beachport, one small individual alive, also two valves full

349

grown; in 40 fathoms off Beachport, one alive, immature,
and 152 valves, the largest being 22 mm. antero-posteriorly
and 19°5 mm. umbo- pelo e in 45 fathoms east of Nep-
tunes, four valves; in 49 fathoms off Beachport, nine valves,
half grown; in 62 fathoms north-west of Cape Borda, two
valves; in 90 fathoms off Cape Jaffa, five alive up to 10 mm.
in length, and 104 valves up to 12 mm.; in 100 fathoms off
Beachport, one alive, immature, and 140 valves up to 13 mm.
in length; in 130 fathoms off Cape Jaffa, very many valves;
in 150 fathoms off Beachport, 107 valves; in 200 fathoms off
Beachport, fifty-two valves up to 10 mm. in length. Its
range in depth is considerable, up to 100 fathoms in life, and
up to 200 fathoms as valves in quantity.

The smaller individuals appear to be comparatively
longer; thus the measurements are 9°75 antero-posteriorly,
8°25 umbo-ventrally, 5°50 sectionally ; then 12°5, 11°25, 8°25,
and 17°5, 17°5.

This shell has been previously recorded for South Aus-
tralia by Prof. Tate in Trans. Roy. Soc. S. Austr., 1888, vol.
x1., p. 68, as C. beddomei, EK. A. Smith, Chall. Rep. Zool.,
1885, vol. xiii., p. 211, pl. xv., f. 5. But our shell is iden-
tical with shells from Tasmania and Victoria sent as U.
amabilis, Desh., and I cannot recognize any specific distinc-
tion between our species and the description and figure of
Deshayes, or between those of Deshayes and Smith. I think
V. beddome: will prove to be a synonym of V. amabilis.

Cardita gemmulifera, Tate, Trans. Roy. Soc. 8S. Austr.,
£392, voll xvisp;y 130,.pl..1. , fig. 9, is only a mild variant of
the above, and cannot be granted specific position.

Venericardia quoyi, Deshayes.

Cardita quoyt, Deshayes; Proc. Zool. Soc., Lond., 1852, p.
103, no plate: Hab.—‘New Holland’’ =~ Dace ‘and May Proc.
Linn. Soc., New South Wales, 1901, part 3, p. 434, U Badees
Island,”’ Tasmania ; Pritchard and Gatliff, Proc. Roy. Soc., Vict.,

1904, vol. xviii. (N. S.), part 1, p. 232, ‘Flinders, Western Port,”
Victoria.

Cardita rosulenta, Tate; Trans. Roy. Soc., S. Austr., 1887,

vol. ix., p. 69, pl. v., f. 3, ‘‘Encounter Bay and Backstairs Pas-
sage.”’

Dredged alive in Eastern Cove, Kangaroo Island, one
specimen in 11, in 14, and in 19 fathoms; also in Backstairs
Passage, two in 13 fathoms, two in 16 to 18 fathoms, three
in 20 fathoms, and one in 22 fathoms. Valves only were
taken in good condition in 25 fathoms off Beachport, two,
and in 40 fathoms, twenty-four valves; in 55 and 60 fathoms
off Cape Borda, eighteen ; in 110 fathoms off Beachport, six ;
in fair condition in 130 fathoms off Cape Jaffa, six; in 150
fathoms off Beachport, one; and in 200 fathoms, two.

350
Venericardia squamigera, Deshayes.

Cardita squamigera, Deshayes; Mag. Zool., 18538, P. 10);
Reeve, Conch. Icon., pl. iv., f. 14: Hab. —“Unknown” Tate,
Trans. Roy. Soc., S. "Austr., 1888, UG. x4.» p. BBs “Spencer Gulf,
off Kangaroo Teed. ts

Dredged alive in Gulf St. Vincent, Spencer Gulf, and in
Backstairs Passage; four in 10 fathoms, five in 12, one in 15,
two in 17, seven in 20, five in 22 fathoms. Valves were
taken, but only of small size, as follows:—-Seventeen in 55
fathoms and one in 62 fathoms off Cape Borda; one in 110
fathoms off Beachport; and two in 300 fathoms off Cape Jaffa.
I have not collected it on any of our beaches.

It attains a length of 25 mm., with a height of 19 mm.,
nearly three times the dimensions given by Tate, viz., three-
eighths of an inch by a quarter of an inch, or 9 mm. by 6.

Venericardia bimaculata, Deshayes.

Cardita bimaculata, Deshayes; Proc. Zool. Soc., Lond., 1852,
pe 101, pl ixwal., i. 4: 5: Hab.— ‘New Zealand, Coll. Cuming; 3
Tate, Trans. Roy. Soc., S. Austr., 1892, vol. xv. p. 134, records
it for South Australia, and says. ‘Gt is not admitted by Prof.
Hutton in his revised ‘list of New Zealand Mollusca’ as living
in New Zealand; Tate and May, Proc. Linn. Soc., New South
Wales, 1901, vol. xxvi., part 3, p. 4384, for Tasmania : Pritchard
and Gatliff, Proc. Roy. oc.,, Vict. 1904, vol. xviii. (N.S.), part
1, p. 232, ‘‘Port Phillip and "Western Port.”

Cardita gunni, Deshayes; Proc. Zool. Soc., Lond., 1852, p.
101, Hab.—‘Van Diemen’s Land’’ (Coll. Cuming).

Cardita atkinsoni, Tenison-Woods; Proc. Roy. Soc., Tasm.,
1876, p. 27, Hab.—‘‘Long Bay, Tasmania.’’

This species varies greatly in shape; one may be 15°25
mm. antero-posteriorly, 12 mm. umbo-ventrally, and 7°75 in
section, and another 13°75, 12°25, and 9°75 in its respective
measurements. The difference is not due to age, for each
form can be traced from minute to full size. But inter-
mediate grades occur. The ribs may vary from 15 to 23.

Dredged alive in Gulf St. Vincent, Spencer Gulf, Inves-
tigator Strait, and Backstairs Passage. Seven in 5 fathoms,
sixty-two in 5 to 10 fathoms, twenty-seven in 10 to 15
fathoms, 134 in 15 to 20 fathoms, and sixty-four in 22 to 23
fathoms, one in 45 fathoms, off the Neptunes. Fifteen to
20 fathoms seems to be, therefore, its proper station, though
one was taken alive in 40 fathoms off Beachport. Valves
only were taken, sixty-five in 40 fathoms, eighteen in 55
fathoms, twelve in 60 fathoms, thirty in 100 fathoms, thirty-
one in 130 fathoms, three in 150 fathoms, ten in 200
fathoms, and five in 300 fathoms.

351

Venericardia lutea, Hutton.

Cardita lutea, Hutton; Man. New Zealand Moll., 1880, p.
159: Venericardia lutea, Hutton, Hedley, Trans. New Zealand
Inst., vol. xxxviii., 1905, p. 72, pl. i, f. 6.

Dredged 14 fathoms off Ardrossan, sixteen alive and
several valves; 15 fathoms off Wallaroo, four alive and seven
valves; 20 fathoms Gulf St. Vincent, two alive.

Venericardia columnaria, Hedley and May.

Venericardia columnaria, Hedley and May, Records Austr.
Mus., vol. vii., No. 2, 1908, p. 125, pl. xxv., f. 37-40. Type
locality.—100 fathoms, off Cape Pillar, Tasmania.

The South Australian shells are not quite so produced
anteriorly as the type, and may have twenty-six ribs. They
may reach 88 mm. in length and 777 mm. in height. Younger
shells are comparatively more transverse. The colour is
white, tinged with brown on the margins beyond the hinge
plate; there may be brownish smears at both ends intern-
ally, or the pallial line and the muscle scars may be painted
brown; or the outer surface may be faintly brown, most
marked at the umbos.

Dredged in 40 fathoms off Beachport, five valves; in 49
fathoms, twelve valves; in 100 and 110 fathoms, very many
valves; in 150 fathoms, seventy-six valves; and in 200
fathoms, seventeen valves ; in 130 fathoms off Cape Jaffa, very
many valves and one perfect shell. Its habitat is apparently
from 100 to 150 fathoms.

Venericardia delicata, n. sp. Pl. xvi., f. 18, 19.

Shell rather thin, transversely oval, subequilateral.
Umbos in front of centre, directed forward, rather promin-
ent, approximate. Post-dorsal border sloping, barely con-
cave, anterior concave. Front margin well curved, ventral
less, posterior wider, somewhat truncately convex. Radial
ribs twenty-four, narrower than their interspaces, high,
closely and finely transversely scaled, denticulating the mar-
gins. Very fine accremental striz crowd the intercostal spaces,
a larger one corresponding with each scale. Lunule nar-
rowly cordiform, smooth, prominent in the centre. Left valve
with two diverging cardinal teeth, tiny anterior lateral tooth
in front of lunule; right valve with wide triangular cardinal,
socket in front of lunule, minute posterior lateral. Interior
white glistening, rayed by ribs, margins denticulated.

Dim.—Antero-posterior diameter, 8°5 mm.; umbo-ven-
tral 2 mm: |

Colour—Sparsely irregularly dotted outside with brown.

A living example is of a light greyish tint, spotted with
brown disposed somewhat concentrically, and has the lunule

352

chestnut brown; and is 6°3 mm. long, 5 mm. high, and 38
mm. in section.

Hab.—Type, 130 fathoms off Cape Jaffa, with several
valves; 90 fathoms, two alive and eighty-four valves; 300
fathoms, many valves; 110 fathoms off Beachport, six valves ;
150 fathoms, twenty-four valves; 200 fathoms, twenty-three
valves; 104 fathoms, thirty-five miles south-west of Neptune
Islands, one alive, and many fresh valves.

Diagnosis. It is most like Venericardia bimaculata,
Deshayes; but is a more delicate shell, has more and nar-
rower ribs, which are much more closely and finely scaled.
The same features distinguish it from V. quoyi, Desh., and
V. dofficilis, Desh.

Type in Dr. Verco’s collection.

Carditella exulata, E. A. Smith.

apie exulata, E. A. Smith; Challenger Rep., Zool., 1885,
vol. xiil. 215, pl. XV., £., G;- Ga: "Type locality.—‘ ‘Off Nightin-
gale tsieee Tristan @’ ’ Acunha, 100 to 150 fathoms.” um.—
Length 4 mm., height 2°75, width 2 mm.

Our shells were taken in 130 fathoms off Cape Jaffa, four ~
valves; 110 fathoms off Beachport, six valves; the beach at
MacDonnell Bay in shell sand, many valves and one living
individual ; and at Kingston, Lacepede Bay, shell sand, many
valves. I cannot detect any specific difference between these
examples and Mr. Smith’s, from his description and figure,
except that ours are smaller, measuring 2°8 mm. by 18 mm.
Some valves have the posterior part internally and the region
of the lateral teeth stained brown. Tristan d’Acunha lies in
about 12 deg. west longitude, and 374 deg. south latitude,
in the middle of the Atlantic Ocean. Beachport is in about
1394 deg. east longitude, and 374 deg. south latitude. The
latitude in which the type shells and ours were taken is,
therefore, exactly the same; as is also the depth, 100 to 150
in the one case, and 110 in the other. These two circum-
stances might to some extent explain their identity. It will
be noted, however, that most of our specimens were taken
on the beach, where also the only living individual was
secured. If the identification is correct, the distance be-
tween the two stations of 162 parallels of longitude, which
at that latitude may be computed as about 9,000 miles, is
very interesting.

Carditella subtrigona, Tate.
Carditella subtrigona, Tate, Trans. Roy. Soc., S. Austr., vol.
, pote, yneeiys, '£.° 10: Type locality. —Streaky Bay, Great Aus-
tralian Bight : Tate, op. cit., vol. xiv., p. 268.
Dredged ple at all ‘depths from 17 to 24 fathoms in
Gulf St. Vincent, Investigator Strait, and Backstairs Pas-
sage, as far out as Newland Head.

353

It may reach 10 mm. in length and 10 mm. in height.
When young the shell is comparatively longer antero-
posteriorly than when adult, the umbos seem to project more
dorsally, and the sectional diameter is less, so that the juven-
ile form might be mistaken for another species. To the char-
acters given by Tate may be added that the shell may be
white with dark-brown muscle scars and hinge-plate and
pallial line, and in addition some have all the inner ventral
part from above the pallial line to the margin a deep purple-
brown. Rarely the whole shell has a light purple tint.

Carditella elegantula, Tate and May.

Carditella elegantula, Tate and May, Proc. Linn. Soc., New
South Wales, vol. xxvi., 1901, part 3, p. 484. Type locality.—
Blackman’s Bay, Tasmania.

Dredged alive in Backstairs Passage in 22 fathoms and in
18 fathoms; also in Investigator Strait, 22 fathoms; dead in
Spencer Gulf; Port Willunga (Mr. Kimber).

Carditella valida, n. sp. Pl. xvi., f. 22 to 24.

Shell solid, obliquely transversely oval, somewhat pro-
duced anteriorly. Umbos prominent, curved forward,
acute, approximate, with a minute prodissoconch cap. Post-
dorsal border markedly convex; anterior concave; ventral
convex, more curved in front than behind, crenulate. About
nineteen valid axial ribs, rounded, interspaces very narrow.
Valid close-set concentric round cords cross the coste, scarcely
visible in the interspaces. The right valve has a wide tri-
angular cardinal tooth, an anterior lateral separated by a
groove from the margin, and a posterior marginal lateral.
The left valve has two diverging cardinals, of which the pos-
terior is the larger, a posterior lateral separated by a groove
from the margin and an anterior marginal lateral. The in-
ternal ventral border is well denticulated. Lunule cordiform,
depressed, smooth. Escutcheon long, lanceolate. Ligament
visible externally. Colour brownish, especially over the pos-
terior third. Internally brown in the posterior part fading
anteriorly, lateral teeth brown, and inside the ventral mar-
gin. It may be wholly white, or of a very light purple tint.

Dim.—Antero-posterior diameter, 3°7 mm.; umbo-ven-
tral, 3°6 mm.

Hab.—Encounter Bay (Tate); Gulf St. Vincent, under
22 fathoms, several alive and many valves. Taken in small
numbers and poor condition in 25, 40, 62, 110, and 130
fathoms, from Beachport west to the Neptune Islands.

Diagnosis.—It was recorded by Tate for South Australia
as C. infans, E. A. Smith, in Trans. Roy. Soc., 8. Austr.,

L

354

vol. ix., 1886, p. 100, and listed by Adcock in his Handlist,
1893, No. 146. Mr. Hedley has sent me Smith’s species, ob-
tained from the type locality, and it appears to have less
curved dorsal borders and fewer ribs, which are scaled, and
not corded.

It very closely resembles C’. elegantula, Tate and May,
of which it may prove to be only a variety, in which case its
name will indicate the difference, for it has fewer and higher
ribs, with bolder and less crowded concentric cords, and is
somewhat less oblique.

Type in Dr. Verco’s collection.

Carditella vincentensis, n. sp. Pl. xvi, f. 20, 21.

Shell solid, roundly trigonal. Umbos projecting, ap-
proximate, curved forward. Dorsal borders converge at about
a right angle; posterior straightly convex, anterior slightly
excavate. Lunule elongate-cordate, depressed, smooth, its
centre prominent, and seen as a convexity in the profile of
the shell. Escutcheon well marked, elongate, bevelled edges,
left valve overlapping the right. Twenty-two flattened
rounded ribs, the posterior straight, the anterior concave for-
wards, interstices linear. Well-marked concentric lire cross
the ribs and spaces. Right valve has a central triangular
cardinal tooth, a long anterior lateral tooth separated from
the margin by a groove, and a thin posterior marginal lateral.
The left valve has two diverging cardinal teeth, a posterior
lateral separated from the margin by a groove, and an an-
terior marginal lateral tooth. The lateral teeth and sockets
are microscopically vertically striate. | Ventral border well
denticulated internally. Colour white, reddish-brown tint
on the posterior third of the shell, deepest at the posterior
inferior angle.

Dim.—Antero-posterior diameter, 3 mm.; umbo-ventral,
2°85 mm.

Hab.—Gulf St. Vincent, Spencer Gulf, and Backstairs
Passage, 20 and 22 fathoms, several alive and many valves..

Variations.—The posterior dorsal border may be quite
straight. The colour may be wholly white, the brown tint
may be continued across the middle to the front border,
or it may be disposed in radially elongate spots on the ribs.

Piragnosis.—From C. elegantula by its straighter posterior
border, by the prominence of the centre of its lunule, by
being more equilateral, and by its colour.

Type in Dr. Verco’s collection.

Cuna atkinsoni, Tenison-Woods, sp.

Kellia atkinsoni, Tenison-Woods, Proc. Roy. Soc., Tasm.,
1877 (1876), p. 158. Type locality.—Long Bay, Tasmania.

355

Carditella atkinsoni, Tenison-Woods, Tate and May, Proc.
Linn. Soc., New South Wales, vol. xxvi., 1901, part 3, p. 435, pl.
xxvii., f. 107.

Cuna atkinsoni, Tenison-Woods, Hedley and May, Records
Austr. Mus., vol. vii., No. 2, 1908, p. 113, 100 fathoms off Cape
Pillar, Tasm. *f

Dredged Gulf St. Vincent, under 22 fathoms, many
whole and valves; 110 fathoms off Beachport, one valve; 130
fathoms off Cape Jaffa, five good valves.

Some examples have very fine concentric striz and fewer
marginal denticulations; others seem very solid, probably
from senility; and one variety is much narrower and more
solid, and has a broad solid hinge-plate; but the examples
were too few to create a new species from them.

Cuna hamata, Hedley and May.

Cuna hamata, Hedley and May. Records Austr. Mus.,
vol. vii., No. 2, 1908, p. 124, pl. xxv., f. 33-36. ype locality.—
100 fathoms, off Cape Pillar, Tasmania.

Dredged off Beachport in 40 fathoms, one alive, eighty-
six good valves; 49 fathoms, ten poor valves; 100 fathoms,
fifteen good valves; 150 fathoms, sixty-five good valves;
north-west of Cape Borda, 62 fathoms, ten poor valves; off
Cape Jaffa, 130 fathoms, thirty-nine good valves. It has
evidently a wide range in depth, though none were taken
in 200 or 300 fathoms.

During life it is of a translucent horn colour, opaque
white when dead.

Cuna obliquissima, Tate, sp.

Cardita obliquissima, Tate, Trans. Roy. Soc., S. Austr., vol.
ix., 1887, p. 70, pl. v., f. 9. Type locality.—22 fathoms, En-
counter Bay.

Dredged at different depths in Gulf St. Vincent and
Backstairs Passage; seven miles south-west of Newland Head
in 20 fathoms, one alive, of faint pink tint; off Beachport in
40 fathoms, twelve good valves; in 49 fathoms, seventeen
poor valves; off Cape Borda in 55 fathoms, one whole and
twenty-five good valves; in 62 fathoms, four whole and three
valves, all poor; off Beachport in 110 fathoms, nine valves, in
moderate condition; in 150 fathoms, two valves, moderate.
This lives chiefly in water up to 25 fathoms, and is in poor
state above 60 fathoms, and not found above 150.

In addition to the stout “four or five radial riblets’’ on
the posterior slope noted by Tate, living shells show fine
axial riblets over the whole surface, quite to the anterior mar-
gin. The “distant concentric grooves” do not correspond in
direction with the fine microscopic accremental striz, but cut
them obliquely from the front downwards and backwards,

L2

356

and each one slightly notches the ventral margin on its outer
aspect, the notches of successive grooves being more anterior.
In very young living shells the grooves are very deep at the
anterior margin, so as to form distinctly projecting lamelle
here. The prominent prodissoconch is well preserved as a
tiny concentrically hollowed cap.

Cuna delta, Tate and May, sp.

Carditella delta, Tate and May, Trans. Roy. Soc., S. Austr.,
vol. xxiv., 1900, p. 102.

Cuna delta, Tate and May, Verco, Trans. Roy. Soc., S.
Austr., vol. xxxi., 1907, p. 109. See references there.

Dredged also in 104 fathoms, thirty-five miles south-west
off Neptunes, and in 130 fathoms off Cape Jaffa, one valve
at each station. Its habitat is evidently in the shallower
water, not beyond 22 fathoms.

Cuna cessens, n. sp. Pl. xiv., f. 4 to 7.

Shell rather thin, trigonal, almost equilateral. Umbonal
angle rather less than a right angle. Apex capped by a
minute prodissoconch. Dorsal borders nearly straight, tne
posterior barely excavate, the anterior barely convex. An-
terior and posterior ventral angles well marked. Ventral
border convex, not crenulated. Exterior dull, rough, sordid,
with about ten obsolete radials; and several concentric imbri-
cations or growth-rests, besides obsolete accremental striation.
Anterior and posterior sides somewhat excavate into long
lunule and escutcheon, the posterior more deeply than the
anterior. The right valve has a large triangular cardinal
tooth, and a small posterior above and behind the ligamental
pit. The left valve has a large anterior cardinal, and a
depression behind the socket of the right wedge tooth for
the ligament, separated by a tooth, and a small one above
and behind the pit. Each valve has a marginal lateral, and
a lateral separated from the margin by a groove. The in-
ternal ventral border is not denticulate. The interior is
white with the ribs and imbrications visible through the
shell. Colour is a dul] light horn tint.

Dim.—Antero-posterior diameter, 1°8 mm.; umbo-ven-
tral, 2°1 mm.; sectional, ‘9 mm.

Dredged in Backstairs Passage, 22 fathoms, several alive
and valves.

Diragnosis.—Its closest ally is (. delta, Tate and May;
but it is less solid, has a wider umbonal angle, has a smaller
sectional diameter, has the concentric rest gradations, and
no marginal denticulations.

Type in Dr. Verco’s collection.

357
Cuna concentrica, Hedley.

Cuna concentrica, Hedley, Mem. Austr. Mus., vol iv., 1902, p.
315; Verco, Trans. Roy. Soc., S. Austr., vol. xxxi., p. 109, q.v.

Cuna edentata, n. sp. Pl. xiv., f. 1 to 3.

Shell ovate-trigonal, white, glossy solid. Anterior and
posterior lateral borders nearly straight, the latter rather
shorter. Ventral border convex, slightly produced anteriorly.
A small prominent prodissoconch cap, about three-fourths of
a circle. Exterior has crowded concentric valid ribs, but no
radial sculpture. The right valve has a large central tri-
angular tooth, a minute anterior, at the extremity of the
long antero-lateral tooth, which is separated by a groove
from the margin, a marginal postero-lateral, with a minute
cardinal tooth above it, and above that a marginal socket
for the left posterior cardinal. The left valve has a large
anterior cardinal tooth, and a small posterior behind the
cartilage-pit, a long low postero-lateral tooth separated by a
groove from the margin, and a marginal antero-lateral.

The inner ventral border is not dentated, whence the
name.

Dim.—Antero-posterior diameter, 1°6 mm.; umbo-ven-
tral; 6:9: mai.

Hab.—Gulf St. Vincent, dredged several.

Pragnosis.—It is very like C. concentrica, Hedley, but
the smooth internal ventral border distinguishes it.

Type in Dr. Verco’s collection.

Cuna comma, n. sp. Pl. xvii. f. 29 to 31.

Shell solid, white, glossy, obliquely pyriform, with a
distinct three-quarter circle prodissoconch. Antero-lateral
border convex ; postero-lateral concave below the umbo, then
straight, much shorter; ventral border convex produced an-
teriorly. Outer surface closely concentrically ribbed, no
radial sculpture. The right valve has a large central curved
cuneate tooth in front of the cartilage-pit, and a small pos-
terior tooth just below the umbo, with a little socket out-
side and below it. The left valve has a large curved anterior
tooth, a lamina in front of the cartilage-pit, a small pos-
terior tooth behind the pit, and a small socket above and in
front of it. The antero-lateral in the right valve and the
postero-lateral in the left are separated from the margin by
a groove to receive the corresponding marginal lamina of the
other valve. The internal ventral border is not denticulated.

Dim.-—Antero-posterior diameter, 2°6 mm.; umbo-ven-
tral, 3°2 mm.

Hab.—Dredged alive in 22 fathoms in Backstairs Pas-
sage, and in 20 fathoms off Newland Head; also in Gulf St.

358

Vincent, very many; in 40, 45, 49, 55, 62, 110, and 130
fathoms, from Beachport to the Neptune Islands, but mostly
in poor condition.

Dagnosis.—From C. concentrica, Hedley, by its curved
lateral and non-denticulated ventral borders; from UC.
edentata, by its larger size and curved lateral borders; from
C. atkinsoni, by the character of the hinge and the non-
denticulated border.

Type in Dr. Verco’s collection.

Condylocardia subradiata, Tate, sp. Pl. xvii., f. 25 to 28.

Carditella subradiata, Tate, Trans. Roy. Soc., S. Austr., vol.
xi., 1888, pl. xi., f. 7. Type locality.—Shell sand, Royston Head.

Dredged off Royston Head, 20 fathoms, one alive, large;
Backstairs Passage, 22 fathoms, one alive and six valves; off
Beachport in 40 fathoms, fourteen valves; in 49 fathoms, very
‘many valves, good; in 110 fathoms, nine whole and very many
valves; in 90 fathoms off Cape Jaffa, many valves;
east of North Neptune Island in 45 fathoms, one
whole, three valves, all poor; north-west of Cape Borda in
62 fathoms, five alive and many valves, good; thirty-five miles
south-west of Neptune Islands in 104 fathoms, four valves,
poor. It seems to live in water from 20 to 100 fathoms.

Its generic location has been changed. Tate did not
allude to its dentition in his description, and only the ex-
ternal surface was figured. His type, which is the only ex-
ample in his collection, was fixed on a card to show the outer
surface, and was regarded by him as a left Carditella valve,
produced posteriorly ; but it proves to be a right Condylocardia
valve, produced anteriorly. It has a distinct prodissoconch
scale, separated by a narrow groove from the hinge-plate be-
low. A large subcentral cartilage pit is bounded in front by
a comparatively long diverging cardinal tooth, and behind
by a thinner, lower, and shorter diverging lamina. The
long antero-lateral tooth is separated from the margin by a
groove, and the postero-lateral tooth is marginal.

Two other valves have furnished the illustrations of the
hinge of this species, which may be more fully described
thus: accepting Bernard’s conclusion for his genus that the
anterior is the produced side. The right valve has a diverg-
ing front cardinal tooth, and a long antero-lateral separated
from the margin by a groove; this receives the antero-lateral
marginal lamina of the left valve; this lamina is continued
as a sort of hook round the dorsum of the right cardinal, and
as a diverging left cardinal down its posterior side, where it
rests on a low narrow shelf at the base of, and forms the
socket of, the right cardinal and also the anterior wall of

359

the central cartilage pit. The left valve has a posterior di-
verging cardinal tooth, and a long postero-lateral tooth sep-
arated from the margin by a groove, which receives the pos-
tero-lateral marginal lamina of the right valve. The socket
of this cardinal is completed by a diverging tooth in the
right valve, lying anterior to it, where it rests on a low ledge,
and so forms also the posterior wall of the cartilage pit; this
is completed dorsally by a horizontal projection forwards
from the right posterior cardinal just beneath the edge of
the prodissoconch, where there is a horizontal groove in each
valve.
Condylocardia compressa, Hedley and May, sp.

Cuna compressa, Hedley and May. Records of the Aus-
tralian Museum, vol. vii., No. 2, 1908, p. 124, pl. xxiv., f. 29,
30, 31, 32. Type locality.—100 fathoms, off Cape Pillar, Tas-
manila.

Dredged off Beachport in 40 fathoms, three alive and ninety
valves; in 49 fathoms, one whole and fifty valves; in 110
fathoms, one whole, twenty-seven valves, several of them
poor; in 150 fathoms, twenty-five valves, rather poor; in 200
fathoms, two valves, poor; north-west of Cape Borda in 62
fathoms, twenty-three valves; and off Cape Jaffa in 130
fathoms, one valve. In 40 fathoms would appear to be its
real habitat.

It comes very close to C. swbhradiata, Tate, but its greater
number of less valid ribs and its more transverse shape when
young distinguish it.

I suggested to Mr. Hedley that this species is a Condy-
locardia and not a Cuna; and he has re-examined the den-
tition and concurs in its generic transference. It is compara-
tively a gigantic species for the genus, which contains (with
the exception of (. suhradiata, Tate) only minute shells.

Condylocardia ovata, Hedley.

Condylocardia ovata, Hedley, Proc. Linn. Soc., New South
Wales, 1905, part 4, vol. xxx., p. 539, pl. xxxi., f. 5, 6; Verco,
irans..Koy. Soc., 547 Austr. 190%,. vol. x=xicy p.. 209.

Condylocardia trifoliata, Hedley.

Condylocardia trifoliata, Hedley, Proc. Linn. Soc., 1906,
vol. xxxi., p. 475; Verco, Trans. Roy. Soc., S. Austr., 1907, vol.
aio, p.. 109.

Condylocardia pectinata, Tate and May.

Carditella pectinata, Tate and May, Trans. Roy. Soc., S.
Austr., 1900, vol. xxiv., p. 1038. Type _ locality.—‘‘Derwent
Estuary, Tasmania’ (W. L. May); Proc. Linn. Soc., New South
Wales, 1901, vol. xxvi., part 3, p. 435, pl. xxvii., f. 96, 97.

Condylocardia pectinata, Tate and May, sp., Hedley, Mem.
Austr. Mus., 1902. vol. iv., part 5, p. 318, ‘63-75 fathoms, off

360

Port Kembla, and in Sydney Harbour;”’ Pritchard and Gatliff,
Proc. Roy. Soc., Vict., 1904, vol. xvii. (N.S.), part 1, p. 231,
‘Dredged off Rhyll, Western Port.’’

Dredged in 22 fathoms Backstairs Passage, several; also
alive and valves in Spencer Gulf and Gulf St. Vincent at
unrecorded depths. Taken on Kingston Beach whole and as
valves. :

Condylocardia porrecta, Hedley,

Condylocardia porrecta, Hedley, Proc. Linn. Soc., New South
Wales, 1906, vol. xxxi., part 3, p. 475, pl. XXXVlll., f, 24. Type
locality. “Mast Head "Reef, Queensland. a

Dredged Gulf St. Vincent below 22 fathoms, several
alive. One small individual has only twelve ribs.

Condylocardia australis, Bernard.

Condylocardia australis, Munier-Chalmas (nomen), Bernard;
Etudes Comparatives sur La Coquille des Lamellibranches Condy-
locardia, Paris, 1896, p. 12, pl. vi., f. 4. Type locality.—Tle St.
Paul (M. Velain).

Dredged Gulf St. Vincent, several whole and valves.

The South Australian shell is scarcely as transverse as
that figured, and is more crenulated at the margin, but Ber-
nard describes his as ‘‘margo ventralis crenatus,”’ and this
character varies in our specimens, as do also the wideness and
roundness of the radial ribs.

St. Paul Island, if that situated in the Atlantic is
referred to, is very distant; but no further than several other

accredited specimens extend.

Condylocardia crassicosta, Bernard.

Condylocardia crassicosta, Bernard; Etudes Comparatives sur
La Coquille des Lamellibr anches Condylocardia, Paris, 1896, p. 11.,
pl. vi., f. 1. Type locality.—Stewart Island (M. Filhol), New
Zealand, taken in 35 fathoms.

Dredged in Backstairs Passage 22 fathoms, several alive;
also in Spencer Gulf and Gulf St. Vincent. Received from
Mr. C. J. Gabriel, under the name of (. pectinata, taken at
Frankston, Port Phillip, and Westport Bay. It differs from
C. pectinata in the smaller number of ribs, seven to ten only,
in their greater height, and in the shape of the shell.

EXPLANATION OF PLATES.

Puate XIV.
1. Cuna edentata, Verco, exterior.
Ag BP hig i interior.
cessens, Verco, exterior.
GRY ns * My id Pins!
6, 7.
8. Venericardia dilecta, BE. a Smith, exterior.
9. var. exrcelsior, Verco,

bP) 9? 33

exterior.

361

PLATE XV.

10. Limea parvula, Verco, exterior.

L. = ve interior.

12, ee hinge.

14. Lurritella kimberi, ‘Verco.

15. ,, protoconch.

16. Arcularia grandior , Verco.

a variant to show the aper-

23 29 a)

ture.
PLATE XVI.
18. Venericardia delicata, Verco, interior.
19. >, exterior.
20. Carditella vincentensis, Verco, exterior.
Re », Interior.
92. 33 valida, Verco, exterior.
y= ae ‘ fas hinge.
PuaTeE XVII.
i Condylocardia subradiata, Tate, type shell, exterior
6 = oh interior.
a7 28. a eA a) | BOG the type shell, show

ing the hinge.
29. Cuna comma, Verco, exterior.
ey She) 653 iy hinge.

PuatTe XVIII.

32,33. Turbo jourdani, Kiener, operculum.
34, oe.)25, stamineus, Martyn, iy
36, eter 55.) .ormnert, Philippi, sf
oo, Oo. 5, undulatus, Martyn, i

362

FURTHER NOTES ON AUSTRALIAN COLEOPTERA, WITH
DESCRIPTIONS OF NEW GENERA AND SPECIES.
NO. XXXVIII.

By the Rev. T. Buackpurn, B.A.
[Read October 6, 1908.]

CARABID.
LITHOSTROTUS.

Mr. Sloane, in a note to his tabulation of Australian
Lebud genera (Pr. Linn. Soc., N.S.W., 1898, p. 494), sup-
presses his Lestianthus as a synonym of Lithostrotus, but with-
out any discussion, nor can I find that he has entered into the
matter elsewhere. I cannot now remember whether I have
held communication with him on the matter privately, but
in any case I think his decision may be accepted, although
there are slight differences between his diagnosis and mine
which might suggest a doubt on the subject. It seems clear
that his species (L. sculpturatus) is not identical with my
L. cerulescens. J have recently met with an example of
Lithostrotus which does not seem referable to either of the
above species, and which therefore must be regarded as a third
member of the genus.

L. planior, sp. nov. Minus elongatus, minus convexus ; capite
quam prothorax parum angustior1; sat nitidus; lete
cyaneus, antennis palpis tibiisque rufescentibus; supra
pilis erectis sparsim vestitus; capite prothoraceque supra
minus fortiter minus sparsim punctulatis; hoc leviter
transverso, canaliculato, sat anguste marginato, cordi-
formi, antice subtruncato, angulis posticis acutis denti-
formibus; elytris minus fortiter striatis; striis (his pos-
tice sat obsoletis) confertim subtiliter punctulatis, inter-
stitiis planis sat latis uniseriatim sat fortiter sparsius
punctulatis. Long., 22 1.; lat., 1 1. (vix.).

Differs from ZL. cerulescens, Blackb., inter alia, by its
distinctly less convex form, by its considerably brighter
cyaneous colouring, by its head less coarsely and less sparsely
punctulate, and by the sculpture of its elytra, which are dis-
tinctly striate with the strie very distinctly, finely, and
closely punctulate, the interstices being flat and even, and
each bearing a single row of about 10 or 12 strong punctures
(much larger than those of the strie). This species is pro-
bably more nearly allied to Mr. Sloane’s species than to L.
cerulescens, but is not likely (on account of several disagree-
ments with the description) to be identical with it, ¢.g., Mr.

363

Sloane describes the elytral interstices of his sculpturatus as
“closely punctulate,” which per se seems to settle the matter.

New South Wales: Blue Mountains; elevation, 3,000 ft.

LAMELLICORNES.
SERICOIDES.
PLATYDESMUS.

P. (Haplonycha) obscuricorms, Blanch. I have recently
met with a Platydesmus on the Blue Mountains (New South
Wales), which, I feel no dount, is the true P. (Haplonycha)
obscuricornis, Blanch. I used the name, with hesitation, in
a former paper (Tr. R.S., S.A., 1907, p. 270) for a species
of the genus which is closely allied to this Blue Mountain
one, but certainly not identical. The present insect is lar-
ger, and has its antennal flabellum black or very dark piceous
(in both these characters agreeing with Blanchard’s descrip-
tion), also has the antenna! flabellum of the male longer,
the head more closely and less coarsely punctured, and the
puncturation of the pronotum distinctly stronger and closer,
and the basal joint of the hind tarsi considerably shorter
in proportion to the 2nd joint. This discovery leaves the
P. obscuricorms of my former paper without a name, and
accordingly I name and describe it as follows : —

P. punctulaticeps, sp. nov. Mas. Leviter ovatus; sat niti-
dus; supra subglaber, lateribus ciliatis; subtus pilosus ;
subiridescens, colore variabilis (ferrugineus, plus minusve
picescens) ; antennis 9-articulatis, rufis, flabello 3-articu-
lato minus elongato (quam clypeus parum longiori) haud
arcuato ; capite minus crebre minus subtiliter punctulato ;
prothorace quam longiori ut 13 ad 8 latiori, antice for-
titer angustato, supra subtilius minus crebre punctulato,
lateribus leviter arcuatis pone medium nonnihil sinuatis,
angulis anticis acutis posticis (superne visis) subrectis,
basi marginata utrinque sinuata; scutello fere levi;
elytris sat fortiter punctulato-striatis, striis haud gemin-
atim ordinatis, interstitiis sat fortiter convexis sparsim
punctulatis; pygidio subtilius minus crebre punctulato ;
tibiis anticis extus tridentatis (dentibus 2 inferioribus
magnis, altero subobsoleto); tarsorum posticorum arti-
culo basali 2° equali; coxis posticis quam metasternum
multo brevioribus.

Femine antennarum flabello quam clypeus multo breviori.

The relation of this species to P. obscuricornis, Blanch..,
has been discussed above, under the name of that insect.

New South Wales: Sydney.

364

The tabulated statement of the distinctive characters of
the known Platydesmi must now be altered as follows : —
A. Antennal flabellum piceous-black ... obscuricornis, Blanch.
A.A. Antennal flabellum red or testaceous.
B. Antennal flabellum has only three
lamine.
C. Basal 2 joints of hind tarsi scarcely
differing in length.
D. Pronotum coarsely punctulate sulcipennis, -Mact.,
DD. Pronotum finely punctulate punctulaticeps,
CC. Basal joint of hind tarsi notably [ Blackb.
shorter than 2nd joint.
D. Prothorax fully twice as wide as
on che) seh ite tele See | ae. eg Gn geen
DD. Prothorax notably less trans-
VETSC, ww. aban) nee wee see, INRINOONS,) cee
BB. Antennal flabellum has four laminze inusitatus, Blackb.
In a paper which I had the honour of reading before
the Royal Society (South Australia) last year I continued my
revision of the Australian Serzcord Lamellicornes by treating
of the group of genera of which Scitala may be regarded as
the typical member, and also of several aberrant genera
which appear to me to follow that group more naturally than
to occupy any other place in the aggregate. They complete
that portion of the aggregate which consists of winged species
having simple claws. In a former paper (Trans. R.S., 8.A.,
1898, p. 32, etc.) I furnished a tabular statement of the char-
acters of the Australian Sericoides, in which I placed at the
end of the table seven genera differing from all those pre-
ceding them in respect of certain strongly marked charac-
ters, inasmuch as they present one or more of the following
peculiarities, v7z., absence of wings suitable for flight, claws
not simple, and prosternal sutures open. The genus dis-
tinguished by the lastnamed character (Machidius) I have
since regarded as better placed before the other six of those
genera than as the last of the seven, and accordingly I
placed it in my present revision as the last of the genera dis-
cussed in my paper of 1907. There now remain, therefore,
only the genera having claws not simple, which are the “other
six” referred to above, and also another genus ( Anacheirotus )
founded by me subsequently (Tr. R.S., S.A., 1900, p. 39) for
a very remarkable Lamellicorn taken by Herr Koch in Cen-
tral Australia, and Macleay’s genus Odontotonyr. The first
of these genera (Cal/abomica) calls for some special remark,
since I characterized its claws originally (in 1895) as appendi-
culate, but in 1898 placed it among genera with simple claws,
accidentally omitting to add a note setting forth the reasons
for the change. The fact is its claws are intermediate in
form, and should be called, I think, “subappendiculate.”

365

Their basal part is compressed (and wide on its broader face)
and becomes somewhat suddenly narrower a little before the
middle (more conspicuously in the front than in the hind
claws), but without the sharp distinction between the basal
and apical parts that constitutes true appendiculation. In
the strict sense, therefore, they must be called simple.
Anacheirotus was sufficiently discussed by me in a former
paper (loc. cit.), and I need not repeat what I then wrote,
but it will be well to furnish a fresh tabular statement of
the characters distinctive of the Sericord genera still remain-
ing for treatment in this revision, inasmuch as one of them
had not been discovered when my former tabulation was
written, and I have been able to identify in the Australian
Museum another genus (Odontotonyx) which in my former
revision I was obliged to pass over as unrecognizable.

A. Claws (strictly regarded) simple; mem-

branous wings aborted ... ... ...
AA. Claws appendiculate or bifid.

B. Body without membranous wings ... Pseudoheteronyx.
BB. Winged species.

Callabonica,

C. Antenne with only 7 joints ... .... Nepytis.
CC. Antennz with more than 7 joints.
D. Anterior 4 tarsi of male strongly
dilated ... .-» Neoheteronyx.

DD. Tarsi of male normal.
E. Tarsi with a large membranous
appendage at base of claws Odontotonyx.
EE. Tarsi not as E.
F. Form strongly depressed ... Eurychelus.
FF. Form notably more convex.
G. Labrum extremely small

and inconspicuous ..._.... Anacheirotus.
GG. Labrum strongly deve-
Peer ee FE Heteronyx.

The known species pertaining to the 8 genera tabulated
above are very unevenly distributed, the first 7 genera
together containing less than 12 species, while Heteronyz is
of all the Australian Lamellicornes the richest in known
species.

CALLABONICA.

The generic characters have been discussed above under
the heading ‘“‘Sericoides.” I have not seen any additional
specimens referable to Callabonica since my original descrip-
tion was written.

PSEUDOHETERONYX.

I have two new species to be added to this genus. The
now known species may be distinguished as follows: —
A. Antenne of only 8 joints.
B. Elytra sparsely punctulate (about
12 punctures from suture reach
middle of width) cas ee» see sen Daldiensis, Blaekb.

366

BB. Elytra closely punctulate (12 punc-
tures from suture not nearly reach-

ing middle of width)| ... ......~ creber, Blackb:
AA. Antenne of 9 joints.
B. Prothorax twice as wide as long ... laticollis, Plackb.
BB. Prothorax decidedIy less trans-
verse we .. heleoides, Blackb.

P. \ereber, sp.) DOv.. Sat ‘brevis; “fortiter convexus ; postice
dilatatus ; minus nitidus ; supra sat glaber, subtus et in
pedibus pilis fulvis minus sparsim vestitus; niger, an-
tennis palpis tarsisque picescentibus ; clypeo crebre rugu-
loso, antice sinuato-truncato; fronte leviter vix crebre
punctulata; prothorace quam longiori fere duplo latiori,
antice leviter angustato, supra fortiter crebre punctulato
(in parte postico-laterali confluenter subtiliter ruguloso),
angulis posticis rotundato-obtusis, lateribus leviter arcua-
tis, basi media parum lobata; elytris ut prothoracis discus

punctulatis, haud striatis; pygidio sparsim punctulato ;

tibiis anticis extus fortiter 3-dentatis; labro a clypeo

obtecto; antennis 8-articulatis; coxis posticis metasterno

(hoc sat brevi) longitudine sat equalibus, quam seg-

mentum ventrale secundum sat longioribus; unguiculis

appendiculatis. Long., 6} 1.; lat., 34 1.

This species is a little more elongate than its previously
described congeners, with the metasternum slightly longer.
As my specimen is unique I have not been able to examine
its concealed parts, but I have no doubt of its wings being
obsolete. There are considerably more than 20 punctures
down the length of its pronotum, and something like 35 across
the width of an elytron.

New South Wales (Mount Kosciusko); taken by Mr. H.
J. Carter.

P. laticollis, sp. nov. Brevis; fortiter convexus ; modice niti-
- dus; supra fere glaber pilis erectis fulvis sparsissime ves-
titus ; subtus et in pedibus pilis fulvis nonnullis vestitus ;
niger, antennis palpis tarsisque picescentibus ; clypeo
crebre ruguloso, antice (superne viso) truncato; fronte
minus crebre punctulata ; prothorace quam longiori plene
duplo latiori, antice leviter angustato supra sparsim acer-
vatim subgrosse vix profunde punctulato, angulis pos-
ticis (superne visis) bene determinatis fere rectis ; lateri-

bus leviter arcuatis, basi parum lobata; elytris vix

manifeste striatis, sparsim sat grosse punctulatis ; pygidio

sparsissime punctulato; tibiis anticis extus fortiter 3-

dentatis; labro a clypeo obtecto; antennis 9-articulatis ;

coxis posticis metasterno (hoc brevi) longitudine sat
equalibus, quam segmentum ventrale secundum sat
longioribus; unguiculis appendiculatis. Long: .Gyds5

lat., 32 1.

367

Somewhat close to P. heleoides, Blackb.; its clypeus
viewed from directly above is seen to be truncate (that of
P. heleoides sinuate or subemarginate) ; its prothorax is by
measurement fully twice as wide as long (that of P. helaoides
decidedly less transverse); the hind angles of its prothorax
viewed from above are quite sharp and almost rectangular
(those of P. helewoides decidedly blunt) ; its elytra are all but
non-striate, very faint strize being traceable only from a par-
ticular point of view, and there can hardly be said to be dis-
tinct continuous interstices between the strie from any point
of view; in he/woides 10 distinct striz are seen, with quite
strongly convex interstices—the striez, however, being rather
depressions between ridges than furrows actually impressed
on the derm of the elytra, and both strize and interstices are
rendered irregular in places by the foveate rugulosity of the
sculpture. In P. laticollis about 10 punctures reach from
base to apex of pronotum and about 12 from suture to lateral
margin of elytra.

New South Wales; taken at Walgett by Judge Docker ;
sent to me by Mr. Carter.

NEPYTIS.

As I am not quite sure that I have seen the unique
species that represents this genus, I cannot make any. confi-
dent assertion about its generic validity. I found in Tas-
mania some years ago a dead and much broken Lamellicorn
which I believe to be the species in question, but, unfor-
tunately, it is without antenne, and this particular mutila-
tion renders the specimen incapable of certain identifica-
tion, as the most distinctive character attributed to the genus
is that its antennze have only 7 joints. I do not regard that
character alone as sufficient for separation from Heteronyz,
although I have not as yet seen any Heteronyx with so few
antennal joints, but if the specimen referred to above is really
Nepytis, there are other distinctive characters that estab-
lish the validity of the genus. In view of the uncertainty
of the identification it is, however, not worth while to go
further into the matter here.

NEOHETERONYX.

The 4 anterior tarsi of the male in the unique known
species of this genus are most remarkable, resembling those
of a //arpalus. I have nothing to be added here to my
former notes concerning it.

ODONTOTONYX.

This genus is readily distinguished among those having
the claws not simple by the large membranous appendage

368

at the base of the claws. The unique species has elytra
nitid, glabrous, and strongly striate.

EURYCHELUS.

1 doubt whether this genus can be permanently retained
as distinct from Heteronyz. There does not appear to me
to be any better character for it than its depressed parallel
form and the occurrence on its elytra of a fairly distinct
pattern, due to the presence of small patches of whitish
pubescence, the derm beneath the patches being also usually
of a lighter colour than the general surface. Regarded as a
Heteronyx the described species (#. marmoratus, Blanch.)
finds its place in the lst Group (vide my tabulation, to fol-
low), and it stands next to H. Bovilli, Blackb., differing
from it iter aha multa by the very much closer punctura-
tion of its dorsal surface. I have examined a large number
of specimens of Hurychelus from various localities in New
South Wales and Victoria (all of them, I believe, in moun-
tainous regions), and am unable to regard them as repre-
senting more than one species, which, however, seems to be
variable in several respects, especially size (long., 33-54 1.)
and colouring, the usual colour being ferruginous marbled
with slightly lighter patches bearing short whitish hairs. In
many specimens the disc of the pronotum is blackish. In the
most highly coloured example before me the elytra are
piceous, with most of the suture as well as the paler blotches
very conspicuously testaceous, and the legs bright ferru-
ginous. Some examples from Mount Kosciusko (sent by Mr.
Carter) are darker than the usual type—one of them with
black elytra—-and the marbling of the elytra is more or less
obsolete. The sculpture scarcely varies—only, I think, to
the extent of the pronotum being a little less closely punc-
tured in some specimens than others, but the varieties are
found in company with each other, and are very likely to be
the sexes.

ANACHEIROTUS.

I have not seen any more species or specimens of this
genus since I characterized it eight years ago. It is probably
found only in the dry central regions of Australia which are
seldom visited by entomologists. The validity of the genus
will probably stand permanently, for it is scarcely likely
that intermediate forms will be found linking the small in-
conspicuous labrum of Anacherrotus with the large prominent
labrum of a typical Heteronyz.

HETERONYX.

This genus might reasonably claim to be the most per-
plexing to the student in the whole range of the Australian

369

Coleoptera, its hundreds of species being all of them obscure
insects of uninteresting appearance, closely allied iter se,
almost devoid of reliable distinctive colouring, and _ bur-
dened with numerous names attached by the earlier authors
to descriptions that are practically useless. I wrote a re-
vision of the genus as then known to me in Proc. Linn. Soc.,
N.S.W. (1888 and 1889), but that work now stands in need
of being superseded by a:new revision, owing to the large
number ef additional species that have found a place in col-
lections during recent years, most of which are as yet un-
described. The paper of which I now offer the first portion
is an attempt to meet that want, and will complete the series
of papers on the Australian Sericoides which I have laid be-
fore the Royal Society of South Australia during the last
three years.

In my former revision of Heteronyx (founded by M.
Guérin-Méneville, 1830) I entered somewhat fully into the
history and synonymy of the genus. Subsequent investiga-
tion has not materially affected the conclusions set forth
in that paper, although it has added information of certain
generic forms that have since been characterized, and has
yielded additional information about synonymy. The state-
ment that I did not know any Australian Sericoides except
Heteronyzx having in combination elytra of normal length,
antenne of 8 or 9 joints, and claws not simple can-
not, of course, now be repeated in the present tense, inas-
much as I have since formed 3 new genera (Pseudo-
heteronyx, Neoheteronyx, and Anacheirotus) having those
characters, for certain species that have come into my hands
since I made the statement referred to. Moreover, a recent
examination of the collection of Mr. W. S. Macleay, in the
Macleay Museum at Sydney, points to the probability of the
name Cotidia being a synonym of Heteronyz (vide Tr. R.S.,
S.A., 1907, p. 244). I have already in this paper pointed
out that the genus Callabonica was erroneously placed by me
(wide Tr. R.S., S.A., 1895, p. 36) beside Heteronyx. With
these qualifications the general remarks on the characters
and synonymy of Heteronyx (which, however, did not in-
clude reference to Callahonica, a name of later date) in my
former revision of the genus do not appear to me to need
alteration. For the characters of the recently added genera
(mentioned above) it is easy to refer to their diagnoses in
former volumes of our Transactions, and their relation to
Heteronyx is indicated also in tabular form in Tr. R.S.,
S.A., 1898, p. 34, and 1900, p. 40. It will be convenient
here to recapitulate briefly the conclusions in respect of
synonymy set forth in my former revision, but it is unneces-

370

sary to burden this paper with a repetition of the reasons
already stated which led me to those conclusions. I ex-
pressed the opinion that the generic names which I can ascer-
tain to have been regarded by Lacordaire and other authors
as synonyms of Heteronyx ought to be treated as follows : —

Caulobius and Haplopsis as distinct valid Australian
genera.

Homaloplia and Philochlenia as not occurring in Aus-
tralia at all (the species which Lacordaire rightly regarded
as incorrectly referred to them are not Heteronyces, as he
took them to be).

Sericesthis as a valid distinct genus,,though possibly one
or two of the species Boisduval referred to it may have been
HT eteronyces.

Silopa and Hostilina as synonyms of Heteronye.

Melolontha as not occurring in Australia, although the
name was applied by early authors to some species of
Heteronyz.

Cotidia (referred to above) also seems to be probably a
synonym of Heteronyz.

I pass now to some_ general remarks on _ the
grouping of the Heteronyces in aggregates. I have
failed to find any character that will avail for this
purpose so as to produce “natural” groups, 42.e.,
groups the members of which can be rightly regarded as
on the whole more nearly allied to each other than they
are to the members of other groups. Whether the structure
of the antennz, or of the labrum and clypeus, or of the claws,
or of the coxe (in all of which organs the diversity of form
is very great: and extremely interesting) be taken as the basis
of classification, the result is always that species closely agree-
ing in facies are widely separated, and if the species resemb-
ling each other in facies be grouped together, each of the
groups so formed is found to contain the widest possible
diversity of structure in almost every organ of the body. I
therefore arrive at the conclusion that, to me at any rate,
the grouping of the Heteronyces must be a mere matter of
convenience for the purpose of identification, and consequently
I content myself with the effort to place the species in aggre-
gates which will serve best to that end. This view of the
matter is similar to that which I expressed in my former
series of papers on the genus, and in the main my recent
study of the subject, founded on a vastly increased quantity
of material, has confirmed in my judgment the conclusions
I then set forth as to the method that it is best to follow
in forming these artificial groups. I have found, however,
that one important modification of my former scheme is

371

desirable. While still convinced that the character lending
itself best to the formation of primary groups and doing
least violence to natural affinities is the relation of the
labrum to the clypeus, I have found that it is undesirable
to retain the second of the three primary groups for which
I employed it in my former series of papers, and which was
characterized as having the relation to each other of the
labrum and clypeus intermediate between their relation in
the other two groups. The first essential in the artificial
grouping of an extensive series of species is to form the pri-
mary aggregates in such fashion that there can be no doubt
at all in distributing the species among them. In my former
classification I divided the species into those having the lab-
rum entirely below the level of the clypeus, those having the
summit of the labrum on a level with the clypeus, and
those having the clypeus below the level of the summit of
the labrum. Working through the long series of undescribed
species now in my hands, J have found that the transition
of the position of the summit of the labrum is very gradual,
so that in not a few species that would have to be placed
in the intermediate group the relation of the labrum to the
clypeus would differ very little indeed from its relation in
species that would fall into one or other of the other two
groups. I therefore propose to abolish the second primary
group altogether, and to distribute its species between what
I formerly called the first and the third groups, expressing,
however, the characters that distinguish those groups (now
the first and second) in altered terms, for the comprehension
of which a little explanation is necessary. In a very large
majority of the Heteronyces (including the whole of the
group formerly called the third) the relation of the labrum
to the clypeus is such that if the head be looked at somewhat
obliquely from behind, the middle part of the free outline of
the head is the labrum, and that that part is a convex curve
distinct from the curve of the clypeus on either side of it,
so that the free outline of the head appears trilobed, or at
least trisinuate. There is the greatest possible specific diver-
sity in the nature of this outline in other respects—the middle
lobe or arch (?.e., the labrum) varying from being much
more than a third of the whole free outline, to being little
more than a narrow inequality in the curve of the free out-
line (in some instances conspicuous only from certain points
of view), and from being but little projected forward (so
that the summits of the clypeal curves reach forward con-
siderably more than it does) to being a conspicuous proboscis-
like lamina protruding from the front of the head; but in
all the species which I group together by this character there

372

is the invariable threefold convexity of the free outline of
the head when that segment is looked at from the required
point of view (more or less obliquely from behind). In the
other primary group of Heteronyces this threefold convexity
of the free outline of the head (which I call in the following
pages the ‘‘trilobed outline”) is altogether wanting. In the
majority of its species the whole labrum is much below the
level of the clypeus, so that the whole free outline of the head
is clypeus (as in Scita/a and most other Sericord genera), while
in some species the labrum (the head being regarded cb-
liquely from behind) is visible in a deep emargination of the
clypeus where its outline appears as a concave curve ; in some
species the ends of the labrum only are visible projecting
from the outline as two more or less conspicuous processes,
and in some the clypeus has a deep angular cleft in which
the labrum is not any part of the outline from any point of
view that looks obliquely at the head from behind; but
always the free outline of the head has no appearance of
threefold convexity. When the /Heteronyces are thus
divided into primary groups there are scarcely any species
at all about whose location there can be the slightest doubt.
The only instances known to me are those of a few small
species in each group in which from a certain point of view
the outline is in a sense trilobed, but the middle lobe (the
labrum) from that point of view presents a truncate apex.
In two or three of these species the trilobed appearance is
caused merely by the labrum being projected so far forward
without overtopping the front margin of the clypeus that it
comes into view. These species belong to the first group.
In the other species referred to the labrum overtops the
front margin of the clypeus, and the truncate appearance
of its apex when viewed obliquely from behind is due to
' an exceptional structure of the labrum itself, and conse-
quently these insects stand in the second group. It may
here be noted that the first group contains no species in
which the labrum overtops the front margin of the clypeus.
For the sake of brevity in tabulating I call the lobes of the
trilobed outline simply “middle lobe’ and “lateral lobes,”
omitting the words “of the trilobed outline,” and also in
comparing the width of the lobes omit the words ‘in width”
(e.g., “middle lobe more than 4 lateral lobes,” meaning that
it is more than 4 as wide as each lateral lobe).

For the formation of secondary groups I take the num-
ber of joints in the antenne—a character which does not
call for any further remark. Finally, I divide each of the
aggregates resulting from the use of the two characters
already mentioned into two groups, according as the claws of

373

the hind tarsi are bifid or appendiculate, and on this division
it will be necessary to furnish some notes, inasmuch as there
is wide diversity in the form of the claws which I cali bifid,
and it is not difficult to arrange a series of Heteronyces in
such fashion that the appendiculate form seems to pass very
gradually to the bifid, requiring a definite statement (if the
terms are to be of value for identification of species) of exactly
what is covered by each term. If a species with typically
appendiculate claws be examined it will be seen that each
hind claw consists of two pieces—a basal compressed piece
(which approximates in form to a parallelogram) and a much
more slender apical piece attached to the external apex of the
basal piece. Transition from that typically appendiculate
build of claw to the bifid may be said to begin by a ten-
dency of the inner apex of the basal piece to be prolonge:l
more or less at an angle to the axis of the basal piece, and
that tendency becomes gradually in successive species more
pronounced until the prolongation becomes a well-defined
sharp process not much less than half the size of the whole
apical piece. When the point is reached of the prolongation
being more than a trifling prominence of the inner apex of
the basal piece (say, less than a quarter of the projection of
the apical piece) I call the claw bifid, as it then seems to end
in two processes not very greatly different in size. A varia-
tion of this latter form is found in some species where the
apical piece itself is extremely small and the inner apex of
the basal piece is produced like a triangular tooth scarcely
at all smaller than the whole apical piece. Next we find a
form in which the claw appears to consist of a single piece
ending in a sharp slender curved process and having a tooth-
like process projecting from its inner margin at a greater or
less distance from the base, and finally the genuinely bifid
form is reached where the apex of the claw is seen to be split
into two somewhat equal portions—usually both small. Thus
it will be seen that, in the following pages, an appendicu-
late claw is taken to be one having a basal compressed piece
of which the apex is more or less truncate, and the inner
apical angle not or very little projected, and a slender piece
attached to the external apical angle of the basal piece, and
that all other claw structure is regarded as bifid. It should
be noted that in many species of Heteronyx the claws when
appendiculate look from some points of view as if they were
simple, and therefore require to be examined carefully.
The shape of the labrum calls for close attention in
discriminating the species of Heteronyx. This organ pre-
sents—I think in all the species—the common character of
being so formed that its dorsal surface may be regarded

374

as two planes meeting each other, one of which (I call it the
lower plane) is inclined from the line of junction with the
other (which I call the upper plane) hindward and downward
(the insect being laid on its back) towards meeting the
labium ; the upper plane is inclined from the line of junction
upward or horizontally towards the front edge of the clypeus.
But outside this common feature of the labrum there is the
greatest possible diversity. In some species the upper and
lower planes meet at an angle, the line of junction in some
species even being defined by a fine transverse carina; while

in others the two planes meet in a rounded manner. In
some species the upper plane is horizontal, in others perpen-
dicular, or inclined in diverse ways to the horizontal. In

some species the labrum is entirely below the level of the
clypeus, in others it overtops the clypeus. In some species
having the labrum entirely below the clypeus, but more or
less perpendicular, it appears when viewed from the front
as an arch of uniform height, in others as an arch much more
strongly curved on the upper than the lower edge, in others
as a triangle, and in others again as an elongate erect
lamina.

The puncturation of the various segments of the body
is, of course, a character of great importance in distinguish-
ing the species of this genus—but it is obviously difficult
to express in terms that lend themselves to a tabular state-
ment where the difference in puncturation is not very great.
In the following pages I have in some cases*endeavoured to
meet that difficulty by counting the number of punctures
occupying a given space, and I have also made use of a differ-
ence that is easily traceable in the type of puncturation on
the elytra. In many species the punctures are isolated round
holes, normally impressed on the surface, while in others they
appear as impressions of more or less triangular form, more
deeply sunk at the base than at the apex, with the result
that if the elytra be viewed obliquely from behind the front
limit of the punctures seems to be raised in a granuliform
manner. The term “squamose” has been commonly applied
to that latter style of sculpture from its causing a more or
less scale-like appearance from some points of view, and I
have made use of the term in the following pages. It is
desirable, however, to remark that I limit the term to those
elytra in which the prevailing character of the sculpture is
squamose ; there are some species in which the general punc-
turation is distinctly of the non-squamose type, but on
which, nevertheless, when they are viewed obliquely from
behind a few granules can be seen—usually about the base
and suture. It is perhaps well to note here that where a

375

number of punctures is mentioned as occupying a given
distance, the meaning is that that number of punctures
averagely spaced would occupy that distance if they ran
regularly in line. Thus the statement that about ten
punctures from the apex reach to the middle of pronotum
means that the punctures are so spaced that if ten of them
averagely spaced were placed on a straight line down the
middle of the pronotum they would reach to about the
middle of the segment; as a fact, the punctures very seldom
do run in straight lines, and where the puncturation is sparse
a right line down the middle of the pronotum might actually
touch very few of the punctures, passing between most of
them.

This expedient of indicating specific characters by
counting the punctures is, of course, available only in the
case of the difference of puncturation being considerable,
and, moreover, does not serve for notifying the relative fine-
ness or otherwise of the punctures. It is, however, essential,
if the distinctive characters of a great number of species such
as compose Heteronyx are to be intelligently cast into a
tabular form, that no character be passed over which can by
any means be indicated with definite clearness, and therefore
I have adopted the expedient of selecting certain species as
standard species with which others may be compared, choos-
ing those which are the most widely distributed and the
most easily identified. There are three Heteronyces which
from their distribution might be confidently expected to be
present in any collection including a fair number of species
from New South Wales, Victoria, South Australia, and
Western Australia, all of which can be named without much
difficulty—at any rate, can be identified with the insects to
which I in this revision apply the names. H. obesus, Burm., is
found in all the places named above, and has no very close
ally known tome. JH. jubatus, Blackb., is a common species
in New South Wales, Victoria, and South Australia, and is
easily identified by the characters given in my former revi-
sion (Proc. Linn. Soc., N.S.W., 1889, p. 662) or in the tabu-
lation to follow in this present revision, and, moreover, its
only near allies (H. fallax, Blackb., and H. striatipennis,
Blanch.) have elytra similarly punctured. H. elongatus,
Blanch., is common in New South Wales, and is at once
identified among its nearer allies by the conspicuous pencil
of long fine sete at the inner apex of each elytron. I shall
not hesitate, therefore, to indicate distinctions of punctura-
tion by comparison with those species. For the sake of
brevity I shall not hold it necessary to quote the authors’.
names when I have occasion to refer to those species.

376

It is, perhaps, well to specify that the ventral segment,

which in this memoir I call the “first” or “basal,” is that
which is (except in a very few species) partially overlapped

_ by the hind coxe, and that consequently the “second” ven-
tral segment is the first which is entirely free of the hind
coxe. These are the first and second that are visible on the
middle line.

I now pass to the discussion of the species of //eteronyz,
which J divide into 8 groups, as follow: —
A. Front outline of head (viewed _ ob-

liquely from behind) not presenting a

threefold convexity. pay
B. Antenne consisting of only 8 joints.

C. Claws bifid . Wee as Groupee
CC. Claws appendiculate ae .» > coupe
BB. Antenne consisting of 9 Joints.
C. Claws bifid . Suk eta eae 1) CREO UR ae
CC. Claws appendiculate MM Group IV.

AA. Front outline of head (viewed ob-
liquely from behind) presenting a
threefold convexity.

B. Antenne consisting of only 8 Jot

C. Claws bifid ... BPE | ONG ota ae

CC. Claws appendiculate cP ... Group VI.
BB. Antenne consisting of 9 joints.

C. Claws bifid . a Syess, OUD) yee

CC. Claws appendiculate ich peed Group VIII.

Some of the above groups feos thetselved to further
division into subgroups, which will be found characterized
under the headings of the several groups. In the present
paper I am able to deal with only the species of the first two
groups, but I hope to offer a paper to the Society next year
completing this revision of the genus.

It is well to add the note that I am unable to specify
any satisfactory character by which the sex of a Heteronyz
can be confidently determined. The ventral segments in the
male form a flat surface, so that their outline viewed from
the side appears as a straight line. That outline is convex,
I think, only in females. In some species the basal joint of
the hind tarsi shows slight sexual distinctions, but so slight
as to be valueless for description.

Group I.

The Heteronyces of this group are comparatively few in
number, and they are all rare in collections. I have before
me more than one specimen of only three species, and more
than two specimens of only one species. I cannot associate
with this group any of the names given by the earlier authors
except Blanchard’s name rubescens, and I should not have
ventured on that identification if I ‘had not been assisted by
the possession of specimens from the original locality (Kan-

377

garoo Island). Blanchard, unfortunately, does not describe
the claws of any of his Heteronyces. H. rubescens, in my
former revision, was placed in the “intermediate” (now
abolished) main division of the genus, on account of its
labrum being slightly visible as part of the free outline of
the head, but appearing (when so seen) concave, and not
rising to the level of the clypeus. The following tabulation
shows the distinctive characters of the species of this group : —

A. Lateral gutter of pronotum distinctly
expanded and flattened out close to
front margin.
B. Hind projection of hind claws much
smaller than the whole apical piece.
C. Hind projection of hind claws much
nearer to apex of claw than to
base of claw.
D. Elytra not or scarcely granulate.
EK. Punctures of elytra well de-
fined and isolated.
F. Elytral punctures somewhat
close (many more than 17
across an elytron).
G. Basal edging of pronotum
conspicuously thickened
and raised at its ends ... fulvohirtus, Blackb.
GG. Basal edging of prono-
tum uniform or nearly so litigiosus, Blackb.
FF. Elytral punctures very few
(about 17 across an elytron) rudis, Blackb.
KE. Punctures of elytra indistinct
(in antero-lateral part lost in

subconfluent rugulosity) ... dispar, Blackb.
DD. Elytra uniformly and_ con-
spicuously granulate... ... rubescens, Blanch.

CC. Hind projection of hind claw
scarcely nearer to apex of claw
than to base of claw... ... .... Tepperi, Blackb.

BB. Hind projection of hind claws not
or scarcely smaller than the whole
apical piece.

C. Middle part of summit of labrum
projects from perpendicular front
of clypeus.

D. Elytra non-striate outside sub-
' sutural stria.
E. Elytra granulate.
F. Prothorax very little nar-

rowed in front... ... ... squalidus, Blackb.
FF. Prothorax much narrowed
in front ... cake Saag Doddi, Blackb.

E. Elytra not granulate... ... Bovilli, Blackb.
DD. Elytra with 6 or 7 quite dis-
tinct strie ... ... ... ... ... anomalus, Blackb.

CC. Middle part of summit of labrum
closely applied to perpendicular
front of clypeus ... . labralis, Blackb.

AA. Lateral gutter not expanded in front advena, Blackb.

378

Ai. litigiosus, sp. nov. Sat elongatus, postice parum dilata-
tus; sat nitidus; brunneus, antennis palpisque testaceis ;
pilis cinereis brevibus minus dense vestitus; clpeo con-
fluenter ruguloso, antice (minus leviter) emarginato;
labro summo clypei planum nullo modo attingenti; fronte
sat grosse nec crebre punctulata, fronte clypeoque
planum sat equalem efficientibus; antennis 8-articulatis; .
prothorace quam longiori ut 11 ad 6 latiori, antice modice
angustato, supra fortiter nec crebre punctulato (punc-
turis circiter 14 in segmenti longitudine), lateribus levi-
ter arcuatis, angulis anticis acutis minus productis
posticis (superne visis) acutis retrorsum directis, basi
fortiter bisinuata, margine basali equaliter elevato;
elytris concinne sat fortiter punctulatis (trans elytron
puncturis circiter 25); pygidio sparsim sat grosse nec
profunde punctulato; coxis posticis quam metasternum
sat brevioribus, quam segmentum ventrale 24™ sat
longioribus; tibiis anticis extus fortiter tridentatis;
tarsorum posticorum articulo basali quam 2S multo
breviori (3° sat equali); unguiculis leviter bifidis.
Long., 5 1.; lat., 24 1.

Near H. fulvohirtus, Blackb., but distinguishable as in-
dicated in the tabulation. It also differs by its more strongly
emarginate clypeus, its frons much less closely punctulate,
its elytra less coarsely and less sparsely punctulate. The
claws of this species are not strongly removed from the
appendiculate type, but the basal piece is too strongly denti-
form at its inner apex to allow of the claws being called
appendiculate. If they were regarded as appendiculate the
quite strongly subangularly emarginate clypeus would
readily distinguish this species from those near which it
would fall in the tabulation of Group IT.

Western Australia; Nullabor Plains (given to me by
Mr. French).

Hf. rudis, sp. nov. Minus elongatus, postice vix dilatatus;
sat nitidus; testaceo-brunneus, pilis fulvis brevibus
minus dense vestitus; clypeo confluenter ruguloso, antice
in media parte minus perspicue emarginato; labro
summo clypei planum nullo modo attingenti; fronte
fortiter vix crebre punctulata; fronte clypeoque planum
sat equalem efficientibus; antennis 8-articulatis; pro-
thorace quam longiori ut 19 ad 11 latiori, antice leviter
angustato, supra sparsius inequaliter subgrosse punctu-
lato (puncturis circiter 12 in segmenti longitudine),
iateribus leviter arcuatis pone medium (superne isis)
subsinuatis, angulis anticis acutis modice productis

379

posticis (superne visis) acutis sat fortiter retrorsum

directis, basi fortiter bisinuata, margine basali sat

equaliter elevato; elytris concinne grosse punctulatis

(trans elytron puncturis circiter 17); pygidio leviter

sparsim minus fortiter punctulato; coxis posticis quam

metasternum sat brevioribus, quam segmentum ventrale
2um paullo longioribus; tibiis anticis extus fortiter

tridentatis ; tarsorum posticorum articulo basali quam 245

sat breviori quam 34 paullo longiori; unguiculis leviter

bifidis. Long., 4 1.; lat., 23 1.

A very coarsely and sparsely punctured species, in this
respect resembling /7. crassus, Blackb. (Group VI.), but hav-
ing elytral sculpture still coarser. Its claws resemble those
of the preceding species (//. litigiosus). If the claws were
regarded as appendiculate its coarse, sparse puncturation
would readily distinguish this species from those near which
it would fall in Group II.

Western Australia; Murchison district.

H. dispar, sp. nov. Modice elongatus, postice parum dila-
tatus; sat nitidus; brunneus, antennis palpisque
dilutioribus, pilis fulvis brevibus minus dense vestitus ;
clypeo confluenter ruguloso, antice (minus _leviter)
emarginato; labro summo clypei planum nullo modo
attingenti; fronte fortiter nec crebre punctulata; fronte
clypeoque planum sat equalem efficientibus; antennis
8-articulatis; prothorace quam longiori ut 18 ad 11
latiori, antice leviter angustato, supra sparsius sat for-
titer punctulato (puncturis circiter 14 in segmenti
longitudine), lateribus sat rotundatis pone medium
(superne visis) subsinuatis, angulis anticis acutis sat
productis posticis (superne visis) vix acutis vix retrorsum
directis, basi fortiter bisinuata, margine basali sat
equaliter elevato; elytris confuse (fere subsquamose)
minus fortiter punctulatis (trans elytron puncturis
circiter 28), puncturis per asperitatem obscuram minus
perspicuis; pygidio sparsim nec fortiter punctulato ;
coxis posticis quam metasternum sat brevioribus, quam
segmentum ventrale 2" sat longioribus; tibiis anticis
extus fortiter tridentatis; tarsorum posticorum articulo
basali quam 2¥S parum breviori quam 3% sublongiori ;
unguiculis leviter bifidis. Long., 4 1.; lat., 2 1.

This species, with the preceding two, and fulvohartus,
Blackb., and rubescens, Blanch., form a small aggregate of
species evidently allied naturally inter se, but with very good
distinctive characters, as indicated in the tabulation. Of
the 5, this species and #. litzgiosus, Blackb., are the two

380

nearest to each other. They are quite distinct, however, by
the prothorax of H. dispar, with its sides quite strongly
rounded and its hind angles (viewed from above) notably
blunter, as well as by the sculpture of the elytra, on which
the punctures in dispar are indistinct owing to an ill-defined
roughness of the derm, so that in parts it is not easy (in the
antero-lateral part quite impossible) to pick out the indi-
vidual punctures, they having quite a blurred appearance.
The difference between the puncturation of the pronotum
and that of the elytra consequently is very great in dispar,
the latter appearing close and obscure, in strong contrast to
the sparse, well-defined appearance of the former. The claws
of dispar are much like those of /itzxgiosus; if they were to be
regarded as appendiculate the clypeus and frons resembling
those of itzgiosus would readily prevent the confusion of the
species with any of those in Group II.
South Australia; Eucla.

Hf. squalidus, sp. nov. Minus elongatus, postice leviter
dilatatus; sat nitidus; brunneus, antennis palpisque
testaceis; pilis fulvis brevibus minus dense vestitus;
clypeo brevi, confluenter ruguloso, antice vix sinuato
late truncato-rotundato, labro summo clypei planum
haud attingenti; fronte subgrosse sat crebre punctulata ;
fronte clypeoque planum fere zqualem efficientibus;
antennis 8-articulatis; prothorace quam longiori ut 19
ad 11 latiori, antice minus angustato, supra fortiter
minus crebre punctulato (puncturis circiter 16 in seg-
menti longitudine), lateribus arcuatis, angulis anticis
acutis minus productis posticis (superne visis) obtusis,
basi obsolete bisinuata, margine basali sat zqualiter
elevato; elytris subtiliter granulatis, subtiliter sat
crebre squamose punctulatis (trans elytron puncturis
circiter 30); pygidio sparsius subtilius punctulato; coxis
posticis quam metasternum paullo brevioribus quam seg-
mentum ventrale 24™ sat longioribus; tibiis anticis extus
fortiter tridentatis; tarsorum posticorum articulo
basali quam 24s sat breviori, quam 3% sat longiori;
unguiculis bifidis. Long., 4 1.; lat., 2 1-10 l.

Easily distinguished from all the species placed before it
in the tabulation by the base of its pronotum scarcely sinu-
ate, as well as by the obtuse (though quite distinct) hind
angles of that segment. The sculpture of its elytra re-
sembles that of /7. rwhescens, Blanch., but is finer and closer.
It differs from rubescens, inter alia, by the notably closer
and stronger puncturation of its pronotum.

Central Australia (Dr. Symonds). The type is in the
South Australian Museum.

381

H. Doddi, sp. nov. Minus elongatus, postice leviter dila-
tatus; sat nitidus; brunneus, antennis palpisque di-
‘lutioribus; pilis fulvis brevibus minus dense vestitus ;
clypeo confluenter ruguloso, antice (minus _leviter)
emarginato; labro summo clypei planum nullo modo
attingenti; fronte crebre subgrosse punctulata; fronte
clypeoque ut plana sat disparia visis (illa leviter con-
vexa); antennis 8-articulatis; prothorace quam longiori
ut 7 ad 4 latiori, antice sat fortiter angustato, supra
fortiter vix crebre punctulato (puncturis circiter 16 in
segmenti longitudine), lateribus sat rotundatis, angulis
anticis acutis sat productis posticis (superne visis)
obtusis, basi obsolete bisinuata, margine basali
equaliter elevato; elytris subtiliter granulatis, sat
subtiliter sat crebre squamose punctulatis (trans elytron
puncturis circiter 27); pygidio leviter sparsim punctu-
lato; coxis posticis quam metasternum paullo breviori-
bus, quam segmentum ventrale 2¥™ sat longioribus;
tibiis anticis extus sat fortiter tridentatis; tarsorum
posticorum articulo basali quam 2% multo (quam 34s
manifeste) breviori; unguiculis bifidis. Long., 34 1.;
lat., 12 1.

This is a very distinct species, but evidently allied to

H. squalidus, Black. Apart from its smaller size, it differs

from that insect in many respects—notably by the quite

strong emargination of the middle of its clypeal outline, and
in the much greater anterior narrowing of its prothorax. Its
elytral sculpture is a little less fine and less close. The claws
of both are unmistakably bifid.

Southern Queensland (Dodd). Given to me by Mr.

Griffith.

H. anomalus, sp. nov. Minus elongatus, postice sat fortiter
dilatatus; sat nitidus; rufus, capite supra elytris seg-
mentisque ventralibus piceis; pilis brevibus fulvis minus
dense vestitus; clypeo fronteque grosse crebre sat rugu-
lose punctulatis, ulo antice nullo modo emarginato ;
labro summo clypei planum nullo modo attingenti;
fronte clypeoque ut plana sat disparia visis (illa leviter
convexa); antennis 8-articulatis; prothorace quam
longiori ut 15 ad 8 latiori, antice mox pone marginem sat
fortiter antrorsum angustato, supra sat fortiter sat crebre
punctulato (puncturis circiter 22 in segmenti longitu-
dine), lateribus leviter rotundatis, angulis anticis vix
acutis leviter productis posticis (superne visis) rotundato-
obtusis, basi vix bisinuata; elytris striatis, fortiter sat
crebre punctulatis (trans elytron puncturis circiter 24),

382

interstitiis convexis; pygidio sat fortiter sat crebre sub-
rugulose punctulato; coxis posticis quam metasternum
multo brevioribus, quam segmentum ventrale 2" parum
longioribus; tibiis anticis extus minus fortiter trident-
atis; tarsorum posticorum articulo basali quam 24s
parum breviori, 3° sat equali; unguiculis bifidis. Long.,
4. his Mee. (Do ds

This species has scarcely the facies of a Heteronyx, being
of more robust build and brighter colouring than is usual
in the genus, but I can find no structural character by
which to separate it; its being unique in my collection, how-
ever, is a hindrance to the exploration of its characters. It
is the only species known to me appertaining to this group
and having decidedly striate elytra. The striation, how-
ever (as usual when present in //eteronyces), 1s of a special
type, not affecting the elytral puncturation, and consisting
of the intervals between obscure longitudinal obtuse ridges
rather than true strie. The prothorax has a massive ap-
pearance, being scarcely narrowed till close to the front
margin, where it becomes much narrower suddenly. The
labrum projects from the perpendicular front of the clypeus
only feebly.

New South Wales; Tamworth district (Musson).

H. labralis, sp. nov. Modice elongatus, postice sat dila-
tatus; sat nitidus; brunneo-testaceus; pilis brevibus
fulvis minus dense vestitus; clypeo fronteque grosse
sparsim punctulatis, illo antice truncato sat fortiter
reflexo; labro summo a superficie clypei antica perpen-
diculari haud projecto; fronte clypeoque ut plana multo
disparia visis (illa convexa); antennis 8-articulatis ;
prothorace quam longiori ut 15 ad 8 latiori, antice sat
angustato, supra sat crebre vix fortiter punctulato
(puncturis circiter 20 in segmenti longitudine), lateribus
sat rotundatis, angulis anticis sat acutis sat productis
posticis (superne visis) rotundato-obtusis, basi obsolete
bisinuata, margine basali fere equaliter elevato; elytris
concinne subtilius punctulatis (trans elytron puncturis
circiter 30); pygidio (exempli typici unici) haud obser-
vato; coxis posticis quam metasternum multo breviori-
bus, quam segmentum ventrale 2" vix longioribus ;
tiblis anticis extus fortiter tridentatis; tarsorum posti-
corum articulo basali 2° sat equali, quam 3" paullo
longiori; unguiculis bifidis. Long., 4 1.; lat., 2 1.

The summit of the labrum applied (and I think sol-
dered) to the perpendicular front face of the clypeus easily
distinguishes this species. Apart from that character it

383

would stand in the tabulation beside Bovilli, Blackb., from
which it differs inter alia multa by the much closer punc-
turation of its dorsal surface. The omission of descrip-
tion of the pygidium is due to that segment being unnaturally
drawn up under the elytra in such fashion that it could not
be examined without damaging the specimen.

New South Wales; Picton. Given to me by Mr.
Griffith.

Before passing to the consideration of Group II. it seems
desirable to remark on two or three species described by the
earlier authors, which seem to be possibly attributable to this

roup.

2 Hi . spadiceus, Burm. The description of the clypeus does
not indicate quite clearly (though I take it to have that
meaning) that the clypeus is overtopped by the labrum; if
that is the case this species falls into my Group V. or VL.,
if not, it belongs to this or the second group, in neither of
which have I seen any species presenting the characters Bur-
meister indicates, v?z., labrum conspicuous in front of the
clypeus, surface entirely grabrous and nitid. Long., 4 l.
(from Western Australia).

H. unguiculatus, Burm. This species probably belongs
to the present group, although it is not quite clear whether
it may not be a member of Group V. In Group I. its front
tibiz with only two distinct external teeth separate it strongly
from all the species known to me, except J'epperz, Blackb.,
from which it differs, inter alia, by its claws “tief ges-
palten” at the apex.

H. rotundiceps, Blanch., seems to be a member of either
this group or Group II., according as its claws (which are
not described), are bifid or appendiculate. It appears to be
distinguished from all the species known to me of those
groups by its being an iridescent insect, and iridescence is
so extremely rare in Heteronyx that I should not be sur-
prised if the species is wrongly attributed to this genus.

Grovp II.

The known species attributable to this group are even
less in number than those of Group I., and they are quite as
rare in collections. They seem to fall naturally into a com-
mon aggregate with the exception of H. fortis, Blackb., sub-
fortis, Blackb., and lilliputanus, Blackb., the robust subquad-
rate form and glabrous (or nearly so) subopaque dorsal sur-
face of the former two giving them a somewhat aberrant ap-
pearance, and the last named by its diminutive size and other
characters having a facies not in the least suggestive of a
place among the other species of this group. I regret having

384

to record here an error in the description of H. insignis (Proc.
Linn. Soc., N.S.W., 1888, p. 1332), by which its antennz
were said to be 8-jointed, and that (with its other characters)
‘would place it in this group. Its antenne have 9 joints, and
I can account for the mistake only by supposing that after
I had examined the antenne I intended to place it among
those with 9-jointed antennze awaiting description, but by
some oversight placed it among those with only 8 joints in
their antenne. It is a member of Group IV.

The following is a tabular statement of some of the dis-
tinctive characters of the Heteronyces of this group : —

A. Hind angles of prothorax (viewed from
above) quite defined (size moderate,
3 1. or more).

B. Elytra having an apical row of
granules bearing stout bristles
BB. Apex of elytra not as B.
C. Clypeus and frons present a con-
tinuous surface.

D. Head and pronotum uniformly
confluently and asperately punc-
PLAS: PLE eA os eee 8 ee

DD. Pronotum smoothly and not
closely punctulate ... ..._...

CC. Clypeus on a plane quite differ-
ent from that of frons.

D. Elytra non-striate and upper-
most tooth on front tibiz obso-
lete SURE LAST PEST ENE ERAT CAES,

DD. Species not combining the two
characters of D.

E. Apical part of elytra deplan-
ate in front of its mem-
branous border.

F. Front face of labrum dis-
tinctly wider than its dis-
tance from summit of
PAV DCNE te amet mee As esa

FF. Front face of labrum dis-
tinctly narrower than its
distance from summit of
clypeus’: 02 eta OBR

EE. Elytra not deplanate in its

_ apical part.

F. Elytra distinctly substriate.

G. Elytral puncturation rugu-

tristis, Blackb.

torvus, Blackb.

hispidulus, Blackb.

brevicollis, Blackb.

frontalis, Blackb.

nitidus, Blackb.

lose: 0.2 dis. (edi ese o os! Hfortiay ablmemen
GG. Elytral puncturation
smooth subfortis, Blackb.

FF. Elytra non-striate (the
subsutural stria of course

exeepted)y) ly aii, ail heen ads

AA. Hind angles of prothorax entirely
ppenere off (size very small, less than

spretus, Blackb.

lilliputanus. Blackb.

385

H. hispidulus, sp. nov. Minus elongatus, postice leviter dila-

tatus ; sat nitidus; piceus, antennis palpisque rufis; pilis
brevibus fulvis minus dense (et supra capillis elongatis
erectis nonnullis) vestitus; clypeo confertim ruguloso,
antice late rotundato vix sinuato, labro summo clypei
planum haud attingenti; fronte crebre sat grosse rugu-
losa ; fronte clypeoque planum sat zqualem efficientibus ;
antennis 8-articulatis; prothorace quam longiori ut 22
ad 13 latiori, antice sat fortiter angustato, supra: spar-
sius sat fortiter punctulato (puncturis circiter 15 in seg-
menti longitudine), lateribus pone mediam partem sat
fortiter rotundatis, angulis anticis acutis sat productis
posticis (superne visis) leviter obtusis, basi leviter bisin-
uata, margine basali ad latera magis elevato; elytris
granulatis, squamose nec crebre punctulatis (trans
elytron puncturis circiter 20); pygidio puncturis (his
capillas erectas ferentibus) sparsis impresso; coxis pos-
ticis quam metasternum sat brevioribus, quam segmen-
tum ventrale 2¥™ sat longioribus; tibiis anticis extus
fortiter tridentatis; tarsorum posticorum articulo basali
quam 2"S sat breviori quam 3¥S nonnihil longiori; ungu-
iculis appendiculatis. Long., 53 1.; lat., 23 (vix.).

This species is easily identified by the characters indi-

cated in the tabulation.

H.

Western Australia; Coolgardie.

subfortis, sp. nov. Minus elongatus, robustus, postice
parum dilatatus; minus nitidus; piceus, pedibus rufes-
centibus, antennis palpisque testaceis; supra sat glaber ;
clypeo confertim subtilius ruguloso, antice late nec sinu-
atim rotundato; labro summo clypei planum nullo modo
attingenti; fronte crebre subtilius punctulata; fronte
clypeoque ut plana valde disparia visis, sutura clypeali
subcarinata; antennis 8-articulatis: prothorace quam
longiori ut 7 ad 4 latiori, antice sat fortiter angustato,
supra subtiliter vix crebre punctulato (puncturis circiter
21 in segmenti longitudine), lateribus sat arcuatis, angu-
lis anticis acutis sat productis posticis (superne visis) sat
acute rectis retrorsum leviter directis, basi fortiter bi-
sinuata, margine basali sat equaliter elevato; elytris
concinne sat crebre subtilius nec rugulose punctulatis
(trans elytron puncturis circiter 25), striis circiter 4 ob-
solete impressis; pygidio crebrius subtilius punctulato ;
coxis posticis quam metasternum sat brevioribus, quam
segmentum ventrale 2" sat longioribus; tibiarum anti-
carum dentibus inferioribus 2 obtusis sat magnis, altera
fere carenti; tarsorum posticorum articulo basali quam

386

2us parum breviori, quam 3¥S parum longiori; unguiculis
appendiculatis. Long., 44 1.; lat., 24 1.

This species is a near ally of H. fortis, Blackb., differing
from it widely, however, by its less opaque surface and by
the uppermost external tooth of the front tibiz scarcely in-
dicated and the surface of its elytra without any rugulosity ;
in fortzs the uppermost tooth being acute and quite normally
defined and the surface of the elytra quite strongly, though
not coarsely, rugulose. Other distinctions will be found by
comparing the descriptions of the species. The present insect
probably varies in colour.

New South Wales; Mulwala (given to me by Mr.
Sloane).

LONGICORNES.
DEMONASSA.

D. capitalis, sp. nov. Elongata; picea, pube ferruginea et
alba variegata ; illa in capite ad latera et circum oculos,
in pronoto maculatim, in elytris basin versus et macu-
latim pone medium, et in sternis abdomineque macu-
latim disposita; hac in pronoto ad latera posita, in
elytris fasciam latam antemedianam et pone medium
maculas multas facienti, metasternum fere totum vesti-
enti, in abdominis lateribus et in tarsis disposita ; fronte
inter oculos fere parallela vix manifeste punctulata ; pro-

thorace fere ut D. dichotomi, Newm. (1.e., cristis 2 bifidis
discoidalibus et tuberculis parvis multis instructo) ;
elytris basin versus tuberculis multis instructis (e his
tuberculo quam ceteri majore mox pone basin inter
suturam humerumque mediano sat elevato), ante medium
grosse sparsim punctulatis (puncturis inter pubem nigris
apparentibus), mox pone medium subtilius punctulatis,
in parte tertia apicali fere levibus, ad apicem fortiter
bispinosis, In parte postica dimidia costa lata obtusa
longitudinali levi instructis; antennis (exempli typici)
quam corpus sat longioribus pube ferruginea et alba plus
minusve vestitis, subtus ciliatis. Long., 12 1.; lat., 4 1.

Resembles D. dichotoma, Newm. Apart from the dis-
tinct colouring and pattern of its pubescence it differs from
that species, 7nter alia, by its forehead nearly parallel-sided
between the eyes, by the principal tubercle of the elytra
being very much smaller and placed much closer to the base,
by the puncturation of the front half of the elytra much
coarser and less close, by the hind part of the elytra almost
punctureless, and by the apex of its elytra strongly bispinose.

North Queensland (Cairns); sent by Mr. French.

387

ABSTRACT OF PROCEEDINGS

OF THE

Royal Society of South Australia

(Incorporated)
FoR 1907-8.

ORDINARY MEETING, NOVEMBER 5, 1907.

THE Presipent (J. C. Verco, M.D., F.R.C.S.) in the
chair.

Mortron.—Dr. Rocers, M.A., proposed—‘‘That the Go-
vernment be asked to provide funds for the appointment of
a Government Botanist, with the special object of obtaining
an expert knowledge of the endemic vegetation of this State
for economic purposes.” Dr. Rogers pointed out that of the
three great branches of natural science the Government of
the State had only seriously promoted that of geology. To-
wards the elucidation of the native flora, except in the branch
of forestry, it had provided no financial assistance. A care-
ful study of the flora of the State might not only lead to
the discovery of valuable fodder plants and medicinal agents,
but sound botanical knowledge was essential to the thorough
understanding of its geological problems. Not only was this
State in the unfortunate position of having no public author-
ity to supply botanical information to the community, but
South Australians were in the invidious position of being
unable to exchange scientific courtesies with botanists in other
parts of the world. The motion was seconded by Mr. W.
Howcuin, F.G.S., and carried.

Nomination.—Mr. William Pope, Solicitor, Adelaide.

Exuisits.—Mr. A. H. C. Zietz, F.L.S., Assistant Direc-
tor of the S.A. Museum, exhibited a skin of a young black-
eared cuckoo (Misocalius palliolatus), which is fed by the
red throat (Sericornis brunnea), and a stem of Hylacoia
cauta, all from the neighbourhood of Meningie; also, three
ground spiders, new to South Australia, from the same dis-
trict. Mr. Zietz also exhibited a double-yolked swan’s egg; a
piece of shelly travertine, from a raised sea beach on the
Coorong. At the time of Mr. Zietz’s visit the Coorong was
full of crabs; he also noticed gypsum on the samphire flats.
Dr. Rocrers, M.A., showed sketches of several orchids in
which the blossoms were white. Many orchids show this

M2

388

albinism, amongst these several Caladenias and Glossodia
niger. Tuk PRESIDENT mentioned that the same colourless
condition occurs amongst the mollusca. THE PRESIDENT
exhibited several shells; a very fine specimen of Pleuroto-
maria proteus, in which the deep slit in the outer margin
was pointed out, and a Murchisonia lloydi and a Turritella
runcianata; also, two blades of a pigmy whale (Neobalacua
marginata), from an animal found stranded on Thistle
Tsland. Miss BuNDEy showed several Jamaica mats, made
from the inner bark of the “‘lace-tree.”

ORDINARY MEETING, APRIL 7, 1908.

THE Presipent (J. C. Verco, M.D., F.R.C.S.) in the
chair.

Ba.tiot.—William Pope, Solicitor, as a Fellow.

By-Law.—It was proposed by Mr. Howcuin, and car-
ried—‘‘That by-law, section iv., paragraph 8, should in future
read ‘September 15,’ instead of September 30, in every year.”

Nominations.—J. P. V. Madsen, D.Sc., and W. Noel
Benson, B.Sc., both of the University of Adelaide.

Exuisits.—Mr. J. G. O. Tepper, F.L.S., of the Museum,
two cases of butterflies, from Queensland, partly from Mr.
Bell’s collection, and partly those presented to the Museum
by Mr. Samuel Dixon. Mr. J. McC. Buack exhibited an
umbelliferous plant (A piwm leptophyllum, North), found by
Mr. Griffith at the Finniss, and a grass (Isachne australis,
Brown) from Myponga. Dr. Puuteine exhibited a large
spider (Phlogius crassipes, Koch), from Orroroo, found in
the ground occupying cracks or other holes, the entrance of
which it covers with webbing. This spider is said to whistle,
but this characteristic has not been fully established.

ParErs.—‘‘New Australian Lepidoptera of the Fami-
lies Noctwide and Pyralide,” by A. JEFFERIS TURNER, M.D. ;
“The Ionization remaining in Gases after removal from the
Influence of the Ionizing Agent,” by J. P. V. Mapssn, D.Sc. ;
“An Experimental Investigation of the Nature of the
Gamma Rays,” by Professor W. H. Brace, M.A.,
Wav Ss andi vit d< PR. DOs MADSEN, D.Sc. Dr.
Madsen, by means of diagrams on the blackboard, showed
how he had arrived at the conclusions set forth in his paper.
Prof. Brace explained at some length that his and Dr. Mad-
sen’s investigations of the gamma rays tended to show that
these rays are material, and that the “Ether Pulse Theory”
is no longer tenable. Prof. Rennie, D.Sc., drew the atten-
tion of the meeting to the important nature of the work that

389

was being carried on by Prof. Bragg, and which would pro-
bably revolutionize many of the scientific ideas of to-day.

ORDINARY MEETING, May 5, 1908.

THE PRESIDENT (J. C. Verco, M.D., F.R.C.S.) in the
chair.

Ba.iot.—J. P. V. Madsen, D.Sc., B.E., Lecturer at the
University of Adelaide, and W. Noel Benson, B.Sc., Lec-
turer at the University of Adelaide, were elected Fellows.

THE PRESIDENT laid on the table a letter from Mr. Dod-
well, of the Commonwealth Meteorological Department, in-
viting Fellows and members to the Observatory to Inspect
the seilsmograph which was being installed there.

Exuisits.—Mr. J. G. O. Treprsr, F.L.S., laid on the table
a bound volume of “‘Separata”’ of descriptions of new Australian
plants not contained in Bentham’s “Flora Australiensis,” by
the late Baron Ferdinand von Mueller. Mr. TEPPER also
exhibited a trombone, showing the work of larve of Avulaco-
phora hilaris (Boisd.), a small beetle of the Family Chryso-
melide. A leaf covered with web of Stenopsocus stigmaticus,
a species of the Family Psoside (Copeognathide), which in-
fests many trees and plants without seemingly being injurious.
The mature insect is 1-20th of an inch across open wings, be-
longing to the same Family as the wingless and spring-tails,
the latter found in pools after rain. Male and female galls
of Brachyscelis ovicoloides, a genus of Coccide. Dr. PUL-
LEINE exhibited a trap-door spider of very unusual appear-
ance, possibly a new species. From a sketch on the black-
board Dr. Pulleine showed the peculiar shape of the cephalo-
thorax and the position of its eight eyes.

PapEerRS.—“Notes on the Geology of the Mount Lofty
Ranges, chiefly the portion East of the Onkaparinga River,”
by W. G. Wootnovucu, D.Sc., F.G.S., University of Sydney ;
“An Experimental Investigation of the Nature of the Gamma
Rays,” part 11., by Prof. W. H. Brace, M.A., F.R.S., and
TeuP.-V. Mapsen, D.Sc. In the discussion which followed
the reading of Dr. Woolnough’s paper, Mr. Howcutn stated
that he could not agree with the author’s generalization on
the geology of the Mount Lofty Ranges, and particularly in
relation to the geological section which Dr. Woolnough had
made from Mount Lofty to the River Murray. The section
showed the Mount Lofty Ranges to consist of a monoclinal
series of beds, the older members being on the west and the
newer on the east. No’such regular succession of beds ex-
isted, as the series was broken by the exposure of an im-
portant pre-Cambrian axis, from which the beds dipped west

390

and east, causing a repetition of the respective beds on each
side of the geological axis.

ORDINARY MEETING, JUNE 2, 1908.

Tue Presipent (J. C. Verco, M.D., F.R.C.S.) in the
chair.

Nomination.—W. G. Woolnough; D.Sc., F.G.S., of
Sydney University, as a Corresponding Member. _

New By-taws.—A_ sub-committee appointed by the
Council on April 25, 1908, to consider the way in which the
Society’s finances should be managed, recommended that the
following By-laws be added to those already adopted :—

Section V.—Finance—

(1) All investments made by the Society in stock or

other securities shall be in the name of “The Royal
Society of South Australia (Incorporated), and
no dealings in or transfers of the same shall be
made except under the seal of the Society.

(2) The receipt of the Treasurer shall be a sufficient re-
ceipt for all interest or other revenue accruing
from such investments.

(3) All subscriptions and other moneys received by the
Treasurer shall be deposited in the name of ““The
Royal Society of South Australia (Incorporated), ”
in such Bank or Banks as the Council may from
time to time determine, and all cheques drawn
upon such Bank or Banks shall be signed by the
Secretary and Treasurer.

(4) The Treasurer shall prepare annually a statement of
receipts and expenditure, and a Balance-sheet,
which shall be submitted to the Auditors for
audit prior to the Annual Meeting of the Society.
(Signed) WattTer Rutt, Convener; W. H. SEL-
way. May 15, 1908.

Proposed by Prof. Renniz, D.Sc., seconded by Mr.
SamugeL Dixon—‘“That the meeting accept and confirm the
By-laws as recommended by the sub-committee.” Passed.

Exuisits.—Mr. W. Howcnin, F.G.S., exhibited some
specimens from the quarries near Aldgate Railway Station,
which have an important bearing on the age of the Mount
Lofty beds. Mr. Howchin has already published his geologi-
cal observations on this locality, maintaining that at Aldgate
and elsewhere the Cambrian grits, etc., rest unconformably
on an older pre-Cambrian floor. The exhibits presented at
the meeting, Mr. Howchin stated, demonstrated that view to

391

be correct. Aldgate Creek (near the Pound) runs over a
coarse variety of granite known as pegmatite, forming a part
of the pre-Cambrian complex. In a recent visit to the Ald-
gate quarries Mr. Howchin discovered, in one of these, a
band of coarse angular fragments of pegmatite interbedded
with ordinary felspathic grits of the neighbourhood. This
proves that the pegmatites from which this band of broken
fragments was derived formed the hard rocks of the shore
line when the Cambrian deposits were in process of forma-
tion, thus establishing a geological uncomformity of great in-
terest. Mr. J. G. O. Tepper, F.L.S., exhibited a black beetle
(Blatta) found in the pipeclay some distance below the sur-
face at Teatree Gully, the upper portion of a nest of a trap-
door spider, with circular lid, and also the fruit of the
Yucca, which Mr. Tepper informed the meeting requires the
agency of an unknown moth to mature. Mr. Tepper further
exhibited a specimen of ‘‘knotted’’ schist, from the neigh-
bourhood of Lyndoch, Hundred of Barossa. The bed from
which the specimen was obtained is usually bounded by
quartzite on one side and mica or gneissic schist on the other,
and exhibits a general north-easterly strike. It is seen in
Section 511, on the western side of the Barossa Creek, and
passes north through Sections. 509 and 510. A hornblende
schist makes a small outcrop at the north-west angle of Sec-
tion 3,146 and in Section 3,141.

Paper.—‘‘Notes on South Australian Marine Mollusca,
with Descriptions of New Species,’ Part vii., by J. C.
Verco, M.D., F.R.C.S8.

ORDINARY MEETING, JULY 7, 1908.

THE PRESIDENT (J. C. Verco, M.D., F.R.C.S.) in the
chair.

BatLot.—W. G. Woolnough, D.Sc., lecturer at the Uni-
versity of Sydney, was elected a Corresponding Member.

ENDOWMENT AND RESEARCH FuND.—Mr. W. Howcuin,
F.G.S., proposed a vote of thanks to the President, Dr.
Verco, for his generous gift of £1,000, and also to Mr.
Thomas Scarfe, the other generous donor to this fund. Prof.
R. W. Cuapman, M.A., B.C.E., in supporting the
motion, said that in a new country research work, such as this
Society is doing, needed encouragement and support. The
hon. treasurer, Mr. W. Rutt, C.E., reminded the members
that an anonymous gift of 10s. had been made to the fund,
and suggested that that donor should be included in the
motion. Carried.

Exuisits.—Mr. Asupy showed a singing toad from

392

Western Australia (Bufo occidentales musicales), the
skin of a new species of little green pigeon, from Port Keats,
N.T. (Chalcophaps occidentales, North), and a fine specimen
of Voluta Bednalli, from the same district. Also a puff-ball
from Blackwood, which when bursting takes the form of a
globose network. Dr. PULLEINE exhibited five stone axes from
Queensland, one of which, the largest, was from the Leich-
hardt Ranges. These axes are generally found when clearing
the forest lands. Mr. W. Howcuin, F.G.S., remarking on
these, said that the rock selected by the natives is a basic
igneous rock, chosen on account of its hardness and tough-
ness, and was probably used in barter between tribes. It
was also stated at the meeting that a quarry originally
worked by the natives had been discovered in Gippsland.

Mr. W. Howcuin, F.G.S., read the discussion which took
place at a meeting of the Geological Society of London upon
the occasion when his paper on Glacial Beds of Cambrian Age
in South Australia, was read.

PaPERS.—“‘Notes on Some Species of the Isopod Family
Spheromde from South Australia,” by W. H. Baker,
F.L.S. “Secondary Gamma Rays,’ by J. P. V. MADSEN, °
Dsc., Bm,

ORDINARY MEETING, AvucusT 4, 1908.

THE PRESIDENT (J. C. Verco, M.D., F.R.C.S.) in the
chair.

BaLtitot.—Mr. Howard Whitbread was elected to act as
Auditor during Mr. Smeaton’s illness.

Exuipits.—Mr. W. Howcuin, F.G.S., exhibited (by the
courtesy of Mr. J. W. Jones) a portion of the core of a bore
on Mr. Ind’s property, near Paradise Bridge. The specimen,
obtained at 160 ft., was a good example of glauconite, or
green earth (a hydrous silicate of iron, alumina, and potash).
Geologically it represents the lowest member of the Eocene
beds in South Australia, and is found at the base of the series
at Aldinga and in the Kent Town bore. Its occurrence in
the neighbourhood of Paradise shows that the sea in Lower
Tertiary times extended to what is now practically the base of
the hills. Glauconite is forming at the present day in the
deep seas at a depth from about 100 to 1,000 fathoms, and
is often found deposited in the shells of the foraminifera; the
shells weather away, and the glauconite grains have the form
of internal casts of the shells. Mr. A. G. Epquist exhibited
two examples of Lejidurws—fresh-water crustaceans. They
are found only in rainwater pools that dry up. The eggs
undergo a process of desiccation before they will incubate.

393

The animal breathes with its feet, which are kept in constant
motion, thus helping it to swim.

Papers.—‘Secondary Rontgen Rays,” by Prof. W.
H. Brace, M.A., F.R.S. “Description of Australian Curcu-
lionide, with Notes on Previously-described Species, Part vi.
Sub-family Leptopsides,” by A. M. Lea, Government Ento-
mologist, Tasmania. “New Australian Lepidoptera,” No. 25,
by Oswatp B. Lower, F.E.S., Lond.

ORDINARY MEETING, SEPTEMBER 8, 1908.

Tue Presipent (J. C. Verco, M.D., F.R.C.S.) in the
chair.

Exuisits.—Mr. W. N. Benson, B.Sc., exhibited Cam-
brian Glacial Till, from Cartwright Creek, twenty-seven miles
N.N.W. of Broken Hill. [The following particulars bearing
on this exhibit were supplied by Mr. Benson. |

The following series occurs dipping to N.E.:—1. Knotted
mica-schist. 2. Mica-schist with angular included fragments
of schist and quartzite and boulders of quartzite, quartz, and
granite. Estimated thickness, about 300 yards. 3. Band of lime-
stone, up to 20 ft. in width, and pinching out occasionally.
4. Band about 60 ft. thick, of large boulders, up to 4 ft.
in diameter, of granite, quartzite, and schist, in a schistose
or gritty matrix. 5. Knotted mica-schist with interbedded
quartzite bands.

The correlation of the series 2, 3, and 4 (described by
Mr. J. B. Jaquet in 1893 as schistose conglomerate), with
lower Cambrian glacial beds of South Australia, is based on
—(a) Their lithological character; (b) nature and mode of
occurrence of the interbedded limestone; (c) thickness of the
series. Data are not yet sufficient for correlation on strati-
graphical grounds. What little is known is confirmatory.
The importance of their determination as glacial beds is: —

(1.) It determines the age of the Barrier Range crystalline
schists, and fixes an horizon in them which may be correlated
with a portion of the Mount Lofty Lower Cambrian series.

394

(2.) It shows the identity of the Barrier Range crystalline
schists with the slates and slaty conglomerates of the same
area among which Mr. Mawson has proved that the glacial
beds occur.

(3.) It shows the identity of the plane of schistosity and
bedding-plane in Cartwright Creek.

New South Wales is unique among the Australian colo-
nies, so far as is at present known, in possessing distinct evi-
dence of the three great ice ages—Cambrian, Permo-carbon-
iferous, and Pleistocene.

Papers.—‘‘Synopsis of the Fishes of South Australia,”
Part i., by A. H. C. Zizrz, F.L.S., C.M.Z.S. ‘Description of
a Hitherto Undescribed Species of Shark from Investigator
Strait,’ by the same author. ‘‘A Contribution to the
Botany of South Australia,” by J. H. Marpen, Hon. Secre-
tary of the Royal Society of New South Wales.

ANNUAL MEETING, OcToBER 6, 1908.

Tue Presipent (J. C. Verco, M.D., F.R.C.S.) in the
chair.

The Annual Report and Balance-sheet were read and
adopted.

ELECTION OF OFFICERS AND MEMBERS OF CouNciIL.—J.
C. Vereo, M.D., F.R.C.8., proposed. by Prot.) Was
Bragg and seconded by Mr. W. Howchin, was unanimously
elected President; Vice-Presidents, Prof. E. H. Rennie,
D.Sc., and Rev. Thos. Blackburn, B.A.; Hon. Treasurer, W.
Rutt, C.E.; Retiring Members, W. Howchin, F.G.S., and
W. B. Poole, were re-elected.

Exuisits.—Mr. A. H. C. Zrerz, F.L.8:,;-CAZase
showed a number of fishes to illustrate his paper.

Parers.—‘‘Notes on South Australian Marine Mollusca,
with Descriptions of New Species,” Part ix., by J. C. VERCo,
M.D. “The Strength of South Australian Timbers,” by Prof.
R. W. CwHapman, M.A., B.C.E. “Descriptions of New
Australian Hesperiada,” by Oswatp B. Lower, F.E.S.,
Lond.; ‘Australian Tortricina,” by the same author. “Ad-
dendum to Prof. W. H. Bragg’s Preliminary Note on
the Secondary Roéntgen Rays,” by Prof. W. H. Braee,
M.A., F.R.S. ‘Further Notes on Australian Coleoptera,
with Descriptions of New Genera and Species,” No. xxxviii.,
by Rev. Tuos. Biacxsurn, B.A. “Synopsis of South Aus-
tralian Fishes,” Part ii., by A. H. C. Zrerz, F.L.S.,
C.M.Z.S.

395
ANN OAL “REPORT, 1907-6.

The Council has the pleasure to report that during the
year the work of the Society has included some important
papers by Prof. Bragg and Dr. Madsen, of the University of
Adelaide, recording their investigations of the nature and
forms of electric radiations. Both these gentlemen are soon
to leave this State—Professor Bragg to undertake research
work at the University of Leeds, England, while Dr. Madsen
returns to his ‘““Alma Mater,” the University of Sydney. The
Council regrets the loss to the Society of two such valued
members, but wishes them success and advancement each in
his particular work.

Papers have been received from Dr. Verco in continua-
tion of his classification and descriptions of the Marine Mol-
lusca of South Australia, and from Dr. W. G. Woolnough, of
the University of Sydney, on the still debatable geological
formations of the Mount Lofty Ranges. Mr. Zietz has given
a synopsis of the Fishes of South Australia, and Mr. W. H.
Baker has contributed further descriptions of the Crus-
tacea of the same Province, while the Rev. Mr. Blackburn
and Mr. A. M. Lea have each continued his classification and
descriptions of the Coleoptera, and Dr. Jefferis A. Turner and
Mr. Oswald B. Lower of the Lepidoptera.

Many curious and interesting specimens in natural his-
tory have been exhibited by members during the year.

As a necessary corollary to this varied work the publi-
cations of the Society are increasingly in demand for ex-
change with learned Societies in all parts of the world. The
list of exchanges now includes the names of 184 Societies; of
these eighty-four are European and forty American. It is
intended, as soon as shelving accommodation is provided for
the Library, to bind the publications of these Societies as
rapidly as means will permit. In the meantime the Council
has regretfully to state that the Library, which every year
is becoming increasingly valuable, is still in a chaotic con-
dition, owing to the want of these shelves.

The Clarke Memorial Medal has been awarded to Mr.
W. Howchin, F.G.S., by the Royal Society of New South
Wales, in recognition of his long-continued scientific labours,
and more particularly on account of his important discoveries
of evidences of a great ice age in earlier flower] Cambrian
times in Australia, and also for his original work on extinet
forms of Foraminifera.

ENDOWMENT AND RESEARCH Funp.—This fund has re-
ceived generous recognition at the hands of our President (Dr.
Verco) and of Mr. Thomas Scarfe, who have each given

396

£1,000 for the purposes for which this fund is intended. This
money has been invested in the inscribed stock of the State.
A previous initial sum of 10s. had been received from an
anonymous donor.

MemBersuip.—Hon. Fellows, 9; Corresponding Mem-
bers, 6; Fellows, 70; Associate, 1.

OxsiTuARY.—Thomas Drury Smeaton, member from 1857.
Professor Rennie says of Mr. Smeaton, who was born within
the sound of Bow Bells: ‘In early life he was articled
to a London engineer. After finishing his course he came
to Adelaide under engagement to the South Australian Com-
pany. On his arrival in 1853, there being no opening for
him as an engineer, he was taken into the service of the
Company’s financial institution—the Bank of South Austra-
lia. Mr. Smeaton remained in the Bank till 1884, having
at various times filled the position of Inspector, Assistant
Manager, and Manager. On his retirement he settled at
Blakiston, and in 1905 removed to Mount Lofty. He spent
most of his leisure in literary and scientific pursuits. His read-
ing was comprehensive, and he was a keen and close observer.
There were few scientific subjects with which he was not more
or less acquainted. He was a mathematical genius, and had
an accurate knowledge of experimental optics and acoustics.
He devoted a considerable portion of his time to the study
of botany and of certain parts of zoology, and acquired a
fine collection of South Australian Hydrozoa and Polyzoa. A
country walk with him was a delightful experience, so keen
was he to see all there was to be seen, and so willing to im-
part to others the information he had gained by his own
close observation. He early joined the Adelaide Philosophical
Society, which was affiliated with the Public Library, and
which was the forerunner of the Royal Society of South Aus-
tralia. Mr. Smeaton was the author of many interesting
papers, and few subjects seemed out of his reach. Among
other papers he contributed one on the Rainbow, published
in an early issue of ‘Nature.’ He was a member of the Ade-
laide Hospital Board for some years, and was one of the ori-
ginators of the Good Samaritan Fund, the honorary secre-
tarial duties of which he discharged for a long period. Mr.
Smeaton possessed a keen sense of humour, and was a charm-
ing companion. He died at Mount Lofty on February 18,
1908, at the age of seventy-six years. His loss is greatly felt
by those who during his life were fortunate enough to be
included amongst his friends.”

Adopted, Annual Meeting, October 6, 1908.
Jos. ©. Verco, President.
G. G. Mayo, Hon. See.

r ( VOVId ‘aqx0T'T ‘Sg fe
s1OFIPNY ‘CVAMELIH A, CUVMOP{
‘q904109 punoy pue poulwmrexy

‘LOINseoly, “LLAY WALTV A,

COOOMOOCOS

L OL 189s |Z OL 1895

G J8P BO6L ‘0g tequieydag ‘ooueleg ‘

OL O puny JUSUMOpUG 07 poisojsuvry, “ |

GG Yooyg jo sJojsuery, paca

Taake a einjiuing *

e 0 sonbey uo osuevyoxy “ A Oth. =n ee ee

z e iri seve BUISIFIOAPY (a4 | Cc C1 ), eee see eae yueg SBULABG te

8 OL ALIWOLYLIS pue ‘eseqjsog ‘sunuig ‘ | Pp 7 <o5. ss re ae “ yO049

roe Suryyorvy pues suryeyorey “| quemmieads) “V5 uo = 4setequy **

sig Pa ag ane a as “* SUOIZOBSUBIT,, JO a[Vg *
Bear i os syoog jo oBeie9 at
eg a ae a ae. ‘ogo “HumMsoyeqzey 2S | ie |e a “" _ Sieajsny nes

——Areiqiry “* UI SUOIYYSYSAAUT IIZUIIDG

CI 9& —_———— uo syiodoy Buiyulig 10q
(> Si-Gi. de4plUULOY, odooserpidgy i pee : suondtiosqng ug
430 abs UOTZDIG [BVOIBoO[OoR[V AUIWUIOAOX) WOT SqUBIN “
a (a © as WOTPeG [BoIdooso.101 oa.
0 0 FI °° WoMosg SysTTVIngeN plely Gok ak UOTIDIG [VOIBO[OoV/ VI,

—squein ‘ Oe ages * WoTzooG [Bordooso101 fT

vy Lot 9° OL DG: + tae ae SPST[CINFEN PITA
Be OB) is an suryst[qnd fe oe * Aqerog [eioy
0.8L Ps s" veg a? BulyeIYSN]]T —suorjdirosqng “
9 CT 26 tee tee eee Sulqulig Fp 9I Ie see see tee sae aoueleg OL

—_, suorqoesueity,,, Aq "LO6T. TL 1099920
ae Silage ag “a aN bBo ® ‘4d

'8-2061 HOL AUNLIGNGEXY ANY ZONTATY
(QHLVHOdHOONT) VITVULSAVY HLAOS AO ALAIOOS TIVAOU

‘V'S'V' I'd “axo7T ‘gs ‘¢
“LOINSBOLT, “LINY WALIVAA sxourpny |

‘dvaudlIH\\ MavVMOF{
‘qoo1100 punoy pue pourmexg

6 GS O67S 6 G O06PF
b Sl 2a sisejeiqgsny jo yueg << 0-0 8 a The ue rac puny jJusWMOpuA
G@ &ZL 1GZ “* yueg sduraeg uy | 6 @¢ ops es ie qyunoosoy einqgipuedxm pues enusaAsdy
ps F oe area
‘SHONVIVE AO AUVANWOS
0. OL 000°CF 0 OL 000°CF
@ oO § sousleg “‘
0 OL 266‘T
0: 201-s “" peuinjol UOISSTUUWIOD ssorT
DAD S000KG SS A ae eee eet 0 0 OOOT (aed 4%) Yo0}g peqiiosuy “queD
jo Apoysno ul $94 BOY 14 ied te ‘y's ‘Oued ‘Of AG Wolp UOTyeu0g ‘
-109 ‘(ted 42) Y90}G poqisos 00) 000 T” oo * af1eog “IPT Woy uoyeuog ‘*
“uy ‘queo sod te ‘y's o00'ss 4G 10 OT O ee ““* gunOoOoV [V1oUex) WOIfF patieJsuBly, OF,
PS 5G “Ps Fs Ee) ‘ps ¢F “Id

ee

‘(NOY DINGAWMOGNH

399

Pee NS TO” THE LIBRARY

For YEAR 1907-8.
TRANSACTIONS, JOURNALS, REPORTS, ETC.

Presented by the respective Editors, Societies, and

Governments.

AUSTRIA AND GERMANY.

Basle—Naturforschende Gesellschaft zu Basel, Neue Capillar-
und Capillaranalytische Untersuchungen, Band
xix., Heft 2.

Berlin—Konigl. Preuss. Meteor. Instituts Verofientlichungen
der Ergebnisse der Beobachtungen an den Sta-
tionen, 1904; Ordnung 1., u1., 1902; Ordnung i1.,
ii., 1906. Veroffentlichungen der Ergebnisse
der Niederschlagsbeobachtungen, No. 197, Jahr
1905. Ergebnisse der Gewitterbeobachtungen,
No. 195, Jahre 1903-5. Berichte fiir 1907.

——— Konigl. Preuss. Akademic der Wissenschaften zu
Berlin, Sitzungsberichte, 1907, Nos. 39-53 ; 1908,
Nos. 1-23.

—--— Deutsches Meteorologisches Jahrbuch, Heft 1, 1906.

——— Gesellschaft fiir Erdkunde, Zeitschrift der, 1907, Nos.
7-10; 1908, Nos. 2-6.

——-— Berliner Gesellschaft fiir Anthrop., Ethnol., und
Urgeschichte. Erganzungsblatter zur Zeitschrift
fiir Ethnologie, Jahrgang 39, Heft 4, 5, 6, 1907;
Jahrgang 40, Heft 1-4, 1908.

Breslau—Aus der Zeitschrift fiir Ethnologie, by H. Base-

dow, 1907, Heft 4, 5; 1908, Heft 2.

Freiburg—Naturforschenden Gesellschaft zu Freiburg, Be-
richte der, Band xv.

Gottingen—Konigl. Gesellschaft der Wissenschaften zu Got-
tingen, Math. Phys. Klasse, Nachrichten von
der, 1907, Heft 4, 5; 1908, Heft 1, 2. Ge
schaftliche Mitteilungen, 1906, Heft 2; 1907,
Heft 2; 1908, Heft 1.

Hamburg—Mitteilungen aus dem Naturhistorischen Museum,
Jahrgang xxiv., 1906.

—_———— — Verhandlungen des Naturwissenschaftlichen
Vereins, 1906, Dritte Folge xiv. ; 1907, Dritte
Folge xv.

ee Abhandlungen aus dem Gebiete der Naturwis-
senschaften, herausgegeben vom Naturwissen.
Verein in Hamburg, Band xix., Heft 1, 2.

400

Heidelberg—Berichte tiber Land- und Forstwirtschaft in
Deutsch Ostafrika, Band i1., Heft 4.
Leipzig—Stadtischen Museums fiir Volkerkunde, Veroffent-
lichungen des, Heft 1, 2. Jahrbuch, Band i.,
1906.
Miinchen—K. B. Akademie der Wissenschaften zu Miinchen,
Math. Phys. Klasse, Sitzungsberichte der,
1907, Heft 3; Abhandlungen, Band xxiii.,
zweite Abteil; Band xxiv., erste Abteil.
Niirnberg—Naturhistorischen Gesellschaft zu Niirnberg, Ab-
handlungen der, Band xvi. Jahresbericht,
1905:
Trencsen—Jahresheft des Naturwissenschaftlichen Vereins
des Trencsener Comitates, 1906-7.
Vienna—Kaiserliche Akademie der Wissenschaften in Wien,
Sitzung. der Math., Naturwiss., Jahrgang 44,
Nos. 1-27; 1907.
—-——-— Verhandlungen der Oestreichischen Kommission
fiir die Internationale Erdmessung, Dec., 1906;
March, “1907.
——_— — Annalen des K. K. Naturhistorischen Hofmuseums,
Band xxi., Nos. 2-4.
—+—--— Verhandlungen der K. K. Geologischen Reichsan-
stalt, Jahrgang 1907, Nos. 11-18; 1908, Nos.
1-6.
———— K. Kk. Zoologische-Botanische Gesellschaft in Wien,
Jahrgang 1907, Band lvii., Heft 6-10; Jahrgang
1908, Band lviii., Heft 1-5.

AUSTRALIA AND NEW ZEALAND.

Adelaide—Public Library, Museum, and Art Gallery, Annual
Report, 1906-7.

——-——— School of Mines and Industries, Annual Report,
1906; Prospectus for 1908.

———— Catalogue of Minerals in the Technological Museum
of the South Australian School of Mines and
Industries, compiled by H. Basedow, 1907.

——_-~— Department of Mines, Review for year ended June
30, 1907. Short Review for half-year to De-
cember 31, 1907; June 30, 1908.

——_-——~— The Mines of South Australia, A Record, Fourth.
Edition, February, 1908.

—-——-—-— Woods and Forests Department, Annual Progress
Report, 1906-7.

—-——— Adelaide Observatory, Meteorological Observations
for 1905.

——_—\-— Adelaide Chamber of Commerce, Annual Report,
the 57th, 1907.

401

Adelaide—Northern Territory of South Australia, North and
Eastern Coasts, Report by Government Geo-
logist, 1907.
Brisbane—Queensland Department of Mines, Geological Sur-
vey, Publications, Nos. 204, 214, 216.
—-—-—— Queensland Flora, Extracts, vol. xix., part 5; vol.
xx., parts 2, 4, 5; vol. xxi., part 1,
———-— Royal Society of Queensland, Proceedings, vol. xx.
———\- Queensland Museum, Annals, No. 8.
—-—-—_— The Queensland Naturalist, vol. 1., No. 1.
Melbourne-—Victoria Department of Agriculture, Journal,
vol. v., parts 10-12 ; Index to vol. v., vol. vi. ;
parts 1-9. Report for 1905-7.
————— Department of Mines, Geological Survey Re-
cords, vol. i1., parts 2-4. Memoirs 1908, No.
6.
——-——— Mines and Water Supply, Annual Report, 1907.
————-— Victorian Yearbook, 1906-7. Three copies.
—— Australasian Institute of Mining Engineers, vol.
m1. T90T,
nae a Royal Society of Victoria, Proceedings, vol. xx.
(New Series), parts 1, 2; vol. xxi. (New
Series), part 1.
————— Victorian Geographical Journal, vol. xxv., 1907.
ae National Museum, Memoirs, No. 2.
a The Victorian Naturalist, vol. xxiv., Nos. 7-12;
vol. xxv.)iNos. [-5;
ne Society of Chemical Industry of Victoria, vol.
Wilts NGS. beta.
= The Australian Commonwealth—Its Resources
and Productions, 1908.
5 Meteorology of Australia, Commonwealth Bureau
of Meteorology, Bulletin, Nos. 1, 2.
——_——— Official Yearbook of the Commonwealth of Aus-
tral No, 1, 1901-7.
Launceston—The Progress of the Mineral Industry of Tas-
mania, Quarterly Reports, September,
1907 ; December, 1907 ; March, 1908; June,
1908.
————— The Department of Mines, Geological Survey
Bulletin, Nos. 1-3.
Perth— Meteorological Observations, 1906.
——— Department of Mines, Report, 1907.
——— Western Australian Natural History Society Jour-
nal, No. 4.
——— Geological Survey Bulletin, Nos. 27-30.

402

Perth—Government Gazette, Supplement, 1907, Nos. 62, 66;
1908,) Nos.!3;:7;/ 12,20) 25; .32;'36;, 39,

Sydney—Department of Mines, Annual Report, 1907. Geo-
logical Survey. Problems of the Artesian
Water Supply of Australia, October, 1907.

——-— Department of Mines and Agriculture, vol. xviii.,
parts 10-12, vol. xix., parts 1-9. Miscellaneous
Publications, 1899, No. 313. 1894, Paddy’s
Lucerne. Geological Survey, Memoirs, Nos. 4
and 6 and Maps. Paleonotology, Memoirs, Nos.
10, 13, part 2. Mineral Resources, No. 12.

—-—— Royal Society of New South Wales, Reprints, vol.
Rxxvil., July, 1903:

--—— Linnean Society of New South Wales, Proceedings,
vol. xxxll., parts 3, 4; Nos. 127, 128) Mor
Xxxil., parts 1, 2; Nos. 129, 130.

——w— Linnean Society of New South Wales, From the
Proceedings, The Flora of Norfolk Island, part
1. Abstract of Proceedings, September-Novem-
ber, 1907; March to July, 1908.

——-— Australian Museum, Report the 53rd, June, 1907;
Records, vol. vi., No. 6; vol. vii., Nos. 1, 2.

——— Public Library, Report of Trustees, 1907.

—-—-— Botanic Gardens and Domains, Report, 1906.

——— New South Wales Naturalists’ Club, Journal and
Magazine, vol. i., part 11.

—-—--— Fisheries of New South Wales, Annual Report of
Commissioners, 1907.

——— Department of Fisheries, Additions to the Fish
Fauna, Nort, Note on Small Collection of
Fishes from Sowarow Island. Preliminary
Note on The Wafer. The Edible Fishes of
New South Wales, 1908.

——— The Forest Flora of New South Wales, vol. 11., parts
7-10, vol. iv., part 1.

——— University Calendar, 1908.

——— Royal Anthropological Society of Australia, Journal,
WO ix. NoL/1Obi vok: xi; Nose ee

Auckland—Auckland Institute and Museum, Annual Report,
1907-8.
Wellington—New Zealand Institute, Transactions, vol.
xxxix., 1906.
ee New Zealand Geological Survey, Bulletin, New
Series, Nos. 4, 5.

403 :

Wellington—Mines Department, Dominion Laboratory, An-
nual Reports, the 40th and 41st. Report
made at International Exhibition, Christ-
church. Analyses of New Zealand Coals,
1906-7.

—.———_—-— Colonial Museum, Bulletin, No. 2.

-=-— The Lesson of Evolution, by Frederick Wollaston
Hutton, F.R.S.

BELGIUM AND HOLLAND.

Brussels—Société Entomologique de Belgique, Annales de la,
tome li., 1907.

———— Société Royale de Botanique de Belgique, Bulle-

tin, tome xliii., fase. 1-4.

—_—_—— Société Royale Zoologique Malacologique de Bel-
gique, Annales de la, 1906, tome xli.; 1907,
tome xlii.

——-—-— Congrés International pour l’étude des Régions
Polaires, Rapport d’ensemble, September, 1906,
part 1.

——-—-— La Seconde Expedition Antarctique Belge, par
Henryk Arctowski, Extrait du Bulletin de la
‘Société Belge d’Astronomie. Nos. 11, 12, 1907.

—-—_-—— Commission Polaire Internationale, Procés Verbaux
des Séances, 1908.

——-—-— Observatoire Royal de Belgique, Annuaire Astro-
nomique, 1908.

——_-—- L’Observatoire Royal de Belgique, Annales de,
tome ili., fasc. 3; tome x.; tome xi., fasc. 1.

Haarlem—Archives du Musée Teyler, Series 2, vol. x1i.,
part l.

Liége—Société Royale des Sciences, Mémoires, Series 3, tome
vii.

Batavia—Koninkligke Natuurkundige Vereeniging, deel Ixvii.

CANADA.

Halifax—Nova Scotian Institute of Sciences, Proceedings
and Transactions, vol. xi., part 2, 1903-4.
Ottawa—Department of the Interior, Geological Survey, An-
nual Report, Paleontology, etc., vol. xvi. and
Maps, 1904. General Index to Reports 1855-
1906. Sheets of Maps. Reports, Nos. 958,
968. Summary Report, 1907, Nos. 949, 953,
977, 971, and Maps. Annual Report on Mine-
ral Industries, Nos. 959, 979, 988, 992. The
Falls of Niagara, 1905-6.

404

DENMARK.
Copenhagen—Geografisk Tidskrift, 19de Bind, 1907-1908,
Hefte 4-6.

ENGLAND, [RELAND, AND SCOTLAND.
London—Conchological Society, Journal, vol. xu., Nos. 4-7.
——-—-— Entomological Society, Transactions, 1907.
——-—w— Royal Colonial Institute, vol. xxxix., 1907-8.
——-—— Linnean Society of London, Proceedings, Session

119th, November, 1906-June, 1907. List of
Members, 1907-8.

——_-—— Royal Society of London, Yearbook, 1908. Pro-

ceedings, Mathematical and Physical Sciences,
Series A, vol. Ixxix., Nos: A533, 534> sya
Ixxx., Nos. A535-543; vol. Ixxxi., Nos. Ad44-
546. Biological Sciences, Series B, vol. Ixxix.,
Nos.. B534, 535; vol. Ixxx., Nos. Bb36-54

——_-- Royal Microscropical Society of London, Journal,
1907, parts 5, 6; 1908, parts 1-4.

———— The British Museum, General Guidebook. Eight
Guidebooks. List of British Plants and Ferns.
Catalogue of Lepidoptera, vol. vi. and Plates.
Monograph on the Culicidz, vol. iv.

—-—-—-— National Physical Laboratory, Report, 1907.

——_-—-— Royal Gardens, Kew, Bulletin, 1907.

——-—-— The State Correspondent, etc., vol. xiii., Nos. 9-

12; vol. xiv., Nos. 2-8.

——-—-— The Periodical, 1907, Nos. 41-46.

——-—— Electrical Engineering, vol. xi., No. 13.

Liverpool—Biological Society, Proceedings and Transactions,

vol. xx1., 1906-1907.
Manchester—Literary and Philosophical Society, Memoirs and
Proceedings, vol. lii., parts 1, 2.

Cambridge—Philosophical Society, Proceedings, vol. xiv.,

parts 3-5. List of Fellows, etc.

————_— University Library, Report of the Library Syn-

dicate, 1907.

Belfast—Natural History and Philosophical Society, Pro-
ceedings, 1906-1907.

Dublin—Royal Dublin Society, Economic Proceedings, vol. 1.,
Nos. 11, 12. Scientific Proceedings, vol. x1.,
Nos. 13-28. Scientific Transactions, vol. 1ix.,
No. 6.

——— Royal Irish Academy, Proceedings, vol. xxvii., Nos.
3-9, Section A; vol. xxvi., No. 10, Section B;
vol. xxvii, Nos:'’1,'2; Section Bs vol. xmyaim
Nos. 1-5, Section C, and Appendix. Abstract
of Minutes, Session 1907-8. List of Members,
1908.

405

ena Royal Physical Society, Proceedings, vol. xvii.,
pp. 121-198.

—_————— Royal Society of Edinburgh, Proceedings, vol.
Xxvll., pp. 161-432. Vol. xxviu., Nos. 1-

6., pp. 1-512.
Se Geological Society, Transactions, vol. ix., parts
15:2

Glasgow—Geological Society, Transactions, vols. x.-xil.

FRANCE.

Caen—Société Linnéenne de Normandie, Bulletin, Series 5,
vol: 2)1906.
Nantes—Société des Sciences Naturelles de lOuest de la
France, Bulletin, tome vi., No. 4; tome vii.,
Nos. Y2:

Paris—Société Entomologique de France, Bulletin, 1907,
Nos. 13-21 ; 1908, Nos. 1-12. Annales, 1907, vol.
ixxvi.y'trrm 3, 4.

——— La Feuille des Jeunes Naturalistes, Nos. 444-454.

——— Revue des Etudes Ethnologiques et Sociologiques, No.
2, February, 1908.

——— Notes and Contributions a la Geologie Parisienne,
Notes, No. 4; Contributions 1, 2.

——-— Service Technique des Eaux et de |] Assainissement,
Derivation des Sources du Loing et du Lunain,
November, 1906.

Lyons—Association Frangaise pour l’Avancement des
Sciences, Extrait 1906.

Rennes—L’Université de Rennes, Travaux Scientifiques,

1906, tome vi., parts 1, 2.
Tours—Société de Géographie, Revue, 1907, No. 1, trim. 1;

Annale 24.
ITALY.
Florence—Societa Entomologica Italiana, Bulletino 38; trim.
a4:

Milan—Societa Italiana di Explorarioni Geografiche e Com-
merciali, Anno 22, fasc. 22; Anno 22, fase.
1-11.
——— Societa Italiana di Sienza Naturali e del Musco Civico
de. Storia Naturale, vol. xlvi., fasc. 2-4; fog.
64, 7.
Pisa—Societa Toscana di Scienza Naturali, Memorie, vol.
xxili. Processi Verbali, vol. xvi., Nos. 4, 5; vol.
xvil., Nos: 1-4.
Portici—Laboratoria di Zoologia Generale e Agraria, Bolle-
tino, 1907, vol. i. ; 1908, vol. ii.

406

INDIA.

Calcutta—Department of cad in India, oe
Botanical Series, vol. i., No. 6; vol. , Nos.
1-4. Chemical Series! aly as Nos. ae 6. En-
tomological Series, ih i No. 62 vol. li., Nos.
1-5.

——_-—- [Indian Museum, Annual Report, 1906-7. Natural
History Section. Records, vol. 1., parts 1-4.
Memoirs, vol. i. , parts 1, 2, Text and Plates.
Plague of Rats in India. Investigator, An
account of Littoral Holothurioidie.

———-— Survey of India, A Sketch of the Geography and
Geology of the Himalaya Mountains and
Tibet, parts 1-3.

———— Pag Sam Jon Zang. History of the Rise, Pro-
gress, and Downfall of Buddhism in India, by
Sumpa Khan-Po. Yece Pal Jor, 1908.

Madras—Government Museum, Bulletin, vol. v., No. 3.

JAPAN.

Tokyo—Imperial University of Tokyo, College of Science,
vol. xxi., Articles 7-12; vol. xxii., Articles 1-9;
vol. xxiv., vol. xxxv., Article 19.

—— — Imperial Earthquake Investigation Committee, Bul-
letin, vol. 11., No. 1. Publications, Nos. 22a,
22.

——— Asiatic Society of Japan, Transactions, vol. xxxv.,
parts 1, 2.

MExIco.

Mexico—Sociedad Cientifica, Memorias y Revista, tomo
xxiv., Nos. 6-12; tomo xxv., Nos. 1, 2; tomo
xxvi., Nos. 1-3.

——— Instituto Geologico de México, Boletin, No. 23, avec
43 Planches. Parergones, tome ii., Nos. 1-3.

NoRWAY AND SWEDEN.

Bergen—Museums Aarbog, 1907, Hefte 3; 1908, Hefte 1.
Aarsberetning, 1907.
Stockholm—Geologiska Féreningens Forhandlingar, Band
KRIx.
Stavanger—Museum, Aarshefte, 17de Aargang, 1906.
Trondhjem—Kongelige Norske Videnskabs Selskabs Skrifter,
1906, L907:
Upsala—Kungl. Vetenskaps Societeten i Upsala, Biblio-
graphia Linneana, Part 1, Liv. 1.

407

Upsala—Entomologisk Tidskrift Journal, Aargang 28, Haft
1-4.

———— Nova Acta Regie Societatis Scientiarum Uppsali-
ensis, Serei iv., vol. 1., fase. 11.

RvSSIA.

Dorpat—Bulletin Biologique, deux année, No. 1.

St. Petersburg—Academie Impériale de Sciences de St.
Petersbourg, Bulletin, 1907, Series 6,
Nos. 12-18; 1908, Series 6, Nos. 1-5, 8-
11; 1906, Series 5, tome xxiv., Nos. 4,
5. Mémoires, vol. vii., No. 8; vol. viii.,
Nos. 1-6.

a Comité Geologique, Bulletins, 1905, vol.
meiv., Wos. 1-10. 1906> vol. . xxv... Nos.
Was, 1-10:;" 1907, vol. xxvi., Nos.:5-7;
1908, vol. xxvii., No. 1. Mémoires, New
Series, liv. 16, 21, 23-27, 29, 31, 33;
1907, liv. 22, Planches et Cartes, liv. 34,
ao 1908, liv. 32.

————— —— Russischen Kaiserlichen Mineralogischen
Gesellschaft zu St. Petersbourg, Ver-
handlungen der, Band. xliv., Lief. 2,
Series 2.

———_-——_—— L’Institut des Mines de |’Imperatrice Cathe-
rine II. a St. Petersbourg, Annales, vol.
ey Wo. I,

a Musée Geologique Pierre le Grand, Trav-
Aux, Vol. 3,.,,tb¥._ 1-0.

Kiev—Société des Naturalistes, Mémoires, tome xx., liv. 3.

Moscow—Société Impériale des Naturalistes, Bulletin, 1906,

Nos. 3, 4. Mémoires, tome xvii., liv. 1.

SwITZERLAND.

Geneva—Société Physique et de Histoire Naturelle, 1907,
vol. xxiv.
Lausanne—Société Vaudoise des Sciences Naturelles, Bulle-
tin, vol. xliii., Nos. 159-161; vol. xliv., No.
162.
Neuchatel—Société Neuchateloise des Sciences Naturelles,
Bulletin, tome xxxiii., Année 1904-5; tome
} xxxiv., Année 1906-7.
Ziirich—Annotationes Concilii Bibliographici, vol. 1i1., Anno
1907

st, a
<=

408

SoutH AMERICA.

Lima—Cuerpo de Ingenieros de Minas de Peru, Boletin,
Nos. 47-56.
——w— Sociedad Geografica di Lima, Boletin, Ano 16, tomo
mike yr ek;
Monte Video—Museo National, Anales, vol. vi., tomo 3,
; entrega 2.
Rio de Janiero—Observario, Boletin Mensal, July, 1906-
June, 1907. Annuario 1907, An. 23.
San Paulo—Revista da Sociedade Scientifica de Sao Paulo,
1907, ‘vol. i1., Nos: 5-8.
Brazil—Bibliotheca, The Brazil of To-day, by Arthur Dias.

SoutH AFRICA.

Albany—Museum, Records, vol. 1i., part 2.

Cape Town—South African Museum, Annals, vol. iv., part
8;-vol.v., part 5; vol. vi., part Ds vols
part 1. Report, 1907.

a South African Association for the Advancement
of Science, Report, 1907.

——+——— South African Philosophical Society, Transac-
tions, vol. xviil., parts 1-3.

SANDWICH ISLANDS.

Honolulu—Bernice Panahi Bishop Museum, Occasional
Papers, vol.'in., "No, "2.

EGypt.

Cairo—Société Entomologique d’Egypte, Bulletin, Ist year,
1908, January-March.

UnitTEep SrTaTEs oF AMERICA.
Baltimore—The Johns Hopkins University, Maryland, Geo-
logical Survey, Pliocene and Pleistocene,
1906. Physical Features, St. Mary’s County,
and Atlas; Calvert County and Atlas, 1907.
Circulars, 1906, No. 10; 1907, IN@gaeeee
1908, No. 1. Studies, Historical and Poli-
tical Science, Series 14, Nos. 11, 12; Series
15, Nos. 1-12.
a American Chemical Journal, vol. xxxvii., Nos.
2-6; vol. xxxviii., Nos. 1-6; vol. xxxix., Nos.
L992
Boston—Society of Natural History, Proceedings, vol.
xxxlil., Nos. 3-9, pp. 43-485, Plates 12-38.
Table of Contents of vol. xxxiil.

409

Boston—American Academy of Arts and Sciences, Proceed-
ings, vol. xli., Nos. 19-29; vol. xli., Nos.
1-16.
——— California Academy of Sciences, Proceedings, Zool-
; ogy, 4th Series, vol. 1., Nos. 1-6.
——— University of California, Publications, Archzology
and Ethnology, vol. iv., Nos. 3-4; Index to vol.
Igegtvor: vs) Nev i; wol. ary’ No. 5; vol. vi.,
Nos. 1-3; vol. vii., No. 2; vol. viii., Nos. 1-3.
College of Agriculture, Bulletins, Nos. 179-182.
Zoology, vol. ili., Nos. 5-10, pp. 53-340, plates
9-23; vol. iv., Nos. 3-7, pp. 87-393; plates 4-
24. Botany, vol. u1., Nos. 12, 13, 16, pp. 237-
308; 319-354; plates 21-29; vol. ii., Nos. 1,
3, 4; pp. 1-302, 331-340. Entomology, vol. i.,
Nos. 1, 2, pp. 1-198. List of Titles, 3rd Series,
vol. 1.;4 Noy it
Cambridge—Museum of Comparative Zoology, Harvard Col-
lege, Report, 1906-7. Bulletin, vol.
wiveel) No: 4 vol.” xhrei/°Noes. 5, 6; vol:
li, Wosz ‘52-12% vol.: ‘li. Mos. 2, 3.

————— Harvard University Museum, Louis Agassiz, by
Professor William James, December 30,
1896. An address at the Opening of the
Geological Section of the Harvard Univer-
sity Museum, by Alexander Agassiz, LL.D.,
June 12, 1902.

Chicago—Field Columbian Museum, Report, vol. ii., No. 1,
Title-page of vol. ii. Publications: Ornitho-
logical Series, No. 125, vol. i., No. 3; Zoolo-
gical Series, vol. vii., Nos. 4, 5; vol. viiil., Nos.
115, 121-124; Botanical Series, vol. n., Nos.
4-6, 124-126; Geological Series, vol. i1., No.
£02 vol. i: Nos: '5,. 6:

—-—_-—w— Academy of Sciences, Bulletin, No. 4, plate 2; vol.
Vi.

———— The Pacific Scientific Institution, Publications,
Special Series, No. 2.

———— Augustana Library Publications, No. 6.

Indiana—Academy of Science, Proceedings, 1906.

Kansas— University, Bulletin, vol. iv., Nos. 1-6.

——w— Academy of Science, Transactions, vol. xx., part 2;
vol. xx1.,. part 1:

Michigan—Academy of Science, Report, 9th, 1907.

——~—w— Reprints from Science, N.S.; Nos. 688, 689.

Missouri—Botanical Gardens, Annual Reports, Nos. 11-18,

1900-1907.

410

St. Louis—Academy of Science, Transactions, vol. xv., No.
D3 avol..: Xvi. (Nodal, B47.

New York—Public Library Bulletin, vol. xi., Nos. 8-12;
WO.) X15. JNOBIR aie

ee Studies from the Rockefeller Institute for Medi-
cal Research, vol. vi., 1907; vol. vii., 1907.

ae alee American Museum of Natural History, Bulletin,
1906, vol. xxu.; 1907, vol. xvill., part 4;
vol. xvil., part 5; vol. xv., part 2; vol. xxiil.
Memoirs, Whole Series, vol. xi., part 2; vol.
lli., part 4; vol. iv.; vol. ix., part 4; vol.
xiv., part. 2, 1905-8. Guide Leaflets, 1907,
No. 26; 1908, No. 28. Annual Report of the
President, 1906. Memoirs, Anthropology,
vol. 1., parts 1-3.

SS Academy of Sciences, Annals, vol. xvil., parts
2, 3; vol. xvili., part 1.

—— —--— The Museum of the Brooklyn Institute of Arts
and Sciences, Bulletin, vol. i., Nos. 10-13.

oe American Museum Journal, vol. vii., Nos. 6-8;
vol! wai:,{iNos: 1-5.

Ohio—Scientific Laboratories, Denison University, vol. xiil.,

Articles 1, 4-6.
—— Laboratory Bulletin, Oberlin College, No. 13.
—— Wilson Bulletin, Oberlin College Library, Nos. 59-61,
1907.

Philadelphia—Zoological Society, Annual Report of Board
of Directors, 36th.

——~—-—--— Academy of Natural Sciences, Proceedings,
vol. lvili., part 3; vol. lix., parts 1-3.

—_——_——-——— American Philosophical Society, Proceedings,
vol. xlv., No. 184; vol. xlvi., Nos. 185-

187. Tofainaotionet veal xii, parts 4D:

Washington—Smithsonian Institution, U.S. National Mu-
seum, Bulletin, No. 50, part 4; No. 53,
part 2; Nos. 57-60. Proceedings, vol.
xxxll. Contributions, vol. x., parts 5-7.
Annual Report, 1907; Annual Report of
Board of Regents, 1906. Bureau of
American Ethnology, Bulletin, No. 30,
part 1. Annual Report, 25th. Bulletin
of the University of Texas, No. 88, Cata-
logue, 1906-7.

—--——— United States Geological Survey, Monographs,
vol. 1. Professional Papers, No. 57, 3113,
p34; No. 53, B91, 057. Mineral Resources,
1905, 1906.

ae a re
So

411
Washington—Department of the Interior, Annual Report, No.
28

——— Bulletin, Nos. 279, 286, 287-294, 296, 297, 300,
303-321, 323-327, 330, 331, 333, 334, 336,
339.
—-——-—— Water Supply and Irrigation Papers, Nos. 182,
183, 187-217.
————— Topographic Maps, Atlas Sheets, Nos. 86, 56, 65.
= —— United States Department of Agriculture, Year-
book, 1906. Reprint from Yearbook of
1906. North American Fauna, No. 26,
Bulletin, No. 32.
1°77 + Mcademy of Sciences, Proceedings, vol. ix., -pp-
275-558 ; vol. x., pp. 1-160.
Trenton—New Jersey, Archeologia, Nova Cesara, by C. C.
Abbott, M.D., No. 2.
Philippine Islands—Division of Science, Bureau of Mines,
The Mineral Resources of the Philip-
pine Islands, 1908.

LIST. OF .. FELLOWS, MEMBER

ETC. > ]

OCTOBER, 1908.

Those marked (1) are Life Fellows. Those marked with an
asterisk have contributed papers published in the Society’s
Transactions.

Any change in the address should be notified to the Secretary.

Da of Honorary FE.LLowS.
ection.

1893. “Cossman, M., Rue de Maubeuge, 95, Paris.

1897. *Davip, T. W. EpGEWORTH, B.A., F.R.S., P.GiS., Prow
Geol., Sydney University.

1876. Exuzry, R. L. J., F.R.S., F.R.A.S., Gov. Astron., the
Observatory, Melbourne, Victoria.

1890. *“Erueripgre, Ropert, Director of the Australian Museum of
New South Wales, Sydney.

1905. Gitt, THomas, I.S.0., Under-Treasurer, Adelaide.

1905. “Hupiey, CHas. H:, Naturalist, Australian Museum, Syd-

ney.
1892. *"Marpxrn, J. H., F.L.S., F.C.S., Director Botanic Gardens,
Sydney, New South Wales.
1898. *Meryriox, E. T., B.A., F.R.S., F.Z.S., Thornhanger, Marl-
borough, W Vilts England.
1894. “Witson, M.D. , Prof. of Anatomy, Sydney University.

CorrEsponpING MEMBERS.
1881. Baimey, F. M., F.L.S., Colonial Botanist, Brisbane,
Queensland.
1907. *Basepow, Hersert, Breslau University, Germany. (Fel-
low from 1901.)
1880. *ForiscHe, Pau, Inspector of Police, Palmerston, N.T.
1893. Stretton, W. Ge Palmerston, N.
1905. THomson, G. M., E.L.S., One Dunedin, New Zealand.

1908. *WooLNnoucH, WALTER GxEorer, D.Sc. F.G.8.; Lecturer on
Comal in the Univ ersity of Sydney. (Fellow from
FELLows.

1895. “Asupy, Epwin, Royal Exchange, Adelaide.

1902. *Baxrer, W. H., F.L.S., Glen Osmond Road, Parkside.

1908. Brnson, W. Nogn, B.Sc., University of Adelaide.

1907. Brack, J. McConnetx, Alfred Street, Norwood.

1887. *“Biracksurn, Rev. Tuomas, B.A., Woodville.

1886. “Braac, W. H., M.A., F.R.S., Prof. of Mathematics and
Physics, University of Adelaide.

1883. Brown, H. Y. L., F.G.S.. Gov. Geologist, Adelaide.

1893. BrummMitt, Ropert, M.R.C.S., Gilberton.

1904. BRUNKSKUL, Groras, Semaphore, S.

1906. pen Mrss Enuen Mixing, 148, Molesworth Street, North

elaide

413

. *“Cuapman, R. W., M.A., B.C.E., Prof. of Engineering,

University, Adelaide.
CHRISTIE, WILLIAM, Adelaide.

| *CLELAND, W. L., M.B., Cb.M., J.P., Colonial Surgeon,

Resident Medical Officer Parkside Lunatic Asylum, Lec-
turer in Materia Medica, University of Adelaide.
CieLanD, Joun B., M.D., Perth, Western Australia.

a Coon, “T .. “Ws D.Sc., Lecturer, University, Adelaide.

Daruine, Joun, Kent Terrace, Norwood.

. *Drxon, SamueEt, Bath Street, New Glenelg.

Epquist, A. G., Hindmarsh.
Gorpon, Davip, Gawler Place, Adelaide.

. “GoyperR, GEeor@z, A.M., F.C.S., Analyst and Assayer, Ade-

laide.
GREENWAY, TuHos. J., Adelaide.
GrirritH, H., Hurtle Square, Adelaide.
Hawker, EF. W., F.C.S., Adelaide.

PE etaein,; Al dy, FI, C., Assistant Lecturer on Chemistry,

School of Mines, Adelaide,

. “Hottze, MAvRIce, F.L. S., Director Botanic Gardens, Ade-

' laide.

. "Howcnin, Water, F.G.S., Lecturer on Geology and

Paleontology, University, Adelaide.

InirFE, Jas. Drinkwater, B.Sc., Prince Alfred College,
Kent Town.

JaMes, THomas, M.R.C.S., Moonta.

. “L&E, A. M., Gov. Entomologist, Hobart, Tasmania.

LEnpon, A. i. M.D. (Lond.), M.R. C.S., Lecturer on For-
ensic Medicine and on Chemical Medicine, University,

Adelaide, and Hon. Physician, Children’s Hospital,
North Adelaide.

Luioyrp, J. S., Alma Chambers, Adelaide.

; “LOWER, OswaLp B., F.E.S. (Lond.), Broken Hill, New

South Wales.

. *Mapsen, J. P. V., D.Sc., B.A., Lecturer, University of

Adelaide.

. “Mawson, Dovetas, B.Sc., B.E., Lecturer on Mineralogy

and Petrology, University, Adelaide.

Mayo, GEo. G., C.E., Hon. Secretary, 116, Franklin St.,
Adelaide.

Metrosz, Rospert THomson, Mount Pleasant.

_ *Morean, A. M., M.B., Ch.B., Angas Street, Adelaide.

Mvecke, Hugo, C.R. Grenfell Street, Adelaide.

Munton, H. S., North Terrace, Adelaide.

Poote, W. B. , Savings Bank, Adelaide,

Porr, W ILLIAM, Solicitor, Adelaide..

PuLirine.. KR, B., M.B., C.M., Adelaide.

Purpugz, R. F., Mining Agent, Launceston, Tasmania.

REISSMANN, CHARLES, e A., M.D. (Cantab), B.Sc. (Lond.),
etc.. Adelaide.

. “Rennie, Epwarp H., M.A., D.Se. (Lond.), F.C.S., Profes-

sor of Chemistry, University of Adelaide.

. *“Roasrs, R. S., M.D., Flinders Street, Adelaide.
Y Sur, WALTER, Chiet Assistant Engineer, Adelaide.

SELWay, W. H., Treasury, Adelaide.
Simson, Aveustus, Launceston, Tasmania.

Smeaton, Strruine, B.A., C.E., Engineer-in-Chief’s Office,
Adelaide.

. “STIRLING, Epwarp C., C.M.G., M.A.

414

SmitH, Rosert Barr, Adelaide.

M.D;:, Fey
F.R.C.S., Professor of Physiology, University ot Ade-
laide, Director of S.A. Museum.

Snow, F. H., Mutual Chambers, Adelaide.

SweetTapeLe, H. A., M.D., Park Terrace, Parkside.

Taytor, WittiaM, St. Andrews, North Adelaide.

*Trepper, J. G. O., F.L.S., Entomologist, S.A. Museum.

(Corresponding Member since 1878.)

. *Torr, W. G., LL.D., M.A., B.C.L., Brighton, South Aus-

tralia.

. “Turner, A. JEFFERIS, M.D., Wickham Terrace, Brisbane,

Queensland.
VANDENBERGH, W. J., F.R.S.L., F.R.S.E., F.R.M.S., J.P.,
Barrister and Solicitor, Pirie Street, Adelaide.
Varpon, JosepH, J.P., Gresham Street, Adelaide.

*“Verco, JoserH C., M.D., F.R.C.S., Lecturer on the Prin-

ciples and Practice of Medicine and Therapeutics, Uni-
versity of Adelaide.

Wainweicut, E. H., B.Sc. (Lond.), Wellington Road,
Maylands.

Ware, W.L., J.P., Adelaide.

Way, Rieur Hon. Sir Samven James, Bart., P.C.,
D.C.L., Chief Justice and Lieutenant-Governor of
South Australia, Adelaide.

Wess, Noex A., Barrister, Waymouth Street. Adelaide.

WHITBREAD, Howarp, Currie Street, Adelaide.

| *Zrerz, A. H. ©., F.L.S., C.M.Z.S., Assistant Director

South Australian Museum, Adelaide.

ASSOCIATE,

Rosrinson, Mrs. H. R., ‘‘Las Conchas,’’ Largs Bay, South
Australia.

415

APPENDIECES.

FIELD NATURALISTS’ SECTION

OF THE

Boval Society of South Australia (Incorporated).

TWENTY-FIFTH ANNUAL REPORT OF THE
COMMITTEE
For THe YEAR ENDED SEPTEMBER, 1908.

Your Committee reports with much gratification that
this Section of the Royal Society has completed twenty-five
years of its existence. When the Section had attained its
majority a celebration was held to commemorate the event,
and a résumé of its history was given by Mr. W. H. Selway,
who had held the office of Secretary for nearly the whole of
the time. Now that the Section has attained to a quarter
of a century of years a period has been reached which de-
serves special mention as a record, not merely in matter of
time, but also because during the past four years the mem-
bership has increased to nearly double the active field
workers. Also, during that time some of the members have
distinguished themselves by special work in scientific circles,
and their association with the Section has added much to its
prestige. All branches of natural history have their de-
votees, and while the departments of geology, entomology,
and ornithology have workers, the popular branch of botany
still claims the largest number of supporters.

EvENING MEETINGS.

At the evening meetings, which have been well attended,
notes of travel have been given by members who had the
opportunity during the year of visiting New South Wales,
Victoria, Queensland, and Western Australia, while extended
tours have been taken in our own State covering portions of
the Barossa Ranges, the Murray Flats, Mount Lofty Ranges,
and other places of local interest.

Special subjects have been dealt with by Mr. Stirling
Smeaton, B.A., on “Mutual Aid in the Animal Kingdom,”
by Dr. Angas Johnson on “Microbes,” by Mr. J. M. Black

416

on ‘‘Noxious Weeds and other Introduced Plants,” and by
Mr. R. E. Stanley on the “Basic Principles of Rock Classifi-
cation.”

At these meetings Exhibits of special interest in the
various branches of science have been submitted.

EXCURSIONS.

Thirteen excursions have been held during the year, and
as these were limited to Saturday afternoons the time at the
disposal of members restricted the area of operations to
within a few miles of the city. Much of the ground is re-
visited, and the spread of settlement is gradually adding to
the difficulty of finding fresh fields for investigation within
easy distance of the city.

The first excursion for the year was to Gaudy’s Gully, on
October 12. The gully is situated above Burnside, towards
Magill, and being unfrequented offers many advantages to
collectors.

On October 26 the National Park, at Belair, was visited.
While it is gratifying to know that a small portion of the
Park has been set aside and fenced as a special reserve for
native flora, it is still hoped that the Park Commissioners will
arrange to have a larger portion of the unfrequented parts
fenced in so as to be free from molestation.

On November 9, 10, and 11, a party visited the neighbour-
hood of Kangarilla and Dashwood’s Gully, but no official re-
port was made or published of the excursion.

On November 30 Bridgewater was visited and Cox Creek
traversed for some distance; the country in this vicinity is
amongst the most picturesque in our hills.

On December 14 a drive was undertaken to Norton Sum-
mit, via the Green Hill Road and Summertown. At various
points the excursionists alighted from the drag and revelled
in the luxuriant profusion of native flowers. This was the
last of the field excursions during the early summer months.

On February 15 the members were asked to make a
marine excursion for dredging in the shallow waters of the
Port Adelaide river. This was the most popular fixture of
the year. The dredgings proved interesting and instructive.

The usual Easter excursion was arranged to include a
visit to Yankalilla, but the means of travel to such a long
distance presented difficulties, and the official excursion was
abandoned.

During the winter months excursions were made _ to
Blackwood on May 20, Largs Bay on May 30, National Park
on June 20, and Brighton on July 18.

A1T

August 15 was the first of the early Spring engagements.
Stonyfell was visited, and some of the earliest flowering plants
and shrubs showed signs of the approaching warmer weather.

September 1 was the date fixed for visiting Golden
Grove. The rain, however, was so persistent that the journey
had to be postponed to the 12th. The beautiful display of
wattle blossom showed how appropriate the name “Golden
Grove” was to this locality, and the new camping-place was
voted a great success. This locality will probably receive
further attention.

There has been a marked improvement in the attendance
at the excursions, and it is known that specialists have been
successful in securing a number of rare species and some
new records.

The membership has increased by fourteen, and now
stands at a total of 120.

Regret is felt at the death of Mr. T. D. Smeaton, who,
while not a member of the Section, always took a keen in-
terest in the work by supplying information to members in-
dividually from his vast store of natural history knowledge,
and also by contributing many short papers by way of cor-
respondence. A vote of sympathy with Mr. Stirling Smeaton,
B.A., in his long-continued illness was passed, and the hope
expressed that he would soon recover to renew his work for
the Section.

In addition to the work of the Fauna and Flora Com-
mittee in its efforts to secure a portion of Kangaroo Island
as a reserve, Dr. R. S. Rogers, M.A., Mr. E. Ashby, Miss
Archer, and the Hon. Secretary compiled an_ illustrated
article, based on photographs taken by Miss Archer (during
a bicycle trip taken alone across the island), and a map
showing the proposed reserve, which were published in the
Adelaide Observer. Copies of the paper were distributed
amongst scientific and influential people and officials and
Ministers in the States, to scientific societies in the Common-
wealth and in England, France, Germany, and America.
Gratifying acknowledgments were received of this action, but
much remains to be done to secure this country in the in-
terests of science.

MontTuiy MEETINGS.

October 15, 1907.—Lecture, Mr. S. Smeaton, B.A.,
“Mutual Aid in the Animal Kingdom.”

December 3.—Notes of Travel—Mr. W. H. Selway, “On
the Blue Mountains, N.S.W.”; Mr. J. W. Mellor, “Queens-
land’; Mr. M. S. Clark, ‘““Western Australia.”

May 19, 1908.—‘‘Microbes,” Dr. E. Angas Johnson.

N

418

June 16.—Papers on Easter Tours, by Mr. J. G. O.
Tepper, F.L.S.; “Barossa,” Mr. J. W. Mellor; “Murray
Bridge,’ Messrs. H. H. D. Griffith and W. H. Selway.

July 21—Paper, Mr. J. McC. Black, “Some Noxious and
Other Introduced Plants.”

August 18.—Mr. R. E. Stanley, “Basic Principles of
Rock Classification.”

EXCURSIONS.

October 12, 1907, Gaudy’s Gully; October 26, National
Park, Belair; November 9, 10, and 11, Kangarilla; Novem-
ber 30, Bridgewater; December 14, Summertown; February
15, 1908, Outer Harbour: April 16, Easter Excursion to
Mount Lofty; May 16, Blackwood; May 30, Largs Bay;
June 20, National Park, Belair: July 18, Brighton: August
15, Stonyfell: September 12, Golden Grove.

J. McC. Buack, Chairman

EK. H. Locx, Hon. Secretary.
September 22, 1908.

TWENTIETH ANNUAL REPORT OF THE NATIVE
FAUNA AND FLORA PROTECTION COMMITTEE
OF THE FIELD NATURALISTS’ SECTION OF THE
ROYAL SOCIETY OF SOUTH AUSTRALIA FOR
THE YEAR ENDED SEPTEMBER, 1908.

THE KANGAROO ISLAND RESERVE.

In the Gazette of December 26, 1907, was published a
proclamation setting apart the Cape Borda Lighthouse
Reserve of about 67 square miles for lighthouse purposes,
and also for the purpose of the protection and preservation
of the fauna and flora.

On January 11, 1908, several gentlemen waited upon
the Commissioner of Crown Lands, urging that the area
should be extended to the 300 miles originally asked for, sub-
ject to the existing leases. The Commissioner, in a reply
dated February 5, stated that the area promised was con-
sidered sufficient for the purposes advocated. In March,
and again in April, Mr. Ashby wrote at great length to the
Acting Premier, setting out the reasons for the granting of
the extended area, referring to the much larger areas that
had been set apart in the cther States, in New Zealand, and
in America, and asking whether it was the intention of the

419

Government to vest the promised Reserve in Trustees. Re-
plies were received to the effect that the area could not be
increased, that the vesting of the Reserve in the Marine
Board was a temporary arrangement, and that later on con-
sideration would be given to the matter of vesting the land
in a more suitable body. There has been a tacit under-
standing that the whole question would be re-opened after
the return of the Premier from England.

The alarming increase of foxes all over Australia ren-
ders more urgent than before the necessity for granting
the larger area asked for, as it is quite clear that within a
very few years the ground birds will be extinct if their
enemies continue to increase as they have done in the past
few years.

The Committee is much disappointed in being still un-
able to report the fulfilment of the promises made by the
Government two years ago, but hopes that something may
shortly be done.

THE PROTECTION OF KANGAROOS.

In September last a letter was written to the Com-
missioner of Crown Lands recommending that the following
areas should be proclaimed a Kangaroo District, namely, the
counties of Adelaide, Light, and Hindmarsh, together with
the western portion of the County of Sturt, comprising the
Hundreds of North Rhine, South Rhine, Tungkillo, and
Kanmantoo, and in November a reply was received that the
request had been complied with, as evidenced by a proclama-
tion in the Gazette of November 21, 1907.

THe Birps Protection Act.

Emus and swans have recently been added to the
schedule of birds to be protected during the whole year.

SAMUEL Drxon, Chairman.

‘06T ‘61 toquiezdeg
‘S1OJIPNY ’ ore.

‘IOINSVITT, “UOPF, ‘SUALIVAK 'S ‘peonpord useq JOU sey Yyooqsseg Yueg ‘490.1100
st ‘aAoqr se epee k Jerome) om yeyx AjIqzI9O OM

GL &

a) a ae qunoo
-OyY WOISINOXW UI souv[eg

y 8 Q JUNOdoy [e10UeXy UI dURTeG—ROEL ‘QT stoqutezdog

a T oes 9= 1 See
S Ur ce “a ‘ ae eoULleg
90g °> cs ya100g resoy 04 "pred suolydtaiosqng
GST Se ‘= / I9YVIOIVD
7 0 see eee see eee soe sae sodopeauny 0 0 val . see see £4010
G05. =. iy * pussy oo1esue yy jo urd 8 resort oY} WOLJ JUBIN—ROGI ‘OT raqtueydag
OL fp eee eee tee Burquiig 0 G 0 ae 3
a ee ae fir aa sic at sdueys 0 sizr 8-J06T I0F suotydtrosqug
ad ots Qo ah “Aer te nat eoureg UpeQ—LO6T ‘toqureydog
coe | as ag

“SO6L ‘OL UAEWNALdIS GHGNA UVAX AHL WOK AAALIGNAdXG UNV SidIaoaY LO INGWALVLS

(GULVUOTUOONT) VIIVULSAV HLAOS WO ALHIOOS 'TVAOU WAHL AO NOILLOGS SLSTIVYOLVN GTI

421

MALACOLOGICAL SECTION

OF THE

Boval Society of South Australia (Incorporated).

ANNUAL REPORT, 1907-8.

There are twelve members on the roll of the Section, and
ten meetings were held during the past year, at which the
average attendance was five. The shells dealt with comprised
the following genera: —Nerita, Hulima, Rissoa, Scala, Vat-
tca, Vardita, and Carditella. Two papers were contributed
to the Transactions of the Royal Society by the Chairman of
the Section (Dr. J. C. Verco, M.D., F.R.C.S., etc.), entitled
“Notes on South Australian Marine Mollusca, with Descrip-
tions of New Species,” Nos. VIII. and IX.

BaLANCE-SHEET, 1907-8.

Receipts.
£ sid:
Grant from Royal spain t+
Subscriptions : ; 2.4.6
Sale of Lists Of Ss
Credit balance Oc 6 12
£3 14 11
Expenditure.
ey 8. AL.
Postages and Notice Cards os .G
Subscriptions to Heal Pato we -FCG
Balance in hand .. it. ton
£3 14 11

F. R. Zretz, Hon. Sec. and Treas.
September 15, 1908.

422

MICROSCOPICAL SECTIO“

OF THE

Ropal Society of South Australia (Incorporated).

cae ee

ANNUAL REPORT, 1907-8.

Orricers.—Chairman, Mr. W. Fuller; Vice-Chairman,
Mr. W. B. Poole; Hon. Secretary, Mr. H. A. Whitehill ;
Assistant Secretary, Mr. E. J. Bradley; Auditors, Messrs.
T. Godlee and S. Smeaton, B.A.

Your Committee has to report that the conclusion of the
Fifth Session of this Section since its reinstitution shows that
satisfactory progress has been made. The attendance at the
meetings has been good and the contributions of varied in-
terest.

On September 24, 1907, the Section had the pleasure of
inspecting the admirable rulings which have been recently
produced by Mr. H. J. Grayson, of Melbourne, for micro-
metric and test purposes. A series of bands ruled from 1,000
to 120,000 lines to the inch was shown, which in point of
quality and mounting represented the finest work hitherto
accomplished in this direction.

On March 24, 1908, was exhibited a remarkable collec-
tion of new microscopes and apparatus recently acquired by
members, no less than five complete instruments of value
being shown. Veterinary Surgeon Desmond showed a superb
Zeiss photomicrographic stand with all accessories and fur-
nished with apochromatic lenses; Mr. A. W. Marshall, a
new model “Edinburgh” microscope, by Watson, with Scop
mechanical stage and universal condenser; Mr. Roach, a
Bansch & Comb instrument of excellent model; Mr. Baker,
a Zeiss monocular erecting prism microscope; and Mr. H.
W. G. Hale, a Zeiss III E stand with semi-apochromatic
lenses of very fine order. Mr. Dollman also showed a new
water immersion |/10th, which he reported was of exceptional
value in photography.

An important feature of the year’s proceedings has been
the inauguration of the Episcope and Projection apparatus
recently acquired by the Royal Society and its affiliated Sec-
tions, the acquisition of which has given much satisfaction,
and especially to the members of the Microscopical Section,
with which, indeed, the idea of obtaining the instruments

423

originated. The success in obtaining these instruments is in
the main the result of the incessant efforts of our chairman,
Mr. W. Fuller, who, upon the suggestion that a projection
lantern be obtained, drew attention to the new instruments
of Zeiss, and who, together with Mr. E. J. Bradley, the
secretary, formed a delegation to the other societies affiliated
with the Public Libraries Board and sought their co-opera-
tion. Mr. Fuller is to be congratulated upon the successful —
issue of his efforts to further the interests of this Section and
microscopy in general. Mr. Fuller also undertook the care
of the instruments upon their arrival in Adelaide, and the
task of erecting them.

During the year Rule 1 was altered to read “Joint Secre-
taries,” in place of “Secretary.”

The following meetings and excursions have been held
during the session : —

September 24, 1907.—Annual general meeting. Exhibi-
tion of micrometric and test rulings by Mr. H. J. Grayson, of
Melbourne, from 1,000 to 120,000 lines per inch, together
with short address by Mr. Hale descriptive of their produc-
tion.

October 22.—Paper by Mr. W. B. Poole, together with
illustrative exhibits upon the life history of the curl-leaf
parasite of the peach-tree. Demonstration of mounting
simple objects by Mr. E. J. Bradley.

November 26.—Exhibition of polariscope attachment for
microscope and choice mineral specimens, by Mr. W. Fuller.
Liquid mounts of thirty years’ standing, showed by Mr. Poole,
who gave a short résumé of older methods of preparing and
mounting.

February 15, 1908.—Dredging excursion.

March 24.—Mr. E. J. Bradley resigned assistant secre-
taryship owing to his continued absence from town, and a mo-
tion was passed recording appreciation of his valuable ser-
vices to the Section. Exhibition of newly-acquired micro-
scopes by members. .

April 25.—Excursion to Semaphore.

April 28.—Exhibits of subjects of general interest and
discussion.

May 26.—Exhibit of various specimens mounted by Mr.
E. J. Bradley.

June 23.—Paper on “Odours in Potable Waters,” by
Mr. W. Fuller. Mr. H. W. H. Hale was appointed Joint
Hon. Secretary.

July 28.—Paper by Mr. W. B. Poole upon “Julius
Rheinberg’s ‘Multiple-colour Illumination Process, with

424

Various Preparations Demonstrated by this Method.” Ex-
hibit of light filters and monochromatic screens, with refer-
ence to their value in the improvement of the performance
of microscopic lenses, by Mr. Hale.

Episcope and Projection apparatus by the President of Lise
Section, Mr. W. Fuller, who explained the optical principles
involved in the construction and performance of these in-
struments and the method of operating, exhibiting a large
number of microscopic and photomicrographic preparations,
the work of members of the Section.

Harotp W. H. Hate,

Joint Hon. Secretaries.
H. A. WHITEHILL,

MICROSCOPICAL SECTION

OF THE
ROYAL SOCIETY OF SOUTH AUSTRALIA
(INCORPORATED).

BALANCE-SHEET, SESSION 1907-8.

Receipts.

Late

Balance from 1906-7 ... ee oe ‘pes 3s) on ee
Subscriptions, 1907-8 a0 A sis OS eae
Grant from Royal Society ... 6 2 «4
£16 20

Expenditure.

Lee

Printing and tua a, sp ids . | os
Advertising a: AN ait 22 Oa
Telegrams of 0.3 8
Subscriptions paid to Royal Society 6, {ie
Balance in hand 4 510 3
£16. 4.0

425

ee oA) TN DE X.

{Generic and specific names printed in italics indicate that the
forms described are new. |

Acachmena, 62; A. e@nocrossa, 62.

Acacias in Adelaide University Her-
barium, Notes on, 277.

Acacias of South Australia, 275; A.
retinodes, var. gillii, 275; A. sali-
cina, var. wayce, 277.

Acanthothyspoda, 319; A.
320.

Agathodes paliscia, 94.

Agriophara platyscia, 117.

Albinism in Orchids, 387.

Aldgate, A Breccia in
Beds at, 390.

Althorpes, Botany of, 272.

Alypophanes, 62; A. iridocosma, 63.

Amisallus tuberosus, 205; whitei, 206.

Amphoroidea angustata, 147.

Amphoroidella elliptica, 148.

Anacheirotus, 368.

Anachrostis placospila,
phora, 71.

Annual Meeting, 394.

Annual Report, 395; Field Natural-
ists’ Section, 415; Native Fauna
and Flora Committee, 418; Mala-
cological Section, 421; Microscopi-
cal Section, 422.

Anomophlebia, 75; A. furtiva, 75.

Apaustus heterobathra, 316.

Areomorpha, 82; A. atmota, 82.

Archernis eucosma, 95; leucocosma,
95; metriodes, 96.

Arcoperna scapha, 196.

Arcularia grandior, 344; mobilis, 343.

Argyrolepidia ethrias, 55.

Arrade percnopis, 78.

Auchmophanes, 64; A. ochrospila, 65.

_ Beoptila, 81; B. selenias, 81.

Baker, W. H., Notes on the Sphe-
romide of the South Australian
Coast, 138.

Belus amplicollis, 230; brevipes, 225;
bidentatus, 230; bison, 230; crista-
tus, 221; granicollis, 226; hemistic-
tus, 251; longicornis, 230; nigri-
ceps, 227; niveopilosus, 224; phe-
nicopterus, 231; pudicus, 231; pui-
verulentus, 223; semipunctatus,
229; suturalis, 231; tibialis, 230;
varipilis, 222; Table of species, 231.

Benson, W. N., Cambrian Glacial
Till, from Cartwright Creek,
Barrier Ranges, 393.

eleodes,

Cambrian

<0ono-

AE

Blackburn, Rev. T., Further Notes
on Australian Coleoptera, 362.

Bleptina pantea, 76.

Botanist, A Government, 387.

Botany—Acacias of South Australia,
275; Eucalypti of South Australia,
278; Tasmanian Element in the
Flora of Kangaroo Island, 258;
Contribution to Botany of South
Australia, 252; Althorpes, 272;
Cape Borda, 256; Cape Couedie,
255; Cape Donington, 268; Cape
Jervis, 273; Davenport River, 262;
Denial Bay, 263; Flinders Island,
264; Fowler Bay, 261; Hog Bay,
254; Kingscote, 253; Lake Wan.
gary, 270; Laura Bay, 263;
Marion Bay, 273; Memory Cove,
267; Mount Dutton Bay, 270; Mu-
rat Bay, 263; Murray Bridge, 259;
Neptune Islands, 265; North
Shields, 269; Port Augusta, 258;
Port Elliston 264; Port Lin-
coln, 268; Port Moorowie, 273;
Revesby Island, 272; Sinclair
Point, 262; Streaky Bay, 263; Tay-
lor Island, 268; Thistle Island,
266; Venus Harbour, 263; Williams
Island, 265; Wedge Island, 266.

Bragg, Prof. W. H., and J. L. Glas-
son, On a Want of Symmetry
Shown by Secondary X-Rays, 300,
301.

Bragg, Prof. W. H., and Dr. Mad-
sen, Experimental Investigation of
the Nature of the y Rays, 1, 35.

By-Law, Alteration of a, 388.

By-Laws, New, 390.

Callabonica, 365.

Cambrian Glacial Till at Cartwright
Creek, Barrier Ranges, 393

Cambrian, Unconformity with Pre-
Cambrian at Aldgate, 390.

Cape Borda, Botany of, 256.

-——-Couedie, Botany of, 255.

-——~— Donington, Botany of, 268.

Jervis, Botany of, 273.

Capua ceramica, 115; epipepla, 318;
oxygona, 115; petrochroa, 115;
tripselia, 318

| Caradrina amathodes, 59; basisticha,

60; eryphea, 58; leucosticta, 58;
melanographa, 59; nycteris, 60.
Cardiomya (see Cuspidaria).

426

Carditella elegantula, 353; exulata,
352; subtrigona, 352; valida, 353;
vincentensis, 554.

Cataclysta psathyrodes, 83.

Catada apoblepta, T7.

Catastygnus densus, 203; elegans,

205; ochreipennis, 204.
Chapman, Prof. R. W., The Strength
of South Australian "Timbers, 325.

Chusaris rhodias, 76.

Cilicea curtisping, 142.

Circeis obtusa, 156; tridentata, 153;
trilobata, 154.

Cirphis orthomita, 56.

Clarke Memorial Medal Award, 395.

Celobathra, 100; C. eucrines, 100.
Coleoptera, Notés on Australian,
562.

Colussa psammochroa, 112.
Condylocardia australis, 360; com-
ressa, 359; crassicosta, 360; ovata,
Bg pectinata, 359; porrecta, 360;
subradiata, 358; trifoliata, 359.

Coralliophila elaborata, -344; rubro-
coccinea, 345.

Corethrobela, 73; C. melanophes,
74.

Corgatha loxomita, 66; poecilota, 66.
Cosmophylla, 85; C. oxygramma, 86.
Cranopsis (see Puncturella).
Cryptophaga /asiocosma, 117.

Cuna atkinsoni, 354; cessens, 356;
comma, 357; concentrica, 557 ;
delta, 356 ; edentata, 357; hamata,
555 ; obliquissima, 355.

Curculionidae, Descriptions of Aus-
tralian, 203.

Cuspidaria alta, 198; 199 ;
dorsirecta, 198 ; 199;
pinna, 200; ros, 201.

Cymatium columnarium, 343.

Cymodoce hamata, 141; longicau-
‘data, 139; tuberculosa, 140.

Davenport River, Botany of, 262.

Demonassa capitalis, 386.

Denial Bay, Botany of, 263.

Dichelia /unifera, 321.

Dichromodes triglypta, 114.

Donations to the Library, 399.

Dynamene ramuscula, 145.

angasi,
exarata,

Dynamenopsis obtusa, 152.
Eclipsiodes dapsilis, 105; homora,
104; icelomorpha, 105; meliphyrta,

106; pammicta, 106.
Elachista Jlewcophasa,
lifera, 119.
Elachypteryx, 80; FE.
Elesma subglauca, 61.
Elleschodes bryophagus, 242;
pactus, 245; modicus, 240;
rostris, 246; pallidus, 244;
239; placidus, 245; rufulus,
scutellaris, 244; similis, 243;
ralis, 241; uniformis, 242.

118; metal-

erebenna, 80.

com-
nigi-
pictus,
241;

sutu-

|

Elleschus concinnus, 250;
toniensis, 251.

Emarginula subtilitexta, 193.

en and Research Fund,

Entephria cissophora, 88.

Epicyrtica, 61; FE. lathridia, 61.

2 aes: 320; 2. neurobapta,
20.

Erastroides molybdopasta, 69.

Eristena me/anolitha, 81.

Erynnis trichopepia, 315.

Esthlodora cyanospila, 79.

Eucalyptus, Notes on South Aus
tralian Species of, 278.

welling-

| Eudrymopa cyanoleuca, 118.
| Eumichtis mesophea, 57

Eurybela, 91; E. seotopis, 92.

Eurychelus, 368.

Fellows, ete., List of, 412.

Field Naturalists’ Section, 415.

Fishes of South Australia, A Synop-
sis of, 288, 294.

Flinders Island, Botany of, 264.

Fowler Bay, Botany of, 261.

Gamma Rays, Experimental Investi-
gation on the Nature of, 1, 35,

Geology of the Mount Lofty Ranges,
121; Remarks on, by W. How-
chin, 389; Discussion at the Geo-
logical Society of London on the
Glacial Beds of, 392.

Gibbula galbina, 341; legrandi, 341.

Glacial Till’ of Cambrian Age at
Cartwright Creek, Barrier Ranges,

Glauconitic Rock from Bore at Para-
dise, 392.

Glycythyma, 90; G.
thymedes, 91.

Gonipterides, Table of, 219.

Government Botanist, Appointment
of, suggested. 387.

Grevillea rogersi, 257.

chrysorycta, 91;

| Guestia eurybapta, 117.

Halonympha (see Cuspidaria).

Haswellia cilicioides, 158; emargi-
nata, 157.

Hesperiade, New Australian, 311.

Hesperilla leucostigma, var. para-
sema, 312; monotherma, 312: poly-
sema, 311; tymbophora, 312.

Heteronyx, 368: Synonymy of, 370;
Divided into Groups, 370, 376,
377. 383; H. anomalus, 381; dis-
par, 379; doddi, 381: hispidulus,
385; labradis, 382; litigiosus, 378;

rotundiceps, 383; rudis, 378; spadi-
ceus, 383; squalidus, 380; sub-
fortis, 385; unguiculatus, 383.

Hibberticola, 247: H. echinata, 248.
Hog Bay, Botany of, 254.

Howchin, W., Remarks on the Geo- |

logy of the Mount Lofty Ranges,

389; exhibited Breccia from near )

base of Cambrian Beds at Aldgate,
390 ;

tralia, 592;
Rock, 392; Awarded the Clarke
Memorial Medal, 395.

Hylebatis, 84; H. scintellifera, 84.

Hypobleta, 77; H. cymea, 78.

Ionization remaining in Gases after
Removal from the Influence of the
Ionizing Agent, 12.

Iptergonus, 219; I. bifurcatus, 219;
niveopictus, 220.

Isacantha dermestiventris, 258; papu-
losa, 259; rhinotioides, 239.

Ischyja cyanopasta, 64.

Isocentris erromena, 99.

Isopods, South Australian, 138.

Kangaroo Island, Botany of, 253.

Kingscote, Botany of, 253.

Knotted Schist at Lyndoch, 391.

Laura Bay, Botany of, 263.

Lea, A. M., Descriptions of Aus-
tralian Curculionide, 203.
Lepidoptera, New Australian, (Dr.

Turner) 55, (O. B. Lower) 110. (See
also Tortricina and Hesperiade.)

Leptarthra hemicosma, 321; metallo-
cosma, $21.

Leptothyra carinata, 197.

Library, Donations to, 399.

Libythea geoffroyi, 317. .

Limea parvula, 345.

Limneecia crossomela, 120; ida, 119;
zonomacula, 120.

List of Fellows, etc., 412.

Lithostrotus, 362; L. planior, 362.

Lower, O. B., New Australian Lepi-

doptera, 110.

——— New Australian
311.

New Australian Tortricina, 318.

Lyndoch, Knotted Schist at, 391.

Madsen, Dr. J. EF. V., The Ioniza-
tion remaining in Gases after re-
moval from the Ionizing Agent, 12.
Secondary y Radiation, 163 (see
Bragg and Madsen).

Maiden, J. H., Contributions to the
Botany of South Australia, 252.

Malacological Section, 421.

Maliattha ferrugina, 67.

Marginella columnaria, 345,

Marion Bay, Botany of, 273.

Meliceptria flavitineta, 110.

Memory Cove, Botany of, 267.

Metasia adoxodes, 98: dactyliota,
97; diplophragma, 97; nyctichroa,
98; polytima, 96; trophessa, 99;
typhodes, 98.

Hesperiade,

Discussion at the Geological |
. Society of London on the Cam- |

brian Glacial Beds of South Aus- |
exhibited Glauconitic |

427

Micreschus prolectus, 70.
Microscopical Section, 422.
Minos petterdi, 341.
Modiola projecta, 195,
Modiolaria semiradiata, 195,
Mollusca, Notes on South
tralian Marine, 193, 338.
Monoctenia niphosema, 114.
Moruloidea lacertosa, 150.
Mount Lofty Ranges, Geology of,
121; Remarks on, by W. How-
chin, 389; Discussion at Geologi-
- cal Society of London on Glacial
Beds of, 392.
Murat Bay, Botany of, 263.
Murray Bridge, Botany of, 259.
Musotima leptorrhoda, 85.

Aus-

Myriostephes citrochroa, 104; cro-
cobapta, 104.
Mytilicardia calyculata, 347; con-

camerata, 347; crassicosta, 346.

Naarda xanthonephra, 65.

Nacoleia alincia, 90; glageropa, 89;
oncophragma, 89.

Vannomorpha, 80; N. alychnopa, 80.

Native Fauna and Flora Protection
Committee, 418.

Nezra (see Cuspidaria).

Neoheteronyx, 367.

Neptune Islands, Botany of, 265.

Nepytis, 367.

Noctuide, New Australian, 55, 110.

Nodaria nyctichroa, 74.

Noorda eutacta, 103; nyetopa, 102;
psarochroa, 103; rhodopa, 102.

Nymphula aristodora, 83; epimochla,
83.

Obituary Notice of Thomas D.
Smeaton, 396.

Odontotonyx, 367.

aa of the Society, Election of,
94.

Oiketicus aristocosma, 112.

Olulis subrosea, 75.

Onesorus squamosus, 203.

Ophideres pyrocrana, 68.

Orchids, Albinism in, 387; Descrip-
tion of a New Species of, 11.

Otiophora, 101; clavifera, 102; leu-
cura, 101.

Ovula formosa, 342

Oxyops decipiens, 215: frenchi, 211:
griffitht, 214; mucronata, 213; pal-
lida, 216; parallela, 217: rufa,
215; scabra, 212; uniformis, 217.

Pagyda callipona, 93.

Paleobia peltosema, 323.

Panilla méicrosticta, 172;
73.

Pantoreites major, 217; trilinealbus,
218.

Paramorpha perileuca, 116.

Petrographical descriptions, 132.

Phricanthes macroura, 322.

umbrifera,

428

Pionea (see Otiophora).

Platydesmus _obscuricornis, 363 ;
punctulaticeps, 5065; Table of
species, 304.

Plutorectis thermacula, 113.

Polylopha elaphris, 319.

Polyphrades concinnus, 206; cordi-
pennis, 210; emblematicus, 207;
granicollis, 210; latus, 208; parvus,
208.

Port Augusta, Botany of, 253.

-__—- Elliston, Botany of, 264.

--—-Lincoln, Botany of, 268, 269,

270.

———Moorowie, Botany of, 273.

Prasophyllum occidentale, 11.

Prometopus mctaneura, 111; polio-
phracta, 57,

Proteuxoa delopits, 111; euglypta,
110; lowosema, 55; spodias, 56.
Pseudoheteronyx creber, 366; Jlati-
collis, 366; Table of species, 365.

Puncturella corolla, 193.

Pygospila hyalotypa, 94.-

Pyralide, New Australian, 55.

Pyrausta apocryphu, 101; diplosticta,
100

Pyrene plexa, 343.

Radiation, Secondary y, 163.

Revesby Island, Botany of, 272.

Rhinotia elytrura, 238; elytrura, var.
bella, 238; hoemoptera, 237; parva,
237; simplicipennis, 256.

Rissoina lintea, 342; rhyllensis, 341.

Rivula cenictopis, 70; crassipes, 71.

Rogers, Dr. R. 8., Botany of South
Australia (see under Maiden, J.
H.), Description of a New Species
of Orchid, 11.

Scardia inconcisella, 118.

Scarfe, Thos., Contribution to En-
dowment Fund, 391, 395.

Scoparia charopea, 106.

Scyllium vincenti, 287.

Secondary y Radiation, 163.

Seila attenuata, 342.

Sellechus, 248; S. tibialis, 249.

Semioceros (see Glycythyma).

Septa petulans, 343.

Shark, An Undescribed Species from
Investigator Strait, 287.

Sinclair Foint, Botany of, 262.

ee Banks Group, Botany of,

Smeaton, Thos. D., Obituary Notice
of, ‘

Spheromide, South Australian, 138.

Streaky Bay, Botany of, 263.

Strepsiceros lasiophora, 323.

Sylepta ageneta, 92; chrysampyz,
92; phricosticha, 93.

Synthaca, 69; S. qilviceps, T0.

Tasmanian Flora represented in
Kangaroo Isand, 253, 258.

Taylor Island, Botany of, 268.

Telicota brachydesma, 312; eury-
chlora, 314.

Thistle Island, Botany of, 266.

Timbers, Strength of South Aus-
tralian, 325.

Tineodes holophea, 108;
108; phenicea, 107.
Tortricina, New Australian, 518.

Tortrix ewplectra, 322.

Trophon columnarius, $45;
thus, 545.

Turbo gruneri, 340: jourdani, 338.

Turner, Dr. A. J., New Australian
Lepidoptera, 55.

Turritella kimberi, 342.

Venericardia amabilis, 348; bimacu-
lata, 350; columnaria, 351; delt-
cata, 351; dilecta, 347; dilecta, var.
excelsior, 348; lutea, 351; quoyi,
349; squamigera, 350.

Venus Harbour, Botany of, 263.

Verco, Dr. Jos. C., Contribution to
Endowment Fund, 391; Notes on
South Australian Marine Mol-
lusca, 193, 538.

Voliba asphyctopa, 87; leptomorpha,
86; psammoessa, 88; pycnosticta,
87

oxyprora,

molor-

Wedge Island, Botany of, 266.

Williams Island, Botany of, 265.

Woolnough, Dr. W. G., Geology of
the Mount Lofty Ranges, 121.

X-Rays, On a Want of Symmetry
shown by Secondary, 300, 501.

Xylorycta argyrota, 116.

Zethes adoxopis, 68; ecrytogramma,
68; hemacta, 67.

Zietz, A., Description of a New
Species of Shark from Investiga-
tor Strait, 287; Synopsis of the
ee of South Australia, 288,

—_

ee ee

Vol. XXXII., Plate I.

4Mft Torrens LEGEND

[EAq]Plutonic Rock (Granite and Pegmatite)
FH] Crystalline Limestone
N "Paringite"
| [I == Amphibole Schist
(IM) Mica Schist
Quartzite and Quartz Schist
Cainozoic Deposits
0 5

eee Summit;~ ae
\\ Ashton_ Forest Ran

Ver ireliel

-~-=-

AM! Lofty~.

2 Scale
g Miles
‘ ah m antoo 5
“genie ; Ul iN Wey, n ano pet en vaC Ay
y . ee th 6 f Vi, il tes | y at
' i Me THU We ~ 7" aciffords Rit - anport
\M | , |
tains YE Nt sete GICAL
\ on Nee<
| Nes EASTERN. SLOPE :
| ull’s Creek a
| Strathalbyn MOUN T LOF TY RANGES nae

Hussey & Gillingham, Printers, Adelaide.

Vol. XXXIL, Plate II.

INES

Hussey & Gillingham, Printers, Adelaide.

CYMODOCE LONGICAUDATA, n. gp. CYMODOCE TUBERCULOSA, Stebbing.

Hussey & Gillingham, Printers, Adelaide.

peared ae ‘ . . 2 J

~ tee SoS eee Ee eS

Vol. XXXII, Plate IV.

CYMODOCE HAMATA, 2. sp. CILICAA CURTISPINA, Haswell,

Hussey & Gillingham, Printers, Adelaide.

er

5 ee OY ee a Lm

8

eo

Vol. XXXII., Plate V.

an 1%
CILICAA CURTISPINA (continued) DYNAMENE RAMUSCULA, 7. sp.

Hussey & Gillingham, Printers, Adelaide.

te se ne Aig ee

ve

+\

~

Vol. XXXII, Plate VI.

¢
It IS

AMPHOROIDEA ANGUSTATA. n. sp. AMPHOROIDELLA ELLIPTICA, a. sub. gen., n. sp

Hussey & Gillingham, Printers, Adelaide.

gmt oenenen

:
\
\
i
!
a
,

Whe ee Cet
\ 7

Aan hah reemtinae aie aie eh mere te

Aiea

=

ret teneaes nth stron Ae ott I

T

opbgnhr. He,

Lineman oe renal,

Vol. XXXII., Plate VII.

MORULOIDEA LACERTOSA, n. gen.,n. sp. DYNAMENOPSIS OBTUSA, a gen., n. sp.

Hussey & Gillingham, Printers, Adelaide.

Vol. XXXII, Plate VIII.

DYNAMENOPSIS OBTUSA (continued). CIRCEIS TRIDENTATA. CIRCEIS TRILOBATA, nap.

Hussey & Gillingham, Printers, Adelaide.

6 eee

——

aA Vis
Niet hy

“eat

te

aly.

a A ae ar a NN A es

CIRCEIS TRILOBATA (continued)

Vol. XXXII., Plate IX.

CIRCEIS OBTUSA, n. sp. HASWELLIA EMARGINATA, Haswell.

Hussey & Gillingham, Printers, Adelaide.

Vol. XXXII., Plate X.
an

pt,

as
|

We

HASWELLIA EMARGINATA (continued.) HASWELLIA CILICIOIDES, an. sp.

Wat

Hussey & Gillingham, Printers, Adelaide.

© L, Kesteven ‘de)

Vol. XXXII., Plate XI.

Hussey & Gillingham, Printers, Adelaide.

Pe ined at

Ai, Pe ow ee
i Aas ;

Vol. XXXII, Plate XII.

H, L. Kesteven, del.

Hussey & Gillingham, Printers, Adelaide.

Vol. XXXII., Plate XITI.

‘GA
iy y) Yt a
aN)

»)
Ure \
WN

Hussey & Gillingham, Printers, Adelaide.

% ee We te eas
: A , , J ro A -
os —_ = ~ . * 4
2 tna Ths a oh 3 ** ts |
ve s = Ai am me caf = 7FuS ¥ “
=

ora 2S oe ee

hae

ae,

ae

*

Pi ak

VOL. XXAIT.; PLATE Rive

EE ee

Drawings and Printing,
Donald Vayior Vollotype Co., Ltd., North Adelaide

+»

VoL. XXXII., Pratt XV-

Drawings and Printing,
Donald Vaulor Collotype Co,, Ltd., North Adelaide

7 4 a
gel th a Pee

i. ile

Vox“. XXXII... PratrEe XVI.

Drawings and Printing,
Donald. Taylor Uollotype Co., Ltd., North Adelaide

Vout, AAR: Pare RViE

Drawings and Printing,
Donald taylor Uollotype Co,, Ltd,, North Adelaide

Vor Xe CPLATE XV

Drawings and Printing,
Donald Taylor Collotype Co., Ltd,, North Adelaide

"
tet tet
Sa teeesncec@sbeoes prepay ee

CONTENTS.

ap : Spit ts

Napa:

- Bragg, Prof. W. H., and Dr. Jia V. Maven: An Taal Pie ee
~~ mental Investigation of the Nature of" ae 7 Rays. Nowa B58

Rogsrs, Dr. R. S.: Description of a New Species of Orchid 11 —
Mapsen, Dr. J. P. V.: The Ionization Remain.og in Gases
after Removal from the Influence of the Ionizing Agent aie ee
Brage, Prof. W. H., and Dr. J. P. V. Mapsen: An Experi- | vey
mental Investigation ot the Nature of the y Rays. No. i. opt a
Turner, Dr. A. J.: New Australian Lepidoptera of a f
families Noctuide and Pyralide ... enh) Sees aay
Lower, O. B.: New Australian Lepidoptera. \No, xxv.) 10 if
WooLNouGH, Dr. W. G.: Notes on the Geology of the Mout
Lofty Ranges, Chiefly the Portion Kast of the Onka- .
paringa River. Plates i. and ii. .. i gota
Baker, W. H.: Notes on Some Species of the Taopéd. Faanily.
Spheromide, from the South Australian Coast. ichal
434: 60 KS. isa fw
_. Mapsen, Dr. J. P/V: Revuidary. Radiation cae
Verco, Dr. J. C.: Notes on South Australian 2
lusca, with Descriptions of New Species.
Plates xi. to xiii. oe oe oo ine
Lea, A. M.: Descriptions of Australian Cureationt
_ Notes on previously-described Species. Part ic mm
Marpen, J. H.: A Contribution to the Botany of 4 an
_ Australia 3 . bie sk
ZlETz, A.: Description of a hitherto Undescribed Species of
Shark from Investigator Strait put Br:
A Shas: of the Fishes of South Australia. i ‘
art 1 an
7 A Synopsis of the Fishes of South Australia.
ay : Parga te we mesh svt
BRAGG, Prof. W. H.: On a Want of Symmetry shied by
Secondary X-Rays. (Abstract.) .. Shs Jee
_ Braee, Prof. W. H., and J. L. Guasson: On a Want of
Symmetry shown. by Secondary X-Rays ... 8
_ Lower, O. B.: Descriptions of New Se dralian Hesperiadse Olly
. New Australian Tortricina .. PES 1
JYuaPpMAN, Prof. R. ne The’ es ater a South eo
"Timbers... d ante

lusea, with hecrphonk of Bich ‘Species, Part
Plates xiv. to xviil. ... af
- Buaoxsurn, Rev. T.: Further Notes on Australian Coleo cop.
tera, with Descriptions of New Geneae and Spee

No. xxxXviii. we oe ie oS ay: see
ABSTRACT OF PROCEEDINGS ... ve 520 PS tae DAA Ce Oe
AnnuaL Report MOE NcoI AY abs sein ty Aa
BALANOE-SHEET sabes ye aie 3) am
EnpowMENT Fvunp _... Be "ah as wea Uh) hove OE
Donations TO THE LIBRARY... si ci oS be
List or Frttows, Ero. _... i Mean dis Ut 3
APPENDICES.

Annual Report, e.c., of Field Naturalists’ ‘Mentions Sees re:
_ Twentieth Annual Report of the Native Fauna and Flora
Protection Committee of the Field Naturalists’ Section 418
Annual Report, etc., of the Malacological Section ...
os Report, ete., of the Microscopical Section ...
mdex |: ,.: ee Bi ee a a5 eee de

Mean

Tae a
‘Neen

¢
ha

APIAP Sek
Oy (PE ie ihe A ‘
rae nae

er pac sasyspeiene
Sh chhles ied ot) AHR eine
aye, eg «

aoe bd one

Sot .
Pn PP ogmtay re 4

may mene rn 4
dal

shes

4 Byte Wwsdmssye,
vere SE Tee °
pa eb 9
Seta erase
Ppa peye ees